Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Diagnostics & Research / IQVIA

IQVIA

iqv · NYSE Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker iqv
Exchange NYSE
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Diagnostics & Research
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · IQVIA
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K 

(Mark One)
☒

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

☐  

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023
or

For the transition period from    to    .
Commission File Number: 001-35907 

IQVIA HOLDINGS INC. 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or 
organization)

27-1341991

(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

2400 Ellis Rd., Durham, North Carolina 27703 
(Address of principal executive office and Zip Code)

(919) 998-2000 
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading Symbol(s)

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

IQV

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 during the preceding twelve months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing 
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 
of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). 
Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or 
emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” 
in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
Emerging growth company

☒
☐
☐

Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company

☐
☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any 

new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal 

control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or 
issued its audit report. ☒

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in 

the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation 

received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒

 
 
 
 
 
 
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based upon the closing sale price as 

reported on the New York Stock Exchange on June 30, 2023, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second quarter, was 
approximately $40.8 billion.

As of February 5, 2024, there were approximately 181.5 million shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.
Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated herein by reference in Part III of this 

Annual Report on Form 10-K to the extent stated herein. Such proxy statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of 
the registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2023. 

IQVIA HOLDINGS INC.
FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

PART II

Business

Risk Factors

Unresolved Staff Comments

Cybersecurity

Properties

Legal Proceedings

Mine Safety Disclosures

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

[Reserved]

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Item

1.

1A.

1B.

1C.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

8.

9.

9A.

9B.

9C.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Controls and Procedures

Other Information

Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Executive Compensation

PART III

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

PART IV

15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

Exhibit Index

16.

Form 10-K Summary

Signatures

Page

5

18

44

45

46

46

46

47

47

49

49

65

68

115

116

116

116

117
117

118

118

119

119

120

120

121

124

124

 
 
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Except  for  any  historical  information  contained  herein,  the  matters  discussed  or  incorporated  by  reference  in  this  Annual 
Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws, including Section 27A of 
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the 
“Exchange  Act”).  Such  forward-looking  statements  reflect,  among  other  things,  our  current  expectations,  our  forecasts  and  our 
anticipated results of operations, all of which are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause 
our actual results, performance or achievements, market trends, or industry results to differ materially from those expressed or implied 
by  such  forward-looking  statements.  Therefore,  any  statements  contained  herein  that  are  not  statements  of  historical  fact  may  be 
forward-looking  statements  and  should  be  evaluated  as  such.  Without  limiting  the  foregoing,  the  words  “assumes,”  “anticipates,” 
“believes,”  “estimates,”  “expects,”  “intends,”  “may,”  "forecasts,"  “plans,”  “projects,”  “should,”  “seeks,”  “sees,”  “targets,”  “will,” 
“would”  and  similar  words  and  expressions,  and  variations  and  negatives  of  these  words  are  intended  to  identify  forward-looking 
statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words.

We  caution  you  that  any  such  forward-looking  statements  are  further  qualified  by  important  factors  that  could  cause  our 
actual operating results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements, including without limitation, that business 
disruptions  caused  by  natural  disasters,  pandemics  such  as  the  COVID-19  (coronavirus)  outbreak,  including  any  variants,  and  the 
public  health  policy  responses  to  the  outbreak,  international  conflict  or  other  disruptions  outside  of  our  control  such  as  the  current 
situation in Ukraine and Russia; most of our contracts may be terminated on short notice, and we may lose or experience delays with 
large  client  contracts  or  be  unable  to  enter  into  new  contracts;  the  market  for  our  services  may  not  grow  as  we  expect;  we  may  be 
unable to successfully develop and market new services or enter new markets; imposition of restrictions on our use of data by data 
suppliers or their refusal to license data to us; any failure by us to comply with contractual, regulatory or ethical requirements under our 
contracts,  including  current  or  future  changes  to  data  protection  and  privacy  laws;  breaches  or  misuse  of  our  or  our  outsourcing 
partners’  security  or  communications  systems;  failure  to  meet  our  productivity  or  business  transformation  objectives;  failure  to 
successfully  invest  in  growth  opportunities;  our  ability  to  protect  our  intellectual  property  rights  and  our  susceptibility  to  claims  by 
others  that  we  are  infringing  on  their  intellectual  property  rights;  the  expiration  or  inability  to  acquire  third  party  licenses  for 
technology or intellectual property; any failure by us to accurately and timely price and formulate cost estimates for contracts, or to 
document change orders; hardware and software failures, delays in the operation of our computer and communications systems or the 
failure  to  implement  system  enhancements;  the  rate  at  which  our  backlog  converts  to  revenues;  our  ability  to  acquire,  develop  and 
implement technology necessary for our business; consolidation in the industries in which our clients operate; risks related to client or 
therapeutic  concentration;  government  regulators  or  our  customers  may  limit  the  number  or  scope  of  indications  for  medicines  and 
treatments or withdraw products from the market, and government regulators may impose new regulatory requirements or may adopt 
new regulations affecting the biopharmaceutical industry; the risks associated with operating on a global basis, including currency or 
exchange  rate  fluctuations  and  legal  compliance,  including  anti-corruption  laws;  risks  related  to  changes  in  accounting  standards; 
general economic conditions in the markets in which we operate, including financial market conditions, inflation and risks related to 
sales to government entities; the impact of changes in tax laws and regulations; and our ability to successfully integrate, and achieve 
expected benefits from, our acquired businesses.

These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described 
in  Part  I,  Item  1A,  “Risk  Factors.”  If  one  or  more  of  these  risks  or  uncertainties  materialize,  or  if  underlying  assumptions  prove 
incorrect, our actual results may vary materially from those expected, estimated or projected or as otherwise suggested by the forward-
looking statements that we make for a number of reasons. Given these uncertainties, users of the information included or incorporated 
by  reference  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  including  investors  and  prospective  investors,  are  cautioned  not  to  place  undue 
reliance  on  such  forward-looking  statements.  All  forward-looking  statements  are  made  only  as  of  the  date  hereof.  We  assume  no 
obligation to update any such forward-looking information to reflect actual results or changes in the factors affecting such forward-
looking information.

When we use the terms “IQVIA,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” or “our” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we mean IQVIA 

Holdings Inc. and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, unless we state or the context implies otherwise.

GENERAL

3

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

This Annual Report on Form 10-K includes market data and forecasts with respect to the healthcare industry. In some cases, 
we  rely  on  and  refer  to  market  data  and  certain  industry  forecasts  that  were  obtained  from  third  party  surveys,  market  research, 
consultant surveys, publicly available information and industry publications and surveys that we believe to be reliable. However, we 
have not independently verified data from industry analyses and cannot guarantee their accuracy or completeness. We believe that data 
regarding  the  industry,  market  size  and  market  position  and  market  share  within  such  industry  provide  general  guidance  but  are 
inherently imprecise. Other industry and market data included in this annual report are from IQVIA analyses and have been identified 
accordingly,  including,  for  example,  IQVIA  Market  Prognosis,  which  is  a  subscription-based  service  that  provides  five-year 
pharmaceutical  market  forecasts  at  the  national,  regional  and  global  levels.  We  are  a  leading  global  information  provider  for  the 
healthcare industry and we maintain databases, produce market analyses and deliver information to clients in the ordinary course of our 
business. Our information is widely referenced in the industry and used by governments, payers, academia, the life sciences industry, 
the financial community and others. Most of this information is available on a subscription basis. Other reports and information are 
available publicly through our IQVIA Institute for Human Data Science (the “IQVIA Institute”). All such information is based upon 
our own market research, internal databases and published reports and has not been verified by any independent sources. Our estimates 
and assumptions involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed in Part I, 
Item  IA,  “Risk  Factors.”  These  and  other  factors  could  cause  results  to  differ  materially  from  those  expressed  in  the  estimates  and 
assumptions.

TRADEMARKS AND SERVICE MARKS

All  trademarks,  trade  names,  product  names,  graphics  and  logos  of  IQVIA  contained  herein  are  trademarks  or  registered 
trademarks  of  IQVIA  Holdings  Inc.  or  its  subsidiaries,  as  applicable,  in  the  United  States  and/or  other  countries.  All  other  party 
trademarks, trade names, product names, graphics and logos contained herein are the property of their respective owners. The use or 
display  of  other  parties’  trademarks,  trade  names,  product  names,  graphics  or  logos  is  not  intended  to  imply,  and  should  not  be 
construed to imply, a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of IQVIA Inc. or its subsidiaries by such other party.

Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this annual report are listed without the 
®,  (sm)  and  (TM)  symbols,  but  we  will  assert,  to  the  fullest  extent  under  applicable  law,  our  rights  or  the  rights  of  the  applicable 
licensors to these trademarks, service marks and trade names.

4

Item 1. Business

Our Company

PART I

IQVIA  is  a  leading  global  provider  of  advanced  analytics,  technology  solutions,  and  clinical  research  services  to  the  life 
sciences  industry.  IQVIA  creates  intelligent  connections  across  all  aspects  of  healthcare  through  its  analytics,  transformative 
technology, big data resources, extensive domain expertise and network of partners. IQVIA Connected Intelligence delivers actionable 
insights  and  powerful  solutions  with  speed  and  agility  —  enabling  customers  to  accelerate  the  clinical  development  and 
commercialization  of  innovative  medical  treatments  that  improve  healthcare  outcomes  for  patients.  With  approximately  87,000 
employees, we conduct operations in more than 100 countries.

We are a global leader in protecting individual patient privacy. We use a wide variety of privacy-enhancing technologies and 
safeguards  to  protect  individual  privacy  while  generating  and  analyzing  information  on  a  scale  that  helps  healthcare  stakeholders 
identify  disease  patterns  and  correlate  with  the  precise  treatment  path  and  therapy  needed  for  better  outcomes.  Our  insights  and 
execution capabilities help biotech, medical device and pharmaceutical companies, medical researchers, government agencies, payers 
and other healthcare stakeholders tap into a deeper understanding of diseases, human behaviors and scientific advances, in an effort to 
advance their path toward cures. 

We have one of the largest and most comprehensive collections of healthcare information in the world, which includes more 
than 1.2 billion comprehensive, longitudinal, non-identified patient records spanning sales, prescription and promotional data, medical 
claims,  electronic  medical  records,  genomics,  and  social  media.  Our  scaled  and  growing  information  set  contains  approximately  61 
petabytes  of  unique  proprietary  data  sourced  from  approximately  150,000  data  suppliers  and  covering  over  one  million  data  feeds 
globally. Based on this data, we deliver information and insights on over 90% of the world’s pharmaceuticals, as measured by 2022 
sales. We standardize, curate, structure and integrate this information by applying our sophisticated analytics and leveraging our global 
technology  infrastructure.  This  helps  our  clients  run  their  organizations  more  efficiently  and  make  better  decisions  to  improve  their 
clinical, commercial and financial performance. We have developed a comprehensive portfolio of intelligent, actionable information 
offerings  over  a  period  of  many  years  through  innovation,  expertise  and  hard  work  that  differentiates  our  capabilities  to  support 
customers throughout the world.

We combine our proprietary information assets with advanced analytics, transformative technology and domain expertise to 
develop clinical and commercial capabilities that enable us to grow our relationships with healthcare stakeholders throughout the life 
science’s value chain. This set of capabilities includes:

•

•

•

•

A leading healthcare-specific global IT infrastructure, representing what we believe is one of the largest and most 
sophisticated  information  technology  (“IT”)  infrastructures  in  healthcare.  We  receive  approximately  120  billion 
healthcare  records  annually,  and  our  infrastructure  then  connects  complex  healthcare  data  while  applying  a  wide 
range of privacy, security, operational, legal and contractual protections for data in response to local law, supplier 
requirements and industry leading practices;

Analytics-driven  clinical  development,  which  improves  clinical  trial  design,  site  identification  and  patient 
recruitment  by  empowering  therapeutic,  scientific,  and  domain  experts  with  expansive  levels  of  information, 
including product level tracking in 94 markets, and information about treatments and outcomes on more than 1.2 
billion unique non-identified patient records globally;

Robust real world solutions ecosystem, with sophisticated retrospective database analytics, prospective real world 
data collection technology platforms and scientific expertise, which enables us to address critical healthcare issues 
of cost, value and patient outcomes;

A growing set of proprietary clinical and commercial applications, which helps our clients increase their clinical 
operations  performance,  supports  their  regulatory  and  compliance  needs  and  orchestrates  their  sales  operations, 
sales management, multi-channel marketing and performance management;

5

•

•

Integration of information, analytics, technology, and domain expertise through IQVIA Connected Intelligence, 
which  enables  us  to  provide  our  clients  with  more  effective  options  to  address  their  needs  from  research  and 
development through commercialization as well as truly innovative breakthroughs such as decentralized trials and 
global real-world evidence networks; and

A  staff  of  approximately  87,000  employees  across  the  globe,  including  over  30,000  Technology  &  Analytics 
Solutions  employees,  approximately  48,000  Research  &  Development  Solutions  employees  and  approximately 
7,000 Contract Sales & Medical Solutions employees.

Our Market Opportunity 

We compete in a market of greater than $330 billion consisting of outsourced research and development, real-world evidence 
and connected health and technology enabled clinical and commercial operations markets for life sciences companies and the broader 
healthcare industry. The following sets forth our estimates for the size of our principal markets:

•

•

•

Outsourced research and development: Biopharmaceutical spending on drug development totaled approximately 
$184 billion in 2023. Of that amount, we estimate that our addressable opportunity (clinical development spending 
excluding preclinical spending) was approximately $99 billion. The portion of this addressable opportunity that was 
outsourced in 2023, based on our estimates, was approximately $50 billion.

Real-World Evidence and connected health: Total addressable market of approximately $70 billion in 2023 that 
consists  of  tightly  coupled  life  sciences  and  healthcare  markets.  First,  the  life  sciences  market  for  Real-World 
Evidence  of  approximately  $30  billion  includes  post-launch  evidence  generation,  market  access,  and  medical 
affairs.  Second,  the  addressable  opportunity  for  connected  healthcare  is  approximately  $40  billion,  and  includes 
areas such as revenue cycle management, payer & provider analytics and clinical decision support services.

Technology enabled commercial operations: Total addressable market of approximately $80 billion in 2023 that 
includes  information,  data  warehousing,  IT  outsourcing,  software  applications  and  other  services  in  the  broader 
market for IT services. This addressable opportunity also includes commercial services such as recruiting, training, 
deploying  and  managing  global  sales  forces,  channel  management,  patient  engagement  services,  market  access 
consulting, brand communication, advisory services, and health information analytics and technology consulting.

In  deriving  estimates  of  the  size  of  the  various  markets  described  above,  we  review  third-party  sources,  which  include 
estimates and forecasts of spending in various segments, in combination with internal IQVIA research and analysis informed by our 
experience  serving  these  segments,  as  well  as  projected  growth  rates  for  each  of  these  segments.  See  “Industry  and  Market  Data” 
above.

We  believe  there  are  six  key  trends  affecting  our  end  markets  that  will  create  increasing  demand  for  research  and 

development services, technology & analytics solutions and contract sales and medical solutions:

Growth  and  innovation  in  the  life  sciences  industry.  The  life  sciences  industry  is  a  large  and  critical  part  of  the  global 
healthcare system and, according to the latest information available from the IQVIA Market Prognosis service, is estimated to have 
generated  approximately  $1.63  trillion  in  revenues  in  2023.  According  to  the  IQVIA  Institute,  it  is  estimated  that  spending  on 
pharmaceuticals in emerging markets will expand at a 5% to 8% compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) through 2028. The growth 
of emerging markets demonstrates their strategic importance to global life sciences organizations along with the emergence of local 
and regional companies with similar operational and informational needs. We expect all of these organizations to apply a high degree 
of sophistication to their commercial operations in these countries, especially as some begin to emerge as sources of original innovative 
products.  For  global  companies,  this  requires  highly  localized  knowledge  and  information  assets,  the  development  of  market  access 
strategies and performance benchmarking. In addition, local players are learning that they need to compete on the basis of improved 
information and analytics.

6

Growth  in  Research  and  Development.  Spending  trends  in  research  and  development  are  impacted  as  a  result  of  several 
factors,  including  major  biopharmaceutical  companies’  efforts  to  replenish  revenues  lost  from  the  so-called  “patent  cliff,”  increased 
access  to  capital  by  the  small  and  midcap  biotechnology  industry,  and  recent  increases  in  pharmaceutical  approvals  by  regulatory 
authorities. The IQVIA Institute also estimates that approximately 350 new molecular entities (“NMEs”) are expected to be approved 
between 2024 and 2028, or 70 per year compared to 61 per year on average during the past decade. We believe that further research 
and  development  spending,  combined  with  the  continued  need  for  cost  efficiency  across  the  healthcare  landscape,  will  continue  to 
create opportunities for biopharmaceutical services companies, particularly those with a global reach and broad service offerings, to 
help biopharmaceutical companies with their pre- and post-launch solutions development and commercialization needs. The impact of 
recent  legislative  changes  on  product  launch  and  industry  innovation  continues  to  be  evaluated.  IQVIA  is  involved  with  many 
stakeholders throughout the industry as we help navigate changes over the coming decade.

Increased  Complexity  in  Research  and  Development.  Biopharmaceutical  companies  face  environments  in  which  it  has 
become  increasingly  difficult  to  operate.  Improved  standards  of  care  in  many  therapeutic  areas  and  the  emergence  of  new  types  of 
therapies,  such  as  biologics,  genetically  targeted  therapies,  gene  and  stem  cell  therapies,  and  other  treatment  modalities  have  led  to 
more  complex  development  and  regulatory  pathways.  We  believe  that  our  global  clinical  development  capabilities,  including  our 
expertise  in  biomarkers  and  genomics  and  our  global  laboratory  network,  position  us  well  to  help  biopharmaceutical  companies 
manage  the  complexities  inherent  in  an  environment  where  this  type  of  expertise  is  important.  For  example,  IQVIA  Connected 
Intelligence  helps  us  validate  protocols  to  ensure  studies  in  new  disease  areas  have  greater  accuracy  and  also  enables  us,  through 
innovations such as predictive analytics, to find patients who may not have been diagnosed.

Regulators  require  clinical  trials  to  involve  local  populations  as  part  of  the  process  for  approving  new  pharmaceutical 
products,  especially  in  certain  Asian  and  emerging  markets.  Understanding  the  epidemiological  and  physiological  differences  in 
different ethnic populations and being able to conduct clinical trials locally in certain geographies will be important to pharmaceutical 
product growth strategies, both for multinational and local/regional biopharmaceutical companies. We believe that our global clinical 
development capabilities and unmatched presence in Asia and other emerging markets make us a strong partner for biopharmaceutical 
companies managing the complexities of international drug development.

Financial  pressures  driving  the  need  for  increased  efficiency.  Despite  expected  accelerating  growth  in  the  global  life 
sciences market, we believe our clients will face increased operating margin pressure due to their changing product mix, pricing and 
reimbursement challenges, and rising costs of compliance. Product portfolios for life sciences companies have shifted toward specialty 
products  with  lower  peak  market  sales  potential  than  traditional  primary  care  medicines.  We  believe  that  the  need  for 
biopharmaceutical companies to maximize productivity and lower costs across their processes from research and development through 
commercial operations will cause them to look to partners as they enter into outsourcing arrangements to improve efficiency. Further, 
our  clients  are  looking  for  new  ways  to  simplify  processes  and  drive  operational  efficiencies  by  using  automation,  consolidating 
vendors and adopting new technology options such as hosted and cloud-based applications. This provides opportunities for technology 
services vendors to capture and consolidate the internal spending of life sciences companies by providing lower-cost and variable-cost 
options that lower clients’ research and development, selling, marketing and administrative costs.

Evolving need to integrate and structure expanding sources of data. Over the past decade, many health systems around the 
world  have  focused  on  digitizing  medical  records.  While  such  records  theoretically  enhance  access  to  data,  relevant  information  is 
often unintegrated, unstructured, siloed in disparate software systems, or entered inconsistently. In addition, new sources of data from 
the  internet,  such  as  social  media  and  information  on  limited  patient  pools,  and  information  resulting  from  enhanced  diagnostic 
technologies are creating new sources of healthcare data.

In order to derive valuable insights from existing and expanding sources of information, clients need access to statistically 
significant data sets organized into databases that can be queried and analyzed. For example, real-world evidence studies demonstrate 
practical  and  clinical  efficacies,  which  we  believe  require  the  aggregation  and  integration  of  large  clinical  data  sets  across  all  care 
settings, types of therapies and patient cohorts. Longitudinal studies require analysis of non-identified patient diagnoses, treatments, 
procedures  and  laboratory  test  results  to  identify  types  of  patients  that  will  likely  best  respond  to  particular  therapies.  Finally, 
manufacturers  also  require  the  ability  to  analyze  social  media  activity  to  identify  unmet  patient  needs  and  support  for  new  orphan 
drugs.  This  information  is  highly  relevant  to  all  healthcare  stakeholders  and  we  believe  the  opportunity  to  more  broadly  apply 
healthcare data can only be realized through structuring, organizing and integrating new and existing forms of data in conjunction with 
sophisticated analytics.

7

Need  for  demonstrated  value  in  healthcare.  Participants  in  the  healthcare  industry  are  focused  on  improving  quality  and 
reducing  costs,  both  of  which  require  assessment  of  quality  and  value  of  therapies  and  providers.  As  a  result,  physicians  no  longer 
make prescribing decisions in isolation, but rather in the context of guidance and rules from payers, integrated delivery networks and 
governments. We believe life sciences companies are working to bring alignment across constituents on the value of their treatments in 
order to successfully develop and commercialize new therapies.

There is increasing pressure on life sciences companies to support and justify the value of their therapies. Many new drugs 
that are being approved are more expensive than existing therapies and will likely receive heightened scrutiny by regulators and payers 
to determine whether the existing treatment options would be sufficient. Additionally, many new specialty drugs are molecular-based 
therapies and require a more detailed understanding of clinical factors and influencers that demonstrate therapeutic value. As a result, 
leading life sciences companies are utilizing more sophisticated outcome research and data analytics services.

We believe we are well positioned to take advantage of these global trends in healthcare. Beyond our proprietary information 
assets,  we  have  developed  key  capabilities  to  assess  opportunities  to  develop  and  commercialize  therapies,  support  and  defend  the 
value of medicines and help our clients operate more efficiently through the application of insight-driven decision-making and cost-
efficient technology solutions.

Our Growth Strategy

We  believe  we  are  well  positioned  for  continued  growth  across  the  markets  we  serve.  Our  strategy  for  achieving  growth 

includes:

Continue  to  innovate  through  our  IQVIA  Connected  Intelligence  by  leveraging  our  information,  advanced  analytics, 
transformative  technology  and  significant  domain  expertise.  As  a  leader  in  the  development  and  commercialization  of  new 
pharmaceutical  therapies,  we  can  empower  our  therapeutic,  scientific  and  domain  experts  with  expansive  levels  of  information 
including product level tracking in 94 markets and information about treatments and outcomes on more than 1.2 billion unique non-
identified  patient  records.  By  connecting  this  intelligence,  we  have  the  ability  to  optimize  the  clinical  trial  process  and  enable  our 
clients to reduce costs and get their products to market more quickly through more informed site selection, faster patient recruitment 
practices  and  decentralized  trials.  We  transform  Real  World  Evidence  by  linking  prospective  and  retrospective  approaches  and 
introduce innovation such as secondary control arms, which eliminate the need for a placebo group. We bring best in class Software as 
a Service ("SaaS") platforms, purpose built for life sciences, to our clients to help them run their clinical and commercial operations 
more efficiently.

Build upon our extensive client relationships and leverage our global presence. We have a diversified base of over 10,000 
clients in over 100 countries and have expanded our client value proposition to address a broader market for research and development 
and commercial operations which we estimate to be more than $330 billion in 2023. Through the combined offerings of research and 
development and commercial services we built a platform that allows us to be a more complete partner to our clients.

Expand the penetration of our offerings to the broader healthcare marketplace. We believe that substantial opportunities 
exist  to  use  our  existing  technology  and  domain  expertise  to  serve  additional  healthcare  stakeholders  (payers,  providers,  healthcare 
professionals)  to  quantify  and  optimize  cost  of  care  delivery;  provide  registry  technology  to  professional  association  and  patient 
communities and support healthcare providers with system implementation and platform migration.

Expand  portfolio  through  strategic  acquisitions.  We  have  and  expect  to  continue  to  acquire  assets  and  businesses  that 
strengthen our value proposition to clients. We have developed an internal capability to source, evaluate and integrate acquisitions that 
have  created  value  for  stockholders.  As  the  global  healthcare  landscape  evolves,  we  expect  that  there  will  be  a  growing  number  of 
acquisition  opportunities  across  the  life  sciences,  payer  and  provider  sectors.  We  expect  to  continue  to  invest  in  or  explore 
opportunities for strategic acquisitions to grow our platform and enhance our ability to provide more services to our clients.

Our Offerings

We  offer  hundreds  of  distinct  services,  applications,  technology  platforms  and  solutions  to  help  our  clients  make  critical 
decisions  and  perform  better.  We  have  three  reportable  segments:  Technology  &  Analytics  Solutions,  Research  &  Development 
Solutions  and  Contract  Sales  &  Medical  Solutions.  Their  offerings  complement  each  other  and  can  provide  enhanced  value  to  our 
clients when delivered together, with each driving demand for the other.

8

Our Technology & Analytics Solutions offerings include:

Technology platforms. We provide an extensive range of cloud-based applications and associated implementation services. 
SaaS solutions that support a wide range of commercial and clinical processes, including customer relationship management (“CRM”), 
performance  management,  real-world  evidence  generation,  compliance  and  safety  reporting,  incentive  compensation,  territory 
alignment,  roster  management,  call  planning,  multi-channel  marketing,  and  master  data  management.  These  solutions  are  used  by 
healthcare  companies  to  manage,  optimize  and  execute  their  clinical  and  commercial  strategies  in  an  orchestrated  manner  while 
addressing  their  regulatory  obligations.  Using  proprietary  algorithms,  we  combine  our  country-level  data,  healthcare  expertise  and 
therapeutic knowledge in over 100 countries to create our Global Market Insight family of offerings such as MIDAS, Analytics Link 
and  Disease  Insights,  which  provides  a  leading  source  of  insight  into  international  market  dynamics  and  are  used  by  most  large 
pharmaceutical companies.

Real  World  Solutions.  We  enable  life  sciences  and  provider  customers  to  generate  and  disseminate  evidence  in  a  cost-
efficient manner which informs health care decision making and ultimately improves patients’ outcomes. Our use of a wide range of 
privacy  and  security  safeguards  protect  non-identified  patient-level  medical  claims,  prescriptions,  electronic  medical  records, 
genomics, patient reported outcome and social media data. Our scaled information networks include more than 1.2 billion unique non-
identified patient records globally, as well as access to profiles of over 3,400 real world data assets in more than 100 countries uniquely 
facilitating data discoverability for healthcare research via the IQVIA Health Data Catalog. We technology-enable these data flows by 
harmonizing  them  to  common  data  models  and  loading  them  onto  our  proprietary  evidence  platforms  for  secure  access  by  our 
customers.  We  provide  access  to  deep  clinical  data  in  Oncology,  Rare  Disease,  and  other  specialty  areas.  Our  Natural  Language 
Processing  capabilities  help  us  create  structured  data  from  unstructured  clinical  notes.  We  help  our  global  customers  across  payers, 
providers, governments, and biopharmaceutical companies to answer critical questions about healthcare interventions related to safety, 
effectiveness,  and  value.  We  also  bring  together  stakeholders  across  healthcare  to  collaborate  in  efforts  to  develop  new  information 
sources, more effective reimbursement models, and better patient outcomes.

Analytics  and  consulting  services.  We  provide  a  broad  set  of  strategic  and  implementation  consulting  services,  including 
advanced  analytics  and  commercial  processes  outsourcing  services  to  help  the  commercial  operations  of  life  sciences  companies 
successfully transform their commercial models, engage more effectively with healthcare stakeholders and reduce their operating costs. 
We  also  help  our  client’s  research  and  development  function  to  address  strategic  challenges  in  the  drug  development  process.  Our 
global teams leverage local market knowledge, deep scientific and therapeutic area expertise and our global information resources to 
assist  our  clients  with  research  and  development  strategy,  portfolio,  brand  and  commercial  strategy,  as  well  as  pricing  and  market 
access and launch excellence.

Information offerings. Our national offerings comprise unique services in over 100 countries that provide consistent country 
level performance metrics related to sales of pharmaceutical products, prescribing trends, medical treatment and promotional activity 
across  multiple  channels  including  retail,  hospital  and  mail  order.  Our  sub-national  offerings  comprise  unique  services  in  over  70 
countries that provide a consistent measurement of sales or prescribing activity at the regional, zip code and individual prescriber level 
(depending on regulation in the relevant country). Our widely used reference database tracks over 25 million healthcare professionals 
in over 100 countries, providing a comprehensive view of health care practitioners that is critical for the commercial success of our 
clients’ marketing and sales initiatives.

Our Research & Development Solutions offerings include:

Project  Management  and  Clinical  Monitoring.  Drawing  upon  our  years  of  experience,  our  site  databases,  our  site 
relationships and our highly trained staff, our solutions and services enables the efficient conduct and coordination of multi-site clinical 
trials (generally Phase II-IV). Our service offerings include protocol design, feasibility and operational planning, site start up, patient 
recruitment and clinical site monitoring. By infusing technology into field-based monitoring, we are able to reduce data collection steps 
and time.

Clinical  Trial  Support  Services.  Each  clinical  trial  requires  a  number  of  concurrent  services  and  data  streams.  We  offer  a 
broad range of functional services and consultation to support clinical trials through specialized expertise that help clients efficiently 
collect, analyze and report the quality data and evidence they need to gain regulatory approval.

9

Laboratory  Services. We  provide  our  clients  globally  scaled  end-to-end  clinical  trial  laboratory  and  research  services.  Our 
offerings  include  the  full  range  of  central  laboratory,  genomic,  bioanalytical,  ADME,  discovery,  vaccine  and  biomarker  laboratory 
services along with sample and consent tracking services.

Strategic Planning and Design. By bringing our data science capabilities to our strategic planning and design services, we 
offer  consultation  services  to  improve  decisions  and  performance  including  portfolio,  program  and  protocol  planning  and  design, 
biomarker consultation, benefit-risk management, regulatory affairs, biostatistics, modeling and simulation, and personalized medicine.

Patient  and  Site  Centric  Solutions.  A  comprehensive  suite  of  technology  and  site  support  services  which  create  custom 
strategies  to  engage  and  retain  patients.  Included  is  our  site  management  organization  Avacare  Clinical  Research  Network,  which 
orchestrates  the  activities  of  over  200  investigators  and  extends  solutions  to  patients  across  more  than  20  therapeutic  indications  in 
nearly 50 locations. Additionally, our decentralized approaches and technologies support sites and sponsors through direct-to-patient 
recruitment, remote nursing, data entry, and study coordinator resources. Our solutions reduce study burden and foster a supportive, 
patient-centric journey.

Our Contract Sales & Medical Solutions offerings include:

Health Care Provider Engagement Services. We partner with biopharmaceutical companies and other life sciences providers 
(e.g., medical device companies) to develop and deploy tailored stakeholder engagement solutions, including contract sales and market 
access professionals, which are focused on product sales and improving brand value at all stages of the product lifecycle from initial 
market entry to brands nearing patent expiry.

Patient  Engagement  Services.  Our  nurse-based  programs  directly  engage  with  patients  to  help  improve  their  disease  and 
medication understanding through interventional and non-interventional support, while also providing assistance in navigating complex 
reimbursement coverage issues. Our patient engagement services combine insight from clinical trials and social listening, behavioral 
design, personal and innovative eHealth multichannel interactions across multiple sites (e.g., the physician’s office, hospital, pharmacy, 
home), that act as an extension of the Health Care Provider prescribed treatment course which can lead to improved adherence and 
better overall outcomes.

Medical Affairs  Services. We provide a range  of scientific strategy and medical affairs services to help biopharmaceutical 
companies plan and transition from the clinical trial setting to commercialization. Beginning in the clinical trial stage, our services can 
deploy educators to clinical trial sites to accelerate patient recruitment and improve retention, assist in translation of complex clinical 
trial  data  into  a  compelling  scientific  platform  and  publication  strategy,  and,  provide  field  medical  teams  to  facilitate  scientific 
engagement with key opinion leaders and healthcare decision makers, before and after product approval.

Our Clients

Sales  to  companies  in  life  sciences,  including  pharmaceutical  companies,  biotechnology  companies,  device  and  diagnostic 
companies, and consumer health companies, account for the majority of our revenues. Nearly all of the top 100 global pharmaceutical 
and biotechnology companies, measured by revenues, are clients, and many of these companies subscribe to reports and services in 
many  countries.  Other  clients  include  payers,  government  and  regulatory  agencies,  providers,  pharmaceutical  distributors,  and 
pharmacies. Our client base is broad in scope and enables us to avoid dependence on any single client. No single client accounted for 
10% or more of our total Company revenues in 2023, 2022 or 2021. For the year ended December 31, 2023 the largest client based on 
its percentage of total Company revenues contributed approximately 5%.

10

 
Our Competition

Our Technology & Analytics Solutions business competes with a broad and diverse set of businesses. While we believe no 
competitor provides the combination of geographical reach and breadth of our services, we generally compete in the countries in which 
we operate with other information, analytics, technology, services and consulting companies, as well as with the in-house capabilities 
of our clients. Also, we compete with certain government agencies, private payers and other healthcare stakeholders that provide their 
data  directly  to  others.  In  addition  to  country-by-country  competition,  we  have  a  number  of  regional  and  global  competitors  in  the 
marketplace  as  well.  Our  offerings  compete  with  various  firms,  including  Accenture,  Aetion,  Panalgo  (a  Norstella  company), 
Cognizant Technology Solutions, Fortrea, Deloitte, Pharmaceutical Product Development, Inc. (now part of Thermo Fisher Scientific 
Inc.), Relx, IBM, Infosys, Cerner (an Oracle company), McKinsey, NielsenIQ, Optum Insight, Parexel International Corporation, Press 
Ganey,  RTI  Health  Solutions,  ICON  plc,  Definitive  Healthcare,  Cegedim,  Tempus,  Merative,  CompuGroup  Medical,  Medidata, 
Clarivate, Veeva, and ZS Associates. We also compete with a broad range of new entrants and start-ups that are looking to bring new 
technologies and business models to healthcare information services and technology services.

The  markets  for  Research  &  Development  Solutions  offerings  are  highly  competitive,  and  we  compete  against  traditional 
clinical  research  organizations  (“CROs”),  the  in-house  research  and  development  departments  of  biopharmaceutical  companies, 
universities, and teaching hospitals. Among the traditional CROs, there are several-hundred small, limited-service providers, several 
medium-sized  firms  and  only  a  few  full-service  companies  with  global  capabilities.  Our  primary  competitors  include  ICON  plc, 
Parexel International Corporation, Pharmaceutical Product Development, Inc., Syneos Health, and Fortrea, among others.

Our  Contract  Sales  &  Medical  Solutions  business  competes  against  the  in-house  sales  and  marketing  departments  of 
biopharmaceutical  companies,  other  contract  pharmaceutical  sales  and  service  organizations  and  consulting  firms.  Contract  Sales  & 
Medical Solutions’ primary competitors in the United States are Syneos Health, Amplity Health, Eversana and Inizio. Outside of the 
United  States,  Contract  Sales  &  Medical  Solutions  typically  competes  against  single  country  or  more  regionally  focused  service 
providers, such as Inizio, Syneos Health, EPS Corporation, Uniphar, and CMIC HOLDINGS Co., Ltd.

Sustainability

We are committed to sustainable environmental, social and governance ("ESG") practices that further our corporate purpose 
of accelerating innovation for a healthier world. Our sustainable business practices are organized under three pillars — People, Public 
and  Planet.  For  further  information  on  our  ESG  program,  achievements,  and  goals,  see  our  2023  Environmental,  Social,  and 
Governance  Report  (the  "2023  ESG  Report"),  which  will  be  available  on  our  website  at  https://www.iqvia.com/about-us/corporate-
responsibility. Information in the 2023 ESG Report is not incorporated by reference in, and does not form part of, this Annual Report 
on  Form  10-K.  To  facilitate  the  disclosure  of  comparable,  consistent,  and  reliable  ESG  information,  the  2023  ESG  Report  will  be 
aligned  with  the  Sustainability  Accounting  Standards  Board  ("SASB")  and  the  Global  Reporting  Initiative  ("GRI")  reporting 
frameworks  by  including  therein  and  reporting  against  their  respective  reporting  standards  indexes.  The  2023  ESG  Report  also 
discusses our climate-related risks and opportunities in accordance with the recommended disclosures of the Task Force on Climate-
related Financial Disclosures ("TCFD"). 

Government Regulation

Many  aspects  of  our  businesses  are  regulated  by  federal  and  state  laws,  rules  and  regulations.  Accordingly,  we  maintain  a 
robust compliance program aimed at ensuring we operate our business in compliance with all existing legal requirements material to 
the operation of our businesses. There are, however, occasionally uncertainties involving the application of various legal requirements, 
the violation of which could result in, among other things, fines or other sanctions. See Part I, Item 1A, "Risk Factors” for additional 
detail.

Good Clinical Practice

Good  Clinical  Practice  (“GCP”)  regulations  and  guidelines  are  the  industry  standard  for  the  conduct  of  clinical  trials  with 
respect to maintaining the integrity of the data and safety of the research subjects. The United States Food and Drug Administration 
(“FDA”), the European Medicines Agency (“EMA”), Japan’s Ministry of Health, Labor and Welfare and most other global regulatory 
authorities expect that study results and data submitted to such authorities be based on clinical trials conducted in accordance with GCP 
provisions. Records for clinical trials must be maintained for specified periods for inspection by the FDA and other regulators.

11

Regulation of Drugs, Biologics and Medical Devices

In the United States, pharmaceutical, biological and medical device products are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA. 
The Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FDC Act), the Public Health Service Act (PHS Act), and other federal and state statutes 
and  regulations  govern,  among  other  things,  the  research,  development,  testing,  manufacture,  storage,  recordkeeping,  approval, 
labeling,  promotion  and  marketing,  distribution,  post-approval  monitoring  and  reporting,  sampling,  and  import  and  export  of 
pharmaceutical, biological and medical device products. Failure to comply with applicable United States requirements may subject a 
company to a variety of administrative or judicial sanctions, such as FDA refusal to approve a pending new drug application (NDA) for 
a new drug, a biologics license application (BLA) for a new biological product, pre-market approval (PMA) or clearance for a new 
medical device, warning or untitled letters, clinical holds, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or 
distribution, injunctions, fines, civil penalties, and criminal prosecution.

Regulation of Patient Information

Our  information  management  services  relate  to  the  processing  of  information  regarding  patient  diagnosis  and  treatment  of 
disease and are, therefore, subject to substantial governmental regulation. In addition, the confidentiality of patient-specific information 
and the circumstances under which such patient-specific records may be released for inclusion in our databases or used in other aspects 
of our business is heavily regulated. Federal, state and foreign governments are contemplating or have proposed or adopted additional 
legislation governing the possession, use and dissemination of personal data, such as personal health information and personal financial 
data, as well as security breach notification rules for loss or theft of such data. Additional legislation or regulation of this type might, 
among other things, require us to implement additional security measures and processes or bring within the legislation or regulation de-
identified health or other data, each of which may require substantial expenditures or limit our ability to offer some of our services.

In particular, personal health information is recognized in many countries such as the United States, the European Union, or 
EU, and several countries in Asia, as a special, sensitive category of personal information, subject to additional mandatory protections. 
Violations  of  data  protection  regulations  are  subject  to  administrative  penalties,  civil  money  penalties  and  criminal  prosecution, 
including corporate fines and personal liability.

Regulation of Promotion, Marketing and Distribution of Pharmaceutical Products and Medical Devices

Certain of our services are subject to detailed and comprehensive regulation in each geographic market in which we operate. 
Such regulation relates, among other things, to the distribution of drug samples, the marketing and promotion of approved products, the 
qualifications of sales representatives and the use of healthcare professionals in sales functions.

In the United States, certain of our services are subject to numerous federal and state laws pertaining to promotional activities 
involving pharmaceutical products and medical devices. Certain of our services are subject to the FDA’s regulations against “off-label 
promotion,”  which  require  sales  representatives  to  restrict  promotion  of  the  approved  product  they  are  detailing  to  the  approved 
labeling  for  the  product.  The  Prescription  Drug  Marketing  Act  imposes  licensing,  personnel  record  keeping,  packaging,  labeling, 
product  handling  and  facility  storage  and  security  requirements.  Other  federal  and  state  laws  prohibit  manufacturers,  suppliers  and 
providers  from  offering,  giving  or  receiving  kickbacks  or  other  remuneration  in  connection  with  ordering  or  recommending  the 
purchase or rental of healthcare items and services. The sale or distribution of pharmaceutical products and devices is also governed by 
the United States Federal Trade Commission Act and state consumer protection laws. We are subject to similar regulations currently in 
effect in the other countries where we offer Contract Sales & Medical Solutions.

We  are  also  subject  to  various  laws  and  regulations  that  may  apply  to  certain  drug  and  device  promotional  practices, 
including, among others, various aspects of Medicare and federal healthcare programs. Violations of these laws and regulations may 
result in criminal and/or civil penalties, including possibly as an “aider and abettor.”

12

Regulation of Laboratories

Our United States laboratories are subject to licensing  and regulation under federal, state and local laws relating to hazard 
communication and employee right-to-know regulations, and the safety and health of laboratory employees. Additionally, our United 
States laboratories are subject to applicable federal and state laws and regulations and licensing requirements relating to the handling, 
storage  and  disposal  of  hazardous  waste,  radioactive  materials  and  laboratory  specimens,  including  the  regulations  of  the 
Environmental  Protection  Agency,  the  Nuclear  Regulatory  Commission,  the  Department  of  Transportation,  the  National  Fire 
Protection Agency and the United States Drug Enforcement Administration (“DEA”). The use of controlled substances in testing for 
drugs with a potential for abuse is regulated in the United States by the DEA and by similar regulatory bodies in other parts of the 
world. Our United States laboratories using controlled substances for testing purposes are licensed by the DEA. The regulations of the 
United  States  Department  of  Transportation,  Public  Health  Service  and  Postal  Service  apply  to  the  surface  and  air  transportation  of 
laboratory  specimens.  Our  laboratories  also  are  subject  to  International  Air  Transport  Association  regulations,  which  govern 
international shipments of laboratory specimens. Furthermore, when the materials are sent to a foreign country, the transportation of 
such materials becomes subject to the laws, rules and regulations of such foreign country. Our laboratories outside the United States 
are subject to applicable national laws governing matters such as licensing, the handling and disposal of medical specimens, genetic 
material, hazardous waste and radioactive materials, as well as the health and safety of laboratory employees.

In  addition  to  its  comprehensive  regulation  of  safety  in  the  workplace,  the  United  States  Occupational  Safety  and  Health 
Administration has established extensive requirements relating to workplace safety for healthcare employers whose workers may be 
exposed to blood-borne pathogens such as HIV and the hepatitis B virus. Although we believe that we are currently in compliance in 
all material respects with such federal, state and local laws, failure to comply with such laws could subject us to denial of the right to 
conduct business, fines, criminal penalties and other enforcement actions.

Further,  laboratories  that  analyze  human  blood  or  other  biological  samples  for  the  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  clinical  trial 
subjects must comply with Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments (“CLIA”), as well as requirements established by various 
states. The failure to meet these requirements may result in civil penalties and suspension or revocation of the CLIA certification.

Data Privacy

Patient health information is among the most sensitive of personal information, and it is critically important that information 
about  an  individual’s  healthcare  is  properly  protected  from  inappropriate  access,  use  and  disclosure.  Real  world  evidence  -- 
information that allows us to examine actual practices and outcomes -- is essential to increase access to care, improve outcomes, and 
lower  costs.  IQVIA  uses  a  wide  variety  of  privacy-enhancing  technologies  and  safeguards  to  protect  individual  privacy  while 
generating  and  analyzing  information  on  a  scale  that  helps  healthcare  stakeholders  identify  disease  patterns  and  correlate  with  the 
precise treatment path and therapy needed for better outcomes. We employ a wide variety of methods to manage privacy requirements, 
including:

•
•
•
•
•

•

governance, frameworks, models and training to promote good decision making and accountability;
a layered approach to privacy and security management to avoid a single point of failure;
ongoing evaluation of privacy and security practices to promote continuous improvement;
use of technical, administrative, physical and organizational safeguards and controls;
collaboration with data suppliers and trusted third parties for our syndicated market research and analytics offerings to remove 
identifiable information or employ effective encryption or other techniques to render information non-identified before data is 
delivered to us; and
work  with  leading  researchers,  policy  makers,  thought  leaders  and  others  in  a  variety  of  fields  relevant  to  the  application  of 
effective  privacy  and  security  practices,  including  statistical,  epidemiological  and  cryptographic  sciences,  legal,  information 
security and compliance, and privacy.

We are an industry leader in de-identifying data. Our capabilities allow us to render data non-identified while still maintaining 
data  utility,  thus  protecting  privacy  while  still  advancing  innovation.  Not  only  do  we  make  use  of  de-identification  techniques  with 
respect  to  the  data  we  hold,  but  we  also  share  our  expertise  in  this  area  with  policymakers,  regulators  and  others  to  help  them 
understand de-identification methodologies and practical considerations to avoid re-identification risk.

We  operate  in  more  than  100  countries  around  the  world,  many  of  which  have  data  protection  and  privacy  laws  and 
regulations  based  on  similar  core  principles  (e.g.,  openness,  accountability,  security  safeguards,  etc.).  We  apply  those  principles 
globally and augment our practices to address local laws, contractual obligations and other data privacy requirements.

13

Our  Global  Privacy  team,  led  by  our  Global  Chief  Privacy  Officer,  is  comprised  of  privacy  professionals  and  privacy  law 
experts who drive our strategy and develop and manage our policies and standards. The Global Privacy team provides subject matter 
expertise  related  to  the  proper  management  of  all  data  types.  In  addition,  our  Global  Privacy  team  liaises  with  our  Legal,  IT, 
Information Security and other teams so that privacy requirements are addressed in technology development, contracting, offerings and 
other business activities.

The IQVIA Privacy Policy (the "Privacy Policy") is our foundational privacy policy. It explains how, when applicable, we 
collect,  hold,  use  and  disclose  personal  information,  including  that  of  our  personnel,  consumers,  healthcare  professionals,  patients, 
medical  research  subjects,  clinical  investigators,  customers,  suppliers,  vendors,  business  partners  and  investors.  You  can  find  the 
Privacy  Policy  on  our  website  at  https://www.iqvia.com/about-us/privacy/privacy-policy.  Information  in  the  Privacy  Policy  is  not 
incorporated by reference in, and does not form part of, this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Our Intellectual Property

In  addition  to  our  proprietary  data  sets  described  above,  we  develop  and  use  a  number  of  proprietary  methodologies, 
analytics, systems, technologies and other intellectual property in the conduct of our business. We rely upon a combination of legal, 
technical, and administrative safeguards to protect our proprietary and confidential information and trade secrets, and patent, copyright 
and trademark laws to protect other intellectual property rights. We consider our trademark and related names, marks and logos to be of 
material  importance  to  our  business,  and  we  have  registered  or  applied  for  registration  for  certain  of  these  trademarks,  including 
IQVIA,  in  the  United  States  and  other  jurisdictions  and  aggressively  seek  to  protect  them.  Trademarks  and  service  marks  generally 
may be renewed indefinitely so long as they are in use and/or their registrations are properly maintained, and so long as they have not 
been found to have become generic. The technology and other intellectual property rights owned and licensed by us are of importance 
to our business, although our management believes that our business, as a whole, is not dependent upon any one intellectual property or 
group of such properties.

Human Capital 

Overview.  Our  approximately  87,000  employees  help  us  drive  our  business  success  and  achieve  our  ambition  to  advance 
human health. We are a diverse global team that shares a passion for collaboration and solving complex problems. Our workforce is 
comprised of a wide variety of professionals, including clinicians, data scientists, epidemiologists and more.

Our  culture  is  one  in  which  employees  are  encouraged  to  apply  their  insight,  curiosity,  and  intellectual  courage  across 
everything they do. The way we manage our people and the programs we offer our employees reflect our commitment to fostering this 
culture of empowerment and engagement. 

Each one of our employees provides value, no matter where they sit within the organization. We are committed to creating an 
environment where all employees are respected and heard, where talented people from all backgrounds can contribute to and share in 
our growth, and where opportunity is available to everyone. 

Attracting, developing, and retaining a talented workforce is essential to the success of our business and the realization of our 
purpose.  Investments  in  our  people  are  motivated  by  our  desire  to  have  an  engaged  and  connected  workforce.  This  results  in  high 
productivity and better results for IQVIA. In an industry as competitive as ours, we also recognize that employees who feel supported 
contribute to higher retention and recruitment rates.

Board Oversight of Human Capital Management. Our Board of Directors (our "Board") receives periodic updates on key 
human  capital  metrics,  including  recruitment  and  attrition  rates,  talent  development  data,  and  diversity  statistics  related  to  hiring, 
promotion and our overall workforce.

Our  Board  also  devotes  significant  time  to  leadership  development  and  succession  planning  at  the  executive  level  and 
provides guidance on important decisions in each of these areas. The Leadership Development and Compensation Committee of the 
Board has primary responsibility for succession planning for the chief executive officer and oversight of succession planning for senior 
leadership.

14

Human Capital Management Strategy. Our employees are critical to our continued success and are a core element of our 
long-term strategy. Senior management is responsible for ensuring that our initiatives, policies, and processes reflect and reinforce our 
desired corporate culture, which we believe supports successful human capital management. Our human capital management strategy 
is built on three fundamental focus areas:

•

Recruitment. We consider a range of qualified candidates for all positions. We hire qualified individuals with a variety of 

backgrounds and experiences from both within and outside the organization for positions at all levels.

•

Development & Progression. We are committed to having a diverse pipeline of talent moving up in our organization and 
providing  opportunities  for  all  employees  to  develop  within  their  current  role  as  well  as  towards  their  next  role.  We  do  this  by 
encouraging mentoring and establishing support networks as well as by providing programs and tools to help employees achieve their 
career goals.

•

Retention.  We  seek  to  develop  a  working  environment  where  employees  feel  supported  and  want  to  stay.  To  increase 
employee  engagement  and  retention,  we  consistently  seek  input  from  employees  through  surveys  and  focus  groups  and  develop 
meaningful initiatives and programs to respond to their feedback.

Employee  Engagement.  In  2023,  we  completed  two  Company-wide  employee  surveys.  The  surveys  provided  a  valuable 
opportunity  to  hear  the  perspectives  of  our  workforce  around  the  world.  Maintaining  regular  and  open  channels  of  dialogue  with 
employees and receiving and responding to their feedback with actionable and meaningful initiatives is critical to our human capital 
management strategy.

We received an average of 71,000 responses across our surveys in 2023, with an average participant rate of approximately 
84%.  Across  our  surveys,  on  average  80%  of  respondents  say  they  feel  engaged.  The  employee  engagement  index  has  been  stable 
across  our  surveys  in  2023.  Three  items  saw  significant  improvement  in  2023  as  compared  to  2022:  The  number  of  employees 
indicating they can see a clear link between their work and IQVIA's vision to drive healthcare forward increased 5 points in 2023 to 
87% compared with the prior year, the number of employees indicating their manager supports their efforts to balance their work and 
personal  life  increased  2  points  in  2023  to  86%  compared  with  the  prior  year,  and  the  number  of  employees  indicating  they  are 
energized by their work increased 2 points in 2023 to 71% compared with the prior year.

Diversity and Inclusion. Our commitment to diversity and inclusion ("D&I") is reflected in the various policies, programs, 
training and support we offer, including our Employee Resource Groups ("ERGs"), manager diversity and inclusion training and our 
highly diverse global workforce. This is a foundation of our approach to human capital. We create this culture for employees regardless 
of gender, race, color, creed, religion, marital status, age, national origin or ancestry, physical or mental disability, medical condition, 
veteran status, citizenship, sexual orientation, gender identity or any other protected group status. 

Our  global  workforce  operates  in  over  100  countries  and  represents  approximately  90  different  ethnicities.  In  the  United 
States,  approximately  61%  of  our  employees  identify  as  white  and  approximately  39%  identify  as  a  minority,  including  12%  who 
identify as Black or African American. Approximately 61% of our employees globally identify as female and approximately 52% of 
employees worldwide at a manager level identify as female. 

Our growing network of ERGs provides a framework for employees to connect and collaborate with colleagues with similar 
interests. These groups support our values and business goals and foster the diverse thinking required for innovation. They provide a 
forum for the exchange of ideas and opportunities for mentoring and professional development.

There are eight global ERGs and all are employee-led, voluntary, and open to every employee. Each ERG has a mission that 

is aligned to our vision, values, and core operating principles. 

•

•

Black  Leadership  Network  (BLN)  aims  to  maintain  an  inclusive  community  that  supports  professional  development, 
knowledge sharing, collaboration, and business success for Black employees.

Disabilities and Carers Network (DCN) builds awareness and appreciation around the accomplishments and challenges of 
the disabled community, to foster inclusion, engagement, and professional development.

15

•

Emerging Professionals Network (EPN) builds community among leaders and emerging professionals through networking, 
personal development and volunteerism.

• Multi-Faith Network (MFN) fosters a culture of openness and diversity and provides a place where IQVIA employees can 

connect with people of different faiths or for mutual support.

•

•

•

LGBTQIA+  Group  (PRIDE)  supports  the  ability  for  all  people  at  IQVIA  to  be  their  authentic  selves  by  fostering  an 
inclusive, equal, and inspiring culture for LGBTQIA+ employees.

Race,  Ethnicity  and  Cultural  Heritage  Group  (REACH)  aims  to  create  a  supportive  and  collaborative  community  for 
IQVIA employees who represent racial, ethnic and cultural minorities across the globe.

Veterans  Employee  Resource  Group  (VERG)  connects  active  duty  and  transitioning  service  members  and  veterans  at 
IQVIA while advocating for and supporting active duty and veteran causes that align with IQVIA's core values.

• Women  Inspired  Network  (WIN)  fosters  a  corporate  culture  that  inspires  women  to  excel  in  their  careers  at  IQVIA  and 

within the biopharma industry.

In  2023,  we  grew  our  ERG  membership  to  more  than  11,700  participants  worldwide,  an  increase  in  membership  of  over 

100% from the past year, which spans 73 countries across the globe.

Employee Well-being. Investing in resources and incentives to promote the personal well-being of our employees and their 

families is an important way we take care of our people. 

We provide a variety of health and welfare benefit plans that are available to employees and their family members, based on 
their  location  and  specific  country  regulations.  Plans  may  include  medical,  dental,  and  vision  coverage;  telemedicine  and  on-site 
medical care; critical illness coverage; disability, accidental death and dismemberment, pet and life insurance; tuition reimbursement; 
identity  theft  protection;  commuter  benefits;  matching  gift  programs;  and  locally  relevant  savings  and  retirement  plans  such  as 
pensions and 401(k) plans.

We  provide  parental  leave  for  all  full-time  employees  for  the  birth  or  adoption  of  a  child,  with  variability  in  leave  time 
dependent on location. We also provide paid leave for other life matters including sick time, bereavement, jury duty, military service, 
and time off for voting, depending on country specific policies.

Beyond  health  and  welfare  benefits,  many  regions  also  offer  employee  well-being  programs.  In  the  United  States,  our 
“Healthy  You”  wellness  program  offers  employees  a  range  of  wellness  benefits,  including  free  flu  shots,  teledoc  services,  nutrition 
counseling, tobacco cessation support and reimbursement for wellness-related expenses. 

Our Employee Assistance Program ("EAP") is available to 100% of our workforce worldwide. Our EAP offers counseling 
services,  alongside  accessible  training  and  webinars  focused  on  a  variety  of  topics  including  financial  planning,  nutrition,  social 
connections, stress management, time management and work-life balance. We aim to create a work culture that provides flexibility, 
autonomy, and recognition, and supports personal and organizational growth. 

Compensation and Benefits. IQVIA compensation programs support our overall strategy by linking employee compensation 
with both business and personal performance. This approach to compensation demonstrates our “pay for performance” philosophy, as 
well  as  our  focus  on  providing  compensation  programs  that  attract,  retain  and  motivate  and  reward  employees.  In  addition  to  the 
benefits described above, our compensation programs include base salaries, annual bonuses, and long-term incentive awards.

Talent  and  Learning.  Helping  our  people  grow,  develop,  and  reach  their  full  potential  is  a  key  component  of  our  human 
capital management strategy. Nurturing talent is critical in a highly competitive industry, and it also keeps our employees motivated 
and engaged. 

16

We  invest  in  our  employees’  development  throughout  their  careers  at  IQVIA  through  our  various  talent  and  learning 
initiatives.  Our  strategy  is  focused  on  supporting  business  growth,  optimizing  our  offerings  through  enhanced  digital  tools,  and 
building  the  future  leaders  of  IQVIA.  At  the  same  time,  we  are  transforming  the  employee  experience  and  have  evolved  our 
performance management approach to be more responsive to our employees’ experiences. Mirroring our overall culture, our approach 
to talent and learning is underpinned by the philosophy of empowerment, and we encourage all employees to take ownership of their 
careers. 

In 2023, we worked closely with our employees to launch One IQVIA Multiple Careers, an initiative to facilitate upskilling 
and internal movement in line with IQVIA’s growth strategy and our employees career aspirations. Employees are empowered to shape 
their careers through extensive resources and tools, aligning with their aspirations, interests, and opportunities. Additionally in 2023, 
we  launched  the  IQVIA  Learning  Academy,  which  helps  inform  employees  about  in-demand  skills  within  IQVIA,  providing 
transparency  about  the  talent  and  expertise  needed  to  meet  future  growth  objectives.  The  academy  defines  and  delivers  learning 
pathways  for  employees  of  all  levels  to  build  those  skills  and  democratizes  access  to  enable  all  employees  to  explore  future 
opportunities. Since launching in May 2023, there have been over 230,000 visits to the academy.

We  offer  a  suite  of  formal  and  informal  learning  opportunities,  many  which  focus  on  business  specific  topics  such  as 
regulatory  compliance,  technology,  analytics,  clinical  and  therapy  areas,  and  more.  Our  digital  Talent  and  Learning  Hub  gives 
employees access to training resources on a large variety of future skills. There were more than 1 million visits worldwide to our Talent 
and Learning Hub in 2023. The ease of access to training resulted in the completion of over 1.7 million e-learning programs in various 
subjects, including technology, client-facing skills and project management skills.

We want our employees to have meaningful careers, and we are committed to the idea that career development is a result of 
growth through new experiences. To foster this growth, we engage employees on their purpose, strengths, and agility. We encourage 
employees  to  remain  curious  and  flexible  towards  their  career,  exploring  opportunities  across  the  organization.  Employees  take 
ownership for their development in partnership with managers, mentors, and others. Similarly, performance management is driven by 
ongoing conversations about priorities, contributions and development. 

In 2020, we introduced our Future Leaders Program, a robust training aimed to develop the next generation of leadership at 
IQVIA. In 2023, 46 senior leaders from 15 countries participated in the four-month program, bringing the total number of participants 
since  inception  to  277.  Sessions  consisted  of  live  webinars  co-led  by  senior  executives,  peer  coaching,  business  projects  and  skills 
assessments. Feedback continues to be positive with the program being rated highly by participants, scoring an average of 4.6 out of 5.

In  2021,  we  piloted  our  Emerging  Leaders  Program,  which  is  specifically  designed  for  high-potential  employees  at  the 
managerial level and offers comprehensive training to shape our future leaders. In 2023, a total of 254 employees from 34 countries 
dedicated 7,979 hours of training taught by business leaders and subject matter experts from across the organization, covering topics 
such  as  agility,  collaboration,  executive  presence  and  decision  making.  In  addition,  participants  received  peer  coaching,  360-degree 
assessments and individual development plans. 

In 2022, we launched the Leader of the Future Portal (LOFT) to help our managers shift their mindsets to the hybrid work 
environment. The solution allows managers to find learning courses, short videos, live trainings and quick reads from easy-to-navigate 
categories  focused  on  being  a  remote  leader,  maintaining  productivity  virtually  and  leading  hybrid  teams.  In  2023,  the  portal  had 
34,000 visits and completed 19,973 hours of training.

In 2023, we launched our New Manager program to support employees who are new to managing people and those who are 
experienced managers but new to IQVIA. The program is a guided learning path that helps managers navigate the available resources 
and prioritize the most relevant tools during the managers’ first 12 months. Since the June launch, there were 4,300 visits.

Health and Safety. Ensuring the health and safety of our employees is essential, whether they work in our corporate offices 

or labs. We strive to create a culture of safety so our employees can remain healthy and productive. 

17

We  incorporate  environmental  laws  and  regulations  into  our  policies  and  procedures  throughout  our  organization.  At  the 
corporate level, we have group certifications to ISO 14001:2015 and ISO 45001:2018. In accordance with both certifications, we have 
a robust, integrated Environmental, Health and Safety Management System ("EHSMS") with supporting standard operating procedures 
in place, which demonstrates our commitment to continuous improvement. Under our EHSMS, all employees must actively participate 
in helping to maintain a safe, healthy, and secure work environment. Our Code of Conduct describes the obligations of employees to 
maintain such an environment, follow all applicable safety and security rules and complete required training. 

IQVIA operates laboratories in the United States, United Kingdom, South Africa, Singapore, India, Japan, and China. Certain 
IQVIA  laboratories  are  certified  to  ISO  14001:2015  and  ISO  45001:2018.  Depending  on  the  location  and  services  provided 
accreditation also will include ANVISA, CAP ISO 15189, CDC Lipids, CLIA, ISO 9001, MOH Certified Laboratory, and NSGP Level 
1.

Available Information

Our website address is www.iqvia.com, and our investor relations website is located at http://ir.iqvia.com. Information on our 
website is not incorporated by reference herein. Copies of our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current 
reports on Form 8-K and our proxy statements for our annual meetings of stockholders, and any amendments to those reports, as well 
as Section 16 reports filed by our insiders, are available free of charge on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after we file the 
reports with, or furnish the reports to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet 
site  (http://www.sec.gov)  containing  reports,  proxy  and  information  statements,  and  other  information  regarding  issuers  that  file 
electronically  with  the  SEC.  Information  on  the  SEC's  website  does  not  constitute  part  of  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.  Also 
posted on our website are our certificate of incorporation and by-laws, the charters for our Audit Committee, Leadership Development 
and Compensation Committee and Nominating and Governance Committee, our Corporate Governance Guidelines, and our Code of 
Conduct  governing  our  directors,  officers  and  employees.  Copies  of  our  SEC  reports  and  corporate  governance  information  are 
available in print upon the request of any stockholder to our Investor Relations Department at IQVIA Holdings Inc., 1725 Route 46 
East, Parsippany, New Jersey 07054. Within the time period required by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), we 
will post on our website any amendment to the Code of Conduct or any waiver of such policy applicable to any of our senior financial 
officers, executive officers or directors.

18

Item 1A. Risk Factors

RISK FACTORS

We operate in a rapidly changing environment that involves a number of risks, some of which are beyond our control. You 
should  consider  carefully  the  risks  and  uncertainties  described  below  together  with  the  other  information  included  in  this  Annual 
Report on Form 10-K, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K, in evaluating our Company. The occurrence of any of the following risks may materially and adversely affect our business, 
financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.

Summary of Risk Factors

Below is a summary of some of the principal risks that could adversely affect our business, operations and financial results:

Risks Relating to Our Business

•
•

•

•

•

•

•

The potential loss or delay of contracts could adversely affect our results.
Our financial results may be adversely affected if we underprice our contracts, overrun our cost estimates or fail to receive 
approval for or experience delays in documenting change orders.
Failure to meet productivity objectives under our internal business transformation initiatives could adversely impact our 
competitiveness and harm our operating results.
If we are unsuccessful at investing in growth opportunities and are unable to develop and market new services or enter new 
markets, our growth, results of operations or financial condition could be adversely affected.
If we are unable to successfully identify, acquire and integrate existing businesses, services and technologies, our business, 
results of operations and financial condition could be adversely impacted.
If we are unable to attract suitable investigators and patients for our clinical trials, our clinical development business might 
suffer.
If we lose the services of key personnel or are unable to recruit additional qualified personnel, our business could be adversely 
affected.

Intellectual Property

• We depend on third parties for data and support services. Our suppliers or providers might restrict our use of or refuse to 

license data or provide services, which could lead to our inability to access certain data or provide certain services and, as a 
result, materially and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.
Our success depends on our ability to protect our intellectual property rights.

•
• We may be subject to claims by others that we are infringing on their intellectual property rights.
• We rely on licenses from third parties to certain technology and intellectual property rights for some of our services and the 

licenses we currently have could terminate or expire.

IT systems and Information

•

Security breaches and unauthorized use of our IT systems and information could expose us, our clients, our data suppliers or 
others to risk of loss.

• We may experience challenges with the acquisition, development, enhancement or deployment of technology necessary for our 

•

business.
Data protection, privacy and similar laws restrict access, use and disclosure of personal information, and failure to comply with 
these laws could materially harm our business.

Client Risks
•

Consolidation in the industries in which our clients operate may reduce the volume of services purchased by consolidated 
clients following an acquisition or merger.

• We may be adversely affected by client or therapeutic concentration.
•

Our relationships with existing or potential clients who are in competition with each other may adversely impact the degree to 
which other clients or potential clients use our services.
There is a risk that we may initiate a clinical trial for a client, and then the client becomes unwilling or unable to fund the 
completion of the clinical trial, and we may be ethically bound to complete or wind down the clinical trial at our own expense.

•

19

Market Forces

•

•
•

•

Disruptions in the credit and capital markets and unfavorable general economic conditions could negatively affect our business, 
results of operations and financial condition.
Our effective income tax rate may fluctuate for a variety of reasons.
Due to the global nature of our business we are subject to international economic, political and other risks that could negatively 
affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Climate change may have an impact on our business.

Liability Exposure

Our Research & Development Solutions business could subject us to potential liability.
•
Our Contract Sales & Medical Solutions business could result in liability to us if a drug causes harm to a patient.
•
•
Our insurance may not cover all of our indemnification obligations and other liabilities associated with our operations.
• We may make mistakes in conducting a clinical trial that could negatively impact the usefulness of the clinical trial which 

•

could subject us to significant costs or liability.
If we fail to perform our services in accordance with contractual requirements, regulatory standards and ethical considerations, 
we could be subject to significant costs or liability.

Risks Relating to Our Industry

•

•

The biopharmaceutical services industry is highly competitive and our business could be materially impacted if we do not 
compete effectively or rapidly adapt to technological change.
Outsourcing trends in the biopharmaceutical industry and changes in aggregate spending and research and development 
budgets could adversely affect our operating results and growth rate.
• We may be affected by healthcare reform and potential additional reforms.
•

Actions by government regulators or clients to limit a prescription’s scope or withdraw an approved drug from the market 
could affect our business and result in a loss of revenues.
Laws restricting biopharmaceutical sales and marketing practices may adversely impact demand for our services.

•

Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness

•

•

Restrictions imposed in the Senior Secured Credit Facilities (as defined below) and other outstanding indebtedness, including 
the indentures governing outstanding notes issued by our wholly owned subsidiary IQVIA Inc., may limit our ability to operate 
our business and to finance our future operations or capital needs or to engage in other business activities.
Interest rate fluctuations and our ability to deduct interest expense may affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock

•

•

Provisions of the corporate governance documents of IQVIA could make an acquisition of IQVIA difficult and may prevent 
attempts by its stockholders to replace or remove its management, even if beneficial to its stockholders.
Our certificate of incorporation contains a provision renouncing any interest and expectancy in certain corporate opportunities 
identified by certain parties.

For a more complete discussion of the material risk facing our business, see below.

20

Risks Relating to Our Business

The potential loss or delay of our large contracts or of multiple contracts could adversely affect our results.

Most of our Research & Development Solutions clients can terminate our contracts upon 30 to 90 days' notice. Our clients 

may delay, terminate or reduce the scope of our contracts for a variety of reasons beyond our control, including but not limited to:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

decisions to forego or terminate a particular clinical trial;

lack of available financing, budgetary limits or changing priorities;

actions by regulatory authorities;

production problems resulting in shortages of the drug being tested;

failure of products being tested to satisfy safety requirements or efficacy criteria;

unexpected or undesired clinical results for products;

insufficient patient enrollment in a clinical trial;

insufficient investigator recruitment;

shift of business to a competitor or internal resources;

product withdrawal following market launch; or

shut down of manufacturing facilities.

As  a  result,  contract  terminations,  delays  and  alterations  are  a  regular  part  of  our  Research  &  Development  Solutions 
business.  In  the  event  of  termination,  our  contracts  often  provide  for  fees  for  winding  down  the  project,  but  these  fees  may  not  be 
sufficient for us to realize the full amount of revenues or profits anticipated under the related services contracts, and termination may 
result in lower resource utilization rates. In addition, we will not realize the full benefits of our backlog of contractually committed 
services  if  our  clients  cancel,  delay  or  reduce  their  commitments  under  our  contracts  with  them,  which  may  occur  if,  among  other 
things, a client decides to shift its business to a competitor or revoke our status as a preferred provider. Thus, the loss or delay of a 
large contract or the loss or delay of multiple contracts could adversely affect our revenues and profitability. We believe the risk of loss 
or  delay  of  multiple  contracts  potentially  has  greater  effect  where  we  are  party  to  broader  partnering  arrangements  with  global 
biopharmaceutical companies.

We depend on third parties for data and support services. Our suppliers or providers might restrict our use of or refuse to 
license data or provide services, which could lead to our inability to access certain data or provide certain services and, as a result, 
materially and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

Each of our Technology & Analytics Solutions information services is derived from data we collect from third parties. These 

data suppliers are numerous and diverse, reflecting the broad scope of information that we collect and use in our business.

Although we typically enter into long-term contractual arrangements with many of these suppliers of data, at the time of entry 
into a new contract or renewal of an existing contract, suppliers may increase restrictions on our use of such data, increase the price 
they charge us for data or refuse altogether to license the data to us. In addition, during the term of any data supply contract, suppliers 
may fail to adhere to our data quality control standards or fail to deliver data. Further, although no single individual data supplier is 
material to our business, if a number of suppliers collectively representing a significant amount of data that we use for one or more of 
our  services  were  to  impose  additional  contractual  restrictions  on  our  use  of  or  access  to  data,  fail  to  adhere  to  our  quality-control 
standards,  repeatedly  fail  to  deliver  data  or  refuse  to  provide  data,  now  or  in  the  future,  our  ability  to  provide  those  services  to  our 
clients could be materially adversely impacted, which may harm our operating results and financial condition.

21

Additionally,  we  depend  on  third  parties  for  support  services  to  our  business.  Such  support  services  include,  but  are  not 
limited to, third- party transportation providers, suppliers of drugs for patients participating in clinical trials, suppliers of kits for use in 
our clinical trial laboratories business, suppliers of reagents for use in our testing equipment and providers of maintenance contracts for 
our equipment. The failure of any of these third parties to adequately provide the critical support services could have a material adverse 
effect on our business.

If we fail to perform our services in accordance with contractual requirements, regulatory standards and ethical 

considerations, we could be subject to significant costs or liability and our reputation could be harmed.

We contract with biopharmaceutical companies to perform a wide range of services to assist them in bringing new drugs to 
market.  Our  services  include  monitoring  clinical  trials,  data  and  laboratory  analysis,  electronic  data  capture,  patient  recruitment  and 
other related services, and we perform these services in a number of ways, including through physical and technology-enabled efforts. 
Such services are complex and subject to contractual requirements, regulatory standards and ethical considerations. For example, we 
must adhere to applicable regulatory requirements such as those required by the FDA, the EMA and the competent authorities of the 
member states of the EU, and the MHRA in the UK, and Good Laboratory Practice and GCP requirements, which govern, among other 
things,  the  design,  conduct,  performance,  monitoring,  auditing,  recording,  analysis,  and  reporting  of  clinical  trials.  Once  initiated, 
clinical  trials  must  be  conducted  pursuant  to  and  in  accordance  with  the  applicable  investigational  new  drug/device  application  or 
clinical trial application, the requirements of the relevant institutional review boards or ethics committees, and GCP requirements. For 
studies involving controlled substances, we are also typically subject to enhanced regulations, such as those required by the U.S. Drug 
Enforcement  Administration  (“DEA”)  which  regulates  the  distribution,  recordkeeping,  handling,  security,  and  disposal  of  controlled 
substances. If we fail to perform our services in accordance with these requirements, regulatory agencies may take action against us for 
failure  to  comply  with  applicable  regulations  governing  clinical  trials  or  sales  and  marketing  practices.  Such  actions  may  include 
sanctions, such as injunctions or failure of such regulatory authorities to grant marketing approval of products, delay, suspension or 
withdrawal  of  approvals,  license  revocation,  product  seizures  or  recalls,  operational  restrictions,  civil  or  criminal  penalties  or 
prosecutions, damages or fines. Clients may also bring claims against us for breach of our contractual obligations and patients in the 
clinical trials and patients taking drugs approved on the basis of those clinical trials may bring personal injury claims against us for 
negligence. Any such action could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and reputation.

Such consequences could arise if, among other things, the following occur:

Improper performance of our services. The performance of clinical development services is complex and time-consuming. 
For example, we may make mistakes in conducting a clinical trial that could negatively impact or obviate the usefulness of the clinical 
trial or cause the results of the clinical trial to be reported improperly. If the clinical trial results are compromised, we could be subject 
to significant costs or liability, which could have an adverse impact on our ability to perform our services. As examples:

•

•

•

non-compliance generally could result in the termination of ongoing clinical trials or sales and marketing projects 
or the disqualification of data for submission to regulatory authorities;

compromise  of  data  from  a  particular  clinical  trial,  such  as  failure  to  verify  that  informed  consent  was  obtained 
from patients, could require us to repeat the clinical trial under the terms of our contract at no further cost to our 
client, but at a substantial cost to us; and

breach of a contractual term could result in liability for damages or termination of the contract.

Large clinical trials can cost up to hundreds of millions of dollars, and while we endeavor to contractually limit our exposure 
to such risks, improper performance of our services could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, damage our reputation and 
result in the cancellation of current contracts by or failure to obtain future contracts from the affected client or other clients.

Investigation of clients. From time to time, one or more of our clients are audited or investigated by regulatory authorities or 
enforcement agencies with respect to regulatory compliance of their clinical trials, programs or the marketing and sale of their drugs. In 
these situations, we have often provided services to our clients with respect to the clinical trials, programs or activities being audited or 
investigated, and we are called upon to respond to requests for information by the authorities and agencies. There is a risk that either 
our clients or regulatory authorities could claim that we performed our services improperly or that we are responsible for clinical trial 
or program compliance. If our clients or regulatory authorities make such claims against us and prove them, we could be subject to 
damages, fines or penalties. In addition, negative publicity regarding regulatory compliance of our clients’ clinical trials, programs or 
drugs could have an adverse effect on our business and reputation.

22

Insufficient  client  funding  to  complete  a  clinical  trial.  As  noted  above,  clinical  trials  can  cost  hundreds  of  millions  of 
dollars.  There  is  a  risk  that  we  may  initiate  a  clinical  trial  for  a  client,  and  then  the  client  becomes  unwilling  or  unable  to  fund  the 
completion of the clinical trial. This risk is heightened in a recessionary or weak funding environment for our customers, who may be 
unable to raise or expend funds necessary to complete a trial. In such a situation, notwithstanding the client’s ability or willingness to 
pay for or otherwise facilitate the completion of the clinical trial, we may be ethically bound to complete or wind down the clinical trial 
at our own expense.

Failure of vendors to perform contractual obligations. In the course of a clinical trial, we regularly contract with third party 
providers on behalf of our clients to support execution of the trial. If these third parties fail to perform their contractual obligations, we 
may  incur  additional  costs  or  responsibilities  in  order  to  provide  our  clients  with  our  contractually  obligated  deliverables,  despite  the 
failure of such third parties. 

Security breaches and unauthorized use of our IT systems and information, or the IT systems or information in the 

possession of our vendors, could expose us, our clients, our data suppliers or others to risk of loss.

We rely upon the security of our computer and communications systems infrastructure to protect us from cyberattacks and 
unauthorized  access.  Cyberattacks  can  include  malware,  computer  viruses,  hacking  or  other  significant  disruption  of  our  computer, 
communications and related systems. Cyber threats are rapidly evolving and are becoming increasingly sophisticated. As cyber threats 
evolve and become more difficult to detect and successfully defend against, one or more cyber threats might defeat the measures that 
we  or  our  vendors  take  to  anticipate,  detect,  avoid  or  mitigate  such  threats.  Certain  techniques  used  to  obtain  unauthorized  access, 
introduce malicious software, disable or degrade service, or sabotage systems may be designed to remain dormant until a triggering 
event  and  we  may  be  unable  to  anticipate  these  techniques  or  implement  adequate  preventative  measures  since  techniques  change 
frequently or are not recognized until launched, and because cyberattacks can originate from a wide variety of sources. Our preventive 
and  remedial  actions  may  not  be  successful.  The  size  and  complexity  of  our  IT  and  information  security  systems,  and  those  of  our 
vendors  (and  the  large  amounts  of  confidential  information  that  is  present  on  them),  make  such  systems  potentially  vulnerable  to 
service interruptions or to security breaches from inadvertent or intentional actions by, but not limited to, our employees, contingent 
workers, service providers, business partners, customers or malicious attackers. Such attacks, whether successful or unsuccessful, could 
result in our incurring costs related to, for example, rebuilding internal systems, defending against litigation, responding to regulatory 
inquiries or actions, paying damages or fines, or taking other remedial steps with respect to third parties. Publicity about vulnerabilities 
and attempted or successful incursions could damage our reputation with clients and data suppliers and reduce demand for our services.

We  also  store  proprietary  and  sensitive  information  in  connection  with  our  business,  which  could  be  compromised  by  a 
cyberattack. To the extent that any disruption or security breach results in a loss or damage to our data, an inappropriate disclosure of 
proprietary or sensitive information, an inability to access data sources, or an inability to process data or provide our offerings to our 
clients, it could cause significant damage to our reputation, affect our relationships with our data suppliers and clients (including loss of 
suppliers  and  clients),  lead  to  claims  against  us  and  ultimately  harm  our  business.  We  may  be  required  to  incur  significant  costs  to 
alleviate, remedy or protect against damage caused by these disruptions or security breaches in the future. We may also face inquiry or 
increased  scrutiny  from  government  agencies  as  a  result  of  any  such  disruption  or  breach.  While  we  have  insurance  coverage  for 
certain instances of a cyber security breach, our coverage may not be sufficient if we suffer a significant attack or multiple attacks. Any 
such breach or disruption could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and our reputation as a service provider.

Some  of  our  vendors  have  significant  responsibility  for  the  security  of  certain  of  our  data  centers  and  computer-based 
platforms or software-as-a-service ("SaaS") applications upon which our businesses rely to host or process data or to perform various 
functions. Also, our data suppliers have responsibility for security of their own computer and communications environments. These 
third parties face risks relating to cyber security similar to ours, which could disrupt their businesses and therefore materially impact 
ours. Accordingly, we are subject to any flaw in or breaches to their computer and communications systems or those that they operate 
for us, which could result in a material adverse effect on our business, operations and financial results.

The  risk  of  cyberattacks  has  increased  in  connection  with  geopolitical  events  and  dynamics.  State-sponsored  parties  or  their 
supporters  may  launch  retaliatory  cyberattacks,  and  may  attempt  to  cause  supply  chain  disruptions,  or  carry  out  other  geopolitically 
motivated actions that may adversely disrupt or degrade our operations and may result in data compromise. State-sponsored actors have 
carried out cyberattacks to accomplish their goals that may include espionage, monetary gain, disruption, and destruction. 

23

Failure to meet productivity objectives under our internal business transformation initiatives could adversely impact our 

competitiveness and harm our operating results.

We  are  pursuing  business  transformation  initiatives  to  update  technology,  increase  innovation  and  obtain  operating 
efficiencies.  As  part  of  these  initiatives,  which  include  accelerating  site  start-up  timelines  and  improving  our  customer  buying 
experience, we seek to improve our productivity, flexibility, quality, functionality and cost savings by investing in the development and 
implementation  of  global  platforms  and  integration  of  our  business  processes  and  functions  to  achieve  economies  of  scale.  These 
various initiatives may not yield their intended gains, or be completed in timely manner, which may impact our competitiveness and 
our ability to meet our growth objectives and, as a result, materially and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial 
condition.

If we are unsuccessful at investing in growth opportunities, our business could be materially and adversely affected.

We  continue  to  invest  significantly  in  growth  opportunities,  including  the  development  and  acquisition  of  new  data, 
technologies and services to meet our clients’ needs. For example, we are expanding our services and technology offerings, such as the 
development of a cloud-based platform with a growing number of applications to support commercial and clinical operations for life 
sciences  companies  (e.g.,  multi-channel  marketing,  marketing  campaign  management,  customer  relationship  management,  incentive 
compensation  management,  targeting  and  segmentation,  performance  management,  site  engagement  payments,  trial  master  file,  risk 
based monitoring, in-home nursing and other services, clinical trial management and decentralized trials and other applications). We 
also continue to invest significantly in growth opportunities in emerging markets, such as the development, launch and enhancement of 
services in China, India, Turkey, and other countries. We consider our presence in these markets to be an important component of our 
growth strategy.

There is no assurance that our investment plans or growth strategy will be successful or will produce a sufficient or any return 
on our investments. Further, if we are unable to develop new technologies and services, clients do not purchase our new technologies 
and services, our new technologies and services do not work as intended or there are delays in the availability or adoption of our new 
technologies and services, then we may not be able to grow our business or growth may occur slower than anticipated. Additionally, 
although we expect continued growth in healthcare spending in emerging markets, such spending may occur more slowly or not at all, 
and we may not benefit from our investments in these markets.

We plan to fund growth opportunities with cash from operations or from future financings. There can be no assurance that 

those sources will be available in sufficient amounts to fund future growth opportunities when needed.

Any of the foregoing could have a material and adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

Data protection, privacy and similar laws in the United States and around the world restrict access, use and disclosure of 
personal  information,  and  failure  to  comply  with  or  adapt  to  changes  in  these  laws  could  materially  and  adversely  harm  our 
business.

The  confidentiality,  collection,  use,  retention,  security,  transfer  and  disclosure  of  personal  data,  including  individually 
identifiable  health  information  and  clinical  trial  patient-specific  information,  are  subject  to  governmental  regulation  generally  in  the 
country  that  the  personal  data  were  collected  or  used  (collectively,  "Privacy  Laws").  For  example,  United  States  federal  regulations 
under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) create specific requirements for the protection of the 
privacy  and  security  of  individual  health  information.  These  provisions  apply  to  both  “covered  entities”  (primarily  health  care 
providers and health insurers) and their “business associates” or service providers. As there are some instances where we are a HIPAA 
“business  associate”  of  a  “covered  entity,”  we  can  be  directly  liable  for  mishandling  protected  health  information.  Under  HIPAA’s 
enforcement  scheme,  we  can  be  subject  to  significant  penalties  in  connection  with  HIPAA  violations,  along  with  the  potential  for 
significant other expenditures related to these activities. These rules require individuals’ written authorization in many situations, in 
addition  to  any  required  informed  consent,  before  protected  health  information  may  be  used  for  research.  We  are  both  directly  and 
indirectly  affected  by  the  privacy  provisions  surrounding  individual  authorizations  because  many  investigators  with  whom  we  are 
involved in clinical trials are directly subject to them and because we obtain identifiable health information from third parties that are 
subject to such various Privacy Laws. 

24

In  general,  patient  health  information  is  among  the  most  sensitive  (and  highly  regulated)  of  personal  information.  Privacy 
Laws in the United States and around the world are designed to ensure that information about an individual’s healthcare is properly 
protected  from  inappropriate  access,  use  and  disclosure.  Privacy  Laws  also  include  the  European  Union’s  (“EU”)  General  Data 
Protection  Regulation,  Canada’s  Personal  Information  Protection  and  Electronic  Documents  Act  and  other  data  protection,  privacy, 
data security, data localization and similar national, state/provincial and local laws. In the EU, personal data includes any information 
that relates to an identifiable natural person. Health information about an identifiable person carries additional obligations under EU 
law, including obtaining the explicit consent from the individual for collection, use or disclosure of the information. In addition, we are 
subject to EU rules with respect to cross-border transfers of such data out of the EU (along with similar data transfer requirements or 
data localization requirements in other countries). 

We have established frameworks, models, processes and technologies to manage privacy and security for many data types, 
from a variety of sources, and under a myriad of Privacy Laws. In addition, we rely on our data suppliers to deliver information to us in 
a  form  and  in  a  manner  that  complies  with  applicable  Privacy  Laws.  These  laws  are  complex  and  there  is  no  assurance  that  the 
safeguards and controls employed by us or our data suppliers will be sufficient to prevent a breach of these laws, or that claims will not 
be filed against us or our data suppliers despite such safeguards and controls. Failure to comply with such laws, certain certification/
registration and annual re-certification/registration provisions associated with these data protection and privacy regulations, and similar 
rules  in  various  jurisdictions,  or  to  resolve  any  serious  privacy  complaints,  may  result  in,  among  other  things,  regulatory  sanctions, 
criminal  prosecution,  civil  liability,  negative  publicity,  damage  to  our  reputation,  or  data  being  blocked  from  use  or  liability  under 
contractual provisions. For example, in July 2015, indictments were issued by the Seoul Central District Prosecutors’ Office in South 
Korea  against  IMS  Korea  and  two  of  its  employees,  among  others,  alleging  improper  handling  of  sensitive  health  information  in 
violation of applicable privacy laws. See Item 3 “Legal Proceedings” for additional information.

Laws and expectations relating to privacy continue to evolve, and we continue to adapt to changing needs. For example, the 
definition  of  “personally  identifiable  information”  and  “personal  data”  continues  to  evolve  and  broaden  and  many  new  laws  and 
regulations are being enacted. In addition, certain established programs have been (or are at risk of being) declared invalid (such as the 
EU-U.S.  Privacy  Shield  framework  that  operated  for  several  years  but  was  struck  down  by  the  European  Court  of  Justice  in  July, 
2020). While the replacement for the EU-U.S. Privacy Shield (the EU-U.S. Data Privacy Framework or “DPF”) has been approved for 
the transfer of personal data from the EU to certified companies in the U.S., the DPF is also subject to legal challenges and potential 
invalidation, thereby rendering data transfers from the EU to the US legally uncertain and keeping the area of data transfers in a state of 
flux.  Changes  to  these  programs  may  adversely  impact  our  ability  to  provide  services  to  our  clients  or  develop  new  products  or 
services. Federal, state and foreign governments are contemplating or have proposed or adopted new Privacy Laws or modifications to 
existing  Privacy  Laws,  including  by  amendment,  replacement  or  interpretation  through  judicial  or  administrative  decisions.  New  or 
modified Privacy Laws might, among other things, require us to implement new security measures and processes or bring within the 
scope of the Privacy Law other data not currently regulated, each of which may require substantial expenditures or limit our ability to 
offer  some  of  our  services.  Additionally,  changes  in  Privacy  Laws  may  limit  our  data  access,  use  and  disclosure,  and  may  require 
increased  expenditures  by  us  or  may  dictate  that  we  not  offer  certain  types  of  services.  Any  of  the  foregoing  may  have  a  material 
adverse impact on our ability to provide services to our clients or maintain our profitability.

There is ongoing concern from privacy advocates, regulators and others regarding data protection and privacy issues, and the 
number of jurisdictions with Privacy Laws has been increasing. Also, there are ongoing public policy discussions regarding whether 
the  standards  for  de-identified,  anonymous  or  pseudonymized  health  information  are  sufficient,  and  the  risk  of  re-identification 
sufficiently  small,  to  adequately  protect  patient  privacy.  These  discussions  may  lead  to  further  restrictions  on  the  use  of  such 
information. There can be no assurance that these initiatives or future initiatives will not adversely affect our ability to access and use 
data or to develop or market current or future services.

Many Privacy Laws protect more than patient information, and although they vary by jurisdiction, these laws can extend to 
employee  information,  business  contact  information,  provider  information  and  other  information  relating  to  identifiable  individuals. 
Failure  to  comply  with  these  laws  may  result  in,  among  other  things,  civil  and  criminal  liability,  negative  publicity,  damage  to  our 
reputation and liability under contractual provisions. In addition, compliance with such laws may require increased costs to us or may 
dictate that we not offer certain types of services.

The occurrence of any of the foregoing could impact our ability to provide the same level of service to our clients, require us 

to modify our offerings or increase our costs, which could materially and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

25

Our success depends on our ability to protect our intellectual property rights.

Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to develop, use and protect our proprietary methodologies, analytics, systems, 
technologies  and  other  intellectual  property.  We  rely  upon  a  combination  of  trade  secrets,  confidentiality  policies,  nondisclosure, 
invention assignment and other contractual arrangements, and patent, copyright and trademark laws, to protect our intellectual property 
rights.  Relevant  laws  are  subject  to  change  at  any  time  and  certain  agreements  may  not  be  fully  enforceable,  which  could  further 
restrict  our  ability  to  protect  our  innovations.  Further,  these  laws  may  not  provide  adequate  protection  for  our  intellectual  property, 
particularly  in  countries  in  which  the  legal  system  provides  less  protection  for  intellectual  property  rights.  Our  intellectual  property 
rights may not prevent competitors from independently developing services similar to or duplicative of ours. Further, the steps we take 
in  this  regard  might  not  be  adequate  to  prevent  or  deter  infringement  or  other  misappropriation  of  our  intellectual  property  by 
competitors, former employees or other third parties, and we might not be able to detect unauthorized use of, or take appropriate and 
timely steps to enforce, our intellectual property rights.

Our  ability  to  obtain,  protect  and  enforce  our  intellectual  property  rights  is  subject  to  general  litigation  or  third-party 
opposition risks, as well as the uncertainty as to the scope of protection, registrability, patentability, validity and enforceability of our 
intellectual property rights in each applicable country. Governments may adopt regulations, and government agencies or courts may 
render  decisions,  requiring  compulsory  licensing  of  intellectual  property  rights.  When  we  seek  to  enforce  our  intellectual  property 
rights, we may be subject to claims that the intellectual property rights are invalid or unenforceable. Litigation may be necessary in the 
future  to  enforce  our  intellectual  property  rights  and  to  protect  our  confidential  and  proprietary  information.  Litigation  brought  to 
protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time consuming and distracting to management and could result in 
the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property rights. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights 
may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. 
Our inability to protect our proprietary technology against unauthorized copying or use, as well as any costly litigation or diversion of 
our management’s attention and resources, could delay further sales or the implementation of our solutions, impair the functionality of 
our solutions, delay introductions of new solutions, result in our substituting inferior or more costly technologies into our solutions, or 
injure our reputation and harm our operating results and financial condition.

The theft or unauthorized use or publication of our trade secrets and other confidential business information could reduce the 
differentiation of our services and harm our business; the value of our investment in development or business acquisitions could be 
reduced; and third parties might make claims against us related to losses of their confidential or proprietary information. In addition, 
we may not be able to discover or determine the extent of any unauthorized use of our proprietary rights. Third parties that license our 
proprietary rights also may take actions that diminish the value of our proprietary rights or reputation. The protection of our intellectual 
property  may  require  the  expenditure  of  significant  financial  and  managerial  resources.  Moreover,  the  steps  we  take  to  protect  our 
intellectual property may not adequately protect our rights or prevent third parties from infringing or misappropriating our proprietary 
rights. These incidents and claims could harm our business, reduce revenues, increase expenses and harm our reputation.

We may be subject to claims by others that we are infringing on their intellectual property rights.

Third  parties  may  assert  claims  that  we  or  our  clients  infringe  their  intellectual  property  rights  and  these  claims,  with  or 
without  merit,  could  be  expensive  to  litigate,  cause  us  to  incur  substantial  costs  and  divert  management  resources  and  attention  in 
defending  the  claim.  In  some  jurisdictions,  plaintiffs  can  also  seek  injunctive  relief  that  may  limit  the  operation  of  our  business  or 
prevent the marketing and selling of our services that infringe on the plaintiff’s intellectual property rights. To resolve these claims, we 
may enter into licensing agreements with restrictive terms or significant fees, stop selling, be required to implement costly redesigns to 
the affected services, or pay damages to satisfy contractual obligations to others. If we do not resolve these claims in advance of a trial, 
there  is  no  guarantee  that  we  will  be  successful  in  court.  These  outcomes  may  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  business, 
operating results and financial condition.

In  addition,  certain  contracts  with  our  suppliers  or  clients  contain  provisions  whereby  we  indemnify,  subject  to  certain 
limitations, the counterparty for damages suffered as a result of claims related to intellectual property infringement and the use of data. 
Claims made under these provisions could be expensive to litigate and could result in significant payments.

26

We rely on licenses from third parties to certain technology and intellectual property rights for some of our services and 

the licenses we currently have could terminate or expire.

Some of our business services rely on technology or intellectual property rights owned and controlled by others. Our licenses 
to this technology or these intellectual property rights could be terminated or could expire. We may be unable to replace these licenses 
in a timely manner. Failure to renew these licenses, or renewals of these licenses on less advantageous terms, could harm our operating 
results and financial condition.

Our financial results may be adversely affected if we underprice our contracts, overrun our cost estimates or fail to receive 

approval for or experience delays in documenting change orders.

Most of our Research & Development Solutions contracts are either fee for service contracts or fixed-fee contracts. Our past 
financial  results  have  been,  and  our  future  financial  results  may  be,  adversely  impacted  if  we  initially  underprice  our  contracts  or 
otherwise overrun our cost estimates and are unable to successfully negotiate a change order. Change orders typically occur when the 
scope of work we perform needs to be modified from that originally contemplated by our contract with the client. Modifications can 
occur, for example, when there is a change in a key clinical trial assumption or parameter or a significant change in timing. Where we 
are not successful in converting out-of-scope work into change orders under our current contracts, we bear the cost of the additional 
work. Such underpricing, significant cost overruns or delay in documentation of change orders could have a material adverse effect on 
our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

The relationship of backlog to revenues varies over time.

Backlog  represents  future  revenues  for  our  Research  &  Development  Solutions  business  from  work  not  yet  completed  or 
performed under signed binding commitments and signed contracts. Once work begins on a project, revenues are recognized over the 
duration of the project. Projects may be terminated or delayed by the client or delayed by regulatory authorities for reasons beyond our 
control. To the extent projects are delayed, the timing of our revenues could be affected. In the event that a client cancels a contract, we 
typically would be entitled to receive payment for all services performed up to the cancellation date and subsequent client-authorized 
services related to terminating the canceled project. Typically, however, we have no contractual right to the full amount of the revenues 
reflected in our backlog in the event of a contract cancellation. The duration of the projects included in our backlog, and the related 
revenue  recognition,  range  from  a  few  weeks  to  many  years.  Our  backlog  may  not  be  indicative  of  our  future  revenues  from  our 
Research & Development Solutions business, and we may not realize all the anticipated future revenues reflected in our backlog. A 
number of factors may affect backlog, including:

•

•

•

•

the size, complexity and duration of the projects;

the percentage of full services versus functional services;

the cancellation or delay of projects; and

change in the scope of work during the course of a project.

Although an increase in backlog will generally result in an increase in revenues to be recognized over time (depending on the 
level of cancellations), an increase in backlog at a particular point in time does not necessarily correspond directly to an increase in 
revenues  during  a  particular  period.  The  extent  to  which  contracts  in  backlog  will  result  in  revenues  depends  on  many  factors, 
including but not limited to delivery against projected schedules, the need for scope changes (change orders), contract cancellations 
and  the  nature,  duration,  size,  complexity  and  phase  of  the  contracts,  each  of  which  factors  can  vary  significantly  from  project  to 
project.

The rate at which our backlog converts to revenues may vary over time for a variety of reasons. The revenue recognition on 
larger, more global projects could be slower than on smaller, less global projects for a variety of reasons, including but not limited to 
an extended period of negotiation between the time the project is awarded to us and the actual execution of the contract, as well as an 
increased timeframe for obtaining the necessary regulatory approvals. Additionally, the increasing complexity of the drug development 
pipeline and the need to enroll precise patient populations could extend the length of clinical trials causing revenues to be recognized 
over a longer period of time. Further, delayed projects will remain in backlog, unless otherwise canceled by the client, and will not 
generate revenues at the rate originally expected. Thus, the relationship of backlog to realized revenues may vary over time.

27

Our  business  depends  on  the  continued  effectiveness  and  availability  of  our  information  systems,  including  the 

information systems we use to provide our services to our clients, and failures of these systems may materially limit our operations.

Due  to  the  global  nature  of  our  business  and  our  reliance  on  information  systems  to  provide  our  services,  we  intend  to 
increase our use of cloud-based platforms and other integrated information systems in delivering our services. We also provide access 
to similar information systems to certain of our clients in connection with the services we provide them. As the breadth and complexity 
of our information systems continue to grow, we will increasingly be exposed to the risks inherent in the development, integration and 
ongoing operation of evolving information systems, including:

•

•

•

disruption, impairment or failure of cloud-based platforms, data centers, telecommunications facilities or other key 
infrastructure platforms;

security breaches of, cyberattacks on and other failures or malfunctions in our critical application systems or their 
associated hardware; and

excessive costs, excessive delays or other deficiencies in systems development and deployment.

The materialization of any of these risks may impede the processing of data, the delivery of databases and services, and the 
day-to-day management of our business and could result in the corruption, loss or unauthorized disclosure of proprietary, confidential 
or other data. While we have disaster recovery plans in place, they might not adequately protect us in the event of a system failure. 
While many of our operations have disaster recovery plans in place, we currently do not have excess or standby computer processing 
or network capacity everywhere in the world to avoid disruption in the receipt, processing and delivery of data in the event of a system 
failure.  Despite  any  precautions  we  take,  damage  from  fire,  floods,  hurricanes,  power  loss,  telecommunications  failures,  computer 
viruses, break-ins and similar events at our various computer facilities could result in interruptions in the flow of data to our servers 
and from our servers to our clients. Corruption or loss of data may result in the need to repeat a clinical trial at no cost to the client, but 
at significant cost to us, the termination of a contract or damage to our reputation.

In  addition,  any  failure  by  our  computer  environment  to  provide  sufficient  processing  or  network  capacity  to  transfer  data 
could result in interruptions in our service. In the event of a delay in the delivery of data, we could be required to transfer our data 
collection operations to an alternative provider of server hosting services. Such a transfer could result in significant delays in our ability 
to  deliver  services  to  our  clients  and  increase  our  costs.  Additionally,  significant  delays  in  system  enhancements  or  inadequate 
performance  of  new  or  upgraded  systems  once  completed  could  damage  our  reputation  and  harm  our  business.  Finally,  long-term 
disruptions in the infrastructure caused by events such as natural disasters, the outbreak of war, the escalation of hostilities and acts of 
terrorism, particularly involving cities in which we have offices, could adversely affect our businesses. Although we carry property and 
business interruption insurance, our coverage might not be adequate to compensate us for all losses that may occur.

We  have  continued  to  undertake  significant  programs  to  optimize  business  processes  with  respect  to  our  services.  Our 
inability to effectively manage the implementation and adapt to new processes designed into new or upgraded systems in a timely and 
cost-effective manner may result in disruption to our business and negatively affect our operations.

We have entered into agreements with certain vendors to provide systems development and integration services that develop 
or license to us the IT platform for programs to optimize our business processes. If such vendors fail to perform as required or if there 
are  substantial  delays  in  developing,  implementing  and  updating  the  IT  platform,  our  client  delivery  may  be  impaired,  and  we  may 
have to make substantial further investments, internally or with third parties, to achieve our objectives. Additionally, our progress may 
be limited by parties with existing or claimed patents who seek to enjoin us from using preferred technology or seek license payments 
from us. Meeting our objectives is dependent on a number of factors which may not take place as we anticipate, including obtaining 
adequate technology-enabled services, creating IT-enabled services that our clients will find desirable and implementing our business 
model with respect to these services. Also, increased IT-related expenditures may negatively impact our profitability.

28

We may experience challenges with the acquisition, development, enhancement or deployment of technology necessary for 

our business.

We operate in businesses that require sophisticated computer systems and software for data collection, data processing, cloud-
based  platforms,  analytics,  cryptography,  statistical  projections  and  forecasting,  mobile  computing,  social  media  analytics  and  other 
applications  and  technologies,  particularly  in  our  Technology  &  Analytics  Solutions  and  Research  &  Development  Solutions 
businesses.  We  are  building  artificial  intelligence  (AI)  technologies  into  internal  applications  and  solutions  we  use  with  others, 
including clients; we expect the use of AI to grow. We seek to address our technology risks by increasing our reliance on the use of 
innovations by cross-industry technology leaders and adapt these for our biopharmaceutical and healthcare industry clients. Some of 
these technologies supporting the industries we serve are changing rapidly and we must continue to adapt to these changes in a timely 
and effective manner at an acceptable cost. We also must continue to deliver data to our clients in forms that are easy to use while 
simultaneously providing clear answers to complex questions. There can be no guarantee that we will be able to develop, acquire or 
integrate  new  technologies,  that  these  new  technologies  will  meet  our  needs  or  those  of  our  clients’  needs  or  achieve  expected 
investment goals, or that we will be able to do so as quickly or cost-effectively as our competitors. Significant technological change 
could render certain of our services obsolete. Moreover, the introduction of new services embodying new technologies could render 
certain of our existing services obsolete. Our continued success will depend on our ability to adapt to changing technologies, manage 
and process ever-increasing amounts of data and information and improve the performance, features and reliability of our services in 
response to changing client and industry demands. We may experience difficulties that could delay or prevent the successful design, 
development,  testing,  introduction  or  marketing  of  our  services.  New  services,  or  enhancements  to  existing  services,  may  not 
adequately  meet  our  own  requirements  or  those  of  current  and  prospective  clients  or  achieve  any  degree  of  significant  market 
acceptance. These types of failures could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and reputation.

Consolidation in the industries in which our clients operate may reduce the volume of services purchased by consolidated 

clients following an acquisition or merger, which could materially harm our operating results and financial condition.

Mergers or consolidations among our clients have in the past and could in the future reduce the number of our clients and 
potential clients. When companies consolidate, overlapping services previously purchased separately are usually purchased only once 
by  the  combined  entity,  leading  to  loss  of  revenues.  Other  services  that  were  previously  purchased  by  one  of  the  merged  or 
consolidated entities may be deemed unnecessary or cancelled. If our clients merge with or are acquired by other entities that are not 
our clients, or that use fewer of our services, they may discontinue or reduce their use of our services. There can be no assurance as to 
the degree to which we may be able to address the revenues impact of such consolidation. Any of these developments could materially 
harm our operating results and financial condition.

We may be adversely affected by client or therapeutic concentration.

Although we did not have any client that represented 10% or more of our revenues in 2023, 2022 and 2021, we derive the 
majority  of  our  revenues  from  a  number  of  large  clients.  If  any  large  client  decreases  or  terminates  its  relationship  with  us,  our 
business, results of operations or financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

Additionally,  conducting  multiple  clinical  trials  for  different  clients  in  a  single  therapeutic  class  involving  drugs  with  the 
same or similar chemical action has in the past and may in the future adversely affect our business if some or all of the clinical trials are 
canceled  because  of  new  scientific  information  or  regulatory  judgments  that  affect  the  drugs  as  a  class  or  if  industry  consolidation 
results  in  the  rationalization  of  drug  development  pipelines.  Similarly,  marketing  and  selling  drugs  for  different  biopharmaceutical 
companies with similar chemical actions subjects us to risk if new scientific information or regulatory judgment prejudices the drugs as 
a class, which may lead to compelled or voluntary prescription limitations or withdrawal of some or all of such drugs from the market.

Our  business  is  subject  to  international  economic,  political  and  other  risks  that  could  negatively  affect  our  results  of 

operations and financial condition.

We have significant operations in countries that may require complex arrangements to deliver services throughout the world 
for our clients. Additionally, we have established operations in locations remote from our most developed business centers. As a result, 
we are subject to heightened risks inherent in conducting business internationally, including the following:

29

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

required compliance with a variety of local laws and regulations which may be materially different than those to 
which  we  are  subject  in  the  United  States  or  which  may  change  unexpectedly;  for  example,  conducting  a  single 
clinical trial across multiple countries is complex, and issues in one country, such as a failure to comply with local 
regulations or restrictions, may affect the progress of the clinical trial in the other countries, resulting in delays or 
potential cancellation of contracts, which in turn may result in loss of revenues;

the United States or foreign countries have and could continue to enact legislation or impose regulations or other 
restrictions,  including  unfavorable  labor  regulations,  tax  policies  or  economic  sanctions,  which  could  have  an 
adverse  effect  on  our  ability  to  conduct  business  in  or  expatriate  profits  from  the  countries  in  which  we  operate, 
including  hiring,  retaining  and  overseeing  qualified  management  personnel  for  managing  operations  in  multiple 
countries, differing employment practices and labor issues, and tax-related risks, including the imposition of taxes 
and the lack of beneficial treaties, that result in a higher effective tax rate for us;

foreign  countries  are  expanding  or  may  expand  their  regulatory  framework  with  respect  to  patient  informed 
consent, protection and compensation in clinical trials, which could delay or inhibit our ability to conduct clinical 
trials in such jurisdictions;

the  regulatory  or  judicial  authorities  of  foreign  countries  may  not  enforce  legal  rights  and  recognize  business 
procedures in a manner in which we are accustomed or would reasonably expect;

local,  economic,  political  and  social  conditions,  including  sustained  increases  in  inflation  rates  and/or  potential 
hyperinflationary  conditions,  political  instability,  and  potential  nationalization,  repatriation,  expropriation,  price 
controls or other restrictive government actions, including changes in political and economic conditions may lead to 
changes in the business environment in which we operate, as well as changes in foreign currency exchange rates;

immigration  laws  are  subject  to  legislative  change  and  varying  standards  of  application  and  enforcement  due  to 
political  forces,  economic  conditions  or  other  events  (including  proposals  in  the  U.S.  to  change  limitations  on 
temporary  and  permanent  workers),  and  local  immigration  laws  may  require  us  to  meet  certain  other  legal 
requirements  as  a  condition  to  obtaining  or  maintaining  entry  visas,  which  may  impact  our  ability  to  provide 
services to our clients;

potential  violations  of  local  laws  or  anti-bribery  laws,  such  as  the  United  States  Foreign  Corrupt  Practices  Act 
(“FCPA”),  and  the  UK  Bribery  Act,  may  cause  difficulty  in  managing  foreign  operations,  as  well  as  significant 
consequences to us if those laws are violated;

clients in foreign jurisdictions may have longer payment cycles, and it may be more difficult to collect receivables 
in foreign jurisdictions; and

natural  disasters,  public  health  emergencies  and  pandemics  such  as  the  COVID-19,  including  any  variants,  or 
international conflict, such as the ongoing conflict between Russia and Ukraine, or terrorist acts, could interrupt our 
services,  endanger  our  personnel,  lower  patient  visits  and  increase  patient  drop-out  rates,  cause  delays  in 
recruitment of new patients, decrease the productivity of our clinical research associates, cause other project delays 
or loss of clinical trial materials or results.

These risks and uncertainties could negatively impact our ability to, among other things, perform large, global projects for our 
clients. Furthermore, our ability to deal with these issues could be affected by applicable United States laws and the need to protect our 
assets. Any such risks could have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Climate change may have an impact on our business.

While we have determined that, at this time, climate change does not present a material risk to our business given the nature 
of our activities, we continue to evaluate and mitigate our business risks associated with climate change, and we recognize that there 
are inherent climate-related risks wherever business is conducted. Any of our office or IT systems locations may be vulnerable to the 
adverse  effects  of  climate  change.  Furthermore,  climate  change  may  impact  patients  in  our  clinical  trials  and  our  employees, 
particularly  where  they  work  remotely.  Changing  market  dynamics,  global  policy  developments,  and  the  increasing  frequency  and 
impact of extreme weather events on critical infrastructure have the potential to disrupt our business, the business of our third-party 
suppliers,  and  the  business  of  our  customers,  and  may  cause  us  to  experience  losses  and  additional  costs  to  maintain  or  resume 
operations.

30

Increasing focus on environmental sustainability and social initiatives could increase our costs, and inaction could harm 

our reputation and adversely impact our financial results. 

There  has  been  increasing  public  focus  by  investors,  customers,  environmental  activists,  the  media,  and  governmental  and 
nongovernmental organizations on a variety of environmental, social, and other sustainability matters. In light of the importance of this 
to our internal and external stakeholders, if we are not effective in addressing environmental, social and other sustainability matters 
affecting  our  business,  or  setting  and  meeting  relevant  sustainability  goals,  our  reputation  and  financial  results  may  suffer.  We  may 
experience increased costs in order to execute upon our sustainability goals and measure achievement of those goals, which could have 
an adverse impact on our business and financial condition.

In  addition,  this  emphasis  on  environmental,  social,  and  other  sustainability  matters  has  resulted  and  may  result  in  the 
adoption  of  new  laws  and  regulations,  including  new  reporting  requirements  (including,  but  not  limited  to  the  EU  Corporate 
Sustainability Reporting Directive, the EU Taxonomy, and the proposed EU Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive). Such 
rules  may  require  us  to  incur  significant  additional  costs  to  comply,  including  the  implementation  of  significant  additional  internal 
controls  processes  and  procedures  regarding  matters  that  have  not  been  subject  to  such  controls  in  the  past,  and  impose  increased 
oversight obligations on our management and Board. If we fail to comply with new laws, regulations, or reporting requirements, our 
reputation and business could be adversely impacted. In addition, compliance with new laws, regulations, and reporting requirements 
may  increase  our  costs,  result  in  disclosures  of  potentially  competitively  sensitive  information,  or  may  cause  us  to  be  targeted  by 
activists, regulators, or others who want us to take a different approach to such matters or increase our disclosures or commitments. 

Moreover, investor advocacy groups, investment funds, and influential investors are increasingly focused on these practices, 
especially  as  they  relate  to  the  environment,  health  and  safety,  diversity,  labor  conditions,  and  human  rights.  Failure  to  adapt  to  or 
comply  with  regulatory  requirements  or  investor  or  stakeholder  expectations  and  standards  could  negatively  impact  our  reputation, 
ability  to  do  business  with  certain  partners,  and  our  stock  price.  In  addition,  certain  environmental  and  social  disclosures  and 
commitments we make may be reliant in part or in whole on third party information, which we cannot verify the quality of, and third 
party performance, which we cannot guarantee. We may fail to meet our environmental and social commitments either entirely or on 
the schedule we commit to.

Exchange rate fluctuations may affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Because a large portion of our revenues and expenses are denominated in currencies other than the United States dollar and 
our financial statements are reported in United States dollars, changes in foreign currency exchange rates could significantly affect our 
results of operations and financial condition. Exchange rate fluctuations between local currencies and the United States dollar create 
risk in several ways, including:

•

•

•

Foreign  Currency  Translation  Risk.  The  revenues  and  expenses  of  our  foreign  operations  are  generally 
denominated  in  local  currencies  and  translated  into  United  States  dollars  for  financial  reporting  purposes. 
Accordingly, exchange rate fluctuations will affect the translation of foreign results into United States dollars for 
purposes  of  reporting  our  consolidated  results.  Unanticipated  currency  fluctuations  have  affected  and  could 
continue  to  affect  our  financial  results  and  cause  our  results  to  differ  from  investor  expectations  or  our  own 
guidance in any future periods.

Foreign  Currency  Transaction  Risk.  We  are  subject  to  foreign  currency  transaction  risk  for  fluctuations  in 
exchange rates during the period of time between the consummation and cash settlement of a transaction. We earn 
revenues  from  our  service  contracts  over  a  period  of  several  months  and,  in  some  cases,  over  several  years. 
Accordingly,  exchange  rate  fluctuations  during  this  period  may  affect  our  profitability  with  respect  to  such 
contracts.

Foreign  Currency  Risk  from  Differences  in  Customer  Contract  Currency  and  Operating  Costs  Currency. The 
majority of our Research & Development Solutions global contracts are denominated in U.S. dollars or Euros while 
our operating costs in foreign countries are denominated in various local currencies. Fluctuations in the exchange 
rates of the currencies we use to contract with our customers and the currencies in which we incur cost to fulfill 
those contracts can have an adverse impact on our results of operations.

31

We may aim to limit these risks through exchange rate fluctuation provisions stated in our service contracts, or we may hedge 
our transaction risk with foreign currency exchange contracts or options. We have not, however, hedged all of our foreign currency 
transaction  risk,  and  we  may  experience  fluctuations  in  financial  results  from  our  operations  outside  the  United  States  and  foreign 
currency transaction risk associated with our service contracts.

Due to the global nature of our business, we may be exposed to liabilities under anti-corruption laws, including the United 
States  Foreign  Corrupt  Practices  Act,  the  United  Kingdom  Bribery  Act  and  various  international  anti-corruption  laws,  and  any 
allegation or determination that we violated these laws could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are required to comply with the FCPA, the UK Bribery Act and other international anti-corruption laws, which prohibit 
companies  from  engaging  in  bribery  including  corruptly  or  improperly  offering,  promising,  or  providing  money  or  anything  else  of 
value to non-United States officials and certain other recipients. In addition, the FCPA imposes certain books, records, and accounting 
control obligations on public companies and other issuers. We operate in parts of the world in which corruption can be common and 
compliance with anti-bribery laws may conflict with local customs and practices. Our global operations face the risk of unauthorized 
payments or offers being made by employees, consultants, sales agents, and other business partners outside of our control or without 
our  authorization.  It  is  our  policy  to  implement  safeguards  to  prohibit  these  practices  by  our  employees  and  business  partners  with 
respect to our operations. However, irrespective of these safeguards, or as a result of monitoring compliance with such safeguards, it is 
possible that we or certain other parties may discover or receive information at some point that certain employees, consultants, sales 
agents,  or  other  business  partners  may  have  engaged  in  corrupt  conduct  for  which  we  might  be  held  responsible.  Violations  of  the 
FCPA, the UK Bribery Act or other international anti-corruption laws may result in restatements of, or irregularities in, our financial 
statements as well as severe criminal or civil sanctions, and we may be subject to other liabilities, which could negatively affect our 
business, operating results  and  financial condition. In some cases, companies that violate the FCPA may be debarred by the United 
States government and/or lose their United States export privileges. Changes in anti-corruption laws or enforcement priorities could 
also result in increased compliance requirements and related costs which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and 
results  of  operations.  In  addition,  the  United  States  or  other  governments  may  seek  to  hold  us  liable  for  successor  liability  FCPA 
violations or violations of other anti-corruption laws committed by companies in which we invest or that we acquired or will acquire.

We face risks related to sales to government entities.

We  derive  a  portion  of  our  revenues  from  sales  to  government  entities  around  the  world.  In  general,  our  contracts  with 
government entities are terminable at will by the government entity at any time. Government demand and payment for our services 
may be affected by public-sector budgetary cycles and funding authorizations, including government shutdowns. Government contracts 
are typically subject to oversight, including special rules on accounting, expenses, reviews and security. Failure to comply with these 
rules could result in civil and criminal penalties and sanctions, including termination of contracts, fines and suspensions, or debarment 
from future business with the relevant government. As a result, failure to comply with these rules could have an adverse effect on our 
future business, reputation, operating results and financial condition.

If we are unable to successfully develop and market new services or enter new markets, our growth, results of operations 

or financial condition could be adversely affected.

A key element of our growth strategy is the successful development and marketing of new services or entering new markets 
that  complement  or  expand  our  existing  business.  As  we  develop  new  services  or  enter  new  markets,  including  services  targeted  at 
participants  in  the  broader  healthcare  industry,  we  may  not  have  or  adequately  build  the  competencies  necessary  to  perform  such 
services  satisfactorily,  may  not  receive  market  acceptance  for  such  services  or  may  face  increased  competition.  If  we  are  unable  to 
succeed in developing new services, entering new markets or attracting a client base for our new services or in new markets, we will be 
unable  to  implement  this  element  of  our  growth  strategy,  and  our  future  business,  reputation,  results  of  operations  and  financial 
condition could be adversely affected.

32

Our Research & Development Solutions business could subject us to potential liability that may adversely affect our results 

of operations and financial condition.

Our  Research  &  Development  Solutions  business  involves  the  testing  of  new  drugs  on  patients  in  clinical  trials  and,  if 
marketing  approval  is  granted,  the  availability  of  these  drugs  to  be  prescribed  to  patients.  Our  involvement  in  the  clinical  trials  and 
development  process  creates  a  risk  of  liability  for  personal  injury  to  or  death  of  patients,  particularly  those  with  life-threatening 
illnesses, resulting from adverse reactions to the drugs administered during testing or after product launch, respectively. For example, 
we have from time to time been sued and may be sued in the future by individuals alleging personal injury due to their participation in 
clinical trials and seeking damages from us under a variety of legal theories. Although we maintain the types and amounts of insurance 
we view as customary in the industries and countries in which we operate, if we are required to pay damages or incur defense costs in 
connection  with  any  personal  injury  claim  that  is  outside  the  scope  of  indemnification  agreements  we  have  with  our  clients,  if  any 
indemnification  agreement  is  not  performed  in  accordance  with  its  terms  or  if  our  liability  exceeds  the  amount  of  any  applicable 
indemnification limits or available insurance coverage, our financial condition, results of operations and reputation could be materially 
and  adversely  affected.  We  maintain  professional  liability  insurance,  including  liability  for  completed  operations  coverage.  In  the 
future, we may not be able to get adequate insurance for these types of risks at reasonable rates.

We also contract with physicians to serve as investigators in conducting clinical trials. If the investigators commit errors or 
make omissions during a clinical trial that result in harm to clinical trial patients or after a clinical trial to a patient using the drug after 
it has received regulatory approval, claims for personal injury or liability damages may result. Additionally, if the investigators engage 
in fraudulent behavior, clinical trial data may be compromised, which may require us to repeat the clinical trial or subject us to liability. 
We do not believe we are legally responsible for the medical care rendered by such third-party investigators, and we would vigorously 
defend any claims brought against us. However, it is possible we could be found liable for claims with respect to the actions of third-
party investigators, which may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and reputation.

Social media platforms are increasingly being used to communicate about biopharmaceutical products and the diseases our 
customers’ medicines and drug candidates are designed to treat. Social media practices in the biopharmaceutical industry continue to 
evolve  and  regulations  relating  to  such  use  are  not  always  clear  and  create  uncertainty  and  risk  of  noncompliance  with  regulations 
applicable to our Research & Development Solutions business. For example, patients may use social media channels to comment on 
the effectiveness of a product or to report an alleged adverse event. When such disclosures occur, there is a risk that we may fail to 
monitor and comply with applicable adverse event reporting obligations.

Some of our services involve direct interaction with clinical trial subjects or volunteers and subcontracting into a network 
of  Phase  I  clinical  facilities,  which  could  create  potential  liability  that  may  adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations,  financial 
condition and reputation.

We subcontract  into a network of facilities where Phase I clinical trials are conducted, which ordinarily involve testing an 
investigational  drug  on  a  limited  number  of  healthy  individuals,  typically  20  to  80  persons,  to  determine  such  drug’s  basic  safety. 
Failure to operate such a facility in accordance with applicable regulations could result in that facility being shut down, which could 
disrupt our operations. Additionally, we face risks associated with adverse events resulting from the administration of such drugs to 
healthy  volunteers  and  the  professional  malpractice  of  medical  care  providers.  Any  professional  malpractice  or  negligence  by  such 
investigators, nurses or other subcontracted employees could potentially result in liability to us in the event of personal injury to or 
death of a healthy volunteer in clinical trials, and could also cause us reputational harm. This liability, particularly if it were to exceed 
the  limits  of  any  indemnification  agreements  and  insurance  coverage  we  may  have,  may  adversely  affect  our  financial  condition, 
results of operations and reputation.

33

Our Contract Sales & Medical Solutions business could result in liability to us if a drug causes harm to a patient. While 

we are generally indemnified and insured against such risks, we may still suffer financial losses.

When we market drugs under contract for a biopharmaceutical company, we could suffer liability for harm allegedly caused 
by those drugs, either as a result of a lawsuit against the biopharmaceutical company to which we are joined, a lawsuit naming us or 
any  of  our  subsidiaries  or  an  action  launched  by  a  regulatory  body.  While  we  are  generally  indemnified  by  the  biopharmaceutical 
company  for  the  action  of  the  drugs  we  market  on  its  behalf,  and  we  carry  insurance  to  cover  harm  caused  by  our  negligence  in 
performing services, it is possible that we could nonetheless incur financial losses, regulatory penalties or both. In particular, any claim 
could  result  in  potential  liability  for  us  if  the  claim  is  outside  the  scope  of  the  indemnification  agreement  we  have  with  the 
biopharmaceutical  company,  the  biopharmaceutical  company  does  not  abide  by  the  indemnification  agreement  as  required  or  the 
liability exceeds the amount of any applicable indemnification limits or available insurance coverage. Such a finding could have an 
adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations and reputation. Furthermore, negative publicity associated with harm 
caused by drugs we helped to market could have an adverse effect on our business and reputation.

Our insurance may not cover all of our indemnification obligations and other liabilities associated with our operations.

We  maintain  insurance  designed  to  provide  coverage  for  ordinary  risks  associated  with  our  operations  and  our  ordinary 
indemnification  obligations.  The  coverage  provided  by  such  insurance  may  not  be  adequate  for  all  claims  we  may  make  or  may  be 
contested by our insurance carriers. If our insurance is not adequate or available to pay liabilities associated with our operations, or if 
we are unable to purchase adequate insurance at reasonable rates in the future, our profitability may be adversely impacted.

If  we  are  unable  to  attract  suitable  investigators  and  patients  for  our  clinical  trials,  our  clinical  development  business 

might suffer.

The timely recruitment of investigators and patients for clinical trials is essential to our Research & Development Solutions 
business. Investigators are typically located at hospitals, clinics or other sites and supervise the administration of the investigational 
drug to patients during the course of a clinical trial. Patients generally include people from the communities in which the clinical trials 
are conducted. Investigators may be unwilling to participate for a variety of reasons, including the increasing complexity of clinical 
trials, inability to hire and retain qualified staff or perception that the fair market value for services rendered is inadequate. Our clinical 
development business could be adversely affected if we are unable to attract suitable and willing investigators or patients for clinical 
trials  on  a  consistent  basis.  For  example,  if  we  are  unable  to  engage  investigators  to  conduct  clinical  trials  as  planned  or  enroll 
sufficient  patients  in  clinical  trials,  we  might  need  to  expend  additional  funds  to  obtain  access  to  resources  or  else  be  compelled  to 
delay or modify the clinical trial plans, which may result in additional costs to us.

If  we  lose  the  services  of  key  personnel  or  experience  sustained  labor  shortages  and  are  unable  to  recruit  additional 
qualified personnel, or we are required to substantially increase wage rates to attract or retain employees, our business could be 
adversely affected. 

Our  success  substantially  depends  on  the  collective  performance,  contributions  and  expertise  of  our  personnel  including 
senior management and key personnel, qualified professional, scientific and technical operating staff and qualified sales representatives 
for our contract sales services. There is significant and increasing competition for qualified personnel, particularly those with higher 
educational degrees, such as a medical degree, a Ph.D. or an equivalent degree, or relevant experience in the industry, including highly 
technical specialties such as clinical research associates, project managers and technology developers, and in the locations in which we 
operate. Increases in inflation, competition and shortages of qualified personnel in certain specialty areas may make it more difficult to 
hire  and  retain  our  key  employees  and  could  result  in  substantial  increased  costs,  such  as  increased  wage  rates  to  attract  and  retain 
employees. The departure of our key employees, or our inability to continue to identify, attract and retain qualified personnel or replace 
departed personnel in a timely fashion, may impact our ability to grow our business and compete effectively in our industry and may 
negatively affect our ability to meet financial and operational goals. 

34

Disruptions  in  the  credit  and  capital  markets  and  unfavorable  general  economic  conditions  could  negatively  affect  our 

business, results of operations and financial condition.

Disruptions in the credit and capital markets could have negative effects on our business that may be difficult to predict or 
anticipate,  including  the  ability  of  our  clients,  vendors,  contractors  and  financing  sources  to  meet  their  contractual  obligations. 
Although  we  are  unable  to  quantify  the  impact  it  has  had  on  us,  we  are  aware  of  a  limited  number  of  instances  in  our  Research  & 
Development  Solutions  business  during  the  past  several  years  where  cancellations,  changes  in  scope  and  failure  to  pay  timely  were 
attributable, at least in part, to difficulty in our clients’ ability to obtain financing. In the future such actions by our clients could, if they 
involve a significant amount of business with us, have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Our effective income tax rate may fluctuate for a variety of reasons, which may adversely affect our operations, earnings 

and earnings per share.

Our  effective  income  tax  rate  is  influenced  by  our  projected  profitability  in  the  various  taxing  jurisdictions  in  which  we 
operate. Changes in a jurisdiction’s income tax rates and the distribution of our profits and losses among such jurisdictions may have a 
significant  impact  on  our  effective  income  tax  rate,  which  in  turn  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  net  income  and  earnings  per 
share. Other factors that may affect our effective income tax rate include, but are not limited to:

•

•

•

•

changes in the value of deferred tax assets and liabilities;

changes in tax laws in various jurisdictions;

audits by taxing authorities; and

the establishment of valuation allowances against deferred income tax assets if we determined that it is more likely 
than not that future income tax benefits will not be realized.

In the course of our business, there are many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain 
which may require the use of estimates and significant judgement to account for their impact on the effective income tax rate in our 
consolidated financial statements. As the regulations and guidance evolve with respect to current and newly enacted tax law, our results 
may differ from previous estimates and may materially affect our consolidated financial statements.

All  of  these  items  described  above  may  cause  fluctuations  in  our  effective  income  tax  rate  through  increased  income  tax 
liability and/or the loss of tax attributes in any given year that could adversely affect our results of operations and impact our earnings 
and earnings per share. Additional information regarding our income taxes is presented in Note 16 to our audited consolidated financial 
statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Changes  in  accounting  standards  issued  by  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  or  other  standard-

setting bodies may adversely affect our financial statements.

We are required to prepare our financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United 
States  of  America  (“GAAP”),  which  is  periodically  revised  and/or  expanded.  From  time  to  time,  we  are  required  to  adopt  new  or 
revised  accounting  standards  issued  by  recognized  authoritative  bodies,  including  the  FASB  and  the  SEC.  It  is  possible  that  future 
accounting  standards  we  are  required  to  adopt,  such  as  amended  guidance  for  income  taxes,  may  require  additional  changes  to  the 
current accounting treatment that we apply to our financial statements and may require us to make significant changes to our reporting 
systems. Such changes could result in a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.

35

Our  relationships  with  existing  or  potential  clients  who  are  in  competition  with  each  other  may  adversely  impact  the 

degree to which other clients or potential clients use our services, which may adversely affect our results of operations.

The  biopharmaceutical  industry  is  highly  competitive,  with  biopharmaceutical  companies  each  seeking  to  persuade  payers, 
providers  and  patients  that  their  drug  therapies  are  better  and  more  cost-effective  than  competing  therapies  marketed  or  being 
developed by competing firms. In addition to the adverse competitive interests that biopharmaceutical companies have with each other, 
biopharmaceutical companies also have adverse interests with respect to drug selection and reimbursement with other participants in 
the healthcare industry, including payers and providers. Biopharmaceutical companies also compete to be first to market with new drug 
therapies.  We  regularly  provide  services  to  biopharmaceutical  companies  who  compete  with  each  other,  and  we  sometimes  provide 
services  or  funding  to  such  clients  regarding  competing  drugs  in  development.  Our  existing  or  future  relationships  with  our 
biopharmaceutical  clients  may  therefore  deter  other  biopharmaceutical  clients  from  using  our  services  or  may  result  in  our  clients 
seeking  to  place  limits  on  our  ability  to  serve  other  biopharmaceutical  industry  participants  in  connection  with  drug  development 
activities.  In  addition,  our  further  expansion  into  the  broader  healthcare  market  may  adversely  impact  our  relationships  with 
biopharmaceutical clients, and such clients may elect not to use our services, reduce the scope of services that we provide to them or 
seek to place restrictions on our ability to serve clients in the broader healthcare market with interests that are adverse to theirs. A loss 
of clients or reductions in the level of revenues from a client could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, business 
and prospects.

If we are unable to successfully identify, acquire and integrate existing businesses, services and technologies, our business, 

results of operations and financial condition could be adversely impacted.

We anticipate that a portion of our future growth may come from acquiring existing businesses, services or technologies. The 
success  of  any  acquisition  will  depend  upon,  among  other  things,  our  ability  to  effectively  integrate  acquired  personnel,  operations, 
services and technologies into our business and to retain the key personnel and clients of our acquired businesses. In addition, we may 
be unable to identify suitable acquisition opportunities, obtain any necessary financing on commercially acceptable terms or receive 
regulatory  approvals,  which  have  become  increasingly  more  challenging,  costly  and  time  consuming,  to  move  forward  with  the 
transaction  as  contemplated  in  a  timely  manner  or  at  all.  We  may  also  spend  time  and  money  investigating  and  negotiating  with 
potential acquisition targets but not complete the transaction. Any future acquisition could involve other risks, including, among others, 
the  assumption  of  additional  liabilities  and  expenses,  termination  fees,  litigation  costs  if  a  regulator  decides  to  block  a  proposed 
transaction and we challenge the regulator's decision through an administrative or legal process, difficulties and expenses in connection 
with  integrating  the  acquired  companies  and  achieving  the  expected  benefits,  issuances  of  potentially  dilutive  securities  or  interest-
bearing  debt,  loss  of  key  employees  of  the  acquired  companies,  transaction  costs,  diversion  of  management’s  attention  from  other 
business concerns and, with respect to the acquisition of foreign companies, the inability to overcome differences in foreign business 
practices, language and customs. Our failure to identify potential acquisitions, complete targeted acquisitions and integrate completed 
acquisitions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our results of operations may be adversely affected if we fail to realize the full value of our goodwill and intangible assets.

We assess the realizability of our indefinite-lived intangible assets and goodwill annually and conduct an interim evaluation 
whenever events or changes in circumstances, such as operating losses or a significant decline in earnings associated with the acquired 
business  or  asset,  indicate  that  these  assets  may  be  impaired.  Our  ability  to  realize  the  value  of  the  goodwill  and  indefinite-lived 
intangible assets will depend on the future cash flows of the businesses we have acquired, which in turn could depend in part on how 
well we have integrated these businesses into our own business. If we are not able to realize the value of the goodwill and indefinite-
lived  intangible  assets,  we  may  be  required  to  incur  material  charges  relating  to  the  impairment  of  those  assets.  Such  impairment 
charges could materially and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

We face risks arising from the restructuring of our operations.

From time to time, we have adopted restructuring plans to improve our operating efficiency through various means such as 
reduction  of  overcapacity,  elimination  of  non-billable  support  roles  or  other  realignment  of  resources.  Restructuring  presents 
significant potential risks of events occurring that could adversely affect us, including:

•

•

actual or perceived disruption of service or reduction in service standards to clients;

the failure to preserve supplier relationships and distribution, sales and other important relationships and to resolve 
conflicts that may arise;

36

•

•

•

loss of sales as we reduce or eliminate staffing on non-core services;

diversion of management attention from ongoing business activities; and

the failure to maintain employee morale and retain key employees.

Further, any such restructuring would result in charges that, if material, could harm our results of operations and significantly 
reduce  our  cash  position  or  increase  debt.  In  addition,  we  may  incur  certain  unforeseen  costs  once  any  restructuring  activities  are 
implemented. Further, if we determine to effect any restructuring, we can give no assurance that any projected cost reductions resulting 
from such restructuring activities will be achieved within the expected timeframe, or at all.

Because of these and other factors, we cannot predict whether we will realize the purpose and anticipated benefits of these 

measures and, if we do not, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Additionally, there may be delays in implementing the restructuring activities or a failure to achieve the anticipated levels of 
cost savings and efficiency as a result of the restructuring activities, each of which could materially and adversely impact our business 
and results of operations. Further restructuring or reorganization activities may also be required in the future beyond what is currently 
planned, which could further enhance the risks associated with these activities.

Risks Relating to Our Industry

The biopharmaceutical services industry is highly competitive and our business could be materially impacted if we do not 

compete effectively or rapidly adapt to technological change.

The  biopharmaceutical  services  industry  is  highly  competitive.  Our  business  often  competes  with  other  biopharmaceutical 
services  companies,  internal  discovery  departments,  development  departments,  sales  and  marketing  departments,  information 
technology departments and other departments within our clients, some of which could be considered large biopharmaceutical services 
companies  in  their  own  right  with  greater  resources  than  ours.  We  also  compete  with  universities,  teaching  hospitals,  government 
agencies  and  others.  If  we  do  not  compete  successfully,  our  business  will  suffer.  The  biopharmaceutical  services  industry  is  highly 
fragmented, with numerous smaller specialized companies and a handful of companies with global capabilities similar to certain of our 
own capabilities. Increased competition has led to price and other forms of competition, such as acceptance of less favorable contract 
terms, that could adversely affect our operating results. There are few barriers to entry for companies considering offering any one or 
more of the services we offer. Because of their size and focus, these companies might compete effectively against us, which could have 
a material adverse impact on our business.

In  addition,  the  emergence  of  the  use  of  Real  World  Evidence  and  new  approaches  such  as  machine  learning  and  artificial 
intelligence that capitalize on the availability of large data sets may reduce the time and costs of the discovery and development process, 
may allow our clients to more readily perform for themselves clinical development tasks and services that we have typically provided, 
may  cause  even  greater  price  competition  or  may  render  certain  data  offerings  less  valuable  or  relevant.  More  broadly,  our  current 
competitors or other businesses might develop technologies or services that are more effective or commercially attractive than, or render 
obsolete, our current or future technologies and services. We may also fail to fully leverage the technologies available to us or develop 
technologies  quickly  enough  to  be  competitively  useful.  Our  failure  to  develop  and  offer  competitive  services  that  address  these  and 
other technological advances in a timely, cost-effective manner or to keep pace with rapid technological change could adversely affect 
our competitive position and our results of operations.

37

Our future growth and success will depend on our ability to successfully compete with other companies that provide similar 
services  in  the  same  markets,  some  of  which  may  have  financial,  marketing,  technical  and  other  advantages.  We  also  expect  that 
competition will continue to increase as a result of consolidation among these various companies. Large technology companies with 
substantial resources, technical expertise and greater brand power could also decide to enter or further expand in the markets where our 
business  operates  and  compete  with  us.  If  one  or  more  of  our  competitors  or  potential  competitors  were  to  merge  or  partner  with 
another  of  our  competitors,  or  if  a  new  entrant  emerged  with  substantial  resources,  the  change  in  the  competitive  landscape  could 
adversely affect our ability to compete effectively. We compete on the basis of various factors, including breadth and depth of services, 
reputation, reliability, quality, geographic coverage, innovation, security, price and industry expertise and experience. In addition, our 
ability  to  compete  successfully  may  be  impacted  by  the  growing  availability  of  health  information  from  social  media,  government 
health information systems and other free or low-cost sources. Consolidation or integration of wholesalers, retail pharmacies, health 
networks, payers or other healthcare stakeholders may lead any of them to provide information services directly to clients or indirectly 
through a designated service provider, resulting in increased competition from firms that may have lower costs to market (e.g., no data 
supply costs). Any of the above may result in lower demand for our services, which could result in a material adverse impact on our 
operating results and financial condition.

Outsourcing trends in the biopharmaceutical industry and changes in aggregate spending and research and development 

budgets could adversely affect our operating results and growth rate.

Economic factors and industry trends that affect biopharmaceutical companies affect our Research & Development Solutions 
business. Biopharmaceutical companies continue to seek long-term strategic collaborations with global clinical research organizations 
with favorable pricing terms. Competition for these collaborations is intense and we may decide to forego an opportunity or we may 
not be selected, in which case a competitor may enter into the collaboration and our business with the client, if any, may be limited. In 
addition,  if  the  biopharmaceutical  industry  reduces  its  Research  &  Development  Solutions  activities  or  reduces  its  outsourcing  of 
clinical  trials  and  sales  and  marketing  projects  or  such  outsourcing  fails  to  grow  at  projected  rates,  our  operations  and  financial 
condition could be materially and adversely affected. 

Our smaller biopharmaceutical company customers may rely on funding from venture capital and other sources to drive their 
business. When this funding is reduced, these customers have been and may in the future be forced to reduce their outsourced R&D and 
commercialization  expenditures  or  may  be  unable  to  pay  for  services  rendered,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
business and results of operations.

We may also be negatively impacted by consolidation and other factors in the biopharmaceutical industry, which may slow 
decision  making  by  our  clients  or  result  in  the  delay  or  cancellation  of  clinical  trials.  Our  commercial  services  may  be  affected  by 
reductions in new drug launches and increases in the number of drugs losing patent protection. Further, in the event that one of our 
customers combines with a company that is using the services of one of our competitors, the combined company could decide to use 
the  services  of  that  competitor  or  another  provider.  All  of  these  events  could  adversely  affect  our  business,  results  of  operations  or 
financial condition.

Our  business  may  be  materially  and  adversely  impacted  by  factors  affecting  the  biopharmaceutical  and  healthcare 

industries.

The vast majority of our revenues are generated from sales to the biopharmaceutical and healthcare industries. The clients we 
serve in these industries are commonly subject to financial pressures, including, but not limited to, increased costs, reduced demand for 
their  products,  reductions  in  pricing  and  reimbursement  for  products  and  services,  formulary  approval  and  placement,  government 
approval to market their products and limits on the manner by which they market their products, loss of patent exclusivity (whether due 
to patent expiration or as a result of a successful legal challenge) and the proliferation of or changes to regulations applicable to these 
industries. To the extent our clients face such pressures, or they change how they utilize our offerings, the demand for our services, or 
the prices our clients are willing to pay for those services, may decline. Any such decline could have a material adverse effect on our 
business, operating results and financial condition.

38

We  may  be  affected  by  healthcare  reform  and  potential  additional  reforms,  which  may  adversely  impact  the 

biopharmaceutical industry and reduce demand for our services or negatively impact our profitability.

The United States Congress continues to consider healthcare reform legislation and impose health industry cost containment 
measures, which may significantly impact the biopharmaceutical industry. In addition, numerous government bodies are considering or 
have adopted various healthcare reforms and may undertake, or are in the process of undertaking, efforts to control growing healthcare 
costs through legislation, regulation and voluntary agreements with medical care providers and biopharmaceutical companies. We are 
uncertain as to the effects of these recent reforms on our business and are unable to predict what legislative proposals, if any, will be 
adopted in the future. If regulatory cost containment efforts limit the profitability of new drugs by, for example, continuing to place 
downward  pressure  on  pharmaceutical  pricing  and/or  increasing  regulatory  burdens  and  operating  costs  of  the  biopharmaceutical 
industry,  our  clients  may  reduce  their  research  and  development  spending  or  promotional,  marketing  and  sales  expenditures,  which 
could reduce the business they outsource to us. For example, in August 2022, the Inflation Reduction Act was signed into law in the 
United  States,  which,  among  other  things,  requires  manufacturers  of  certain  drugs  to  engage  in  price  negotiations  with  Medicare 
(beginning  in  2026),  imposes  rebates  under  Medicare  Part  B  and  Medicare  Part  D  to  penalize  price  increases  that  outpace  inflation 
(first due in 2023), and replaces the Part D coverage gap discount program with a new discounting program (beginning in 2025). In 
addition,  changes  to  the  Medicaid  program  or  the  federal  340B  drug  pricing  program,  which  imposes  ceilings  on  prices  that  drug 
manufacturers can charge for medications sold to certain health care facilities, could have a material impact on our customers, which 
could  reduce  demand  for  our  services.  Similarly,  if  regulatory  requirements  are  relaxed  or  simplified  drug  approval  procedures  are 
adopted, the demand for our services could decrease.

Foreign and domestic government bodies have adopted and may continue to adopt new healthcare legislation or regulations 
that are more burdensome than existing regulations. For example, product safety concerns and recommendations by the Drug Safety 
Oversight  Board  could  change  the  regulatory  environment  for  drug  products,  and  new  or  heightened  regulatory  and  licensing 
requirements may increase our expenses or limit or delay our ability to offer some of our services. We might have to incur additional 
costs to comply with these or other new regulations, and failure to comply could harm our financial condition, results of operations, 
cash flows, and reputation, and result in adverse legal action(s). Additionally, new or heightened regulatory requirements may have a 
negative impact on the ability of our clients to conduct industry-sponsored clinical trials, which could reduce the need for our services.

Actions by government regulators or clients to limit a prescription’s scope or withdraw an approved drug from the market 

could adversely affect our business and result in a loss of revenues.

Government regulators have the authority, after approving a drug, to regulate or limit its scope of prescription or withdraw it 
from the market completely based on safety concerns. Similarly, clients may act to voluntarily limit the scope of prescription of drugs 
or  withdraw  them  from  the  market.  In  the  past,  we  have  provided  services  with  respect  to  drugs  that  have  been  limited  and/or 
withdrawn. If we are providing services to clients for drugs that are limited or withdrawn, we may be required to narrow the scope of 
or terminate our services with respect to such drugs, which would prevent earning the full amount of revenues anticipated under the 
related service contracts with negative impacts to our financial results.

Laws restricting biopharmaceutical sales and marketing practices may adversely impact demand for our services.

There have been a significant number of laws, legislative initiatives and regulatory actions over the years that seek to limit 
biopharmaceutical  sales  and  marketing  practices.  For  example,  three  states  in  2006  and  2007  passed  laws  restricting  the  use  of 
prescriber  identifiable  information  for  the  purpose  of  promoting  branded  prescription  medicines.  Although  these  laws  were 
subsequently declared to be unconstitutional based on a decision of the U.S. Supreme Court in Sorrell v. IMS Health in 2011, we are 
unable to predict whether, and in what form, other initiatives may be introduced or actions taken at the state or Federal levels to limit 
biopharmaceutical sales and marketing practices. In addition, while we will continue to seek to adapt our services to comply with the 
requirements of these laws (to the extent applicable to our services), if enacted, there can be no assurance that our efforts to adapt our 
offerings will be successful and provide the same financial contribution to us. There can also be no assurance that future legislative 
initiatives will not adversely affect our ability to develop or market current or future offerings, or that any future laws will not diminish 
the demand for our services, all of which could, over time, result in a material adverse impact on our operating results and financial 
condition.

39

Our  Research  &  Development  Solutions  clients  face  intense  competition  from  lower  cost  generic  products,  which  may 

lower the amount that they spend on our services.

Our Research & Development Solutions clients face increasing competition from lower cost generic products, which in turn 
may  affect  their  ability  to  pursue  research  and  development  activities  with  us.  In  the  United  States,  UK,  EU  and  Japan,  political 
pressure  to  reduce  spending  on  prescription  drugs  has  led  to  legislation  and  other  measures  which  encourages  the  use  of  generic 
products. In addition, proposals emerge from time to time in the United States and other countries for legislation to further encourage 
the  early  and  rapid  approval  of  generic  drugs.  Loss  of  patent  protection  for  a  product  typically  is  followed  promptly  by  generic 
substitutes, reducing our clients’ sales of that product and their overall profitability. Availability of generic substitutes for our clients’ 
drugs may adversely affect their results of operations and cash flow, which in turn may mean that they would not have surplus capital 
to  invest  in  research  and  development  and  drug  commercialization,  including  in  our  services.  If  competition  from  generic  products 
impacts  our  clients’  finances  such  that  they  decide  to  curtail  our  services,  our  revenues  may  decline  and  this  could  have  a  material 
adverse effect on our business.

Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness

Restrictions  imposed  in  the  senior  secured  credit  facilities  (as  defined  below)  and  other  outstanding  indebtedness, 
including the indentures governing outstanding notes issued by our wholly owned subsidiary IQVIA Inc., may limit our ability to 
operate our business and to finance our future operations or capital needs or to engage in other business activities.

The terms of the senior secured credit facilities restrict IQVIA and its restricted subsidiaries from engaging in specified types 

of transactions. These covenants restrict the ability of IQVIA and its restricted subsidiaries, among other things, to:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

incur liens;

make investments and loans;

incur indebtedness or guarantees;

issue preferred stock of a restricted subsidiary;

issue disqualified equity;

engage in mergers, acquisitions and asset sales;

declare dividends, make payments or redeem or repurchase equity interests;

alter the business IQVIA and its restricted subsidiaries conduct;

make restricted payments;

enter into agreements limiting restricted subsidiary distributions;

prepay, redeem or purchase certain indebtedness; and

engage in certain transactions with affiliates.

In addition, the revolving credit facility and the term A and B loans under the Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement 
(as defined below) require IQVIA to comply with a quarterly maximum senior secured net leverage ratio test and minimum interest 
coverage ratio test. IQVIA’s ability to comply with these financial covenants can be affected by events beyond our control, and IQVIA 
may not be able to satisfy them. Additionally, the restrictions contained in the indentures governing the outstanding notes could also 
limit our ability to plan for or react to market conditions, meet capital needs or make acquisitions or otherwise restrict our activities or 
business plans.

40

A  breach  of  any  of  these  covenants  could  result  in  a  default  under  the  senior  secured  credit  facilities  or  the  indentures 
governing the outstanding notes, which could trigger acceleration of our indebtedness and may result in the acceleration of or default 
under any other debt to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies, which could have a material adverse effect on our 
business, operations and financial results. In the event of any default under the senior secured credit facilities, the applicable lenders 
could elect to terminate borrowing commitments and declare all borrowings and loans outstanding, together with accrued and unpaid 
interest  and  any  fees  and  other  obligations,  to  be  due  and  payable.  In  addition,  or  in  the  alternative,  the  applicable  lenders  could 
exercise their rights under the security documents entered into in connection with the senior secured credit facilities. IQVIA and the 
other subsidiary guarantors have pledged substantially all of their tangible and intangible assets (subject to customary exceptions) as 
collateral under the senior secured credit facilities, including the stock and the assets of certain of our current and future wholly owned 
United States subsidiaries and a portion of the stock of certain of our non-United States subsidiaries.

If we were unable to repay or otherwise refinance these borrowings and loans when due, the applicable lenders could proceed 
against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness, which could force us into bankruptcy or liquidation. In the event the 
applicable  lenders  accelerate  the  repayment  of  our  borrowings,  we  and  our  subsidiaries  may  not  have  sufficient  assets  to  repay  that 
indebtedness. Any acceleration of amounts due under the Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement governing the senior secured 
credit  facilities  or  the  exercise  by  the  applicable  lenders  of  their  rights  under  the  security  documents  would  likely  have  a  material 
adverse effect on us.

Despite  our  level  of  indebtedness,  we  are  able  to  incur  more  debt  and  undertake  additional  obligations.  Incurring  such 

debt or undertaking such additional obligations could further exacerbate the risks to our financial condition.

Although the Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, which governs the senior secured credit facilities of our wholly 
owned  subsidiary  through  which  we  conduct  our  operations,  IQVIA  Inc.,  contains  restrictions  on  the  incurrence  of  additional 
indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions and the indebtedness incurred in compliance 
with  these  restrictions  could  increase.  In  addition,  the  receivables  financing  facility  for  one  of  our  consolidated  subsidiaries,  a 
bankruptcy-remote special purpose entity (the “SPE”) limits borrowing based on the amount of receivables purchased by the SPE from 
certain  of  our  other  subsidiaries,  but  when  supported  by  the  value  of  such  purchased  receivables,  the  debt  under  our  receivables 
financing facility can increase.

While  the  Fifth  Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement  also  contains  restrictions  on  our  and  our  restricted  subsidiaries’ 
ability to make loans and investments, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and the investments 
incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial.

Restrictive covenants in our other indebtedness may limit our flexibility in our current and future operations, particularly 

our ability to respond to changes in our business or to pursue our business strategies.

The  terms  contained  in  certain  of  our  indebtedness,  including  credit  facilities  and  any  future  indebtedness  of  ours,  may 
include a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions, including restrictions on our and 
our restricted subsidiaries’ ability to take actions that we believe may be in our interest. These agreements, among other things, limit 
our ability to:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

incur additional debt;

provide guarantees in respect of obligations of other persons;

issue redeemable stock and preferred stock;

pay dividends or distributions or redeem or repurchase capital stock;

prepay, redeem or repurchase debt;

make loans, investments and capital expenditures;

enter into transactions with affiliates;

create or incur liens;

41

•

•

•

•

make distributions from our subsidiaries;

sell assets and capital stock of our subsidiaries;

make acquisitions; and

consolidate or merge with or into, or sell substantially all of our assets to, another person.

A  breach  of  the  covenants  or  restrictions  under  the  agreements  governing  our  other  indebtedness  could  result  in  a  default 
under the applicable indebtedness. Such default may allow the creditors to accelerate the related debt and may result in the acceleration 
of any other debt to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies. In the event our lenders and noteholders accelerate 
the  repayment  of  our  borrowings,  we  cannot  assure  that  we  and  our  subsidiaries  would  have  sufficient  assets  to  repay  such 
indebtedness.

Our financial results, our substantial indebtedness and our credit ratings could adversely affect the availability and terms of 

future financing.

Interest  rate  fluctuations  and  our  ability  to  deduct  interest  expense  may  affect  our  results  of  operations  and  financial 

condition.

In  2023,  financial  regulators  in  various  jurisdictions,  including  where  we  have  variable-rate  indebtedness  outstanding, 
increased  interest  rates  on  multiple  occasions  and  signaled  that  interest  rates  could  remain  higher  compared  to  recent  years  for  an 
extended  period  of  time  in  an  effort  to  lower  inflation.  Because  we  have  variable  rate  debt,  increases  in  interest  rates  will  lead  to 
increases in our borrowing costs and may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. We attempt to minimize 
interest rate risk and lower our overall borrowing costs through the utilization of derivative financial instruments, primarily swaps. We 
have entered into and will continue to enter into swaps with financial institutions that have reset dates and critical terms that match 
those of our senior secured term loan credit facility. Accordingly, any change in market value associated with the swaps may be offset 
by  the  opposite  market  impact  on  the  related  debt.  Because  we  do  not  attempt  to  hedge  all  of  our  variable  rate  debt,  we  may  incur 
higher interest costs for the portion of our variable rate debt which is not hedged.

In addition, the deduction for our interest expense may be limited, which could have an adverse impact on our taxes and net 

income.

Risks Relating to Ownership of Our Common Stock

Provisions  of  the  corporate  governance  documents  of  IQVIA  could  make  an  acquisition  of  IQVIA  difficult  and  may 

prevent attempts by its stockholders to replace or remove its management, even if beneficial to its stockholders.

Our certificate of incorporation and Delaware bylaws and the General Corporation Law of Delaware (the “DGCL”) contain 
provisions  that  could  make  it  difficult  for  a  third  party  to  acquire  IQVIA  even  if  doing  so  might  be  beneficial  to  its  stockholders, 
including:

•

•

•

•

•

the division of the board of directors into three classes (subject to gradual declassification which began at the 2023 
annual meeting of stockholders, such that our board of directors will be fully declassified and each director will be 
elected to a one-year term beginning at the 2025 annual meeting of stockholders);

the sole ability of the board of directors to fill a vacancy created by the death or resignation of a director or the 
expansion of the board of directors;

advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations;

limitations on the ability of stockholders to call special meetings and to take action by written consent;

the  approval  of  holders  of  a  majority  of  the  outstanding  shares  of  IQVIA  entitled  to  vote  on  any  amendment, 
alteration, change, addition or repeal of the Delaware bylaws is required to amend, alter, change, add to or repeal 
the Delaware bylaws;

42

•

•

the  required  approval  of  holders  of  a  majority  of  the  outstanding  shares  of  IQVIA  to  remove  directors,  which 
removal may only be for cause; and

the  ability  of  the  board  of  directors  to  issue  new  series  of,  and  designate  the  terms  of,  preferred  stock,  without 
stockholder approval, which could be used to, among other things, institute a rights plan that would have the effect 
of significantly diluting the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer, likely preventing acquisitions that have 
not been approved by the board of directors.

In  addition,  IQVIA  is  subject  to  Section  203  of  the  DGCL  regulating  corporate  takeovers.  Section  203,  subject  to  certain 
exceptions,  prohibits  a  Delaware  corporation  from  engaging  in  any  “business  combination”  with  any  “interested  stockholder”  for  a 
period of three years following the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder unless:

•

•

•

prior  to  such  date,  the  board  of  directors  of  the  corporation  approved  either  the  business  combination  or  the 
transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

upon  consummation  of  the  transaction  that  resulted  in  the  stockholder  becoming  an  interested  stockholder,  the 
interested  stockholder  owned  at  least  85%  of  the  voting  stock  of  the  corporation  outstanding  at  the  time  the 
transaction  commenced,  excluding  those  shares  owned  by  persons  who  are  directors  and  also  officers,  and 
employee  stock  plans  in  which  employee  participants  do  not  have  the  right  to  determine  confidentially  whether 
shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

on or subsequent to such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an 
annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds 
of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

In general, Section 203 defines “business combination” to include mergers or consolidations between a Delaware corporation 
and  an  interested  stockholder,  transactions  with  an  interested  stockholder  involving  the  assets  or  stock  of  the  corporation  or  its 
majority-owned  subsidiaries  and  transactions  which  increase  an  interested  stockholder’s  percentage  ownership  of  stock.  In  general, 
Section  203  defines  an  “interested  stockholder”  as  any  entity  or  person  beneficially  owning  15%  or  more  of  the  outstanding  voting 
stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such entity or person. These provisions 
may  frustrate  or  prevent  any  attempts  by  stockholders  to  replace  members  of  the  board  of  directors.  Because  IQVIA’s  board  is 
responsible for appointing the members of management, these provisions could in turn affect any attempt to replace current members 
of  management.  As  a  result,  stockholders  of  IQVIA  may  lose  their  ability  to  sell  their  stock  for  a  price  in  excess  of  the  prevailing 
market price due to these protective measures, and efforts by stockholders to change the direction or management of IQVIA may be 
unsuccessful.

Our  operating  results  and  share  price  may  be  volatile,  which  could  cause  the  value  of  our  stockholders’  investments  to 

decline.

Our quarterly and annual operating results may fluctuate in the future, and such fluctuations may be significant. In addition, 
securities  markets  worldwide  have  experienced,  and  are  likely  to  continue  to  experience,  significant  price  and  volume  fluctuations. 
This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, could subject the market price of our shares to wide 
price fluctuations regardless of our operating performance. Our operating results and the trading price of our shares may fluctuate in 
response to various factors, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

market conditions in the broader stock market;

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly and annual financial and operating results;

introduction of new services by us or our competitors;

issuance of new or changed securities analysts’ reports or recommendations;

sales, or anticipated sales, of large blocks of our stock;

additions or departures of key personnel;

regulatory or political developments;

43

•

•

•

litigation and governmental investigations;

changing economic conditions; and

exchange rate fluctuations.

These and other factors, many of which are beyond our control, may cause our operating results and the market price for our 
shares  to  fluctuate  substantially.  While  we  believe  that  operating  results  for  any  particular  quarter  are  not  necessarily  a  meaningful 
indication  of  future  results,  fluctuations  in  our  quarterly  operating  results  could  limit  or  prevent  investors  from  readily  selling  their 
shares and may otherwise negatively affect the market price and liquidity of our shares. In addition, in the past, when the market price 
of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have sometimes instituted securities class action litigation against the company that 
issued the stock. If any of our stockholders brought a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit. Such a 
lawsuit could also divert the time and attention of our management from our business, which could significantly harm our profitability 
and reputation.

Since  we  have  no  current  plans  to  pay  regular  cash  dividends  on  our  common  stock,  stockholders  may  not  receive  any 

return on investment unless they sell their common stock for a price greater than that which they paid for it.

We  do  not  currently  anticipate  paying  any  regular  cash  dividends  on  our  common  stock.  Any  decision  to  declare  and  pay 
dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our Board and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, 
financial  condition,  cash  requirements,  contractual  restrictions  and  other  factors  that  our  Board  may  deem  relevant.  In  addition,  our 
ability to pay dividends is, and may be, limited by covenants of existing and any future outstanding indebtedness we or our subsidiaries 
incur, including under our existing credit facilities. Therefore, any return on investment in our common stock is solely dependent upon 
the appreciation of the price of our common stock on the open market, which may not occur.

Our  certificate  of  incorporation  contains  a  provision  renouncing  any  interest  and  expectancy  in  certain  corporate 
opportunities  identified  by  certain  parties,  even  if  such  corporate  opportunities  are  ones  that  we  might  reasonably  be  deemed  to 
have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue.

Our certificate of incorporation provides that IQVIA renounces any interest or expectancy in the business opportunities of the 
TPG Global, LLC, the Bain Capital, LLC, CPP Investment Board Private Holdings Inc., and Leonard Green & Partners, L.P., and their 
affiliates (other than our Company and our subsidiaries) and all of their respective partners, principals, directors, officers, members, 
managers,  managing  directors  and/or  employees,  and  each  such  person  will  have  no  obligation  to  offer  us  such  opportunities.  This 
provision applies to each of these current or former stockholders (and associated parties) only for so long as a nominee designated by 
such stockholder under the Shareholders Agreement continues to serve on our board of directors and no individual serving our board of 
directors  has  at  any  time  been  designated  as  a  nominee  by  such  stockholder  under  the  Shareholders  Agreement.  Stockholders  are 
deemed to have notice of and have consented to this provision of our certificate of incorporation.

Therefore, a director or officer of our Company who also serves as a director, officer, member, manager, or employee of such 
stockholders may pursue certain business opportunities, including acquisitions, that may be complementary to its business and, as a 
result, such opportunities may not be available to us. These potential conflicts of interest could have a material adverse effect on the 
business, financial condition, results of operations, or prospects of our Company if attractive corporate opportunities are allocated by 
such stockholders to themselves or their other affiliates instead of to us.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

44

Item 1C. Cybersecurity

Our Board actively oversees our enterprise risk management program. Our Board’s role in risk oversight is consistent with 
our overall leadership structure: management is responsible for assessing and managing our short- and long-term risk exposures, and 
our  Board  and  its  committees  provide  effective  oversight  through  independent  monitoring  of  strategic  risks  and  regularly  scheduled 
meetings  with  management  to  discuss  in-depth  the  strategic  objectives  of  the  Company  and  associated  risks.  In  order  to  maintain 
effective  Board  oversight  across  the  entire  enterprise  risk  management  program,  the  Board  delegates  to  the  individual  committees 
certain elements of its oversight function. The Audit Committee of the Board has oversight of cybersecurity risk and receives regular 
updates  on  any  developments  from  our  Chief  Information  Security  Officer  (“CISO”),  including  biannual  updates  on  strategies  and 
action plans, with periodic reports provided to our full Board. 

We have an Enterprise Risk Council made up of leaders from our principal functional areas and business units that meets on a 
quarterly  basis  to  update  our  enterprise  risk  framework  used  to  identify  and  manage  our  key  risks,  including  cybersecurity. 
Cybersecurity is a standing item on our Enterprise Risk Council agenda and our cybersecurity team regularly presents its work to the 
Enterprise  Risk  Council  to  enable  evolving  risks  to  be  integrated  into  our  management  processes.  All  cybersecurity  processes  and 
frameworks  are  created  by  the  Global  Information  Security  team,  led  by  our  CISO.  Our  CISO  has  a  Systems  Engineer  degree  in 
Computer  Science  from  St.  Petersburg  University  of  Information  Technology  and  gained  experience  in  the  manufacturing, 
consultancy,  and  energy  industries  prior  to  joining  the  Company  in  2012.  Our  CISO  is  a  Certified  Information  Systems  Auditor 
(CISA),  Certified  Information  Security  Manager  (CISM),  Information  Technology  Infrastructure  Library  (ITIL)  v3  Expert,  and 
Certified in Risk and Information Systems Control (CRISC). 

Our  Integrated  Information  Security  Framework  ("IISF")  defines  the  policies  and  processes  we  have  in  place  to  safeguard 
proprietary  and  confidential  information.  Our  IISF  is  based  on  relevant  industry  frameworks  and  laws,  including,  but  not  limited  to 
National Institute of Standards and Technology ("NIST"), Good Practices Quality Guidelines (GxP), Health Information Trust Alliance 
(HITRUST), the ISMS Family of Standards (ISO 27000 family), Control Objectives for Information Technologies (COBIT), the EU 
General  Data  Protection  Regulation  (GDPR),  and  the  Health  Insurance  Portability  and  Accountability  Act  of  1996  (HIPAA).  The 
framework  consists  of  policies,  standards,  procedures,  work  instructions  and  documentation.  Information  is  classified  into  four 
categories to help individuals apply the right level of controls and safeguards to information, applications and systems. In 2023, we 
conducted a mapping with the NIST to align our procedures with industry standards in an effort to create a first-in-class approach. Our 
global data centers and IT controls are included in an annual SOC2 Type II attestation program carried out by an independent audit 
firm who performs control testing and issue reports. Our set of SOC2 controls is aligned with ISO27001 specification and therefore 
provides an equivalent level of assurance on a global level. Additionally, our cybersecurity controls are regularly assessed as part of 
our global Internal Audit plan, and the maturity of our Information Security program is also regularly assessed on at least an annual 
basis with the help of independent consultants.

Our  internal  Business  Information  Security  Office  ("BISO"),  established  in  2022,  continues  to  streamline  communications 
between our IT function and business units. The BISO connects several key functions, including Chief Information Officer Business 
Partnership, business continuity, governance, risk, and compliance. 

Our cybersecurity program focuses on all areas of  our business, including cloud-based environments, data centers, devices 
used by employees and contractors, facilities, networks, applications, vendors, disaster recovery / business continuity and controls and 
safeguards enabled through business processes and tools. We continuously monitor for threats and unauthorized access. We learn of 
security threats through automated detection solutions as well as reports from users and business partners. We draw on the knowledge 
and  insight  of  external  cybersecurity  experts  and  vendors  and  employ  an  array  of  third  party  tools  to  secure  IQVIA  information 
infrastructure and protect systems and information from unauthorized access. We manage risk in our supply chain through engagement 
with suppliers and vendors, including vendor on-boarding risk assessments, ongoing oversight, and independent cyber-reputation score 
monitoring for key suppliers.

45

Our  business  strategy,  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition  have  not  been  materially  affected  by  risks  from 
cybersecurity threats, including as a result of previously identified cybersecurity incidents, but we cannot provide assurance that they 
will not be materially affected in the future by such risks or any future material incidents. To protect against such threats, we employ an 
array of data security technologies, processes and methods across our infrastructure to protect systems and sensitive information from 
unauthorized access. We maintain comprehensive identity and access management practices (e.g., roles and access privileges for each 
user; multi-factor authentication, privileged user accounts, single sign-on, user lifecycle management) and employ a variety of security 
information  and  event  management  tools.  Non-technical  safeguards  also  play  an  important  role  in  our  cybersecurity  program.  We 
provide various training programs and tools to employees so they can avoid risky practices and help us promptly identify potential or 
actual issues. We also have global incident response procedures, global service tools to log incidents and issues for investigation, and 
an ethics line to report concerns and follow-up on matters already reported. For more information on our cybersecurity related risks, 
see Item 1A Risk Factors in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 2. Properties

As  of  December  31,  2023,  we  had  approximately  291  offices  and  laboratories  located  in  approximately  85  countries.  Our 
executive headquarters are located in Research Triangle Park, North Carolina. We own facilities in Buenos Aires, Argentina; Caracas, 
Venezuela;  Los  Ruices,  Venezuela;  and  Bangalore,  India.  All  of  our  other  offices  are  leased.  Our  properties  are  geographically 
distributed  to  meet  our  worldwide  operating  requirements,  and  none  of  our  properties  are  individually  material  to  our  business 
operations.  We  believe  that  collectively  our  facilities  are  suitable  and  adequate  for  our  present  purposes. We  continue  to  assess  the 
impacts of the current working environment on the suitability, adequacy, productive capacity and utilization of our existing principal 
physical properties, and we are in the process of evaluating the future state of our workforce practices, which may result in changes to 
our physical property needs. 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

Information pertaining to legal proceedings can be found in Note 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements included 

elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is incorporated by reference herein.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

46

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 

PART II

Securities Market Information for Common Stock

Our common stock trades on the NYSE under the symbol “IQV.”

Holders of Record 

On February 5, 2024, we had approximately 15 stockholders of record as reported by our transfer agent. Holders of record are 
defined as those stockholders whose shares are registered in their names in our stock records and do not include beneficial owners of 
common stock whose shares are held in the names of brokers, dealers or clearing agencies.

Dividend Policy

We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock, and no dividends were declared or paid in 2023 or 2022. 
However, we expect to reevaluate our dividend policy on a regular basis and may, subject to compliance with the covenants contained 
in our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and long-term debt arrangements and other considerations, determine to pay dividends in the 
future. The declaration, amount and payment of any future dividends on shares of our common stock will be at the sole discretion of 
our  Board  of  Directors  (our  "Board"),  which  may  take  into  account  general  and  economic  conditions,  our  financial  condition  and 
results  of  operations,  our  available  cash  and  current  and  anticipated  cash  needs,  capital  requirements,  contractual,  legal,  tax  and 
regulatory restrictions, the implications of the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries to us, and any 
other factors that our Board may deem relevant. Our long-term debt arrangements contain usual and customary restrictive covenants 
that,  among  other  things,  place  limitations  on  our  ability  to  declare  dividends.  For  additional  information  regarding  these  restrictive 
covenants, see Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity 
and  Capital  Resources”  and  Note  10  to  our  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  included  elsewhere  in  this  Annual  Report  on 
Form 10-K.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

We did not sell any unregistered equity securities in 2023.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer

On  October  30,  2013,  our  Board  approved  an  equity  repurchase  program  (the  “Repurchase  Program”)  authorizing  the 
repurchase of up to $125 million of our common stock. Our Board increased the stock repurchase authorization under the Repurchase 
Program with respect to the repurchase of our common stock by $600 million, $1.5 billion, $2.0 billion, $1.5 billion, $2.0 billion, and 
$2.0  billion  in  2015,  2016,  2017,  2018,  2019,  and  2022,  respectively.  On  July  31,  2023,  our  Board  increased  the  stock  repurchase 
authorization  under  the  Repurchase  Program  by  an  additional  $2,000  million,  which  increased  the  total  amount  that  has  been 
authorized  under  the  Repurchase  Program  to  $11,725  million.  The  Repurchase  Program  does  not  obligate  us  to  repurchase  any 
particular amount of common stock, and it may be modified, extended, suspended or discontinued at any time. The timing and amount 
of repurchases are determined by our management based on a variety of factors such as the market price of our common stock, our 
corporate  requirements,  and  overall  market  conditions.  Purchases  of  our  common  stock  may  be  made  in  open  market  transactions 
effected through a broker-dealer at prevailing market prices, in block trades, or in privately negotiated transactions. The Repurchase 
Program for common stock does not have an expiration date. In addition, from time to time, we have repurchased and may continue to 
repurchase common stock through private or other transactions outside of the Repurchase Program.

From inception of the Repurchase Program through December 31, 2023, we have repurchased a total of $9,362 million of our 

securities under the Repurchase Program.

During the year ended December 31, 2023, we repurchased 5.0 million shares of our common stock for approximately $992 
million under the Repurchase Program. For additional information regarding our equity repurchases, see Part II, Item 7 “Management’s 
Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations—Liquidity  and  Capital  Resources”  and  Note  13  to  our 
audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

47

As of December 31, 2023, we had remaining authorization to repurchase up to approximately $2,363 million of our common 

stock under the Repurchase Program.

Since  the  Merger  between  Quintiles  and  IMS  health  in  October  2016,  we  have  repurchased  78.1  million  shares  of  our 
common  stock  at  an  average  market  price  per  share  of  $115.02  for  an  aggregate  purchase  price  of  $8,988  million  both  under  and 
outside of the Repurchase Program. This includes shares withheld from employees to satisfy certain tax obligations due in connection 
with  grants  of  stock  under  the  IQVIA  Holdings  Inc.  2017  Incentive  and  Stock  Award  Plan  (the  “Plan”).  The  Plan  provides  for  the 
withholding of shares to satisfy tax obligations. It does not specify a maximum number of shares that can be withheld for this purpose. 
The shares of common stock withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations may be deemed to be “issuer purchases” of shares that are 
required to be disclosed pursuant to this Item.

The following table summarizes the monthly equity repurchase activity for the three months ended December 31, 2023 and 

the approximate dollar value of shares that may yet be purchased pursuant to the Repurchase Program.

Period

Total Number of 
Shares Purchased

Average Price Paid 
per Share

Total Number of 
Shares Purchased 
as Part of Publicly 
Announced
Plans or Programs

Approximate Dollar 
Value of Shares 
That May Yet Be 
Purchased Under 
the
Plans or Programs

October 1, 2023 – October 31, 2023

November 1, 2023 – November 30, 2023

December 1, 2023 – December 31, 2023

Stock Performance Graph 

(in millions, except per share data)

— $ 

1.2

$ 

— $ 

1.2

— 

195.06 

— 

— $ 

1.2

$ 

— $ 

1.2

2,592 

2,363 

2,363 

This  performance  graph  shall  not  be  deemed  “filed”  for  purposes  of  Section  18  of  the  Exchange  Act  or  incorporated  by 
reference into any filing of IQVIA Holdings Inc. under the Exchange Act or under the Securities Act, except as shall be expressly set 
forth by specific reference in such filing.

The following graph shows a comparison from December 31, 2018 through December 31, 2023 of the cumulative total return 
for our common stock, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index (“S&P 500”), our new peer group set forth below ("New Peer Group"), 
and our old peer group set forth below ("Old Peer Group"). The New Peer Group consists of Charles River Laboratories, Inc., Fortrea 
Holdings  Inc.,  ICON  plc,  Medpace  Holdings  Inc.,  S&P  Global  Inc.,  Danaher  Corporation  and  Thermo  Fisher  Scientific  Inc.  The 
difference between the New Peer Group and the Old Peer Group is that Laboratory Corporation of America Holdings, Syneos Health, 
Equifax  Inc.,  Thomson  Reuters  Corporation  and  Verisk  Analytics,  Inc.  have  been  removed  from  the  New  Peer  Group  as  these 
companies were either spun-off, acquired by a private equity consortium or not relevant anymore during the year ended December 31, 
2023.  Simultaneously,  Fortrea  Holdings  Inc.,  Medpace  Holdings  Inc.,  S&P  Global  Inc.,  Danaher  Corporation  and  Thermo  Fisher 
Scientific Inc. were added to the New Peer Group during the year ended December 31, 2023. The companies in our peer groups are 
publicly  traded  information  services,  information  technology  or  clinical  research  companies,  and  thus  share  similar  business  model 
characteristics  to  IQVIA,  or  provide  services  to  similar  customers  as  IQVIA.  Many  of  these  companies  are  also  used  by  our 
compensation committee for purposes of compensation benchmarking.

The graph assumes that $100 was invested in IQVIA, the S&P 500, the New Peer Group, and the Old Peer Group as of the 
close of market on December 31, 2018, and assumes the reinvestments of dividends, if any. The S&P 500 and our New and Old Peer 
Groups are included for comparative purposes only. They do not necessarily reflect management’s opinion that the S&P 500 and our 
peer groups are an appropriate measure of the relative performance of the stock involved, and they are not intended to forecast or be 
indicative of possible future performance of our common stock.

48

12/31/2018

12/31/2019

12/31/2020

12/31/2021

12/31/2022

12/31/2023

IQVIA

S&P 500

New Peer Group

Old Peer Group

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

100  $ 

100  $ 

100  $ 

100  $ 

133  $ 

131  $ 

150  $ 

143  $ 

154  $ 

156  $ 

209  $ 

183  $ 

243  $ 

200  $ 

305  $ 

261  $ 

176  $ 

164  $ 

241  $ 

196  $ 

199 

207 

257 

256 

Item 6. [Reserved]

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our 
consolidated  financial  statements  and  the  related  notes  included  elsewhere  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.  Some  of  the 
information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this Annual Report, including information with respect 
to our plans and strategy for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should read 
the  “Risk  Factors”  section  of  this  Annual  Report  for  a  discussion  of  important  factors  that  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ 
materially  from  the  results  described  in  or  implied  by  the  forward-looking  statements  contained  in  the  following  discussion  and 
analysis.

49

Index ValueComparison of 5 Years Cumulative Total ReturnAssumes Initial Investment of $100December 2023IQVIA Holdings Inc.S&P 500 - Total ReturnNew Peer GroupOld Peer Group12/31/201812/31/201912/31/202012/31/202112/31/202212/31/2023100150200250300350Overview

IQVIA  is  a  leading  global  provider  of  advanced  analytics,  technology  solutions  and  clinical  research  services  to  the  life 
sciences  industry.  IQVIA  creates  intelligent  connections  across  all  aspects  of  healthcare  through  its  analytics,  transformative 
technology, big data resources, extensive domain expertise and network of partners. IQVIA Connected Intelligence delivers actionable 
insights  and  powerful  solutions  with  speed  and  agility  —  enabling  customers  to  accelerate  the  clinical  development  and 
commercialization  of  innovative  medical  treatments  that  improve  healthcare  outcomes  for  patients.  With  approximately  87,000 
employees, we conduct operations in more than 100 countries.

We are managed through three reportable segments: Technology & Analytics Solutions, Research & Development Solutions 
and  Contract  Sales  &  Medical  Solutions.  Technology  &  Analytics  Solutions  provides  mission  critical  information,  technology 
solutions and real world insights and services to our life science clients. Research & Development Solutions, which primarily serves 
biopharmaceutical  clients,  provides  outsourced  clinical  research  and  clinical  trial  services.  Contract  Sales  &  Medical  Solutions 
provides  health  care  provider  (including  contract  sales)  and  patient  engagement  services  to  both  biopharmaceutical  clients  and  the 
broader healthcare market.

For a description of our service offerings within our segments, refer to Part I, Item 1, “Business.”

Throughout  2023  we  experienced  strong  demand  and  operational  results  for  our  Research  &  Development  Solutions 
offerings. Our Technology & Analytics Solutions offerings were relatively more impacted by a tougher macro environment, including 
more cautious spending by our clients on extended timelines than what we have experienced in the past. We experienced growth in 
certain  Technology  &  Analytics  Solutions  offerings,  such  as  multi-channel  marketing  and  real  world  solutions.  Our  targeted 
productivity initiatives contributed to overall net income and earnings per share growth, and we ended the year with our highest ever 
remaining performance obligations of approximately $31.7 billion as of December 31, 2023.

While we experienced a decline in COVID-19 related work in 2023 versus 2022, overall COVID-19 related work was not 
material  to  operations.  As  of  December  31,  2023,  COVID-19  related  work  did  not  represent  a  material  amount  of  our  remaining 
performance obligations. 

We continue to maintain strong liquidity. As of December 31, 2023, cash and cash equivalents were $1,376 million and we 
had $100 million drawn under our $2,000 million revolving credit facility. As of December 31, 2023, we were in compliance with the 
financial covenants under our debt agreements in all material respects and do not have material uncertainty about ongoing ability to 
meet the covenants of our credit arrangements.

Industry Outlook

For information about the industry outlook and markets that we operate in, refer to Part I, Item I, “Our Market Opportunity.”

Business Combinations

We have completed and will continue to consider strategic business combinations to enhance our capabilities and offerings in 
certain  areas,  including  various  individually  immaterial  acquisitions  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2023  and  2022.  These 
transactions  were  accounted  for  as  business  combinations  and  the  acquired  results  of  operations  are  included  in  our  consolidated 
financial  information  since  their  respective  closing  dates.  See  Note  14  to  our  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  included 
elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information with respect to these business combinations.

Sources of Revenues

Total revenues are comprised of revenues from the provision of our services. We do not have any material product revenues.

50

Costs and Expenses

Our costs and expenses are comprised primarily of our cost of revenues including reimbursed expenses and selling, general 
and administrative expenses. Cost of revenues includes compensation and benefits for billable employees and personnel involved in 
production,  trial  monitoring,  data  management  and  delivery,  and  the  costs  of  acquiring  and  processing  data  for  our  information 
offerings;  costs  of  staff  directly  involved  with  delivering  technology-related  services  offerings  and  engagements,  related 
accommodations and the costs of data purchased specifically for technology services engagements; and other expenses directly related 
to service contracts such as courier fees, laboratory supplies, professional services and travel expenses. Reimbursed expenses, which 
are included in cost of revenues, are comprised principally of payments to investigators who oversee clinical trials and travel expenses 
for  our  clinical  monitors  and  sales  representatives.  Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  include  costs  related  to  sales, 
marketing  and  administrative  functions  (including  human  resources,  legal,  finance,  quality  assurance,  compliance  and  general 
management)  for  compensation  and  benefits,  travel,  professional  services,  training  and  expenses  for  information  technology  and 
facilities. We also incur costs and expenses associated with depreciation and amortization.

Foreign Currency Translation

In  2023,  approximately  30%  of  our  revenues  were  denominated  in  currencies  other  than  the  United  States  dollar,  which 
represents approximately 60 currencies. Because a large portion of our revenues and expenses are denominated in foreign currencies 
and our financial statements are reported in United States dollars, changes in foreign currency exchange rates can significantly affect 
our  results  of  operations.  The  revenues  and  expenses  of  our  foreign  operations  are  generally  denominated  in  local  currencies  and 
translated into United States dollars for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, exchange rate fluctuations will affect the translation 
of foreign results into United States dollars for purposes of reporting our consolidated results. As a result, we believe that reporting 
results of operations that exclude the effects of foreign currency rate fluctuations on certain financial results can facilitate analysis of 
period to period comparisons. This constant currency information assumes the same foreign currency exchange rates that were in effect 
for  the  comparable  prior-year  period  were  used  in  translation  of  the  current  period  results.  As  such,  the  differences  noted  below 
between reported results of operations and constant currency information is wholly attributable to the effects of foreign currency rate 
fluctuations.

Consolidated Results of Operations

For information regarding our results of operations for our Technology & Analytics Solutions, Research & Development 

Solutions and Contract Sales & Medical Solutions segments, refer to “Segment Results of Operations” later in this section.

For a discussion of our results of operations comparison for 2022 and 2021, refer to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 

fiscal year ended December 31, 2022 filed on February 15, 2023. 

Revenues

(dollars in millions)

Revenues

2023 compared to 2022

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

2023

Change

2023 vs. 2022
$

%

2022 vs. 2021
$

%

$ 

14,984  $ 

14,410  $ 

13,874  $ 

574 

 4.0 % $ 

536 

 3.9 %

In  2023,  our  revenues  increased  $574  million,  or  4.0%,  as  compared  to  2022.  This  increase  was  comprised  of  constant 
currency  revenue  growth  of  approximately  $596  million,  or  4.1%,  reflecting  a  $121  million  increase  in  Technology  &  Analytics 
Solutions,  a  $477  million  increase  in  Research  &  Development  Solutions,  and  a  $2  million  decrease  in  Contract  Sales  &  Medical 
Solutions.

51

Cost of Revenues, exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

(dollars in millions)

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

2023

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

$ 

9,745 

$ 

9,382 

$ 

9,233 

% of revenues

 65.0 %

 65.1 %

 66.5 %

2023 compared to 2022

When  compared  to  2022,  cost  of  revenues,  exclusive  of  depreciation  and  amortization  increased  $363  million  in  2023,  or 
3.9%.  This  increase  included  a  constant  currency  increase  of  approximately  $550  million,  or  5.9%,  comprised  of  a  $163  million 
increase  in  Technology  &  Analytics  Solutions,  a  $393  million  increase  in  Research  &  Development  Solutions,  and  a  $6  million 
decrease in Contract Sales & Medical Solutions.

As  a  percentage  of  revenues,  cost  of  revenues,  exclusive  of  depreciation  and  amortization  in  2023  remained  relatively 

consistent with 2022.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

(dollars in millions)

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

2023

Selling, general and administrative expenses

$ 

2,053 

$ 

2,071 

$ 

1,964 

% of revenues

 13.7 %

 14.4 %

 14.2 %

2023 compared to 2022

The $18 million decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses in 2023 as compared to 2022 included a constant 
currency increase of approximately $8 million, or 0.4%, comprised of a $40 million increase in Technology & Analytics Solutions, a 
$30 million increase in Research & Development Solutions, offset by a $4 million decrease in Contract Sales & Medical Solutions and 
a $58 million decrease in general corporate and unallocated expenses. 

Depreciation and Amortization

(dollars in millions)

Depreciation and amortization

% of revenues

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

2023

$ 

1,125 

$ 

1,130 

$ 

1,264 

 7.5 %

 7.8 %

 9.1 %

The  $5  million  decrease  in  depreciation  and  amortization  in  2023  as  compared  to  2022  was  primarily  the  result  of  less 
amortization from certain intangible assets from the merger between Quintiles and IMS Health, offset by an increase in amortization of 
capitalized software and of intangible assets from acquisitions occurring in 2022 and 2023.

Restructuring Costs

(in millions)

Restructuring costs

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

2023

$ 

84  $ 

28  $ 

20 

The restructuring costs incurred were due to ongoing efforts to streamline our global operations and reduce overcapacity to 
adapt to changing market conditions and integrate acquisitions. These restructuring actions are expected to occur throughout 2024 and 
are  expected  to  consist  of  consolidating  functional  activities,  eliminating  redundant  positions,  and  aligning  resources  with  customer 
requirements.

52

Interest Income and Interest Expense

(in millions)

Interest income

Interest expense

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

2023

$ 

$ 

(36)  $ 

672  $ 

(13)  $ 

416  $ 

(6) 

375 

Interest income included interest received primarily from bank balances and investments. The increase is primarily a result of 

higher deposit rates.

Interest expense during 2023 was higher than 2022 due primarily to higher base rate interest costs across the floating rate debt 

portfolio as well as from an increase in our net debt. 

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt

(in millions)

Loss on extinguishment of debt

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

2023

$ 

6  $ 

—  $ 

26 

In  2023,  we  recognized  a  loss  on  extinguishment  of  debt  of  $6  million  for  fees  and  expenses  incurred  related  to  the 
refinancing  of  our  Credit  Agreement  as  discussed  further  in  Note  10  to  our  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  included 
elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Other (income) expense, net

(in millions)

Other (income) expense, net

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

2023

$ 

(124)  $ 

33  $ 

(130) 

Other (income) expense, net for 2023 increased compared to 2022 primarily due to foreign currency gain on transactions, and 

to a lesser extent from revaluations of contingent consideration and gains on investments.

Income Tax Expense

(dollars in millions)

Income tax expense 

Effective income tax rate

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

2023

$ 

101 

$ 

260 

$ 

 6.9 %

 19.1 %

163 

 14.5 %

In  2023,  we  completed  an  internal  legal  entity  restructuring  that  resulted  in  a  benefit  of  $125  million.  Historically,  we 
recorded deferred tax assets related to certain foreign tax credits, and a full valuation allowance in relation to these foreign tax credits 
was established as it was not expected the credits would be utilized prior to expiration. We now believe it is reasonably possible that 
these  foreign  tax  credits  will  be  utilized  and  therefore  we  recorded  a  tax  benefit  of  $64  million  related  to  the  valuation  allowance 
release and establishing related uncertain tax positions. Additionally, due to the restructuring we also reversed a deferred tax liability of 
$61 million due to a basis difference that was recovered in a tax-free manner. The effective tax rate was also favorably impacted by a 
reversal of uncertain tax positions relating to tax credit carryforwards in the amount of $21 million due to an audit settlement. Lastly, 
the effective tax rate was also impacted by changes in the geographical mix of earnings amongst foreign tax jurisdictions as well as 
state and local tax rates.

In  2022,  we  recorded  a  benefit  of  $6  million  related  to  a  2021  U.S.  Federal  tax  return  position  associated  with  Foreign 
Derived Intangible Income (“FDII”) and Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (“GILTI”) tax credits. In addition, our effective tax rate 
was impacted by changes in the geographical mix of earnings amongst foreign tax jurisdictions as well as state and local tax rates.

53

Equity in (Losses) Earnings of Unconsolidated Affiliates

(in millions)

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

2023

Equity in (losses) earnings of unconsolidated affiliates

$ 

—  $ 

(12)  $ 

6 

Equity  in  (losses)  earnings  of  unconsolidated  affiliates  decreased  in  2023  compared  to  2022  due  to  the  results  in  the 

operations of our unconsolidated affiliates.

Segment Results of Operations

Revenues and profit by segment are as follows:

(in millions)

Segment Revenues
2022

2023

2021

2023

Segment Profit
2022

2021

Technology & Analytics Solutions

$ 

5,862  $ 

5,746  $ 

5,534  $ 

1,490  $ 

1,550  $ 

Research & Development Solutions

Contract Sales & Medical Solutions

Total

General corporate and unallocated

Depreciation and amortization

Restructuring costs

Consolidated

8,395 

727 

14,984 

7,921 

743 

14,410 

7,556 

784 

13,874 

1,915 

49 

3,454 

(268) 

(1,125) 

(84) 

1,695 

42 

3,287 

(330) 

(1,130) 

(28) 

1,458 

1,476 

75 

3,009 

(332) 

(1,264) 

(20) 

$ 

14,984  $ 

14,410  $ 

13,874  $ 

1,977  $ 

1,799  $ 

1,393 

Certain costs are not allocated to our segments and are reported as general corporate and unallocated expenses. These costs 
primarily consist of stock-based compensation and expenses related to integration activities and acquisitions. We also do not allocate 
restructuring costs, depreciation and amortization, or impairment charges, if any, to our segments. 

Technology & Analytics Solutions 

(dollars in millions)

Revenues
Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and 
amortization

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

2023

Change

2023 vs. 2022

2022 vs. 2021

$ 

5,862 

$ 

5,746  $ 

5,534  $ 

116 

 2.0 % $ 

212 

 3.8 %

3,496 

876 

3,348 

848 

3,278 

798 

148 

28 

 4.4 

 3.3 

70 

50 

92 

 2.1 

 6.3 

 6.3 %

Segment profit

$ 

1,490 

$ 

1,550  $ 

1,458  $ 

(60) 

 (3.9) % $ 

Revenues

2023 compared to 2022

Technology & Analytics Solutions’ revenues were $5,862 million in 2023, an increase of $116 million, or 2.0%, over 2022. 
This increase was comprised of constant currency revenue growth of approximately $121 million, or 2.1%, reflecting revenue growth 
primarily in the Americas region and to a lesser extent in the Asia-Pacific region. The constant currency revenue growth was primarily 
driven  by  an  increase  in  information  and  technology  services  and  by  a  lesser  extent  in  real  world  services.  The  constant  currency 
revenue growth was impacted by a decrease in COVID-19 related work.

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of Revenues, exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

2023 compared to 2022

Technology & Analytics Solutions’ cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, increased $148 million, or 
4.4%,  in  2023  as  compared  to  2022.  This  increase  included  a  constant  currency  increase  of  approximately  $163  million,  or  4.9%, 
reflecting  an  increase  in  costs  of  acquiring  and  processing  data  and  an  increase  in  compensation  and  related  expenses  to  support 
revenue growth.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

2023 compared to 2022

Technology & Analytics Solutions’ selling, general and administrative expenses increased $28 million, or 3.3%, in 2023 as 
compared to 2022. This increase included a constant currency increase of approximately $40 million, or 4.7%, reflecting an increase in 
compensation and related expenses.

Research & Development Solutions

(dollars in millions)

Revenues

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

2023

Change

2023 vs. 2022

2022 vs. 2021

$ 

8,395 

$ 

7,921  $ 

7,556  $ 

474 

 6.0 % $ 

365 

 4.8 %

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and 
amortization

Selling, general and administrative expenses

5,629 

851 

5,395 

831 

5,303 

777 

Segment profit

$ 

1,915 

$ 

1,695  $ 

1,476  $ 

234 

20 

220 

 4.3 

 2.4 

92 

54 

 1.7 

 6.9 

 13.0 % $ 

219 

 14.8 %

Backlog

Research  &  Development  Solutions'  contracted  backlog  increased  from  $27.2  billion  as  of  December  31,  2022  to 
$29.7 billion as of December 31, 2023 and we expect approximately $7.5 billion of this backlog to convert to revenues in the next 12 
months. Contracted backlog was $24.8 billion as of December 31, 2021. 

Backlog  represents,  at  a  particular  point  in  time,  future  revenues  from  work  not  yet  completed  or  performed  under  signed 

contracts. Once work begins on a project, revenues are recognized over the duration of the project. 

We believe that backlog is an indicator of future revenues but the timing of revenues will be affected by a number of factors, 
including the variable size and duration of projects, many of which are performed over several years, cancellations, and changes to the 
scope  of  work  during  the  course  of  projects.  Projects  that  have  been  delayed  remain  in  backlog,  but  the  timing  of  the  revenues 
generated  may  differ  from  the  timing  originally  expected.  Additionally,  projects  may  be  terminated  or  delayed  by  the  customer  or 
delayed by regulatory authorities. In the event that a client cancels a contract, we typically would be entitled to receive payment for all 
services performed up to the cancellation date and subsequent client-authorized services related to winding down the canceled project. 
For  more  details  regarding  risks  related  to  our  backlog,  see  Part  I,  Item  IA,  “Risk  Factors—Risks  Related  to  our  Business—The 
relationship of backlog to revenues varies over time.”

Revenues

2023 compared to 2022

Research & Development Solutions’ revenues were $8,395 million in 2023, an increase of $474 million, or 6.0%, over 2022. 
This increase was comprised of constant currency revenue growth of approximately $477 million, or 6.0%, reflecting revenue growth 
primarily  in  the  Americas  region  and  to  a  lesser  extent  in  the  Europe  and  Africa  and  Asia-Pacific  regions.  The  constant  currency 
revenue  growth  was  primarily  the  result  of  volume-related  increases  in  clinical  services  and  to  a  lesser  extent  from  volume-related 
increases in lab testing. The constant currency revenue growth was impacted by a decrease in COVID-19 related work. 

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of Revenues, exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

2023 compared to 2022

Research & Development Solutions’ cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, increased $234 million, or 
4.3%,  in  2023  as  compared  to  2022.  This  increase  included  a  constant  currency  increase  of  approximately  $393  million,  or  7.3%, 
reflecting primarily an increase in compensation and related expenses and to a lesser extent an increase in other direct costs as a result 
of volume-related increases in clinical services and lab testing.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

2023 compared to 2022

Research & Development Solutions’ selling, general and administrative expenses increased $20 million, or 2.4%, in 2023 as 
compared to 2022. This increase included a constant currency increase of approximately $30 million, or 3.6%, reflecting an increase in 
compensation and related expenses.

Contract Sales & Medical Solutions

(dollars in millions)

Revenues

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and 
amortization

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Segment profit

Revenues

2023 compared to 2022

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

2023

Change

2023 vs. 2022

2022 vs. 2021

$ 

727 

$ 

743  $ 

784  $ 

(16) 

 (2.2) % $ 

(41) 

 (5.2) %

620 

58 

49 

$ 

639 

62 

652 

57 

$ 

42  $ 

75  $ 

(19) 

(4) 

7 

 (3.0) 

 (6.5) 

(13) 

 (2.0) 

5 

 8.8 

 16.7 % $ 

(33) 

 (44.0) %

Contract Sales & Medical Solutions’ revenues were $727 million in 2023, a decrease of $16 million, or 2.2%, over 2022. This 

decrease included a constant currency revenue decrease of approximately $2 million, or 0.3%.

Cost of Revenues, exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

2023 compared to 2022

Contract Sales & Medical Solutions’ cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, decreased $19 million, or 

3.0%, in 2023 as compared to 2022. This decrease included a constant currency decrease of approximately $6 million, or 0.9%.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

2023 compared to 2022

Contract Sales & Medical Solutions’ selling, general and administrative expenses decreased $4 million, or 6.5%, in 2023 as 

compared to 2022. This decrease included a constant currency decrease of approximately $4 million, or 6.5%.

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

We assess our liquidity in terms of our ability to generate cash to fund our operating, investing and financing activities. Our 
principal  source  of  liquidity  is  operating  cash  flows.  In  addition  to  operating  cash  flows,  other  significant  factors  that  affect  our 
overall  management  of  liquidity  include:  capital  expenditures,  acquisitions,  investments,  debt  service  requirements,  equity 
repurchases, adequacy of our revolving credit and receivables financing facilities, and access to the capital markets. 

We manage our worldwide cash requirements by monitoring the funds available among our subsidiaries and determining the 
extent  to  which  those  funds  can  be  accessed  on  a  cost-effective  basis.  The  repatriation  of  cash  balances  from  certain  of  our 
subsidiaries could have adverse tax consequences; however, those balances are generally available without legal restrictions to fund 
ordinary  business  operations.  We  have  and  expect  to  transfer  cash  from  those  subsidiaries  to  the  United  States  and  to  other 
international subsidiaries when it is cost effective to do so.

We had a cash balance  of $1,376 million as of December 31, 2023 ($471 million of which was in the  United States), an 

increase from $1,216 million as of December 31, 2022.

Based  on  our  current  operating  plan,  we  believe  that  our  available  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  future  cash  flows  from 
operations and our ability to access funds under our revolving credit and receivables financing facilities will enable us to fund our 
operating requirements, capital expenditures, contractual obligations, and meet debt obligations for at least the next 12 months. We 
regularly evaluate our debt arrangements, as well as market conditions, and from time to time we may explore opportunities to modify 
our existing debt arrangements or pursue additional financing arrangements that could result in the issuance of new debt securities by 
us  or  our  affiliates.  We  may  use  our  existing  cash,  cash  generated  from  operations  or  dispositions  of  assets  or  businesses  and/or 
proceeds from any new financing arrangements or issuances of debt or equity securities to repay or reduce some of our outstanding 
obligations,  to  repurchase  shares  from  our  stockholders  or  for  other  purposes.  As  part  of  our  ongoing  business  strategy,  we  also 
continually  evaluate  new  acquisition,  expansion  and  investment  possibilities  or  other  strategic  growth  opportunities,  as  well  as 
potential dispositions of assets or businesses, as appropriate, including dispositions that may cause us to recognize a loss on certain 
assets. Should we elect to pursue any such transaction, we may seek to obtain debt or equity financing to facilitate those activities. 
Our ability to enter into any such potential transactions and our use of cash or proceeds is limited to varying degrees by the terms and 
restrictions  contained  in  our  existing  debt  arrangements.  We  cannot  provide  assurances  that  we  will  be  able  to  complete  any  such 
financing arrangements or other transactions on favorable terms or at all.

Equity Repurchase Program

On July 31, 2023, our Board of Directors increased the stock repurchase authorization under the Repurchase Program with 
respect  to  the  repurchase  of  our  common  stock  by  an  additional  $2,000  million,  which  increased  the  total  amount  that  has  been 
authorized  under  the  Repurchase  Program  to  $11,725  million.  The  Repurchase  Program  does  not  obligate  us  to  repurchase  any 
particular amount of common stock, and it may be modified, extended, suspended or discontinued at any time.

As of December 31, 2023, we had remaining authorization to repurchase up to $2,363 million of our common stock under 
the Repurchase Program. In addition, from time to time, we have repurchased and may continue to repurchase common stock through 
private or other transactions outside of the Repurchase Program.

Additional information regarding the Repurchase Program is presented in Part II, Item 5 “Market for Registrant’s Common 
Equity,  Related  Stockholder  Matters  and  Issuer  Purchases  of  Equity  Securities”  and  Note  13  to  our  audited  consolidated  financial 
statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Debt

As of December 31, 2023, we had $13,752 million of total indebtedness, excluding $1,900 million of additional available 
borrowings under our revolving credit facility. See Note 10 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional details regarding our credit arrangements.

Our  long-term  debt  arrangements  contain  customary  restrictive  covenants  and,  as  of  December  31,  2023,  we  believe  we 

were in compliance with our restrictive covenants in all material respects.

57

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

On  November  28,  2023,  we  entered  into  an  amendment  (the  “Amendment”)  to  our  Fifth  Amended  and  Restated  Credit 
Agreement  (the  “Credit  Agreement”).  Pursuant  to  the  Amendment,  we  borrowed  $1,500  million  in  incremental  Term  B-4  Dollar 
Loans (as defined in the Credit Agreement) due January 2, 2031. The net proceeds from the Term B-4 Dollar Loans were used to 
repay certain of the outstanding term loans due in 2024 and in 2025 under our senior secured credit facilities, and to pay fees and 
expenses related to the related to the Amendment and the offering of 2029 Senior Secured Notes (as defined below). In connection 
with this Amendment, we recognized a $6 million loss on extinguishment of debt, which includes fees and expenses. In connection 
with the allocation of the Term B-4 Dollar Loans, we entered into cross-currency swaps with a combined notional value of $1,500 
million  to  effectively  convert  $1,500  million  of  the  Term  B-4  Dollar  Loans  into  euro-denominated  borrowings  at  prevailing  euro 
interest rates through January 2031. The effective net borrowing rate to us for these loans, inclusive of the yield on the loans and the 
beneficial impact of the cross-currency swaps and of the interest rate swaps entered on November 17, 2023 in connection with the 
allocation of the loans, is approximately 4.9015%.

On April 17, 2023, we increased the capacity of our senior secured revolving credit facility by $500 million U.S. dollars, 
bringing the total capacity of the revolving credit facility to $2,000 million. At the same time, we also amended the benchmark rate of 
our U.S. dollar revolving credit facility and the U.S. dollar Term A Loans from U.S. dollar LIBOR to U.S. dollar Term SOFR plus a 
10 basis point Credit Spread Adjustment. 

As  of  December  31,  2023,  the  Credit  Agreement  provided  financing  through  several  senior  secured  credit  facilities 
(collectively, the “senior secured credit facilities”) of up to approximately $6,808 million, which consisted of $4,908 million principal 
amounts of debt outstanding and $1,900 million of available borrowing capacity on the revolving credit facility and standby letters of 
credit, with a total capacity of $2,000 million. The revolving credit facility is comprised of a $1,175 million senior secured revolving 
facility available in U.S. dollars, a $600 million senior secured revolving facility available in U.S. dollars, Euros, Swiss Francs and 
other foreign currencies, and a $225 million senior secured revolving facility available in U.S. dollars and Yen. The term A loans and 
revolving credit facility under the Credit Agreement mature in August 2026, the Additional Term A Loans mature June 2027, while 
the term B loans under the Credit Agreement mature in 2025 and 2031. We are required to make scheduled quarterly payments on the 
term A loans and the Additional Term A Loans equal to 1.25% of the original principal amount, with the remaining balance paid at 
maturity.  The  Term  B-4  Dollar  Loans  require  us  to  make  scheduled  quarterly  payments  equal  to  0.25%  of  the  original  principal 
balance amount, with the remaining principal balance due at maturity. In addition, beginning with fiscal year ending December 31, 
2017, we were required to apply 50% of excess cash flow (as defined in the Credit Agreement), subject to a reduction to 25% or 0% 
depending  upon  our  senior  secured  first  lien  net  leverage  ratio,  for  prepayment  of  the  term  loans,  with  any  such  prepayment  to  be 
applied  toward  principal  payments  due  in  subsequent  quarters.  We  are  also  required  to  pay  an  annual  commitment  fee  that  ranges 
from 0.20% to 0.35% in respect of any unused commitments under the revolving credit facility. The senior secured credit facilities are 
collateralized  by  substantially  all  of  our  assets  and  the  assets  of  our  material  domestic  subsidiaries  including  100%  of  the  equity 
interests of substantially all of our material domestic subsidiaries and 66% of the equity interests of substantially all of our first-tier 
material foreign subsidiaries and their domestic subsidiaries.

For information regarding the senior secured credit facilities, see Note 10 to our audited consolidated financial statements 

included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Senior Secured Notes 

On November 28, 2023, we completed the issuance and sale of $1,250 million in gross proceeds of 6.250% senior secured 
notes due 2029 (the “2029 Senior Secured Notes”). The net proceeds from the 2029 Senior Secured Notes offering were used to repay 
certain of the outstanding term loans due in 2024 and in 2025 under our senior secured credit facilities, and to pay fees and expenses 
related to the 2029 Senior Secured Notes offering and the Amendment. 

58

The  2029  Senior  Secured  Notes  are  secured  obligations,  will  mature  on  February  1,  2029,  unless  earlier  repurchased  or 
redeemed  in  accordance  with  their  terms,  and  bear  interest  at  the  rate  of 6.250%  per  year,  with  interest  payable  semi-annually  on 
February  1  and  August  1  of  each  year,  beginning  on  February  1,  2024.  We  may  redeem  the  2029  Senior  Secured  Notes  prior  to 
February  1,  2029  subject  to  a  customary  make-whole  premium,  and  thereafter  subject  to  a  redemption  price  equal  to  100%  of  the 
principal  amount  thereof  plus  accrued  and  unpaid  interest.  In  connection  with  the  pricing  of  the  2029  Senior  Secured  Notes,  we 
entered into cross-currency swaps with a combined notional value of $1,250 million to effectively convert $1,250 million of the 2029 
Senior  Secured  Notes  into  euro-denominated  borrowings  at  prevailing  euro  interest  rates  through  February  2029.  The  effective  net 
borrowing rate to us is approximately 4.8555%, inclusive of the yield on the notes and the beneficial impact of the cross-currency 
swaps.

 On May 23, 2023, we completed the issuance and sale of $750 million in gross proceeds of 5.700% senior secured notes 
due  2028  (the  “2028  Senior  Secured  Notes”).  The  net  proceeds  from  the  2028  Senior  Secured  Notes  offering  were  used  to  repay 
existing  borrowings  under  our  revolving  credit  facility,  and  to  pay  fees  and  expenses  related  to  the  2028  Senior  Secured  Notes 
offering and offering of 2030 Senior Notes (as defined below). The 2028 Senior Secured Notes are secured obligations, will mature 
on May 15, 2028, unless earlier repurchased or redeemed in accordance with their terms, and bear interest at the rate of 5.700% per 
year,  with  interest  payable  semi-annually  on  May  15  and  November  15  of  each  year,  beginning  on  November  15,  2023.  We  may 
redeem the 2028 Senior Secured Notes prior to April 15, 2028 subject to a customary make-whole premium, and thereafter subject to 
a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest.

The 2028 Senior Secured Notes and 2029 Senior Secured Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, 
as amended (the “Securities Act”), or the securities laws of any other jurisdiction. In January 2024, we filed a registration statement 
with  respect  to  an  offer  (the  “Exchange  Offer”)  to  exchange  the  2028  Senior  Secured  Notes  for  an  equal  amount  of $750  million 
aggregate  principal  amount  of  5.700%  Senior  Secured  Notes  due  2028  registered  under  the  Securities  Act  (the  “2028  Registered 
Notes”)  and  the  2029  Senior  Secured  Notes  for  an  equal  amount  of  $1,250  million  aggregate  principal  amount  of  6.250%  Senior 
Secured  Notes  due  2029  registered  under  the  Securities  Act  (the  “2029  Registered  Notes”).  The  Exchange  Offer  commenced  on 
January 26, 2024 and will expire on February 23, 2024, unless we extend the offer. The terms of the 2028 Registered Notes and the 
2029 Registered Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer are substantially identical in all material respects to the terms of the 2028 
Senior Secured Notes and 2029 Senior Secured Notes, respectively, except that the registered notes will not be subject to restrictions 
on transfer or to any increase in the annual interest rate for failure to comply with the applicable registration rights agreement.

Senior Notes

On May 23, 2023, we completed the issuance and sale of $500 million in gross proceeds of 6.500% senior notes due 2030 
(the “2030 Senior Notes”). The net proceeds from the 2030 Senior Notes offering were used to repay existing borrowings under our 
revolving  credit  facility,  and  to  pay  fees  and  expenses  related  to  the  2030  Senior  Notes  offering  and  2028  Senior  Secured  Notes 
offering. The 2030 Senior Notes are unsecured obligations, will mature on May 15, 2030, unless earlier repurchased or redeemed in 
accordance  with  their  terms,  and  bear  interest  at  the  rate  of  6.500%  per  year,  with  interest  payable  semi-annually  on  May  15  and 
November  15  of  each  year,  beginning  on  November  15,  2023.  We  may  redeem  the  2030  Senior  Notes  prior  to  their  final  stated 
maturity,  subject  to  a  customary  make-whole  premium,  at  any  time  prior  to  May  15,  2026  (subject  to  a  customary  “equity  claw” 
redemption right) and thereafter subject to a redemption premium declining from 3.250% to 0.000%.

For  information  regarding  the  senior  secured  notes  and  senior  notes,  see  Note  10  to  our  audited  consolidated  financial 

statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Receivables Financing Facility

For  information  regarding  the  receivables  financing  facility,  see  Note  10  to  our  audited  consolidated  financial  statements 
included  elsewhere  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.  As  of  December  31,  2023,  no  additional  amounts  of  revolving  loan 
commitments were available under the receivables financing facility.

59

Years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021

Cash Flow from Operating Activities

(in millions)

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

2023

Net cash provided by operating activities

$ 

2,149 

$ 

2,260 

$ 

2,942 

2023 compared to 2022

Cash provided by operating activities decreased $111 million in 2023 as compared to 2022. The decrease is primarily due to 
more cash used in accounts payable and accrued expenses ($160 million), less cash from unearned income ($60 million) and more 
cash used in income tax and other payables ($36 million), offset by an increase in cash-related net income ($85 million), more cash 
from accounts receivable and unbilled services ($33 million) and less cash used in prepaid expenses and other assets ($27 million).

Cash Flow from Investing Activities

(in millions)

Net cash used in investing activities

2023 compared to 2022

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

2023

$ 

(1,603)  $ 

(2,006)  $ 

(2,103) 

Cash used in investing activities decreased $403 million in 2023 as compared to 2022, primarily due to less cash used for the 
acquisition  of  businesses,  net  of  cash  acquired  ($439  million)  and  acquisition  of  property,  equipment,  and  software  ($25  million), 
offset  by  more  cash  used  for  investments  in  debt  and  equity  securities  ($38  million),  investments  in  unconsolidated  affiliates 
($19 million), purchases of marketable securities ($1 million) and less cash from other sources ($3 million). 

Cash Flow from Financing Activities

(in millions)

Net cash used in financing activities

2023 compared to 2022

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

2023

$ 

(382)  $ 

(329)  $ 

(1,235) 

Cash used in financing activities increased $53 million in 2023 as compared to 2022, primarily due to more debt payments 
($2,239  million),  cash  used  in  repayments  of  revolving  credit  facilities,  net  of  proceeds  ($650  million),  and  cash  payments  on 
contingent  consideration  and  deferred  purchase  price  accruals  ($55  million),  offset  by  more  cash  provided  by  proceeds  from  debt 
issuances, net of payment of debt issuance costs ($2,705 million), less cash used to repurchase common stock ($176 million) and less 
cash payments related to employee stock option plans ($10 million). 

Contingencies

We are exposed to certain known contingencies that are material to our investors. The facts and circumstances surrounding 
these  contingencies  and  a  discussion  of  their  effect  on  us  are  included  in  Note  12  to  our  audited  consolidated  financial  statements 
included  elsewhere  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.  These  contingencies  may  have  a  material  effect  on  our  liquidity,  capital 
resources or results of operations. In addition, even where our accruals are adequate, the incurrence of any of these liabilities may 
have a material effect on our liquidity and the amount of cash available to us for other purposes.

We believe that we have made appropriate arrangements in respect of the future effect on us of these known contingencies. 
We also believe that the amount of cash available to us from our operations, together with cash from financing, will be sufficient for 
us to pay any known contingencies as they become due without materially affecting our ability to conduct our operations and invest in 
the growth of our business.

60

Information about our Guarantors and the Issuer of our Guaranteed Securities

The accompanying summarized financial information has been prepared and presented pursuant to Rule 3-10 of Regulation 
S-X,  “Financial  Statements  of  Guarantors  and  Issuers  of  Guaranteed  Securities  Registered  or  Being  Registered,”  and  Rule  13-01  of 
Regulation  S-X,  “Financial  Disclosures  about  Guarantors  and  Issuers  of  Guaranteed  Securities  and  Affiliates  Whose  Securities 
Collateralized  a  Registrant’s  Securities.”  Each  of  our  current  direct  and  indirect  material  U.S.  wholly  owned  restricted  subsidiaries 
(excluding  IQVIA  Solutions  Japan  LLC  and  IQVIA  Services  Japan  LLC)  (the  "Guarantor  subsidiaries"  and,  together  with  IQVIA 
Holdings Inc., the “Guarantors”), have jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally, on a senior secured basis, guaranteed the 
obligations under the 2028 Senior Secured Notes and the 2029 Senior Secured Notes (together, the “Notes”) issued by IQVIA Inc. (the 
"Issuer"). 

The  following  presents  the  summarized  financial  information  on  a  combined  basis  for  IQVIA  Holdings  Inc.  (parent 
company), IQVIA Inc. (issuer of the guaranteed obligations) and the Guarantor subsidiaries, which are collectively referred to as the 
“obligated group.” 

Each Guarantor subsidiary is consolidated by IQVIA Holdings Inc. as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022. Refer 
to  Exhibit  22.1  to  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  detailed  list  of  entities  included  within  the  obligated  group  as  of 
December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.

The  guarantee  of  a  Guarantor  subsidiary  with  respect  to  the  Notes  will  be  automatically  and  unconditionally  released  and 
discharged and shall terminate and be of no further force and effect, and no further action by such Guarantor subsidiary, the Issuer, or 
U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as trustee, be required upon the occurrence of any of the following:

a.

any sale, exchange, issuance, disposition or transfer (by merger, amalgamation, consolidation or otherwise) of (i) the 
capital stock of such Guarantor, after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, or (ii) all or substantially all 
of the assets of such Guarantor, in each case if such sale, exchange, issuance, disposition or transfer is made in compliance with the 
applicable provisions of this Indenture;

b.

the  release  or  discharge  of  the  guarantee  by  such  Guarantor  of  indebtedness  under  the  senior  secured  term  loan 
facilities  and  the  senior  secured  revolving  credit  facilities  under  that  certain  Fifth  Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement,  or  the 
release or discharge of such other guarantee that resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, except, in each case, a discharge or release 
by or as a result of payment of such Indebtedness or under such guarantee (it being understood that a release subject to a contingent 
reinstatement is still a release, and that if any such guarantee is so reinstated, such Guarantee shall also be reinstated to the extent that 
such Guarantor would then be required to provide a Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.11 of the Indenture);

c.

the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with 

the applicable provisions of the Indenture; 

d.

the exercise by the Issuer of its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 

VIII of the Indenture or the discharge of the Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

e.

the  merger,  amalgamation  or  consolidation  of  any  Guarantor  with  and  into  the  Issuer  or  a  Guarantor  that  is  the 
surviving Person in such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, or upon the liquidation of a Guarantor following the transfer of all or 
substantially all of its assets, in each case in a transaction that complies with the applicable provisions of this Indenture; or

f.

as described in Article IX of the Indenture.

61

Summarized Combined Financial Information of the Issuer and Guarantors:

Each  entity  in  the  summarized  combined  financial  information  follows  the  same  accounting  policies  as  described  in  the 
consolidated financial statements, see Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K. Information for the non-Guarantor subsidiaries has been excluded from the combined summarized financial information 
of the obligated group. The accompanying summarized combined financial information does not reflect investments of the obligated 
group in non-Guarantor subsidiaries. The financial information of the obligated group is presented on a combined basis; intercompany 
balances and transactions within the obligated group have been eliminated. The obligated group’s amounts due from and amounts due 
to non-Guarantor subsidiaries and related parties have been presented in separate line items.

The  following  table  contains  summarized  combined  financial  information  from  the  Statements  of  Unaudited  Condensed 

Consolidated Financial Position of the obligated group as of:

(in millions)
Total current assets (excluding amounts due from subsidiaries that are non-Guarantors)
Total noncurrent assets
Amounts due from subsidiaries that are non-Guarantors

Total current liabilities
Total noncurrent liabilities
Amounts due to subsidiaries that are non-Guarantors

December 31, 2023

December 31, 2022

$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 

805  $ 
9,622  $ 
4,762  $ 

3,471  $ 
12,334  $ 
5,556  $ 

474 
8,875 
3,305 

2,598 
12,270 
5,409 

The  following  table  contains  summarized  combined  financial  information  from  the  Statements  of  Unaudited  Condensed 

Consolidated Operations of the obligated group:

(in millions)
Net revenues
Costs and expenses applicable to net revenues
Income from operations
Net income (loss)

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any material off-balance sheet arrangements.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

Twelve months ended
December 31, 2023

Twelve months ended
December 31, 2022

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

6,299  $ 
4,190  $ 
912  $ 
86  $ 

5,910 
4,066 
491 
(73) 

Below is a summary of our future payment commitments by year under contractual obligations as of December 31, 2023:

(in millions)
Long-term debt, including interest (1)
Operating leases

Finance leases

Data acquisition
Purchase obligations (2)
Commitments to unconsolidated affiliates (3)
Benefit obligations (4)
Uncertain income tax positions (5)
Total

2024

2025-2026

2027-2028

Thereafter

Total

$ 

1,412  $ 

5,612  $ 

5,096  $ 

4,448  $ 

16,568 

117 

13 

456 

107 

— 

31 

16 

151 

26 

675 

108 

— 

29 

22 

60 

28 

235 

19 

— 

32 

16 

31 

283 

28 

3 

— 

90 

— 

359 

350 

1,394 

237 

— 

182 

54 

$ 

2,152  $ 

6,623  $ 

5,486  $ 

4,883  $ 

19,144 

(1) 

Interest payments on our debt are based on the interest rates in effect as of December 31, 2023.

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

Purchase obligations are defined as agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding and 
that  specify  all  significant  terms,  including  fixed  or  minimum  quantities  to  be  purchased,  fixed,  minimum  or  variable 
pricing provisions and the approximate timing of the transactions.
We  are  currently  committed  to  invest  $463  million  in  private  equity  funds.  As  of  December  31,  2023,  we  have  funded 
approximately $170 million of these commitments and we have approximately $293 million remaining to be funded which 
has not been included in the above table as we are unable to predict when these commitments will be paid.
Amounts represent expected future benefit payments for our pension and postretirement benefit plans, as well as expected 
contributions  for  2024  for  our  funded  pension  benefit  plans.  We  made  cash  contributions  totaling  approximately  $29 
million to our defined benefit plans in 2023, and we estimate that we will make contributions totaling approximately $31 
million to our defined benefit plans in 2024. Due to the potential impact of future plan investment performance, changes in 
interest rates, changes in other economic and demographic assumptions and changes in legislation in foreign jurisdictions, 
we are not able to reasonably estimate the timing and amount of contributions that may be required to fund our defined 
benefit plans for periods beyond 2024.
As  of  December  31,  2023,  our  liability  related  to  uncertain  income  tax  positions  was  approximately  $152  million,  $98 
million of which has not been included in the above table as we are unable to predict when these liabilities will be paid due 
to the uncertainties in the timing of the settlement of the income tax positions.

Application of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Note 1 to the audited consolidated financial statements provided elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K describes the 
significant  accounting  policies  used  in  the  preparation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  The  preparation  of  our  consolidated 
financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, 
and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenues 
and  expenses  during  the  period.  Our  estimates  are  based  on  historical  experience  and  various  other  assumptions  we  believe  are 
reasonable  under  the  circumstances.  We  evaluate  our  estimates  on  an  ongoing  basis  and  make  changes  to  the  estimates  and  related 
disclosures as experience develops or new information becomes known. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

We  believe  the  following  critical  accounting  policies  affect  our  more  significant  judgments  and  estimates  used  in  the 

preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

The  majority  of  our  contracts  within  the  Research  &  Development  Solutions  segment  are  service  contracts  for  clinical 
research that represent a single performance obligation. We provide a significant integration service resulting in a combined output, 
which is clinical trial data that meets the relevant regulatory standards and can be used by the customer to progress to the next phase of 
a clinical trial or solicit approval of a treatment by the applicable regulatory body. The performance obligation is satisfied over time as 
the output is captured in data and documentation that is available for the customer to consume over the course of the arrangement and 
furthers progress of the clinical trial. We recognize revenues over time using a cost-based input method since there is no single output 
measure  that  would  fairly  depict  the  transfer  of  control  over  the  life  of  the  performance  obligation.  Progress  on  the  performance 
obligation is measured by the proportion of actual costs incurred to the total costs expected to complete the contract. Costs included in 
the measure of progress include direct labor and third-party costs (such as payments to investigators and other reimbursed expenses for 
our clinical monitors). This cost-based method of revenue recognition requires us to make estimates of costs to complete our projects 
on  an  ongoing  basis.  Significant  judgment  is  required  to  evaluate  assumptions  related  to  these  estimates.  The  effect  of  revisions  to 
estimates related to the transaction price or costs to complete a project are recorded in the period in which the estimate is revised. Most 
contracts may be terminated upon 30 to 90 days' notice by the customer; however, in the event of termination, most contracts require 
payment for services rendered through the date of termination, as well as for subsequent services rendered to close out the contract. A 
hypothetical increase of one percent in the estimated costs to complete these service contracts as of December 31, 2023 could have 
resulted  in  approximately  a  one  percent  reduction  in  total  revenues  for  the  year  ended December  31,  2023,  whereas,  a  hypothetical 
decrease of one percent could have resulted in a one percent increase in total revenues.

63

Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes includes federal, state, local and foreign taxes. Income taxes are accounted for under the asset 
and  liability  method.  Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  for  the  estimated  future  tax  consequences  of  temporary 
differences  between  the  financial  statement  carrying  amounts  and  their  respective  tax  bases.  Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are 
measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the year in which the temporary differences are expected to be 
recovered or settled. We record U.S. deferred taxes based on the Federal corporate income tax rate of 21%, We account for tax related 
to GILTI as a period cost when incurred. Recognition of deferred income tax assets is based on management’s belief that it is more 
likely  than  not  that  the  income  tax  benefit  associated  with  certain  temporary  differences,  income  tax  operating  loss,  capital  loss 
carryforwards, and income tax credits, will be realized. We recorded a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred income tax assets for 
those deferred income tax items for which it was more likely than not that realization would not occur. We determined the amount of 
the valuation allowance based, in part, on our assessment of future taxable income and in light of our ongoing income tax strategies. If 
our  estimate  of  future  taxable  income  or  tax  strategies  changes  at  any  time  in  the  future,  we  would  record  an  adjustment  to  our 
valuation allowance. Recording such an adjustment could have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Income tax expense is based on the distribution of profit before income tax among the various taxing jurisdictions in which 
we operate, adjusted as required by the income tax laws of each taxing jurisdiction. Changes in the distribution of profits and losses 
among  taxing  jurisdictions  may  have  a  significant  impact  on  our  effective  income  tax  rate.  We  do  not  consider  the  undistributed 
earnings of our foreign subsidiaries to be indefinitely reinvested outside of the United States.

Business Combinations and Goodwill

We  use  the  acquisition  method  to  account  for  business  combinations,  and  accordingly,  the  identifiable  assets  acquired,  the 
liabilities  assumed  and  any  non-controlling  interests  in  the  acquiree  are  recorded  at  their  estimated  fair  values  on  the  date  of  the 
acquisition.  We  use  significant  judgments,  estimates  and  assumptions  in  determining  the  estimated  fair  value  of  assets  acquired, 
liabilities assumed and non-controlling interests including expected future cash flows and discount rates that reflect the risk associated 
with the expected future cash flows and estimated useful lives.

We have recorded and allocated to our reporting units the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets 
acquired,  known  as  goodwill.  The  recoverability  of  goodwill  is  evaluated  annually  for  impairment,  or  if  and  when  events  or 
circumstances indicate a possible impairment. We perform our annual goodwill impairment evaluation as of July 31. 

For the year ended December 31, 2023, we elected to perform a quantitative impairment evaluation for each of our reporting 
units. We estimated the fair value of each reporting by weighting results of the income and market approaches, with greater weight 
given to the income approach. Significant estimates used in the income approach include estimates of future revenues, EBITDA, cash 
flows, long-term growth rates, tax rates, and discount rates. The selected discount rates consider the risk and nature of the respective 
reporting unit’s cash flows, and the rates of return a market participant would expect to earn by investing in our reporting units. The 
market  approach  uses  information  about  the  Company  as  well  as  other  publicly  traded  guideline  companies,  including  revenue  and 
EBITDA-related multiples and estimates of control premiums. As part of the quantitative impairment evaluation, we compared the fair 
value of each reporting unit to its carrying value. If results of the evaluation indicate the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its 
fair value, an impairment charge would be recorded by calculating the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill as compared to 
its carrying amount. 

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022,  we  performed  a  qualitative  impairment  evaluation.  The  qualitative  evaluation 
requires significant judgments, estimates and assumptions, including those related to macroeconomic conditions, industry and market 
considerations, cost factors, financial performance, fair value history and other company specific events. 

For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, we determined that there was no impairment of goodwill.

We  review  the  carrying  values  of  other  identifiable  intangible  assets  if  the  facts  and  circumstances  indicate  a  possible 

impairment. Any future impairment could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

64

 
Stock-based Compensation

We  measure  compensation  cost  for  stock-based  payment  awards  (stock  options  and  stock  appreciation  rights)  granted  to 
employees and non-employee directors at fair value using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. Stock-based compensation 
expense includes stock-based awards granted to employees and non-employee directors and has been reported in selling, general and 
administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of income based upon the classification of the individuals who were granted 
stock-based awards.

The Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model requires the use of subjective assumptions, including share price volatility, 
the  expected  life  of  the  award,  risk-free  interest  rate  and  the  fair  value  of  the  underlying  common  shares  on  the  date  of  grant.  In 
developing our assumptions, we take into account the following:

•

•

•

•

•

We calculate expected volatility based on an analysis of the historical volatility of our stock since the Merger in 
October 2016 and reported data for selected reasonably similar publicly traded companies for which the historical 
information is available;

We  determine  the  risk-free  interest  rate  by  reference  to  implied  yields  available  from  United  States  Treasury 
securities with a remaining term equal to the expected life assumed at the date of grant;

We estimate the dividend yield to be zero as we do not currently anticipate paying any future dividends;

We estimate the average expected life of the award based on our historical experience; and

We estimate forfeitures based on our historical analysis of actual forfeitures.

We  account  for  our  stock-based  compensation  for  performance  awards  related  to  compound  annual  earnings  per  share 
(“EPS”)  growth  over  a  three  year  period  based  on  the  closing  market  price  of  our  common  stock  on  the  date  of  grant,  and  for 
performance  awards  related  to  relative  total  shareholder  return  (“TSR”)  based  on  a  Monte  Carlo  simulation  model.  We  record  the 
expense amount of the EPS awards based on our estimates of the likelihood that the various performance targets will be achieved. The 
estimates are assessed on a quarterly basis. For the TSR awards we record the expense amount evenly over the service period.

Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits

We provide retirement benefits to certain employees, including defined benefit pension plans. The determination of benefit 
obligations  and  expense  is  based  on  actuarial  models.  In  order  to  measure  benefit  costs  and  obligations  using  these  models,  critical 
assumptions are made with regard to the discount rate, expected return on plan assets, cash balance crediting rate, lump sum conversion 
rate and the assumed rate of compensation increases.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

Information  relating  to  recently  issued  accounting  standards  is  included  in  Note  1  to  our  audited  consolidated  financial 

statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market risk is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices. In the ordinary course of business, 
we are exposed to various market risks and we regularly evaluate our exposure to such changes. Our overall risk management strategy 
seeks  to  balance  the  magnitude  of  the  exposure  and  the  cost  and  availability  of  appropriate  financial  instruments.  The  following 
analyses present the sensitivity of our financial instruments to hypothetical changes that are reasonably possible over a one-year period.

65

Foreign Currency Exchange Rates

We  transact  business  in  more  than  100  countries  and  approximately  60  currencies  and  are  subject  to  risks  associated  with 
fluctuating  foreign  currency  exchange  rates.  Our  objective  is  to  reduce  earnings  and  cash  flow  volatility  associated  with  foreign 
currency exchange rate movements. Accordingly, we enter into foreign currency forward contracts to hedge certain forecasted foreign 
currency cash flows related to service contracts. It is our policy to enter into foreign currency transactions only to the extent necessary 
to meet our objectives as stated above. We do not enter into foreign currency transactions for investment or speculative purposes. The 
principal currency hedged in 2023 with foreign currency forward contracts was the British Pound.

The contractual value of our foreign exchange forward contracts was approximately $121 million as of December 31, 2023. 
The fair value of these contracts is subject to change as a result of potential changes in foreign exchange rates. We assess our market 
risk based on changes in foreign exchange rates utilizing a sensitivity analysis. The sensitivity analysis measures the potential gain or 
loss in fair values based on a hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates. The potential gain in fair value for foreign 
exchange  forward  contracts  based  on  a  hypothetical  10%  decrease  in  the  value  of  the  United  States  dollar  was  $12  million  as  of 
December  31,  2023.  However,  the  change  in  the  fair  value  of  the  foreign  exchange  forward  contracts  would  likely  be  offset  by  a 
change  in  the  value  of  the  future  service  contract  revenues  being  hedged  caused  by  the  currency  exchange  rate  fluctuation.  The 
estimated fair values of the foreign exchange forward contracts were determined based on quoted market prices.

Exchange rate fluctuations affect the United States dollar value of foreign currency revenues and expenses and may have a 
significant effect on our results. Excluding the impacts from any outstanding or future hedging transactions, a hypothetical 10% change 
in  average  exchange  rates  used  to  translate  all  foreign  currencies  to  the  United  States  dollar  would  have  impacted  income  before 
income  taxes  for  2023  by  approximately  $54  million.  The  actual  impact  of  exchange  rate  movements  in  the  future  could  differ 
materially from this hypothetical analysis, based on the mix of foreign currencies and the timing and magnitude of individual exchange 
rate movements.

During the year ended December 31, 2023, we designated the cross-currency swaps that we entered into in connection with 
the  issuance  of  our  2029  Senior  Secured  Notes  and  Term  B-4  Dollar  Loans  as  a  hedge  of  our  net  investment  in  certain  foreign 
subsidiaries  to  reduce  the  volatility  in  stockholders’  equity  caused  by  changes  in  the  Euro  exchange  rate  with  respect  to  the  United 
States dollar. We do not enter into cross-currency swaps for investment or speculative purposes. The contractual value of our cross-
currency swaps was approximately $2,750 million as of December 31, 2023. The fair value of these cross-currency swaps is subject to 
change as a result of potential changes in foreign exchange rates. We assess our market risk based on changes in foreign exchange rates 
utilizing a sensitivity analysis. The sensitivity analysis measures the potential gain or loss in fair values based on a hypothetical 10% 
change  in  foreign  currency  exchange  rates.  The  potential  loss  in  fair  value  for  cross-currency  swaps  based  on  a  hypothetical  10% 
decrease in the value of the United States dollar was $327 million as of December 31, 2023. However, this change in fair value would 
be offset by the change in value of the hedged portion of our net investment in foreign subsidiaries caused by the currency exchange 
rate fluctuation.

Commencing  in  2016  we  designated  our  foreign  currency  denominated  debt  as  a  hedge  of  our  net  investment  in  certain 
foreign subsidiaries to reduce the volatility in stockholders’ equity caused by changes in the Euro exchange rate with respect to the 
United States dollar. We have continued to designate a portion of new issuances of foreign currency denominated debt as a hedge of 
our net investment in certain foreign subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2023, our total foreign currency denominated debt was €4,101 
million ($4,526 million), with approximately 60% being designated as a hedge. A hypothetical 10% decrease in the value of the United 
States  dollar  would  lead  to  a  potential  loss  in  fair  value  of  $453  million.  However,  approximately  60%  of  this  change  in  fair  value 
would  be  offset  by  the  change  in  value  of  the  hedged  portion  of  our  net  investment  in  foreign  subsidiaries  caused  by  the  currency 
exchange rate fluctuation.

66

Interest Rates

Because we have variable rate debt, fluctuations in interest rates affect our business. We attempt to minimize interest rate risk 
and lower our overall borrowing costs through the utilization of derivative financial instruments, primarily interest rate swaps. We do 
not  enter  into  interest  rate  swaps  for  investment  or  speculative  purposes.  We  have  entered  into  interest  rate  swaps  with  financial 
institutions that have reset dates and critical terms that match the underlying debt. Accordingly, any change in market value associated 
with  the  interest  rate  swaps  is  offset  by  the  opposite  market  impact  on  the  related  debt.  As  of  December  31,  2023,  we  had 
approximately $5,500 million of variable rate indebtedness and interest rate swaps with a notional value of $3,300 million. Because we 
do not attempt to hedge all of our variable rate debt, we may incur higher interest costs for the portion of our variable rate debt that is 
not  hedged.  Excluding  debt  covered  by  hedges,  each  quarter-point  increase  or  decrease  in  the  interest  rate  on  our  variable  rate  debt 
would result in our interest expense changing by approximately $5 million per year.

Marketable Securities

As  of  December  31,  2023,  we  held  investments  in  marketable  equity  securities.  These  investments  are  classified  as  either 
trading  securities  or  available-for-sale  securities  and  are  recorded  at  fair  value.  These  securities  are  subject  to  price  risk.  As  of 
December  31,  2023,  the  fair  value  of  these  investments  was  $146  million  based  on  the  quoted  market  value  of  the  securities.  The 
potential loss in fair value resulting from a hypothetical decrease of 10% in quoted market values was approximately $15 million as of 
December 31, 2023.

67

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The management of IQVIA Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal 
control  over  financial  reporting.  Internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with 
generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures 
that pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the 
assets  of  the  company;  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial 
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being 
made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and provide reasonable assurance regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect 
on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of 
changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023. 
In making this assessment, management used the framework established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by 
the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). As a result of this assessment and based on the 
criteria  in  the  COSO  framework,  management  has  concluded  that,  as  of  December  31,  2023,  the  Company’s  internal  control  over 
financial reporting was effective.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023 has been audited by 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein.

/s/ Ari Bousbib

Ari Bousbib

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

February 15, 2024

/s/ Ronald E. Bruehlman 

Ronald E. Bruehlman 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

68

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of IQVIA Holdings Inc.

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of IQVIA Holdings Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of 
December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and 
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2023, including the related notes and financial statement 
schedules listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(2) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We 
also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in 
Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission 
(COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of 
the Company as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the 
period ended December 31, 2023 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in 
our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 
2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Basis for Opinions

The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over 
financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the 
accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the 
Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We 
are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are 
required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and 
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits 
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to 
error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the 
consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such 
procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial 
statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well 
as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting 
included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and 
testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included 
performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable 
basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the 
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the 
company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect 
on the financial statements.

69

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements 
that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are 
material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The 
communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a 
whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on 
the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Revenue Recognition – Estimating Costs to Complete for Clinical Research Services

As described in Notes 1 and 20 to the consolidated financial statements, revenue of the Research & Development Solutions segment 
for the year ended December 31, 2023, is $8,395 million, the majority of which relates to service contracts for clinical research that 
represent a single performance obligation. The Company recognized revenue for these contracts over time using a cost-based input 
method. Revenue was recognized based on progress on the performance obligation, which was measured by the proportion of actual 
costs incurred to the total costs expected to complete the contract. Costs included in the measure of progress include direct labor and 
third-party costs (such as payments to investigators and other reimbursed expenses for the Company’s clinical monitors). This cost-
based method of revenue recognition required management to make estimates of costs to complete its projects on an ongoing basis.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to revenue recognition - estimating costs to 
complete for clinical research services is a critical audit matter are a high degree of auditor effort in performing audit procedures and 
evaluating audit evidence related to the cost estimates made by management when determining the total expected costs to complete its 
contracts, specifically the estimation of direct labor and third-party costs. 

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion 
on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to the revenue 
recognition process, including controls over the estimation of the total costs to complete for clinical research service contracts. These 
procedures also included, among others, testing management’s process for determining the estimate of total costs to complete for a 
sample of clinical research contracts by evaluating the reasonableness of significant assumptions made by management related to direct 
labor and third-party costs, evaluating the appropriateness of changes to management’s estimate of total costs to complete the 
contracts, testing actual direct costs incurred, evaluating management’s ability to reasonably estimate the total expected costs to 
complete contracts by performing a comparison of management’s prior period cost estimates to actual costs, and testing the 
completeness and accuracy of underlying data used by management. 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Raleigh, North Carolina
February 15, 2024

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2002.

70

IQVIA HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(in millions, except per share data)

Revenues

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Depreciation and amortization

Restructuring costs

Income from operations

Interest income

Interest expense

Loss on extinguishment of debt

Other (income) expense, net

Income before income taxes and equity in (losses) earnings of 
unconsolidated affiliates

Income tax expense 

Income before equity in (losses) earnings of unconsolidated affiliates

Equity in (losses) earnings of unconsolidated affiliates

Net income

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests

Net income attributable to IQVIA Holdings Inc.

Earnings per share attributable to common stockholders:

Basic

Diluted

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

Basic

Diluted

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

2021

$ 

14,984  $ 

14,410  $ 

13,874 

9,745 

2,053 

1,125 

84 

1,977 

(36)   

672 

6 

(124)   

1,459 

101 

1,358 

— 

1,358 

— 

9,382 

2,071 

1,130 

28 

1,799 

(13)   

416 

— 

33 

1,363 

260 

1,103 

(12)   

1,091 

— 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,358  $ 

1,091  $ 

7.39  $ 

7.29  $ 

5.82  $ 

5.72  $ 

183.8 

186.3 

187.6 

190.6 

9,233 

1,964 

1,264 

20 

1,393 

(6) 

375 

26 

(130) 

1,128 

163 

965 

6 

971 

(5) 

966 

5.05 

4.95 

191.4 

195.0 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IQVIA HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in millions)

Net income

Comprehensive income adjustments:

Unrealized (losses) gains on derivative instruments, net of 
income tax (benefit) expense of $(3), $13 and $2

Defined benefit plan adjustments, net of income tax expense (benefit) of 
$4, $(3) and $21
Foreign currency translation, net of income tax (benefit) 
expense of $(55), $106 and $116

Reclassification adjustments:

Reclassifications on derivative instruments included in net income, net of 
income tax (expense) benefit of $(17), $2 and $4

Comprehensive income

Comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

2023

$ 

1,358  $ 

1,091  $ 

971 

(7)   

7 

40 

(10)   

9 

69 

(89)   

(361)   

(281) 

(51)   

1,218 

— 

10 

770 

— 

12 

780 

(5) 

775 

Comprehensive income attributable to IQVIA Holdings Inc.

$ 

1,218  $ 

770  $ 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IQVIA HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in millions, except per share data)

ASSETS

Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade accounts receivable and unbilled services, net

Prepaid expenses

Income taxes receivable

Investments in debt, equity and other securities

Other current assets and receivables

Total current assets

Property and equipment, net

Operating lease right-of-use assets

Investments in debt, equity and other securities

Investments in unconsolidated affiliates

Goodwill

Other identifiable intangibles, net

Deferred income taxes

Deposits and other assets, net

Total assets

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

Unearned income

Income taxes payable

Current portion of long-term debt

Other current liabilities

Total current liabilities

Long-term debt, less current portion

Deferred income taxes

Operating lease liabilities

Other liabilities

Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies (Note 1 and 12)

Stockholders’ equity:

December 31,

2023

2022

$ 

1,376  $ 

3,381 

141 

32 

120 

546 

5,596 

523 

296 

105 

134 

14,567 

4,839 

166 

455 

1,216 

2,917 

151 

43 

93 

561 

4,981 

532 

331 

68 

94 

13,921 

4,820 

118 

472 

$ 

$ 

26,681  $ 

25,337 

3,564  $ 

1,799 

116 

718 

294 

6,491 

12,955 

202 

223 

698 

3,316 

1,797 

161 

152 

152 

5,578 

12,595 

464 

264 

671 

20,569 

19,572 

Common stock and additional paid-in capital, 400.0 shares authorized as of December 31, 
2023 and 2022, $0.01 par value, 257.2 shares issued and 181.5 shares outstanding as of 
December 31, 2023; 256.4 shares issued and 185.7 shares outstanding as of December 31, 
2022

Retained earnings
Treasury stock, at cost, 75.7 and 70.7 shares as of December 31, 2023 and 
2022, respectively

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Total stockholders’ equity

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

11,028 

4,692 

(8,741)   

(867)   

6,112 

$ 

26,681  $ 

10,898 

3,334 

(7,740) 

(727) 

5,765 

25,337 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IQVIA HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in millions)
Operating activities:

Net income

Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating 
activities:

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

2023

$ 

1,358  $ 

1,091  $ 

971 

Depreciation and amortization
Amortization of debt issuance costs and discount
Stock-based compensation
Gain on disposals of property and equipment, net
Losses (earnings) from unconsolidated affiliates
(Gain) loss on investments, net
Benefit from deferred income taxes
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable and unbilled services
Prepaid expenses and other assets
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
Unearned income
Income taxes payable and other liabilities

Net cash provided by operating activities

Investing activities:

Acquisition of property, equipment and software
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired
Purchases of marketable securities, net
Investments in unconsolidated affiliates, net of payments received
(Investments in) proceeds from sale of debt and equity securities
Other

Net cash used in investing activities

Financing activities:

Proceeds from issuance of debt
Payment of debt issuance costs
Repayment of debt and principal payments on finance leases
Proceeds from revolving credit facility
Repayment of revolving credit facility
Payments related to employee stock option plans
Repurchase of common stock
Acquisition of Quest's non-controlling interest
Contingent consideration and deferred purchase price payments

Net cash used in financing activities
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

1,125 
18 
217 
— 
— 
(20)   
(269)   

(388)   
34 
267 
(29)   
(164)   
2,149 

(649)   
(876)   
(6)   
(39)   
(38)   
5 
(1,603)   

4,000 

(50)   
(2,873)   
2,384 
(2,709)   
(61)   
(992)   
— 
(81)   
(382)   
(4)   

160 
1,216 
1,376  $ 

$ 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

1,130 
15 
194 
(10)   
12 
27 
(115)   

(421)   
7 
427 
31 
(128)   
2,260 

(674)   
(1,315)   
(5)   
(20)   
— 
8 
(2,006)   

1,250 

(5)   
(634)   
2,350 
(2,025)   
(71)   
(1,168)   
— 
(26)   
(329)   
(75)   
(150)   
1,366 
1,216  $ 

1,264 
17 
170 
— 
(6) 
(16) 
(138) 

(138) 
(15) 
244 
591 
(2) 
2,942 

(640) 
(1,458) 
(10) 
(5) 
5 
5 
(2,103) 

1,951 
(40) 
(2,091) 
810 
(600) 
(59) 
(406) 
(758) 
(42) 
(1,235) 
(52) 
(448) 
1,814 
1,366 

74

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IQVIA HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in millions)
Balance, December 31, 2020
Issuance of common stock
Repurchase of common stock
Stock-based compensation
Acquisition of Quest's non-controlling interest, net of 
tax
Net income
Unrealized gains on derivative instruments, net of tax
Defined benefit plan adjustments, net of tax
Foreign currency translation, net of tax
Reclassification adjustments, net of tax
Balance, December 31, 2021
Issuance of common stock
Repurchase of common stock
Stock-based compensation
Net income
Unrealized gains on derivative instruments, net of tax
Defined benefit plan adjustments, net of tax
Foreign currency translation, net of tax
Reclassification adjustments, net of tax
Balance, December 31, 2022
Issuance of common stock
Repurchase of common stock, net of tax
Stock-based compensation
Net income
Unrealized losses on derivative instruments, net of 
tax
Defined benefit plan adjustments, net of tax
Foreign currency translation, net of tax
Reclassification adjustments, net of tax
Balance, December 31, 2023

Common 
Stock Shares
254.7 
1.1 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
255.8 
0.6 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
256.4 
0.8 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
257.2 

Treasury 
Stock Shares

Common 
Stock

Additional 
Paid-In 
Capital

Retained 
Earnings

Treasury 
Stock

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
(Loss) Income

Non-
controlling 
Interests

Total

(63.5)  $ 
— 
(1.7) 
— 

3  $ 
— 
— 
— 

11,092  $ 
(59) 
— 
157 

1,277  $ 
— 
— 
— 

(6,166)  $ 
— 
(406) 
— 

(205)  $ 
— 
— 
— 

279  $ 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(65.2) 
— 
(5.5) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(70.7) 
— 
(5.0) 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
3 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
3 
— 
— 
— 
— 

(416) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
10,774 
(71) 
— 
192 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
10,895 
(61) 
— 
191 
— 

— 
966 
— 
— 
— 
— 
2,243 
— 
— 
— 
1,091 
— 
— 
— 
— 
3,334 
— 
— 
— 
1,358 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(6,572) 
— 
(1,168) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(7,740) 
— 
(1,001) 
— 
— 

(10) 
— 
9 
69 
(281) 
12 
(406) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
40 
(10) 
(361) 
10 
(727) 
— 
— 
— 
— 

(284) 
5 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
(75.7)  $ 

— 
— 
— 
— 
3  $ 

— 
— 
— 
— 
11,025  $ 

— 
— 
— 
— 
4,692  $ 

— 
— 
— 
— 
(8,741)  $ 

(7) 
7 
(89) 
(51) 
(867)  $ 

— 
— 
— 
— 
—  $ 

6,280 
(59) 
(406) 
157 

(710) 
971 
9 
69 
(281) 
12 
6,042 
(71) 
(1,168) 
192 
1,091 
40 
(10) 
(361) 
10 
5,765 
(61) 
(1,001) 
191 
1,358 

(7) 
7 
(89) 
(51) 
6,112 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IQVIA HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The Company

IQVIA Holdings Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, the “Company” or “IQVIA”) is a leading global provider of advanced 
analytics, technology solutions and clinical research services to the life sciences industry. IQVIA creates intelligent connections across 
all aspects of healthcare through its analytics, transformative technology, big data resources, extensive domain expertise and network 
of  partners.  IQVIA  Connected  Intelligence  delivers  actionable  insights  and  powerful  solutions  with  speed  and  agility  —  enabling 
customers  to  accelerate  the  clinical  development  and  commercialization  of  innovative  medical  treatments  that  improve  healthcare 
outcomes for patients. With approximately 87,000 employees, the Company conducts business in more than 100 countries.

IQVIA  is  a  global  leader  in  protecting  individual  patient  privacy.  The  Company  uses  a  wide  variety  of  privacy-enhancing 
technologies and safeguards to protect individual privacy while generating and analyzing information on a scale that helps healthcare 
stakeholders identify disease patterns and correlate with the precise treatment path and therapy needed for better outcomes. IQVIA’s 
insights  and  execution  capabilities  help  biotech,  medical  device  and  pharmaceutical  companies,  medical  researchers,  government 
agencies,  payers  and  other  healthcare  stakeholders  tap  into  a  deeper  understanding  of  diseases,  human  behaviors  and  scientific 
advances, in an effort to advance their path toward cures.

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts and operations of the Company, its subsidiaries and 
investments in which the Company has control. Amounts pertaining to the non-controlling ownership interests held by third parties in 
the  operating  results  and  financial  position  of  the  Company’s  majority-owned  subsidiaries  are  reported  as  non-controlling  interests. 
Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of 
America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, 
and  the  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities,  at  the  date  of  the  financial  statements,  as  well  as  the  reported  amounts  of 
revenues and expenses during the period. These estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions believed 
reasonable under the circumstances. The Company evaluates its estimates on an ongoing basis and makes changes to the estimates and 
related disclosures as experience develops or new information becomes known. Actual results may differ from those estimates. 

Foreign Currencies

The  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  are  reported  in  United  States  dollars  and,  accordingly,  the  Company’s 
results of operations are impacted by fluctuations in exchange rates that affect the translation of its revenues and expenses denominated 
in  foreign  currencies  into  United  States  dollars  for  purposes  of  reporting  its  consolidated  financial  results.  Assets  and  liabilities 
recorded  in  foreign  currencies  on  the  books  of  foreign  subsidiaries  are  translated  at  the  exchange  rate  on  the  balance  sheet  date. 
Revenues, costs and expenses are translated at average rates of exchange during the year. Translation adjustments resulting from this 
process are charged or credited to the accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income (“AOCI”) component of stockholders’ equity. 
The Company is subject to foreign currency transaction risk for fluctuations in exchange rates during the period of time between the 
consummation and cash settlement of a transaction. The Company earns revenues from its service contracts over a period of several 
months and, in some cases, over a period of several years. Accordingly, exchange rate fluctuations during this period may affect the 
Company’s profitability with respect to such contracts.

For  operations  outside  the  United  States  that  are  considered  to  be  highly  inflationary  or  where  the  United  States  dollar  is 
designated  as  the  functional  currency,  monetary  assets  and  liabilities  are  remeasured  using  end-of-period  exchange  rates,  whereas 
nonmonetary  accounts  are  remeasured  using  historical  exchange  rates,  and  all  remeasurement  and  transaction  adjustments  are 
recognized in other (income) expense, net.

76

Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an initial maturity of three months or less when purchased to be 

cash equivalents.

Derivatives

The  Company  uses  derivative  instruments  to  manage  exposures  to  interest  rates  and  foreign  currencies.  Derivatives  are 

recorded on the balance sheet at fair value at each balance sheet date utilizing pricing models for non-exchange-traded contracts.

At inception, the Company designates whether or not the derivative instrument is an effective hedge of an asset, liability or 
firm commitment which is then classified as either a cash flow hedge or a fair value hedge. If determined to be an effective cash flow 
hedge,  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the  derivative  instrument  are  recorded  as  a  component  of  AOCI  until  realized.  The  Company 
includes the impact from these hedges in the same line item as the hedged item on the consolidated statements of cash flows. Changes 
in fair value of effective fair value hedges are recorded in earnings as an offset to the changes in the fair value of the related hedged 
item. Hedge ineffectiveness, if any, is immediately recognized in earnings. Changes in the fair values of derivative instruments that are 
not an effective hedge are recognized in earnings. When it is probable that a hedged forecasted transaction will not occur, the Company 
discontinues  hedge  accounting  for  the  affected  portion  of  the  forecasted  transaction  and  reclassifies  gains  or  losses  that  were 
accumulated in AOCI to earnings for foreign exchange derivatives and interest expense for interest rate derivatives on the consolidated 
statements of income. Cash flows are classified consistent with the underlying hedged item. The Company has entered, and may in the 
future  enter,  into  derivative  contracts  (caps,  swaps,  forwards,  calls  or  puts,  warrants,  for  example)  related  to  its  debt  and  forecasted 
foreign currency transactions. The Company does not enter into derivative instruments for investment or speculative purposes.

The Company designates its cross-currency swaps and a portion of its foreign currency denominated debt as a hedge of its net 
investment in certain foreign subsidiaries to reduce the volatility in stockholders’ equity caused by changes in the Euro exchange rate 
with respect  to the United  States dollar. Foreign exchange gains  or losses on the remeasurement of the debt designated as part of a 
hedge of net investments is recognized in the cumulative translation adjustment component of AOCI with the related offset in long-
term debt. Those amounts would be reclassified from AOCI to earnings upon the sale or substantial liquidation of the net investments. 
The change in fair value of the cross-currency swaps are also recognized in the cumulative translation adjustment component of AOCI 
and  would  be  reclassified  from  AOCI  to  earnings  upon  the  sale  or  substantial  liquidation  of  the  net  investments.  The  interest  rate 
component of the cross-currency swaps is excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness and, thus, is recognized as a reduction 
to interest expense over the life of the cross-currency swaps. 

Business Combinations and Goodwill

The  Company  uses  the  acquisition  method  to  account  for  business  combinations,  and  accordingly,  the  identifiable  assets 
acquired, the liabilities assumed and any non-controlling interest in the acquiree are recorded at their estimated fair values on the date 
of  the  acquisition.  The  Company  uses  significant  judgments,  estimates  and  assumptions  in  determining  the  estimated  fair  value  of 
assets acquired, liabilities assumed and non-controlling interests including expected future cash flows, and discount rates that reflect 
the risk associated with the expected future cash flows and estimated useful lives.

The Company records and allocates to its reporting units the excess of the cost over the fair value of the net assets acquired, 
known as goodwill. On an annual basis, and if a triggering event occurs, the Company performs a qualitative analysis to determine 
whether  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  estimated  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  is  less  than  its  carrying  amount.  This  includes  a 
qualitative analysis of macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, financial performance, fair value 
history and other company specific events. If this qualitative analysis indicates that it is more likely than not that the estimated fair 
value is less than the carrying value for the respective reporting unit, the Company would then need to calculate the fair value of the 
reporting unit. The Company may also choose to bypass the qualitative assessment for any or all reporting units and proceed directly to 
a  quantitative  assessment,  which  involves  estimating  the  fair  value  of  the  Company's  reporting  units  and  comparing  to  the  carrying 
value of the reporting units. If the reporting unit calculated fair value is less than the carrying amount, the Company would record an 
impairment charge for the difference, with the impairment charge not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. 

The Company reviews the carrying values of other identifiable definite-lived intangible assets if the facts and circumstances 

indicate a possible impairment.

77

Long-Lived Assets 

Property and equipment are stated at cost and are depreciated using the straight-line method over the shorter of the asset’s 

estimated useful life or the lease term, if related to leased property, as follows:

Buildings and leasehold improvements

Equipment

Furniture and fixtures

Transportation equipment

3 - 40 years

3 - 10 years

5 - 10 years

3 - 20 years

Definite-lived other identifiable intangible assets are amortized primarily using an accelerated method that reflects the pattern 

in which the Company expects to benefit from the use of the asset over its estimated remaining useful life as follows:

Client relationships and backlog

Software and related assets

Trademarks, trade names and other

Databases

Non-compete agreements

1 - 25 years

1 - 10 years

1 - 17 years

1 - 9 years

2 - 5 years

Included  in  software  and  related  assets  is  the  capitalized  cost  of  internal-use  software  used  in  supporting  the  Company’s 
business. Qualifying costs incurred during the application development stage are capitalized and amortized over their estimated useful 
lives. Costs are capitalized from completion of the preliminary project stage and when it is considered probable that the software will be 
used to perform its intended function, up until the time the software is placed into service. The Company recognized $475 million, $419 
million  and  $211  million  of  amortization  expense  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2023,  2022  and  2021,  respectively,  related  to 
software and related assets.

The carrying values of property, equipment and intangible and other long-lived assets are reviewed for recoverability at the 
asset grouping level to determine if the facts and circumstances suggest that a potential impairment may have occurred. If this review 
indicates that carrying values will not be recoverable, as determined based on undiscounted cash flow projections, the Company will 
record  an  impairment  charge  to  reduce  carrying  values  to  estimated  fair  value.  There  were no  impairments  recognized  in  the  years 
ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021.

Revenue Recognition

The Company’s arrangements are primarily service contracts that range in duration from a few months to several years. The 
Company recognizes revenues when control of these services is transferred to the customer for an amount, referred to as the transaction 
price,  that  reflects  the  consideration  to  which  the  Company  is  expected  to  be  entitled  in  exchange  for  those  goods  or  services.  The 
Company  determines  revenue  recognition  utilizing  the  following  five  steps:  (1)  identification  of  the  contract  with  a  customer,  (2) 
identification  of  the  performance  obligations  in  the  contract  (promised  goods  or  services  that  are  distinct),  (3)  determination  of  the 
transaction price, (4) allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations, and (5) recognition of revenues when, or as, the 
Company transfers control of the product or service for each performance obligation. Cash payments made to customers as incentives 
to induce customers to enter into service agreements with the Company are amortized as a reduction of revenues over the period the 
services are performed. The Company records revenues net of any tax assessments by governmental authorities, such as value added 
taxes, that are imposed on and concurrent with specific revenues generating transactions.

78

The  Company  derives  the  majority  of  its  revenues  in  the  Technology  &  Analytics  Solutions  segment  from  various 
information and technology service offerings. Information offerings (primarily under fixed-price contracts) typically include multiple 
performance obligations including an ongoing subscription-based deliverable for which revenues are recognized ratably as earned over 
the contract period, and/or a one-time deliverable of data offerings for which revenues are recognized upon delivery. The customer is 
able  to  benefit  from  the  provision  of  data  as  it  is  received.  The  Company’s  subscription  arrangements  typically  have  terms  ranging 
from one to three years and are generally non-cancelable and do not contain refund-type provisions. Technology services offerings may 
contain  multiple  performance  obligations  consisting  of  a  mix  of  small  and  large-scale  services  and  consulting  projects,  multi-year 
outsourcing  contracts  and  Software-as-a-Service  (“SaaS”)  arrangements.  These  arrangements  typically  have  terms  ranging  from 
several  weeks  to  three  years,  with  a  majority  having  terms  of  one  year  or  less.  For  arrangements  that  include  multiple  performance 
obligations, the transaction price is allocated to the identified performance obligations based on their relative standalone selling prices. 
For  these  contracts,  the  standalone  selling  prices  are  based  on  the  Company’s  normal  pricing  practices  when  sold  separately  with 
consideration of market conditions and other factors, including customer demographics and geographic location. Revenues for services 
engagements  where  the  transfer  of  control  occurs  ratably  over  time  are  recognized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  term  of  the 
arrangement. Revenues from time and material contracts are recognized based on hours as the services are provided. Revenues from 
fixed price ad hoc services and consulting contracts are recognized over the contract term based on the ratio of the number of hours 
incurred  for  services  provided  during  the  period  compared  to  the  total  estimated  hours  to  be  incurred  over  the  entire  arrangement 
(hours-based). Technology services offerings meet the over time criterion, as another party would not need to substantially re-perform 
the work already completed to satisfy the remaining obligations if the services were migrated.

The  majority  of  the  Company’s  contracts  within  the  Research  &  Development  Solutions  segment  are  service  contracts  for 
clinical research that represent a single performance obligation. The Company provides a significant integration service resulting in a 
combined output, which is clinical trial data that meets the relevant regulatory standards and can be used by the customer to progress to 
the  next  phase  of  a  clinical  trial  or  solicit  approval  of  a  treatment  by  the  applicable  regulatory  body.  The  performance  obligation  is 
satisfied over time as the output is captured in data and documentation that is available for the customer to consume over the course of 
the  arrangement  and  furthers  progress  of  the  clinical  trial.  The  Company  recognizes  revenues  over  time  using  a  cost-based  input 
method  since  there  is  no  single  output  measure  that  would  fairly  depict  the  transfer  of  control  over  the  life  of  the  performance 
obligation. Progress on the performance obligation is measured by the proportion of actual costs incurred to the total costs expected to 
complete  the  contract.  Costs  included  in  the  measure  of  progress  include  direct  labor  and  third-party  costs  (such  as  payments  to 
investigators  and  other  reimbursed  expenses  for  the  Company’s  clinical  monitors).  This  cost-based  method  of  revenue  recognition 
requires  the  Company  to  make  estimates  of  costs  to  complete  its  projects  on  an  ongoing  basis.  Significant  judgment  is  required  to 
evaluate assumptions related to these estimates. The effect of revisions to estimates related to the transaction price or costs to complete 
a project are recorded in the period in which the estimate is revised. Most contracts may be terminated upon 30 to 90 days' notice by 
the  customer;  however,  in  the  event  of  termination,  most  contracts  require  payment  for  services  rendered  through  the  date  of 
termination, as well as for subsequent services rendered to close out the contract. 

The majority of revenues in the Company's Contract Sales & Medical Solutions segment is from contract salesforce to the 
biopharmaceutical industry and broader healthcare market and recognized over time using a single measure of progress dependent on 
the  performance  obligation.  Some  of  the  Company's  Contract  Sales  &  Medical  Solutions  contracts  contain  multiple  performance 
obligations with distinct promises including recruiting, sales force automation and deployment of sales representatives. The Company 
utilizes  a  single  measure  of  progress  for  each  performance  obligation  to  recognize  revenues,  which  includes  deployment  of  sales 
representatives based on employee days worked; recruiting based on candidates recruited; sales force automation set-up based on hours 
worked;  and  sales  force  automation  hosting  and  maintenance  based  on  usage.  These  services  meet  the  over  time  criterion  as  the 
customer  consumes  the  benefit  as  activities  are  performed  and  another  party  would  not  need  to  substantially  re-perform  the  work 
already completed to satisfy the remaining obligations if the services were migrated to another party.

Variable Consideration

In some cases, contracts provide for variable consideration that is contingent upon the occurrence of uncertain future events, 
such  as  performance  incentives  (including  royalty  payments,  bonuses,  or  penalty  clauses  that  can  either  increase  or  decrease  the 
transaction  price).  Variable  consideration  is  estimated  at  the  expected  value  or  at  the  most  likely  amount  depending  on  the  type  of 
consideration.  Estimated  amounts  are  included  in  the  transaction  price  to  the  extent  it  is  probable  that  a  significant  reversal  of 
cumulative  revenues  recognized  will  not  occur  when  the  uncertainty  associated  with  the  variable  consideration  is  resolved.  The 
estimate of variable consideration and determination of whether to include estimated amounts in the transaction price are based largely 
on an assessment of the Company's anticipated performance and all information (historical, current and forecasted) that is reasonably 
available to the Company and reevaluated each reporting period.

79

Reimbursed Expenses

The Company includes reimbursed expenses in revenues and cost of revenues as the Company is primarily responsible for 
fulfilling the promise to provide the specified service, including the integration of the related services into a combined output to the 
customer,  which are inseparable from the integrated service. These costs include such items as payments to investigators and travel 
expenses for the Company’s clinical monitors and sales representatives, over which the Company has discretion in establishing prices. 
The Company controls the good or service and has inventory risk on contractually reimbursable expenses, as sometimes the Company 
is unable to obtain reimbursement from the customer for costs incurred.

Change Orders

Changes  in  the  scope  of  work  are  common,  especially  under  long-term  contracts,  and  generally  result  in  a  change  in 
transaction price. Change orders are evaluated on a contract-by-contract basis to determine if they should be accounted for as a new 
contract  or  as  part  of  the  existing  contract.  Generally,  services  from  change  orders  are  not  distinct  from  the  original  performance 
obligation. As a result, the effect that the contract modification has on the contract revenues, and measure of progress, is recognized as 
an adjustment to revenues when it occurs.

Cost of Revenues

Cost  of  revenues  include  (i)  compensation  and  benefits  for  billable  employees  and  personnel  involved  in  production,  data 
management and delivery, and the costs of acquiring and processing data for the Company’s information offerings; (ii) costs of staff 
directly involved with delivering technology-related services offerings and engagements, and the costs of data purchased specifically 
for  technology  services  engagements;  (iii)  reimbursed  expenses  that  are  comprised  principally  of  payments  to  investigators  who 
oversee  clinical  trials  and  travel  expenses  for  the  Company’s  clinical  monitors  and  sales  representatives;  and  (iv)  other  expenses 
directly related to service contracts such as courier fees, laboratory supplies, professional services and travel expenses.

Trade Receivables, Unbilled Services and Unearned Income

In  general,  billings  and  payments  are  established  by  contractual  provisions  including  predetermined  payment  schedules, 
which may or may not correspond to the timing of the transfer of control of the Company’s services under the contract. In general, the 
Company’s intention in its invoicing (payment terms) is to maintain cash neutrality over the life of the contract. Generally, the payment 
terms are 30 to 90 days based on contracts. Upfront payments, when they occur, are intended to cover certain expenses the Company 
incurs at the beginning of the contract. Neither the Company nor its customers view such upfront payments and contracted payment 
schedules as a means of financing. Unbilled services primarily arise from long-term contracts when a cost-based or hours-based input 
method of revenue recognition is utilized and revenues recognized exceeds the amount billed to the customer.

Unearned income consists of advance payments and billings in excess of revenues recognized. As the contracted services are 
subsequently  performed  and  the  associated  revenues  are  recognized,  the  unearned  income  balance  is  reduced  by  the  amount  of  the 
revenue recognized during the  period. Unearned income is classified as a current liability on our consolidated balance sheets as the 
Company expects to recognize the associated revenues in less than one year.

Restructuring Costs

Restructuring  costs,  which  primarily  include  termination  benefits,  are  recorded  at  estimated  value.  Key  assumptions  in 
determining the restructuring costs include the terms and payments that may be negotiated to terminate certain contractual obligations 
and the timing of employees leaving the Company.

Debt Fees

Fees incurred to issue debt are generally deferred and amortized as a component of interest expense over the estimated term 

of the related debt using the effective interest rate method.

80

Contingencies

The Company records accruals for claims, suits, investigations and proceedings when it is probable that a liability has been 
incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company reviews claims, suits, investigations and proceedings at 
least quarterly and records or adjusts accruals related to such matters to reflect the impact and status of any settlements, rulings, advice 
of counsel or other information pertinent to a particular matter. Legal costs associated with contingencies are charged to expense as 
incurred.

The Company is party to legal proceedings incidental to its business. While the outcome of these matters could differ from 
management’s expectations, the Company does not believe the resolution of these matters will have a material adverse effect to the 
Company’s financial statements. See Note 12 for additional information. 

Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes includes federal, state, local and foreign taxes. Income taxes are accounted for under the asset 
and  liability  method.  Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  for  the  estimated  future  tax  consequences  of  temporary 
differences  between  the  financial  statement  carrying  amounts  and  their  respective  tax  bases.  Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are 
measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the year in which the temporary differences are expected to be 
recovered or settled. The Company records U.S. deferred taxes based on the Federal corporate income tax rate of 21%. The Company 
accounts for tax related to Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (“GILTI”) as a period cost when incurred. Recognition of deferred 
income tax assets is based on management’s belief that it is more likely than not that the income tax benefit associated with certain 
temporary differences, income tax operating loss, capital loss carryforwards, and income tax credits, will be realized. The Company 
records a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred income tax assets for those deferred income tax items for which it was more likely 
than  not  that  realization  would  not  occur.  The  Company  determines  the  amount  of  the  valuation  allowance  based,  in  part,  on  the 
Company’s assessment of future taxable income and in light of the Company’s ongoing income tax strategies. If the estimate of future 
taxable income or tax strategies changes at any time in the future, the Company would record an adjustment to its valuation allowance. 
Recording such an adjustment could have a material effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

Income tax expense is based on the distribution of profit before income tax among the various taxing jurisdictions in which 
the Company operates, adjusted as required by the income tax laws of each taxing jurisdiction. Changes in the distribution of profits 
and losses among taxing jurisdictions may have a significant impact on the Company's effective income tax rate. The Company does 
not consider the undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries to be indefinitely reinvested outside of the United States.

Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits

The Company provides retirement benefits to certain employees, including defined benefit pension plans. The determination 
of benefit obligations and expense is based on actuarial models. In order to measure benefit costs and obligations using these models, 
assumptions are made with regard to the discount rate, expected return on plan assets, cash balance crediting rate, lump sum conversion 
rate and the assumed rate of compensation increases.

Stock-based Compensation

The  Company  accounts  for  stock-based  compensation  for  stock  options  and  stock  appreciation  rights  under  the  fair  value 
method and uses the Black-Scholes-Merton model to estimate the value of such stock-based awards granted to its employees and non-
executive directors. Expected volatility is based on an analysis that incorporates the historical volatility of the Company's stock since 
the  Merger  in  October  2016  and  reported  data  for  selected  reasonably  similar  publicly  traded  companies  for  which  the  historical 
information is available. The Company does not currently anticipate paying dividends. The expected term represents the period of time 
the grants are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free interest rate is based on the United States Treasury yield curve in effect at the 
time of the grant.

The Company values its stock-based compensation for restricted stock awards and restricted stock units based on the closing 
market  price  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  on  the  date  of  grant.  The  Company  accounts  for  its  stock-based  compensation  for 
performance  awards  related  to  compound  annual  earnings  per  share  (“EPS”)  growth  based  on  the  closing  market  price  of  the 
Company’s common stock on the date of grant, and for performance awards related to relative total shareholder return (“TSR”) based 
on a Monte Carlo simulation model.

81

Leases

The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception and reassesses if there are changes in terms and conditions 
of  the  contract.  Operating  leases  are  included  in  operating  lease  right-of-use  (“ROU”)  assets,  other  current  liabilities,  and  operating 
lease liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets. Finance leases are included in deposits and other assets, net, other current liabilities, 
and  other  liabilities  on  the  Company's  consolidated  balance  sheets.  Lease  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  based  on  the  present 
value  of  the  future  minimum  lease  payments  over  the  lease  term  at  commencement  date.  As  most  of  the  Company’s  leases  do  not 
provide an implicit rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in 
determining the present value of future payments. Lease assets also include any lease payments made before lease commencement and 
initial  direct  costs  and  excludes  lease  incentives.  In  determining  the  lease  term  at  lease  commencement,  the  Company  includes  the 
noncancellable  term  and  the  periods,  which  the  Company  deems  it  is  reasonably  certain  to  exercise  or  not  to  exercise  a  renewal  or 
cancellation option. Operating lease expense for minimum lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 
Finance  lease  expense  is  recognized  as  a  combination  of  depreciation  expense  for  the  leased  asset  and  interest  expense  for  the 
outstanding lease liabilities using the discount rate discussed above.

The  Company  has  lease  agreements  with  lease  and  non-lease  components  that  the  Company  has  elected  to  account  for  as 

single lease components.

Earnings Per Share

The  calculation  of  earnings  per  share  is  based  on  the  weighted  average  number  of  common  shares  or  common  stock 
equivalents outstanding during the applicable period. The dilutive effect of common stock equivalents is excluded from basic earnings 
per  share  and  is  included  in  the  calculation  of  diluted  earnings  per  share.  Potentially  dilutive  securities  include  outstanding  stock 
options  and  unvested  restricted  stock  units,  restricted  stock,  performance  awards  and  other  stock-based  awards.  Diluted  shares 
outstanding are calculated based on the average share price for each fiscal period using the treasury stock method. Under the treasury 
stock method, the amount the employee must pay for exercising stock options, and the amount of compensation cost for future service 
that the Company has not yet recognized are assumed to be used to repurchase shares.

Investments in Unconsolidated Affiliates

The Company’s investments in unconsolidated affiliates are accounted for under the equity method if the Company exercises 
significant influence or has an investment in a limited partnership that is considered to be greater than minor. These investments are 
classified as investments in unconsolidated affiliates on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Company records its pro 
rata  share  of  the  earnings,  adjusted  for  accretion  of  basis  difference,  of  these  investments  in  equity  in  (losses)  earnings  of 
unconsolidated  affiliates  on  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  income.  The  Company  reviews  its  investments  in 
unconsolidated affiliates for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be 
recoverable.

Treasury Stock

The Company records treasury stock purchases under the cost method. Upon reissuance of treasury stock, amounts in excess 
of  the  acquisition  cost  are  credited  to  additional  paid-in  capital.  If  the  Company  reissues  treasury  stock  at  an  amount  below  its 
acquisition cost and additional paid-in capital associated with prior treasury stock transactions is insufficient to cover the difference 
between the acquisition cost and the reissue price, this shortfall is recorded in retained earnings.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

Accounting pronouncements recently adopted

In  September  2022,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  ("FASB")  issued  new  accounting  guidance,  Accounting 
Standards Update ("ASU") 2022-04, Liabilities - Supplier Finance Programs, to enhance the transparency of supplier finance programs. 
The  amendments  in  this  ASU  address  investor  and  other  financial  statement  user  requests  for  additional  information  about  the  use  of 
supplier finance programs by the buyer party to understand the effect of those programs on a Company's working capital, liquidity, and 
cash  flows.  The  Company  adopted  this  new  accounting  guidance  effective  January  1,  2023.  The  adoption  of  this  new  accounting 
guidance did not have a material effect on the Company's disclosures within the consolidated financial statements.

82

Accounting pronouncements issued but not adopted as of December 31, 2023 

In  November  2023,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2023-07,  Segment  Reporting  (Topic  280):  Improvements  to  Reportable  Segment 
Disclosures,  to  improve  reportable  segment  disclosure  requirements.  The  new  guidance  requires  disclosure  of  significant  segment 
expenses that are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker and included in the reported measure of segment profit or loss. 
It does not change the definition of a segment or the guidance for determining reportable segments. The new guidance will be effective 
for the Company in the annual period beginning January 1, 2024 and in 2025 for interim periods. The Company is assessing the impacts 
of this ASU on its disclosures within the consolidated financial statements. 

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures, to 
enhance the transparency and decision usefulness of income tax disclosures. The amendments in this ASU require additional disclosures 
about income taxes, primarily focused on the disclosure of income taxes paid and the rate reconciliation table. The new guidance will be 
effective for the Company in the annual period beginning January 1, 2025. The Company is assessing the impacts of this ASU on its 
disclosures within the consolidated financial statements.

2. Revenues by Geography, Concentration of Credit Risk and Remaining Performance Obligations

The Company attributes revenues to geographical region based upon where the services are performed. The following tables 

represent revenues by geographical region and reportable segment for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021:

(in millions)

Revenues:

Americas

Europe and Africa

Asia-Pacific

Total revenues

(in millions)
Revenues:

Americas

Europe and Africa

Asia-Pacific

Total revenues

(in millions)
Revenues:

Americas

Europe and Africa

Asia-Pacific

Total revenues

December 31, 2023

Technology & 
Analytics 
Solutions

Research & 
Development 
Solutions

Contract Sales 
& Medical 
Solutions

Total

$ 

$ 

3,091  $ 

4,157  $ 

304  $ 

2,156 

615 

2,103 

2,135 

200 

223 

7,552 

4,459 

2,973 

5,862  $ 

8,395  $ 

727  $ 

14,984 

December 31, 2022

Technology & 
Analytics 
Solutions

Research & 
Development 
Solutions

Contract Sales 
& Medical 
Solutions

Total

$ 

$ 

2,947  $ 

3,747  $ 

354  $ 

2,175 

624 

2,016 

2,158 

175 

214 

7,048 

4,366 

2,996 

5,746  $ 

7,921  $ 

743  $ 

14,410 

December 31, 2021

Technology & 
Analytics 
Solutions

Research & 
Development 
Solutions

Contract Sales 
& Medical 
Solutions

Total

2,610  $ 

3,887  $ 

351  $ 

2,282 

642 

1,899 

1,770 

176 

257 

6,848 

4,357 

2,669 

5,534  $ 

7,556  $ 

784  $ 

13,874 

$ 

$ 

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
When attributing revenues to individual countries based upon where the services are performed, no individual country, except 
for  the  United  States,  accounted  for 10%  or  more  of  total  revenues  for  the  years  ended December  31,  2023  and  2022.  For  the  year 
ended  December  31,  2023,  revenues  in  the  United  States  accounted  for  approximately  45%  of  total  revenues  using  this  revenue 
attribution approach. For the year ended December 31, 2022, revenues in the United States accounted for approximately 42% of total 
revenues using this revenue attribution approach. For the year ended December 31, 2021, revenues in the United States and the United 
Kingdom accounted for approximately 42% and 11% of total revenues, respectively, using this revenue attribution approach.

No individual customer represented 10% or more of total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021.

Transaction Price Allocated to the Remaining Performance Obligations

As  of  December  31,  2023,  approximately  $31.7  billion  of  revenues  are  expected  to  be  recognized  in  the  future  from 
remaining  performance  obligations.  The  Company  expects  to  recognize  revenues  on  approximately  30%  of  these  remaining 
performance  obligations  over  the  next  twelve  months,  on  approximately  85%  over  the  next  five  years,  with  the  balance  recognized 
thereafter. Most of the Company's remaining performance obligations where revenues are expected to be recognized beyond the next 
twelve  months  are  for  service  contracts  for  clinical  research  in  the  Company's  Research  &  Development  Solutions  segment.  The 
customer contract transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligations differs from backlog in that it does not include 
wholly unperformed contracts under which the customer has a unilateral right to cancel the arrangement. 

3. Trade Accounts Receivable, Unbilled Services and Unearned Income

Trade accounts receivables and unbilled services consist of the following:

(in millions)

Trade accounts receivable

Unbilled services

Trade accounts receivable and unbilled services

Allowance for doubtful accounts

Trade accounts receivable and unbilled services, net

Unbilled services and unearned income were as follows:

(in millions)

Unbilled services

Unearned income

Net balance

December 31,

2023

2022

$ 

1,473  $ 

1,942 

3,415 

(34) 

$ 

3,381  $ 

1,329 

1,624 

2,953 

(36) 

2,917 

December 31,

2023

2022

Change

$ 

$ 

1,942 

$ 

1,624 

$ 

(1,799) 

(1,797) 

143 

$ 

(173)  $ 

318 

(2) 

316 

Unbilled services, which is comprised of approximately 68% and 61% of unbilled receivables and 32% and 39% of contract 
assets as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively, increased by $318 million as compared to December 31, 2022. 
Contract assets are unbilled services for which invoicing is based on the timing of certain milestones related to service contracts for 
clinical research whereas unbilled receivables are billable upon the passage of time. Unearned income increased by $2 million over the 
same  period  resulting  in  an  increase  of  $316  million  in  the  net  balance  of  unbilled  services  and  unearned  income  between 
December 31, 2023 and 2022. The change in the net balance is driven by the difference in timing of revenue recognition in accordance 
with  ASC  606,  Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers,  primarily  related  to  the  Company’s  Research  &  Development  Solutions 
contracts (which is based on the percentage of costs incurred) versus the timing of invoicing, which is based on certain milestones.

The  majority  of  the  unearned  income  balance  as  of  the  beginning  of  the  year  was  recognized  in  revenues  during  the  year 

ended December 31, 2023.

Bad  debt  expense  recognized  on  the  Company’s  receivables  and  unbilled  services  was  immaterial  for  the  years  ended 

December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021.

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts Receivable Factoring Arrangements

The Company has accounts receivable factoring agreements to sell certain eligible unsecured trade accounts receivable, either 
based on automatic arrangements or at its option, without recourse, to unrelated third-party financial institutions for cash. For the year 
ended  December  31,  2023,  through  its  accounts  receivable  factoring  arrangements  that  the  Company  utilizes  most  frequently,  the 
Company factored approximately $699 million of customer invoices on a non-recourse basis and received approximately $686 million 
in  cash  proceeds  from  the  sales.  For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022,  through  these  same  accounts  receivable  factoring 
arrangements,  the  Company  factored  approximately  $608  million  of  customer  invoices  on  a  non-recourse  basis  and  received 
approximately  $600  million  in  cash  proceeds  from  the  sales.  The  fees  associated  with  these  transactions  were  immaterial.  The 
Company has other accounts receivable arrangements for which the activity associated with them is immaterial. 

4. Investments

Debt, Equity and Other Securities

Current

The Company’s short-term investments in debt, equity and other securities consist primarily of trading investments in mutual 
funds  and  are  measured  at  fair  value  with  realized  and  unrealized  gains  and  losses  recorded  in  other  (income)  expense,  net  on  the 
accompanying consolidated statements of income.

Long-term

The Company’s long-term debt and equity investments (except those accounted for under the equity method, those that result 
in consolidation of the investee and certain other investments) are measured at fair value and any changes in fair value are recognized 
in net income at the end of each reporting period. For debt and equity investments that do not have readily determinable fair values and 
do not qualify for the existing practical expedient in ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement, to estimate fair value using the net asset value 
per  share  of  the  investment,  the  Company  applies  the  measurement  alternative  and  measures  those  investments  at  cost,  less  any 
impairment,  plus  or  minus  changes  resulting  from  observable  price  changes  in  orderly  transactions  for  the  identical  or  a  similar 
investment of the same issuer at each reporting period.

Unconsolidated Affiliates

The Company accounts for its investments in unconsolidated affiliates under the equity method of accounting and records its 
pro rata share of its losses or earnings from these investments in equity in (losses) earnings of unconsolidated affiliates. The following 
is a summary of the Company’s investments in unconsolidated affiliates:

(in millions)

NovaQuest Pharma Opportunities Fund V, L.P. (“NQ Fund V”)

NostraData Pty Ltd. (“NostraData”) 

NovaQuest Pharma Opportunities Fund IV, L.P. (“NQ Fund IV”)

NovaQuest Private Equity Fund I, L.P. (“NQ PE Fund I”)

Longwood Fund V, L.P. ("Longwood")

RxWare (formerly "Helparound")

NovaQuest Pharma Opportunities Fund III, L.P. (“NQ Fund III”)

Other

December 31,

2023

2022

$ 

35  $ 

18 

6 

10 

7 

2 

1 

55 

$ 

134  $ 

29 

18 

8 

8 

6 

2 

1 

22 

94 

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Variable Interest Entities

As of December 31, 2023, the Company’s investments in unconsolidated variable interest entities (“VIEs”) and its estimated 

maximum exposure to loss were as follows:

(in millions)

NQ Fund V

Longwood

NQ PE Fund I

NQ Fund IV

NQ Fund III

Other

5. Derivatives

Investments in 
Unconsolidated 
VIEs

Maximum 
Exposure to 
Loss

$ 

35  $ 

7 

10 

6 

1 

48

$ 

107  $ 

44 

10 

11 

7 

6 

293

371 

Interest Rate Risk Management

The  Company  has  entered  into  interest  rate  swaps  for  purposes  of  managing  its  exposure  to  interest  rate  fluctuations.  The 

Company does not enter into interest rate swaps for investment or speculative purposes.

On July 19, 2018, the Company entered into forward starting interest rate swaps with a total notional value of $500 million in 
an effort to limit its exposure to changes in the variable interest rate on its Senior Secured Credit Facilities (see Note 10 for additional 
information). Interest on the swaps began accruing on June 28, 2019 and the swaps expire on June 28, 2024. The Company pays an 
average fixed rate of 2.75% and receives a variable rate of interest equal to the three-month Term SOFR on these swaps.

On March 27, 2020, the Company entered into an interest rate swap with a notional value of $1,000 million in an effort to 
limit  its  exposure  to  changes  in  the  variable  interest  rate  on  its  Senior  Secured  Credit  Facilities  (see  Note  10  for  additional 
information). Interest on the swap began accruing on March 31, 2020 and the swap expired on March 31, 2023. The Company paid a 
fixed rate of 0.56% and received a variable rate of interest equal to the one-month LIBOR on the swap.

On June 4, 2020, the Company entered into an interest rate swap with a notional value of $300 million in an effort to limit its 
exposure to changes in the variable interest rate on its Senior Secured Credit Facilities (see Note 10 for additional information). Interest 
on the swap began accruing on June 30, 2020 and the swap expires on June 28, 2024. The Company pays a fixed rate of 0.32% and 
receives a variable rate of interest equal to the three-month Term SOFR on the swap.

On January 3, 2023, the Company entered into interest rate swaps with a combined notional value of $1,000 million in an 
effort to limit its exposure to changes in the variable interest rate on its Senior Secured Credit Facilities (see Note 10 for additional 
information). Interest on the swaps began accruing on December 30, 2022 and the swaps expire on December 31, 2025. The Company 
pays a fixed rate of 4.10% and receives a variable rate of interest equal to one-month Term SOFR on the swaps.

On November 17, 2023, the Company entered into interest rate swaps with a combined notional value of $1,500 million in an 
effort to limit its exposure to changes in the variable interest rate on its Senior Secured Credit Facilities (see Note 10 for additional 
information). Interest on the swaps began accruing on November 28, 2023 and the swaps expire on January 2, 2031. The Company 
pays a fixed rate of 6.11% and receives a variable rate of interest equal to three-month Term SOFR plus 2.00% on the swaps.

The  critical  terms  of  the  interest  rate  swaps  noted  above  are  substantially  the  same  as  the  underlying  borrowings.  These 
interest  rate  swaps  are  accounted  for  as  cash  flow  hedges  as  these  transactions  were  executed  to  hedge  the  Company's  interest 
payments and for accounting purposes are considered highly effective. As such, changes in the fair value of the interest rate swaps are 
recorded as unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives included in AOCI.

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  fair  value  of  these  interest  rate  swaps  represents  the  present  value  of  the  anticipated  net  payments  the  Company  will 
make to the counterparty, which, when they occur, are reflected as interest expense on the consolidated statements of income. These 
interest rate swaps result in a total debt mix of approximately 84% fixed rate debt and 16% variable rate debt.

Foreign Exchange Risk Management

The  Company  transacts  business  in  more  than  100  countries  and  is  subject  to  risks  associated  with  fluctuating  foreign 
exchange rates. Accordingly, the Company enters into foreign currency forward contracts to hedge certain forecasted foreign exchange 
cash  flows  arising  from  service  contracts  (“Service  Contract  Hedging”).  It  is  the  Company’s  policy  to  enter  into  foreign  currency 
forward  contracts  only  to  the  extent  necessary  to  reduce  earnings  and  cash  flow  volatility  associated  with  foreign  exchange  rate 
movements. The Company does not enter into foreign currency forward contracts for investment or speculative purposes. The principal 
currency hedged in 2023 was the British Pound.

Service Contract Hedging contracts are designated as cash flow hedges and are carried at fair value, with changes in the fair 
value recorded to AOCI. The change in fair value is reclassified from AOCI to earnings in the period in which the hedged transaction 
occurs. These contracts have various expiration dates through September 2024.

As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company had open Service Contract Hedging contracts to hedge certain forecasted 
foreign  currency  cash  flow  transactions  occurring  in 2024  and  2023  with  notional  amounts  totaling  $121  million  and  $122  million, 
respectively. For accounting purposes these hedges are considered highly effective. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company 
had recorded gross unrealized gains (losses) of $2 million and $— million, and $2 million and $(2) million, respectively, related to 
these contracts. Upon expiration of the hedge instruments in 2023, the Company reclassified the unrealized holding gains and losses on 
the derivative instruments included in AOCI into earnings. The unrealized gains (losses) are included in other current assets and other 
current liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.

Net Investment Risk Management, Euro Denominated Notes

As of December 31, 2023, the portion of the Company's foreign currency denominated debt balance that was designated as a 
hedge  of  its  net  investment  in  certain  foreign  subsidiaries  totaled  approximately  €2,449  million  ($2,703  million).  The  amount  of 
foreign exchange (losses) gains related to this net investment hedge included in the cumulative translation adjustment component of 
AOCI was $(102) million, $332 million, and $475 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Net Investment Risk Management, Cross-Currency Swaps

On  November  15,  2023,  in  connection  with  the  issuance  of  the  2029  Senior  Secured  Notes  (see  Note  10  for  additional 
information), the Company entered into cross-currency swaps with a combined notional value of $1,250 million to effectively convert 
$1,250 million of the 2029 Senior Secured Notes into euro-denominated borrowings at prevailing euro interest rates through February 
2029. The Company designated these agreements as a hedge of its net investment in certain foreign subsidiaries. These cross-currency 
swaps  expire  in  February  2029.  The  Company  will  receive  semiannual  interest  payments  on  February  1  and  August  1  from  the 
counterparties based on a fixed interest rate until maturity of these agreements. The effective net borrowing rate to the Company is 
approximately 4.8555%, inclusive of the yield on the notes and the beneficial impact of the cross-currency swaps.

On  November  17,  2023,  in  connection  with  the  allocation  of  the  Term  B-4  Dollar  Loans  (see  Note  10  for  additional 
information), the Company entered into cross-currency swaps with a combined notional value of $1,500 million to effectively convert 
$1,500 million of the Term B-4 Dollar Loans into euro-denominated borrowings at prevailing euro interest rates through January 2031. 
These  cross-currency  swaps  expire  in  January  2031.  The  Company  will  receive  quarterly  interest  payments  from  the  counterparties 
based on a fixed interest rate until maturity of these agreements. The effective net borrowing rate to the Company is approximately 
4.9015%, inclusive of the yield on the loans, the beneficial impact of the cross-currency swaps and of the interest rate swaps entered on 
November 17, 2023 as noted above.

The  Company  does  not  enter  into  cross-currency  swaps  for  investment  or  speculative  purposes.  For  the  year  ended 
December  31,  2023,  the  Company  recorded  a  loss  of  $108  million  within  AOCI  as  a  result  of  these  cross-currency  swaps.  The 
Company recognized approximately $3 million related to the excluded component as a reduction of interest expense for the year ended 
December 31, 2023.

87

The  fair  values  of  the  Company’s  derivative  instruments,  on  a  gross  basis,  and  the  line  items  on  the  accompanying 

consolidated balance sheets to which they were recorded are summarized in the following table:

(in millions)

Derivatives designated as 
hedging instruments:

Interest rate swaps

Balance Sheet 
Classification

Assets

Liabilities Notional

Assets

Liabilities Notional

December 31, 2023

December 31, 2022

Other current assets, other 
assets and other current 
liabilities

$ 

13  $ 

51  $ 

3,300  $ 

42  $ 

—  $ 

1,800 

Cross-currency swaps

Other current liabilities

Foreign exchange forward 
contracts

Other current assets and 
other current liabilities

— 

2 

Total derivatives

$ 

15  $ 

108 

— 

159 

2,750 

121 

— 

2 

$ 

44  $ 

— 

2 

2 

— 

122 

The  pre-tax  effect  of  the  Company’s  cash  flow  hedging  instruments  on  other  comprehensive  income  is  summarized  in  the 

following table:

(in millions)

Interest rate swaps

Foreign exchange forward contracts

Total

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

2023

$ 

$ 

(80)  $ 

2 

(78)  $ 

62  $ 

3 

65  $ 

35 

(8) 

27 

The  Company  expects  $48  million  of  pre-tax  unrealized  gains  related  to  its  foreign  exchange  contracts  and  interest  rate 
derivatives  included  in  AOCI  as  of  December  31,  2023  to  be  reclassified  into  earnings  within  the  next  twelve  months.  The  total 
amount, net of income taxes, of the cash flow hedge effect on the accompanying consolidated statements of income was $51 million, 
$(10) million, and $(12) million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

6. Fair Value Measurements

The Company records certain assets and liabilities at fair value. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to 
sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction 
between market participants at the measurement date. A three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair 
value  is  described  below.  This  hierarchy  requires  entities  to  maximize  the  use  of  observable  inputs  and  minimize  the  use  of 
unobservable inputs. The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value are as follows:

• 

• 

• 

Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2—Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets 
and liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not 
active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level  3—Unobservable  inputs  that  are  supported  by  little  or  no  market  activity.  This  includes  certain  pricing 
models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs.

The carrying values of cash, cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximated their fair values as of 
December  31,  2023  and  2022  due  to  their  short-term  nature.  As  of  December  31,  2023  and  2022,  the  fair  value  of  total  debt  was 
$13,597 million and $12,281 million, respectively, as determined under Level 2 measurements for these financial instruments.

88

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recurring Fair Value Measurements

The following table summarizes the fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that are measured and reported 

at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2023:

(in millions)

Assets:

Marketable securities

Derivatives

Total

Liabilities:

Derivatives

Contingent consideration

Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

146  $ 

— 

146  $ 

—  $ 

— 

—  $ 

—  $ 

15 

15  $ 

159  $ 

— 

159  $ 

—  $ 

— 

—  $ 

—  $ 

106 

106  $ 

146 

15 

161 

159 

106 

265 

The following table summarizes the fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that are measured and reported 

at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2022:

(in millions)

Assets:

Marketable securities

Derivatives

Total

Liabilities:

Derivatives

Contingent consideration

Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

122  $ 

— 

122  $ 

—  $ 

— 

—  $ 

—  $ 

44 

44  $ 

2  $ 

— 

2  $ 

—  $ 

— 

—  $ 

—  $ 

173 

173  $ 

122 

44 

166 

2 

173 

175 

Below is a summary of the valuation techniques used in determining fair value:

Marketable securities—The Company values trading and available-for-sale securities using the quoted market value of the 

securities held.

Derivatives—Derivatives consist of foreign exchange contracts, interest rate swaps, and cross-currency swaps. The fair value 
of foreign exchange contracts is based on observable market inputs of spot and forward rates or using other observable inputs. The fair 
value of the interest rate swaps is the estimated amount that the Company would receive or pay to terminate such agreements, taking 
into account market interest rates and the remaining time to maturities or using market inputs with mid-market pricing as a practical 
expedient for bid-ask spread. The fair value of the cross-currency swaps is the estimated amount that the Company would receive or 
pay  to  terminate  such  agreements,  taking  into  account  the  effective  interest  rates,  foreign  exchange  rates  and  the  remaining  time  to 
maturities.

Contingent consideration—The Company values contingent consideration related to business combinations using a weighted 
probability calculation of potential payment scenarios discounted at rates reflective of the risks associated with the expected future cash 
flows. Assumptions used to estimate the fair value of contingent consideration include various financial metrics (revenues performance 
targets  and  operating  forecasts)  and  the  probability  of  achieving  the  specific  targets.  Based  on  the  assessments  of  the  probability  of 
achieving  specific  targets,  as  of  December  31,  2023  the  Company  has  accrued  approximately  40%  of  the  maximum  contingent 
consideration payments that could potentially become payable.

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes the changes in Level 3 financial assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis for the 

year ended December 31:

(in millions)

Balance as of January 1

Business combinations

Contingent consideration paid

Revaluations included in earnings and foreign currency translation adjustments

Balance as of December 31

Contingent Consideration
2022

2021

2023

173  $ 

76  $ 

64 

(73) 

(58) 

134 

(22) 

(15) 

106  $ 

173  $ 

119 

39 

(39) 

(43) 

76 

$ 

$ 

The  current  portion  of  contingent  consideration  is  included  within  accrued  expenses  and  the  long-term  portion  is  included 
within other liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Revaluations of contingent consideration are recognized in 
other  (income)  expense,  net  on  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  income.  A  change  in  significant  unobservable  inputs 
could result in a higher or lower fair value measurement of contingent consideration.

Non-recurring Fair Value Measurements

Certain assets are carried on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at cost and are not remeasured to fair value on a 
recurring basis. As of December 31, 2023, assets carried on the balance sheet and not remeasured to fair value on a recurring basis 
totaled $19,619 million and were identified as Level 3. These assets are comprised of debt investments and cost and equity method 
investments of $213 million, goodwill of $14,567 million and other identifiable intangibles, net of $4,839 million.

Cost  and  Equity  Method  Investments  and  Debt  Investments—The  inputs  available  for  valuing  investments  in  non-public 
portfolio companies are generally not easily observable. The valuation of non-public investments requires judgment by the Company 
due to the absence of quoted market values, inherent lack of liquidity and the long-term nature of such assets. When a triggering event 
occurs,  the  Company  considers  a  wide  range  of  available  market  data  when  assessing  the  estimated  fair  value.  Such  market  data 
includes observations of the trading multiples of public companies considered comparable to the private companies being valued as 
well as publicly disclosed merger transactions involving comparable private companies. In addition, valuations are adjusted to account 
for company-specific issues, the lack of liquidity inherent in a non-public investment, and the fact that comparable public companies 
are not identical to the companies being valued. Such valuation adjustments are necessary because in the absence of a committed buyer 
and completion of due diligence similar to that performed in an actual negotiated sale process, there may be company-specific issues 
that are not fully known that may affect value. Further, a variety of additional factors are reviewed by the Company, including, but not 
limited to, financing and sales transactions with third parties, current operating performance and future expectations of the particular 
investment, changes in market outlook, and the third-party financing environment. Because of the inherent uncertainty of valuations, 
estimated valuations may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a ready market for the securities existed, 
and the differences could be material.

Goodwill—Goodwill represents the difference between the purchase price and the fair value of the identifiable tangible and 
intangible net assets resulting from business combinations. The recoverability of goodwill is evaluated annually for impairment, or if 
and  when  events  or  circumstances  indicate  a  possible  impairment.  For  the  year  ended December  31,  2023,  the  Company  elected  to 
perform  a  quantitative  impairment  assessment  for  each  of  the  Company's  reporting  units.  As  part  of  the  quantitative  impairment 
assessment, the Company compared the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value. The quantitative test requires significant 
judgments, estimates, and assumptions. The Company estimated the fair value of each reporting by weighting results of the income and 
market  approaches,  with  greater  weight  given  to  the  income  approach.  Significant  estimates  used  in  the  income  approach  include 
estimates of future revenues, EBITDA, cash flows, long-term growth rates, tax rates, and discount rates. The selected discount rates 
consider the risk and nature of the respective reporting unit’s cash flows, and the rates of return a market participant would expect to 
earn by investing in the Company's reporting units. The market approach uses information about the Company as well as other publicly 
traded  guideline  companies,  including  revenue  and  EBITDA-related  multiples  and  estimates  of  control  premiums.  See  Note  8  for 
additional information.

Other Identifiable Intangibles, Net—If a triggering event occurs, the Company determines the estimated fair value of definite-

lived intangible assets by determining the present value of the expected cash flows. See Note 8 for additional information.

90

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7. Property and Equipment

The major classes of property and equipment were as follows:

(in millions)

Land, buildings and leasehold improvements

Equipment

Transportation equipment

Furniture and fixtures

Property and equipment, gross

Less accumulated depreciation

Property and equipment, net

December 31,

2023

2022

$ 

376  $ 

803 

81 

66 

1,326 

(803) 

$ 

523  $ 

363 

852 

83 

74 

1,372 

(840) 

532 

Property and equipment depreciation expense was as follows:

(in millions)

Depreciation expense

8. Goodwill and Other Identifiable Intangible Assets 

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

2023

$ 

151  $ 

160  $ 

147 

As  of  December  31,  2023,  the  Company  has  approximately  $4,839  million  of  other  identifiable  intangible  assets. 

Amortization expense associated with other identifiable definite-lived intangible assets was as follows:

(in millions)

Amortization expense

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

2023

$ 

974  $ 

970  $ 

1,117 

Estimated amortization expense for existing other identifiable intangible assets is expected to be approximately $911 million, 
$803  million,  $665  million,  $519  million  and  $201  million  for  the  years  ending  December  31,  2024,  2025,  2026,  2027  and  2028, 
respectively. Estimated amortization expense can be affected by various factors such as future acquisitions, divestitures, abandonments 
or impairments.

The following is a summary of other identifiable intangible assets:

(in millions)

Definite-lived identifiable intangible assets:

Gross 
Amount

December 31, 2023
Accumulated 
Amortization Net Amount

Gross 
Amount

December 31, 2022
Accumulated 
Amortization Net Amount

Client relationships and backlog

$ 

5,688  $ 

(2,724)  $ 

2,964  $ 

5,339  $ 

(2,332)  $ 

Software and related assets

Trademarks, trade names and other

Databases

Non-compete agreements

3,629 

548 

1,837 

16 

(2,005) 

(320) 

(1,819) 

(11) 

1,624 

228 

18 

5 

3,106 

545 

1,817 

23 

(1,591) 

(278) 

(1,794) 

(15) 

3,007 

1,515 

267 

23 

8 

$ 

11,718  $ 

(6,879)  $ 

4,839  $ 

10,830  $ 

(6,010)  $ 

4,820 

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following is a summary of goodwill by reportable segment for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022:

(in millions)

Balance as of December 31, 2021

Business combinations

Impact of foreign currency fluctuations and other

Balance as of December 31, 2022

Business combinations

Impact of foreign currency fluctuations and other

Technology & 
Analytics 
Solutions

Research & 
Development 
Solutions

Contract Sales 
& Medical 
Solutions

Consolidated

$ 

11,337  $ 

1,802  $ 

162  $ 

554 

(371) 

11,520 

352 

104 

472 

(27) 

2,247 

181 

11 

— 

(8) 

154 

— 

(2) 

13,301 

1,026 

(406) 

13,921 

533 

113 

Balance as of December 31, 2023

$ 

11,976  $ 

2,439  $ 

152  $ 

14,567 

There were no goodwill impairment losses for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021.

9. Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following:

(in millions)

Client contract related

Compensation, including bonuses, fringe benefits and payroll taxes

Professional fees

Contingent consideration and deferred purchase price

Interest

Restructuring

Other

10. Credit Arrangements

December 31,

2023

2022

$ 

1,315  $ 

968 

112 

27 

66 

36 

331 

$ 

2,855  $ 

1,065 

980 

99 

90 

43 

26 

368 

2,671 

The following is a summary of the Company’s revolving credit facilities as of December 31, 2023:

Facility
$2,000 million (revolving credit facility)

$110 million (receivables financing facility)

Interest Rates

U.S. Dollar Term SOFR plus a margin of 1.25% plus a 10 basis credit spread 
adjustment as of December 31, 2023

U.S. Dollar Term SOFR plus a margin of 0.90% plus a 11 basis credit spread 
adjustment as of December 31, 2023

92

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes the Company’s debt at the dates indicated:

(dollars in millions)

Revolving Credit Facility due 2026:

December 31,

2023

2022

U.S. Dollar denominated borrowings—U.S. Dollar Term SOFR at average floating rates of 6.71%

$ 

100  $ 

425 

Senior Secured Credit Facilities:

Term A Loan due 2026—U.S. Dollar Term SOFR at average floating rates of 6.71%

Term A Loan due 2026—Euribor at average floating rates of 5.18%

Term A Loan due 2027—U.S. Dollar Term SOFR at average floating rates of 6.74%

Term B Loan due 2024—Euribor at average floating rates of —%

Term B Loan due 2025—U.S. Dollar Term SOFR at average floating rates of —%

Term B Loan due 2025—U.S. Dollar Term SOFR at average floating rates of —%

Term B Loan due 2025—Euribor at average floating rates of 5.93%

Term B Loan due 2031—U.S Dollar Term SOFR at average floating rates of 7.35%

5.700% Senior Secured Notes due 2028—U.S. Dollar denominated

6.250% Senior Secured Notes due 2029—U.S. Dollar denominated

5.0% Senior Notes due 2027—U.S. Dollar denominated

5.0% Senior Notes due 2026—U.S. Dollar denominated
6.500% Senior Notes due 2030—U.S. Dollar denominated

2.875% Senior Notes due 2025—Euro denominated

2.25% Senior Notes due 2028—Euro denominated

2.875% Senior Notes due 2028—Euro denominated

1.750% Senior Notes due 2026—Euro denominated

2.250% Senior Notes due 2029—Euro denominated

Receivables financing facility due 2024—U.S. Dollar Term SOFR at average floating rates of 6.36%

Revolving Loan Commitment

Term Loan

Principal amount of debt

Less: unamortized discount and debt issuance costs

Less: current portion

Long-term debt

Contractual maturities of long-term debt as of December 31, 2023 are as follows:

(in millions)

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

Thereafter

1,270 

306 

1,156 

— 

— 

— 

576 

1,500 

750 

1,250 

1,100 

1,050 

500 

464 

795 

785 

607 

993 

110 

440 

1,343 

314 

1,219 

1,172 

670 

860 

559 

— 

— 

— 

1,100 

1,050 

— 

450 

771 

761 

589 

964 

110 

440 

13,752 

12,797 

(79) 

(718) 

(50) 

(152) 

$ 

12,955  $ 

12,595 

$ 

718 

1,207 

3,231 

2,084 

2,345 

4,167 

$ 

13,752 

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior Secured Credit Facilities

2023 Financing Transactions

On  November  28,  2023,  the  Company  entered  into  an  amendment  (the  “Amendment”)  to  its  Fifth  Amended  and  Restated 
Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”), among IQVIA Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, the Company, IQVIA 
RDS Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, the other guarantors party thereto, Bank of America, N.A. as administrative 
agent and as collateral agent, and the Lenders (as defined therein) party thereto. Pursuant to the Amendment, the Company borrowed 
$1,500  million  in  incremental  Term  B-4  Dollar  Loans  (as  defined  in  the  Credit  Agreement)  due  January  2,  2031.  The  net  proceeds 
from  the  Term  B-4  Dollar  Loans  were  used  to  repay  certain  of  the  outstanding  term  loans  due  in  2024  and  in  2025  under  the 
Company’s senior secured credit facilities, and to pay fees and expenses related to the Amendment and the offering of 2029 Senior 
Secured Notes (as defined below). In connection with this Amendment, the Company recognized a $6 million loss on extinguishment 
of debt, which includes fees and expenses.

On April 17, 2023, the Company increased the capacity of the senior secured revolving credit facility by $500 million U.S. 
dollars, bringing the total capacity of the revolving credit facility to $2,000 million. At the same time, the Company also amended the 
benchmark  rate  of  the  U.S  dollar  revolving  credit  facility  and  the  U.S  dollar  Term  A  Loans  from  U.S  dollar  LIBOR  to  U.S.  dollar 
Secured Overnight Financing Rate term rates ("Term SOFR"), plus a 10 basis point Credit Spread Adjustment.

As of December 31, 2023, the Credit Agreement provided financing through several senior secured credit facilities of up to 
$6,808 million, which consisted of $4,908 million principal amounts of debt outstanding (as detailed in the table above), and $1,900 
million  of  available  borrowing  capacity  on  the  $2,000  million  revolving  credit  facility  and  standby  letters  of  credit.  The  revolving 
credit facility is comprised of a $1,175 million senior secured revolving facility available in U.S. dollars, a $600 million senior secured 
revolving  facility  available  in  U.S.  dollars,  Euros,  Swiss  Francs  and  other  foreign  currencies,  and  a  $225  million  senior  secured 
revolving facility available in U.S. dollars and Yen.

2022 Financing Transactions

On  June  16,  2022,  the  Company  entered  into  Amendment  No.  1  to  the  Credit  Agreement  to  borrow  $1,250  million  in 
additional  U.S.  Dollar  denominated  term  A  loans  due  2027  (the  “Additional  Term  A  Loans”).  The  Additional  Term  A  Loans  bear 
interest based at Term SOFR, plus a credit spread adjustment of 0.10% plus a margin ranging from 1.125% to 2.00%, with a Term 
SOFR floor of 0.00% per annum. The proceeds from the Additional Term A Loans were used to repay approximately $950 million of 
outstanding revolving credit loans under the Credit Agreement and for general corporate purposes.

On October 13, 2022, the Company elected to prepay $510 million, the entire outstanding balance, of its U.S. Dollar Term B 

Loan due 2024.

Senior Secured Notes

2023 Financing Transactions

On November 28, 2023, IQVIA Inc. (the “Issuer”), completed the issuance and sale of $1,250 million in gross proceeds of 
6.250% senior secured notes due 2029 (the “2029 Senior Secured Notes”). The 2029 Senior Secured Notes were issued pursuant to an 
Indenture, dated November 28, 2023, among the Issuer, U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as trustee of the 2029 Senior 
Secured Notes and as collateral agent, and the Company and certain subsidiaries of the Issuer as guarantors. The net proceeds from the 
2029  Senior  Secured  Notes  offering  were  used  to  repay  certain  of  the  outstanding  term  loans  under  the  Company’s  senior  secured 
credit  facilities  due  in  2024  and  in  2025,  and  to  pay  fees  and  expenses  related  to  the  2029  Senior  Secured  Notes  offering  and  the 
Amendment. 

The  2029  Senior  Secured  Notes  are  secured  obligations  of  the  Company,  will  mature  on  February  1,  2029,  unless  earlier 
repurchased or redeemed in accordance with their terms, and bear interest at the rate of 6.250% per year, with interest payable semi-
annually  on  February  1  and  August  1  of  each  year,  beginning  on  February  1,  2024.  The  Company  may  redeem  the  2029  Senior 
Secured Notes prior to January 1, 2029 subject to a customary make-whole premium, and thereafter subject to a redemption price equal 
to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest. 

94

On May 23, 2023, IQVIA Inc. (the “Issuer”) completed the issuance and sale of $750 million in gross proceeds of 5.700% 
senior  secured  notes  due  2028  (the  “2028  Senior  Secured  Notes”).  The  2028  Senior  Secured  Notes  were  issued  pursuant  to  an 
Indenture,  dated  May  23,  2023,  among  the  Issuer,  U.S.  Bank  Trust  Company,  National  Association,  as  trustee  of  the  2028  Senior 
Secured Notes and as collateral agent, and the Company and certain subsidiaries of the Issuer as guarantors. The net proceeds from the 
2028 Senior Secured Notes offering were used to repay existing borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit facility and to pay 
fees and expenses related to the 2028 Senior Secured Notes offering and offering of 2030 Senior Notes (as defined below).

The  2028  Senior  Secured  Notes  are  secured  obligations  of  the  Company,  will  mature  on  May  15,  2028,  unless  earlier 
repurchased or redeemed in accordance with their terms, and bear interest at the rate of 5.700% per year, with interest payable semi-
annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year, beginning on November 15, 2023. The Company may redeem the 2028 Senior 
Secured Notes prior to April 15, 2028 subject to a customary make-whole premium, and thereafter subject to a redemption price equal 
to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest.

Each  of  the  Company's  current  direct  and  indirect  material  U.S.  wholly  owned  restricted  subsidiaries  (excluding  IQVIA 
Solutions  Japan  LLC  and  IQVIA  Services  Japan  LLC)  and  IQVIA  Holdings  Inc.,  have  jointly  and  severally,  irrevocably  and 
unconditionally,  on  a  senior  secured  basis,  guaranteed  the  obligations  under  the  2028  Senior  Secured  Notes  and  the  2029  Senior 
Secured Notes.

The 2028 Senior Secured Notes and 2029 Senior Secured Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as 
amended  (the  “Securities  Act”),  or  the  securities  laws  of  any  other  jurisdiction.  In  January  2024,  the  Company  filed  a  registration 
statement with respect to an offer (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange the 2028 Senior Secured Notes for an equal amount of $750 
million  aggregate  principal  amount  of  5.700%  Senior  Secured  Notes  due  2028  registered  under  the  Securities  Act  (the  “2028 
Registered Notes”) and the 2029 Senior Secured Notes for an equal amount of $1,250 million aggregate principal amount of 6.250% 
Senior Secured Notes due 2029 registered under the Securities Act (the “2029 Registered Notes”). The Exchange Offer commenced on 
January 26, 2024 and will expire on February 23, 2024, unless the Company extends the offer. The terms of the 2028 Registered Notes 
and the 2029 Registered Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer are substantially identical in all material respects to the terms of the 
2028  Senior  Secured  Notes  and  2029  Senior  Secured  Notes,  respectively,  except  that  the  registered  notes  will  not  be  subject  to 
restrictions  on  transfer  or  to  any  increase  in  the  annual  interest  rate  for  failure  to  comply  with  the  applicable  registration  rights 
agreement.

2022 Financing Transactions

None

Senior Notes

2023 Financing Transactions

On May 23, 2023, IQVIA Inc. (the “Issuer”) completed the issuance and sale of $500 million in gross proceeds of 6.500% 
senior notes due 2030 (the “2030 Senior Notes”). The 2030 Senior Notes were issued pursuant to an Indenture, dated May 23, 2023, 
among the Issuer, U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as trustee of the 2030 Senior Notes, and certain subsidiaries of the 
Issuer  as  guarantors.  The  net  proceeds  from  the  2030  Senior  Notes  offering  were  used  to  repay  existing  borrowings  under  the 
Company’s revolving credit facility, and to pay fees and expenses related to the 2030 Senior Notes offering and 2028 Senior Secured 
Notes offering.

The 2030 Senior Notes are unsecured obligations of the Company, will mature on May 15, 2030, unless earlier repurchased 
or redeemed in accordance with their terms, and bear interest at the rate of 6.500% per year, with interest payable semi-annually on 
May 15 and November 15 of each year, beginning on November 15, 2023. The Company may redeem the 2030 Senior Notes prior to 
their final stated maturity, subject to a customary make-whole premium, at any time prior to May 15, 2026 (subject to a customary 
“equity claw” redemption right) and thereafter subject to a redemption premium declining from 3.250% to 0.000%.

2022 Financing Transactions

None

95

Receivables Financing Facility 

Under  the  receivables  financing  facility,  certain  of the  Company's  accounts  receivable  are  sold  on  a  non-recourse  basis  by 
certain  of  the  Company's  consolidated  subsidiaries  (each,  an  “Originator”)  to  another  of  the  Company's  consolidated  subsidiaries,  a 
bankruptcy-remote  special  purpose  entity  (the  “SPE”).  The  SPE  obtained  a  term  loan  and  revolving  loan  commitment  from  a  third-
party  lender,  secured  by  liens  on  the  assets  of  the  SPE,  to  finance  the  purchase  of  the  accounts  receivable,  which  includes  a  $440 
million term loan and a $110 million revolving loan commitment. As of December 31, 2023, no additional amounts of revolving loans 
were available under the receivables financing facility. The Company has guaranteed the performance of the obligations of existing and 
future subsidiaries that sell and service the accounts receivable under the receivables financing facility. The assets of the SPE are not 
available to satisfy any of the Company’s obligations or any obligations of its subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2023, approximately 
$1,566 million of the Company's trade accounts receivable and unbilled services were pledged as collateral to secure the facility.

Restrictive Covenants

The  Company’s  debt  agreements  provide  for  certain  covenants  and  events  of  default  customary  for  similar  instruments, 
including  a  covenant  not  to  exceed  a  specified  ratio  of  consolidated  senior  secured  net  indebtedness  to  Consolidated  EBITDA,  as 
defined in the senior secured credit facility agreement and a covenant to maintain a specified minimum interest coverage ratio. If an 
event of default occurs under any of the Company’s or the Company’s subsidiaries’ financing arrangements, the creditors under such 
financing arrangements will be entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of amounts due under such arrangements, 
and  in  the  case  of  the  lenders  under  the  revolving  credit  facility  and  term  loans,  other  actions  permitted  to  be  taken  by  a  secured 
creditor.  The  Company’s  long-term  debt  arrangements  contain  usual  and  customary  restrictive  covenants  that,  among  other  things, 
place  limitations  on  the  Company’s  ability  to  declare  dividends.  As  of  December  31,  2023,  the  Company  was  in  compliance  in  all 
material respects with the financial covenants under the Company’s financing arrangements.

11. Leases

The Company has operating leases for corporate offices, data centers, motor vehicles and certain equipment, many of which 
contain  renewal  and  escalation  clauses.  These  operating  leases  expire  at  various  dates  through  2037  with  options  to  cancel  certain 
leases at various intervals. The Company also has finance leases for offices and lab spaces that expire at various dates through 2048.

The components of lease expense were as follows:

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

2021

$ 

$ 

160  $ 

18 

178  $ 

171  $ 

12 

183  $ 

184 

10 

194 

(in millions)
Operating lease cost (1)  Selling, general and administrative expenses
Finance lease cost (1)

Depreciation and amortization, and Interest expense

Classification

Total lease cost

(1) Includes variable lease costs, which are immaterial.

96

 
 
 
Other information related to leases was as follows:

(in millions)

Supplemental Cash Flow:

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:

Operating cash flows for operating leases

Operating cash flows for finance leases

Financing cash flows for finance leases

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations:

Operating leases

Finance leases

Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term:

Operating leases

Finance leases

Weighted Average Discount Rate:

Operating leases

Finance leases

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

2021

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

175 

8 

3 

59 

— 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

173 

5 

4 

79 

54 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

175 

— 

— 

81 

44 

4.61 years

20.67 years

4.72 years

21.64 years

4.53 years

21.28 years

 3.81% 

 3.88% 

 3.12% 

 3.87% 

 3.36 %

 2.70 %

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable leases as of December 31, 2023 were as follows:

(in millions)

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

Thereafter

Total future minimum lease payments

Less imputed interest

Total

Reported as of December 31, 2023:

Other current liabilities

Operating lease liabilities

Other liabilities

Total

12. Contingencies

Operating 
Leases

Finance 
Leases

$ 

117  $ 

96 

55 

36 

24 

31 

359 

(29)   

330  $ 

107  $ 

223 

— 

330  $ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

13 

13 

13 

14 

14 

283 

350 

(122) 

228 

— 

— 

228 

228 

The  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  are  involved  in  legal  and  tax  proceedings,  claims  and  litigation  arising  in  the  ordinary 
course  of  business.  Management  periodically  assesses  the  Company’s  liabilities  and  contingencies  in  connection  with  these  matters 
based upon the latest information available. For those matters where management currently believes it is probable that the Company 
will incur a loss and that the probable loss or range of loss can be reasonably estimated, the Company has recorded an accrual in the 
consolidated  financial  statements  based  on  its  best  estimates  of  such  loss.  In  other  instances,  because  of  the  uncertainties  related  to 
either the probable outcome or the amount or range of loss, management is unable to make a reasonable estimate of a liability, if any.

However, even in many instances where the Company has recorded an estimated liability, the Company is unable to predict 
with  certainty  the  final  outcome  of  the  matter  or  whether  resolution  of  the  matter  will  materially  affect  the  Company’s  results  of 
operations,  financial  position  or  cash  flows.  As  additional  information  becomes  available,  the  Company  adjusts  its  assessments  and 
estimates of such liabilities accordingly.

97

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company routinely enters into agreements with third parties, including its clients and suppliers, all in the normal course 
of business. In these agreements, the Company sometimes agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the other party for any damages such 
other  party  may  suffer  as  a  result  of  potential  intellectual  property  infringement  and  other  claims.  The  Company  has  not  accrued  a 
liability with respect to these matters generally, as the exposure is considered remote.

Based  on  its  review  of  the  latest  information  available,  management  does  not  expect  the  impact  of  pending  legal  and  tax 
proceedings, claims and litigation, either individually or in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of 
operations,  cash  flows  or  financial  position.  However,  one  or  more  unfavorable  outcomes  in  any  claim  or  litigation  against  the 
Company  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  for  the  period  in  which  it  is  resolved.  The  following  is  a  summary  of  certain  legal 
matters involving the Company.

On February 13, 2014, a group of approximately 1,200 medical doctors and 900 private individuals filed a civil lawsuit with 
the Seoul Central District Court against IMS Korea and two other defendants, the Korean Pharmaceutical Association (“KPA”) and the 
Korean Pharmaceutical Information Center (“KPIC”). The civil lawsuit alleges KPA and KPIC collected their personal information in 
violation of applicable privacy laws without the necessary consent through a software system installed on pharmacy computer systems 
in Korea, and that personal information was transferred to IMS Korea and sold to pharmaceutical companies. On September 11, 2017, 
the  District  Court  issued  a  final  decision  that  the  encryption  in  use  by  the  defendants  since  June  2014  was  adequate  to  meet  the 
requirements  of  the  Korean  Personal  Information  Privacy  Act  (“PIPA”)  and  the  sharing  of  non-identified  information  for  market 
research  purposes  was  allowed  under  PIPA.  The  District  Court  also  found  an  earlier  version  of  encryption  was  insufficient  to  meet 
PIPA requirements, but no personal data had been leaked or re-identified. The District Court did not award any damages to plaintiffs. 
Approximately 280 medical doctors and 200 private individuals appealed the District Court decision. On May 3, 2019, the Appellate 
Court issued a final decision in which it concluded all of the non-identified information transferred by KPIC to IMS Korea for market 
research  purposes  violated  PIPA,  but  did  not  award  any  damages  to  plaintiffs  (affirming  the  District  Court’s  decision  on  this  latter 
point). On May 24, 2019, approximately 247 plaintiffs appealed the Appellate Court’s decision to the Supreme Court. The Company 
believes the appeal is without merit and is vigorously defending its position.

On  July  23,  2015,  indictments  were  issued  by  the  Seoul  Central  District  Prosecutors’  Office  in  South  Korea  against  24 
individuals  and  companies  alleging  improper  handling  of  sensitive  health  information  in  violation  of,  among  others,  South  Korea’s 
Personal  Information  Protection  Act.  IMS  Korea  and  two  of  its  employees  were  among  the  individuals  and  organizations  indicted. 
Although there is no assertion that IMS Korea used patient identified health information in any of its offerings, prosecutors allege that 
certain of IMS Korea’s data suppliers should have obtained patient consent when they converted sensitive patient information into non-
identified data and that IMS Korea had not taken adequate precautions to reduce the risk of re-identification. On February 14, 2020, the 
Seoul  Central  District  Court  acquitted  IMS  Korea  and  its  two  employees  of  the  charges  of  improper  handling  of  sensitive  health 
information,  and  the  Prosecutor's  Office  appealed.  On  December  23,  2021,  the  appellate  court  affirmed  the  judgment  of  the  Seoul 
Central  District  Court.  The  Prosecutor's  Office  has  appealed  to  the  Supreme  Court.  The  Company  intends  to  vigorously  defend  its 
position on appeal.

On  January  10,  2017,  Quintiles  IMS  Health  Incorporated  and  IMS  Software  Services  Ltd.  (collectively  “IQVIA  Parties”), 
filed  a  lawsuit  in  the  U.S.  District  Court  for  the  District  of  New  Jersey  against  Veeva  Systems,  Inc.  (“Veeva”)  alleging  Veeva 
unlawfully used IQVIA Parties intellectual property to improve Veeva data offerings, to promote and market Veeva data offerings and 
to improve Veeva technology offerings. IQVIA Parties seek injunctive relief, appointment of a monitor, the award of compensatory 
and punitive damages and reimbursement of all litigation expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs. On March 13, 2017, 
Veeva  filed  counterclaims  alleging  anticompetitive  business  practices  in  violation  of  the  Sherman  Act  and  state  laws.  Veeva  claims 
damages  in  excess  of  $200  million,  and  is  seeking  punitive  damages  and  litigation  costs,  including  attorneys’  fees.  The  Company 
believes  the  counterclaims  are  without  merit,  rejects  all  counterclaims  raised  by  Veeva  and  intends  to  vigorously  defend  IQVIA 
Parties’ position and pursue its claims against Veeva. Since the initial filings, the parties have filed additional litigations against each 
other, primarily concerning the use of IQVIA data with various other Veeva products. Trial has been scheduled for early 2025.

On May 7, 2021, the Court issued an order and opinion (the “Order”) in which it found significant evidence that Veeva had 
(1)  misappropriated  IQVIA  data  and  unlawfully  used  it  to  improve  Veeva  data  offerings,  (2)  engaged  in  a  cover-up  by  deleting 
significant evidence of its theft of IQVIA’s trade secrets, and (3) improperly withheld certain evidence in furtherance of a crime and/or 
fraud against IQVIA. The Court imposed five sanctions against Veeva, including ordering three separate adverse inference instructions 
be issued to the jury and that IQVIA be permitted to present evidence to the jury of Veeva’s destruction efforts. Veeva is currently 
appealing the Order.

98

13. Stockholders’ Equity

Preferred Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 1.0 million shares of preferred stock, $0.01 per share par value. No shares of preferred 

stock were issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2023 or 2022.

Equity Repurchase Program

On October 30, 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) first approved the Company's equity repurchase 
program (the “Repurchase Program”), authorizing the repurchase of up to $125 million of the Company’s common stock. The Board 
increased the stock repurchase authorization under the Repurchase Program with respect to the repurchase of the Company's common 
stock by $600 million, $1.5 billion, $2.0 billion, $1.5 billion, $2.0 billion, and $2.0 billion in 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, and 2022, 
respectively.  On  July  31,  2023,  the  Board  increased  the  stock  repurchase  authorization  under  the  Repurchase  Program  with 
respect to the repurchase of the Company's common stock by an additional $2,000 million, which increased the total amount that 
has been authorized under the Repurchase Program to $11,725 million. The Repurchase Program does not obligate the Company to 
repurchase any particular amount of common stock, and it may be modified, extended, suspended or discontinued at any time.

As of December 31, 2023, the Company had remaining authorization to repurchase up to $2,363 million of its common stock 
under the Repurchase Program. In addition, from time to time, the Company has repurchased and may continue to repurchase common 
stock through private or other transactions outside of the Repurchase Program.

There were no equity offerings during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021.

Summary

Below is a summary of the share repurchases made under the Repurchase Program:

(in millions, except per share data)

Number of shares of common stock repurchased

Aggregate purchase price

Average price per share

Non-controlling Interests

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

2023

5.0 

5.5 

992  $ 

1,168  $ 

1.7 

395 

196.89  $ 

213.06  $ 

238.22 

$ 

$ 

On April 1, 2021, the Company acquired the 40% non-controlling interest in Q2 Solutions, a fully consolidated subsidiary, 
from Quest Diagnostics Incorporated ("Quest") for approximately $758 million, financed with cash on hand. The transaction resulted 
in the Company having 100% ownership in Q2 Solutions. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company had no other material non-
controlling interests.

14. Business Combinations

The Company completed several individually immaterial acquisitions during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022. 
The  Company’s  assessment  of  fair  value,  including  the  valuation  of  certain  acquired  intangibles  and  the  purchase  price  allocation 
related  to  the  acquisitions  that  occurred  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023  is  preliminary  and  subject  to  change  upon 
completion. Further adjustments, largely related to acquired intangible assets and related deferred taxes, may be necessary as additional 
information related to the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is assessed during the measurement period (up to one 
year  from  the  acquisition  date).  The  Company  recorded  goodwill  from  these  acquisitions,  primarily  attributable  to  assembled 
workforce,  expected  synergies  and  new  client  relationships.  The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  results  of  the 
acquisitions  subsequent  to  their  respective  closing  dates.  Pro  forma  information  is  not  presented  as  pro  forma  results  of  operations 
would not be materially different to the actual results of operations of the Company. 

99

 
 
 
The following table provides certain preliminary financial information for these acquisitions:

(in millions)

Assets acquired:

Cash and cash equivalents

Accounts receivable

Other assets

Goodwill

Other identifiable intangibles

Liabilities assumed:

Other liabilities

Deferred income taxes, long-term

Net assets acquired (1)

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

$ 

28  $ 
44 

9 

533 

425 

(44) 

(18) 

$ 

977  $ 

33 

— 

115 

1,026 

509 

(103) 

(93) 

1,487 

(1) Net assets acquired include contingent consideration and deferred purchase price of $73 million and $139 million, respectively.

The portion of goodwill deductible for income tax purposes was preliminarily assessed as $379 million and $275 million for 

the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

The following table provides a summary of the preliminary estimated fair value of certain intangible assets acquired:

(in millions)

Other identifiable intangibles:

Client relationships

Software and related assets

Backlog

Databases

Trade names

Non-compete agreements

Total Other identifiable intangibles

15. Restructuring

Amortization 
Period

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

1 - 17 years

$ 

324  $ 

3 - 8 years

1 - 4 years

3 - 7 years

2 - 5 years

3 - 5 years

44 

51 

4 

2 

— 

$ 

425  $ 

382 

79 

24 

11 

7 

6 

509 

The  Company  has  continued  to  take  restructuring  actions  in  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023  to  align  its  resources  and 
reduce overcapacity to adapt to changing market conditions and integrate acquisitions. These actions include consolidating functional 
activities, eliminating redundant positions, and aligning resources with customer requirements. These restructuring actions are expected 
to continue into 2024.

The management approved plans resulted in approximately $84 million, $28 million and $20 million of restructuring expense, 
net of reversals, which consisted primarily of severance and other exit-related costs in the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 
2021, respectively.

100

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following amounts were recorded for the restructuring plans:

(in millions)

Balance as of December 31, 2021

Expense, net of reversals

Payments

Foreign currency translation and other

Balance as of December 31, 2022

Expense, net of reversals

Payments

Balance as of December 31, 2023

Severance and 
Related Costs

$ 

$ 

$ 

30 

28 

(31) 

(1) 

26 

84 

(74) 

36 

The reversals were due to changes in estimates primarily resulting from the redeployment of staff and higher than expected 
voluntary terminations. Restructuring costs are not allocated to the Company’s reportable segments as they are not part of the segment 
performance  measures  regularly  reviewed  by  management.  The  Company  expects  the  majority  of  the  restructuring  accruals  as  of 
December 31, 2023 will be paid in 2024.

16. Income Taxes

The components of income before income taxes and equity in (losses) earnings of unconsolidated affiliates are as follows:

(in millions)

Domestic

Foreign

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

2023

$ 

$ 

108  $ 

(45)  $ 

1,351 

1,408 

1,459  $ 

1,363  $ 

(73) 

1,201 

1,128 

The components of income tax expense attributable to continuing operations are as follows:

(in millions) 

Current expense:

Federal and state

Foreign

Deferred (benefit) expense:

Federal and state

Foreign

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

2023

$ 

21  $ 

24  $ 

349 

370 

(236) 

(33) 

(269) 

358 

382 

(94) 

(28) 

(122) 

$ 

101  $ 

260  $ 

16 

293 

309 

(106) 

(40) 

(146) 

163 

101

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  differences  between  the  Company’s  consolidated  income  tax  expense  attributable  to  continuing  operations  and  the 

expense computed at the United States statutory income tax rate of 21% were as follows:

(in millions)
Federal income tax expense at statutory rate

State and local income taxes, net of federal effect

Research and development

United States taxes recorded on foreign earnings(*)

Tax contingencies

Foreign Derived Intangible Income (“FDII”)

Foreign rate differential

Equity compensation

Valuation Allowance Release

Basis Difference Reversal

Other

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

2023

$ 

306  $ 

286  $ 

16 

(25) 

(41) 

17 

(53) 

45 

— 

(102) 

(61) 

(1) 

(15) 

(19) 

(4) 

14 

(41) 

38 

2 

— 

— 

(1) 

(*) Includes impact of GILTI, and other U.S. taxes on foreign earnings.

$ 

101  $ 

260  $ 

237 

2 

(14) 

(29) 

3 

(34) 

17 

(23) 

— 

— 

4 

163 

In the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company completed an internal legal entity restructuring that resulted in a benefit 
of  $125  million.  Historically,  the  Company  recorded  deferred  tax  assets  related  to  certain  foreign  tax  credits,  and  a  full  valuation 
allowance in relation to these foreign tax credits was established as it was not expected the credits would be utilized prior to expiration. 
The Company now believes it is reasonably possible that these foreign tax credits will be utilized and therefore recorded a tax benefit 
of  $64  million  related  to  the  valuation  allowance  release  and  establishing  related  uncertain  tax  positions.  Additionally,  due  to  the 
restructuring the Company also reversed a deferred tax liability of $61 million due to a basis difference that was recovered in a tax-free 
manner. The effective tax rate was also favorably impacted by a reversal of uncertain tax positions relating to tax credit carryforwards 
in the amount of $21 million due to an audit settlement. Lastly, the effective tax rate was also impacted by changes in the geographical 
mix of earnings amongst foreign tax jurisdictions as well as state and local tax rates.

In the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company recorded a benefit of $6 million related to a 2021 U.S. Federal tax return 
position associated with FDII and GILTI tax credits. In addition, the effective tax rate was impacted by changes in the geographical 
mix of earnings amongst foreign tax jurisdictions as well as state and local tax rates.

On  August  16,  2022,  the  U.S.  government  enacted  the  Inflation  Reduction  Act  of  2022,  which,  among  other  things, 
implements a 15% minimum tax on book income of certain large corporations, a 1% excise tax on net stock repurchases and several 
tax incentives to promote clean energy. Many of the provisions took effect beginning in 2023. The Company assessed the impacts and 
determined it was not subject to the minimum tax and there were no other material income tax impacts during 2023. The Company will 
continue to monitor future impacts to its consolidated financial statements.

On December 12, 2022 the European Union member states agreed to implement the Organization for Economic Co-operation 
and Development’s (“OECD”) Pillar 2 global corporate minimum tax rate of 15% on companies with revenues of at least $790 million, 
which  would  go  into  effect  in  2024.  The  Company  is  assessing  the  impact  of  this  proposal  as  countries  are  actively  considering 
changes to their tax laws to adopt certain parts of the OECD’s proposal. 

In  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  the  Company  recorded  a  benefit  of  $29  million  related  to  a  2020  U.S.  Federal  tax 
return position associated with FDII and GILTI tax credits. Also in 2021, the Company recorded a $9 million tax expense as a result of 
the U.S. Treasury Department issuing final regulations on foreign tax credits.

Undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries amounted to approximately $3,575 million as of December 31, 

2023. The Company does not consider any of its foreign earnings as indefinitely reinvested.

102

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The income tax effects of temporary differences from continuing operations that give rise to significant portions of deferred 

income tax assets (liabilities) are presented below:

(in millions)

Deferred income tax assets:

Net operating loss and capital loss carryforwards

Tax credit carryforwards

Accrued expenses and unearned income

Employee benefits

Lease liability

U.S. interest expense limitation

Other

Total deferred income tax assets

Valuation allowance for deferred income tax assets

Total deferred income tax assets (net of valuation allowance)

Deferred income tax liabilities:

Amortization and depreciation

Lease right-of-use assets

Foreign exchange on debt instruments

Other

Total deferred income tax liabilities

Net deferred income tax assets (liabilities)

December 31,

2023

2022

$ 

132  $ 

254 

103 

202 

65 

59 

81 

896 

(166) 

730 

(590) 

(56) 

(48) 

(72) 

(766) 

$ 

(36)  $ 

145 

295 

90 

202 

73 

30 

52 

887 

(257) 

630 

(727) 

(61) 

(125) 

(63) 

(976) 

(346) 

During the year ended December 31, 2023, the net deferred tax liabilities decreased due to foreign exchange revaluations of 
debt  instruments,  reversal  of  a  previously  established  valuation  allowance  for  Foreign  Tax  Credits,  and  amortization  of  intangibles 
related to the merger between Quintiles and IMS Health.

The Company had federal, state and local, and foreign tax loss carryforwards and tax credits, the tax effect of which was $462 
million as of December 31, 2023. Of this amount, $8 million has an indefinite carryforward period, and the remaining $454 million 
expires  at  various  times  beginning  in  2024.  Some  of  the  federal  losses  are  subject  to  limitations  under  the  Internal  Revenue  Code, 
however, management expects these losses to be utilized during the carryforward periods.

In the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company decreased its valuation allowance by $91 million to $166 million as of 
December 31, 2023 from $257 million as of December 31, 2022. The valuation allowance decreased primarily due to the release of the 
valuation allowance on branch basket foreign tax credits as the Company has determined they are more likely than not to be used prior 
to expiration. 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of gross unrecognized income tax benefits is presented below:

(in millions)

Balance as of January 1

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

Additions for income tax positions of prior years

Impact of changes in exchange rates

Settlements with tax authorities

Reductions for income tax positions of prior years

Reductions due to the lapse of the applicable statute of limitations

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

2023

$ 

122  $ 

116  $ 

53 

8 

1 

(6) 

(25) 

(13) 

13 

20 

(2) 

(4) 

(11) 

(10) 

Balance as of December 31

$ 

140  $ 

122  $ 

118 

7 

16 

(3) 

(2) 

(11) 

(9) 

116 

103

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2023, the Company had total gross unrecognized income tax benefits of $131 million associated with 
over 100 jurisdictions in which the Company conducts business that, if recognized, would reduce the Company’s effective income tax 
rate.

The Company’s policy for recording interest and penalties relating to uncertain income tax positions is to record them as a 
component  of  income  tax  expense  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  income.  In  the  years  ended December  31,  2023, 
2022 and 2021, the amount of interest and penalties recorded as an addition to income tax expense in the accompanying consolidated 
statements of income was $— million, $2 million and $— million, respectively. As of December 31, 2023, and 2022, the Company had 
accrued approximately $20 million and $21 million, respectively, of interest and penalties.

The Company believes that it is reasonably possible that a decrease of up to $16 million in gross unrecognized income tax 
benefits for federal, state and foreign exposure items may be necessary within the next 12 months due to lapse of statutes of limitations 
or uncertain tax positions being effectively settled. The Company believes that it is reasonably possible that a decrease of up to $16 
million in gross unrecognized income tax benefits for foreign items may be necessary within the next 12 months due to payments. For 
the remaining uncertain income tax positions, it is difficult at this time to estimate the timing of the resolution.

The Company conducts business globally and, as a result, files income tax returns in the United States federal jurisdiction and 
various state and foreign jurisdictions. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by taxing authorities 
throughout the world. The following table summarizes the tax years that remain open for examination by tax authorities in the most 
significant jurisdictions in which the Company operates:

United States

India

Japan

United Kingdom

Switzerland

2020-2022

2006-2023

2017-2022

2021-2022

2019-2022

In  certain  of  the  jurisdictions  noted  above,  the  Company  operates  through  more  than  one  legal  entity,  each  of  which  has 
different open years subject to examination. The table above presents the open years subject to examination for the most material of the 
legal  entities  in  each  jurisdiction.  Additionally,  it  is  important  to  note  that  tax  years  are  technically  not  closed  until  the  statute  of 
limitations in each jurisdiction expires. In the jurisdictions noted above, the statute of limitations can extend beyond the open years 
subject to examination.

Due to the geographic breadth of the Company’s operations, numerous tax audits may be ongoing throughout the world at 
any  point  in  time.  Income  tax  liabilities  are  recorded  based  on  estimates  of  additional  income  taxes  that  may  be  due  upon  the 
conclusion of these audits. Estimates of these income tax liabilities are made based upon prior experience and are updated in light of 
changes in facts and circumstances. However, due to the uncertain and complex application of income tax regulations, it is possible 
that the ultimate resolution of audits may result in liabilities that could be materially different from these estimates. In such an event, 
the Company will record additional income tax expense or income tax benefit in the period in which such resolution occurs.

17. Employee Benefit Plans

Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans

The  Company  sponsors  both  funded  and  unfunded  defined  benefit  pension  plans.  These  plans  provide  benefits  based  on 
various  criteria,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  years  of  service  and  salary.  The  Company  also  sponsors  an  unfunded  postretirement 
benefit plan in the United States that provides health and prescription drug benefits to retirees who meet the eligibility requirements. 
The Company uses a December 31 measurement date for all pension and postretirement benefit plans.

104

The following table summarizes changes in the benefit obligation, the plan assets and the funded status of the pension benefit 

plans:

(in millions)

Obligation and funded status:

Change in benefit obligation:

Pension Benefits

United States Plans

Non-United States Plans

December 31,

2023

2022

2023

2022

Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year

$ 

400  $ 

488  $ 

461  $ 

Service costs

Interest cost

Actuarial losses

Business combinations

Benefits paid

Contributions

Settlements

Foreign currency fluctuations and other

Projected benefit obligation at end of year

Change in plan assets:

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

Actual return on plan assets

Contributions

Benefits paid

Settlements

Business combinations

Foreign currency fluctuations and other

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

Funded status

10 

22 

15 

— 

(13) 

— 

— 

— 

434 

419 

75 

5 

(13) 

— 

— 

— 

486 

13 

13 

(101) 

— 

(11) 

— 

(2) 

— 

400 

524 

(97) 

5 

(11) 

(2) 

— 

— 

419 

35 

17 

5 

— 

(20) 

3 

(3) 

27 

525 

355 

2 

27 

(20) 

(3) 

— 

18 

379 

$ 

52  $ 

19  $ 

(146)  $ 

652 

29 

8 

(144) 

3 

(24) 

2 

(4) 

(61) 

461 

494 

(97) 

32 

(24) 

(4) 

1 

(47) 

355 

(106) 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  amounts  recognized  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  related  to  the  pension  benefit 

plans:

(in millions)

Deposits and other assets, net

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

Other liabilities

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Pension Benefits

United States Plans

Non-United States Plans

December 31,

2023

2022

2023

2022

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

87 

4 

31 

28 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

56 

4 

33 

(2) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

49  $ 

12  $ 

183  $ 

(25)  $ 

50 

10 

146 

(6) 

As  of  December  31,  2023,  the  benefit  obligation  and  amount  recognized  in  AOCI  for  other  postretirement  benefits  were 

immaterial. 

105

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes the accumulated benefit obligation for all pension benefit plans:

(in millions)

Accumulated benefit obligation

Pension Benefits

United States Plans

Non-United States Plans

December 31,

2023

2022

2023

2022

$ 

430  $ 

397  $ 

480 

$ 

426 

The  following  table  provides  the  information  for  pension  plans  with  an  accumulated  benefit  obligation  in  excess  of  plan 

assets and projected benefit obligations in excess of plan assets:

Pension Benefits

United States Plans

Non-United States Plans

December 31,

(in millions)

2023

2022

2023

2022

Plans with accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets:

Accumulated benefit obligation

Fair value of plan assets

Plans with projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets:

Projected benefit obligation

Fair value of plan assets

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

41 

7 

$ 

$ 

41  $ 

7  $ 

42 

6 

$ 

$ 

43  $ 

6  $ 

251 

101 

$ 

$ 

295  $ 

101  $ 

189 

64 

243 

87 

The  components  of  net  periodic  benefit  cost  changes  in  plan  assets  and  benefit  obligations  recognized  in  comprehensive 

income were as follows:

(in millions)

Service cost

Interest cost

Expected return on plan assets

Amortization of actuarial losses

Settlement gain

Net periodic benefit cost
Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations 
recognized in other comprehensive loss:

Actuarial (gain) loss – current year

Prior service cost – current year

Total recognized in other comprehensive income

Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other 
comprehensive income

$ 

Pension Benefits

United States Plans

Non-United States Plans

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

2021

2023

2022

2021

$ 

10  $ 

13  $ 

14  $ 

35  $ 

29  $ 

22 

(30) 

— 

— 

2 

(30) 

— 

(30) 

13 

(38) 

1 

1 

(10) 

31 

— 

31 

11 

(32) 

— 

— 

(7) 

(50) 

— 

(50) 

17 

(17) 

(2) 

— 

33 

19 

— 

19 

8 

(18) 

1 

(1) 

19 

(18) 

— 

(18) 

29 

6 

(20) 

1 

1 

17 

(39) 

(2) 

(41) 

(28)  $ 

21  $ 

(57)  $ 

52  $ 

1  $ 

(24) 

All  components  of  net  periodic  benefit  cost  other  than  service  cost  are  recorded  in  other  (income)  expense,  net  on  the 
accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  income.  Gains  (losses)  affecting  the  benefit  obligation  for  the  year  ending  December  31, 
2023 were primarily related to the changes in discount rates, as well as changes in other actuarial assumptions which are driven by 
changing market conditions.

106

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assumptions

The weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost were as follows for the years ended December 

31:

Pension Benefits

United States Plans
2022

2021

2023

Non-United States Plans
2022

2021

2023

Discount rate

Rate of compensation increases

Expected return on plan assets

 5.65% 

 3.00% 

 7.20% 

 3.08% 

 3.00% 

 7.23% 

 2.84% 

 3.00% 

 7.23% 

 3.59% 

 2.93% 

 4.53% 

 1.46% 

 2.57% 

 4.22% 

 1.00% 

 2.55% 

 3.92% 

The weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations were as follows as of December 31:

Discount rate

Rate of compensation increases

Pension Benefits

United States Plans

Non-United States 
Plans

2023

2022

2023

2022

 5.35% 

 3.00% 

 5.65% 

 3.00% 

 3.52% 

 2.78% 

 3.59% 

 2.93% 

The discount rate represents the interest rate used to determine the present value of the future cash flows currently expected to 
be  required  to  settle  the  Company’s  defined  benefit  plan  obligations.  The  discount  rates  are  derived  using  weighted  average  yield 
curves on AA-rated corporate bonds. The cash flows from the Company’s expected benefit obligation payments are then matched to 
the yield curve to derive the discount rates.

The Company’s assumption for the expected return on plan assets was determined by the weighted average of the long-term 
expected rate of return on each of the asset classes invested as of the balance sheet date. For plan assets invested in government bonds, 
the expected return was based on the yields on the relevant indices as of the balance sheet date. There is considerable uncertainty for 
the expected return on plan assets invested in equity and diversified growth funds. 

Under the Company’s United States qualified retirement plan, participants have a notional retirement account that increases 
with pay and investment credits. The rate used to determine the investment credit (cash balance crediting rate) varies monthly and is 
equal  to  1/12th  of  the  yield  on  30-year  U.S.  Government  Treasury  Bonds,  with  a  minimum  of 0.25%.  At  retirement,  the  account  is 
converted to a monthly retirement benefit.

Plan Assets

The  Company’s  pension  plan  target  asset  allocations  and  weighted  average  asset  allocations,  by  asset  category,  were  as 

follows:

Asset Category

Equity securities

Debt securities

Real estate

Other

Total

Target
Allocation

40-65%

10-40%

0-5%

10-30%

United States Plans
2022
2023

Plan Assets as of December 31,
Non-United States Plans

Total

2023

2022

2023

2022

 73% 

 71% 

 —% 

 27% 

 42% 

 51% 

 21 

 4 

 2 

 24 

 5 

 — 

 56 

 — 

 44 

 30 

 — 

 43 

 36 

 2 

 20 

 26 

 3 

 20 

 100% 

 100% 

 100% 

 100% 

 100% 

 100% 

107

The following table summarizes United States plan assets measured at fair value:

Asset Category

Domestic equities

International equities

Corporate bonds

Real estate

Total assets in the fair value hierarchy
Assets measured at net asset value 
(“NAV”)(1)
Total

December 31, 2023
Level 2

Level 1

Total

Level 1

(in millions)

December 31, 2022
Level 2

Total

$ 

33  $ 

—  $ 

33  $ 

29  $ 

—  $ 

11 

65 

21 

130 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

11 

65 

21 

130 

356 

9 

64 

19 

121 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

$ 

130  $ 

—  $ 

486  $ 

121  $ 

—  $ 

29 

9 

64 

19 

121 

298 

419 

The following table summarizes non-United States plan assets measured at fair value:

Asset Category

December 31, 2023
Level 2

Level 1

Total

Level 1

(in millions)

December 31, 2022
Level 2

Total

International equities

$ 

1  $ 

1  $ 

2  $ 

—  $ 

4  $ 

Debt issued by national, state or local 
government

Investments funds

Insurance contracts

Other

Total assets in the fair value hierarchy
Assets measured at NAV(1)
Total

2 

— 

— 

3 

6 

— 

210 

10 

145 

7 

373 

— 

212 

10 

145 

10 

379 

— 

3 

— 

— 

3 

6 

— 

103 

10 

133 

6 

256 

— 

$ 

6  $ 

373  $ 

379  $ 

6  $ 

256  $ 

4 

106 

10 

133 

9 

262 

93 

355 

(1) Certain investments that are measured at fair value using the net asset value ("NAV") per share (or its equivalent) practical expedient have 
not  been  classified  in  the  fair  value  hierarchy.  The  fair  value  amounts  presented  in  the  above  plan  asset  tables  are  intended  to  permit 
reconciliation of the fair value of plan assets in the fair value hierarchy to the plan asset amounts presented in the above funded status table as of 
December 31, 2023 and 2022.

Investments in mutual funds are valued at quoted market prices. Investments in common/collective trusts and pooled funds 
are valued at the NAV as reported by the trust. The NAV is based on the fair value of the underlying investments held by the fund less 
its  liabilities.  Insurance  contracts  are  valued  at  the  amount  of  the  benefit  liability.  The  Company  has  no  Level  3  assets  that  rely  on 
unobservable inputs to measure fair value.

Investment Policies and Strategies

The  Company  invests  primarily  in  a  diversified  portfolio  of  debt  and  equity  securities  that  provide  for  long-term  growth 
within reasonable and prudent levels of risk. The asset allocation targets established by the Company are strategic and applicable to the 
plan’s  long-term  investing  horizon.  The  portfolio  is  constructed  and  maintained  to  provide  adequate  liquidity  to  meet  associated 
liabilities and minimize long-term expense and provide prudent diversification among asset classes in accordance with the principles of 
modern  portfolio  theory.  The  plan  employs  a  diversified  mix  of  actively  managed  investments  around  a  core  of  passively  managed 
index exposures in each asset class. Within each asset class, rapid market shifts, changes in economic conditions or an individual fund 
manager’s outlook may cause the asset allocation to fall outside the prescribed targets. The majority of the Company’s plan assets are 
measured  quarterly  against  benchmarks  established  by  the  Company’s  investment  advisors  and  the  Company’s  Asset  Management 
Committee,  who  review  actual  plan  performance  and  have  the  authority  to  recommend  changes  as  deemed  appropriate.  Assets  are 
rebalanced periodically to their strategic targets to maintain the plan’s strategic risk/reward characteristics. The Company periodically 
conducts asset liability modeling studies to ensure that the investment strategy is aligned with the obligations of the plans and that the 
assets will generate income and capital growth to meet the cost of current and future benefits that the plans provide. The pension plans 
do not have investments in Company stock as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.

108

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The portfolio  for the  Company’s United Kingdom pension plans seek to invest in a range of suitable assets of appropriate 
liquidity that will generate in the most effective manner possible, income and capital growth to ensure that there are sufficient assets to 
meet  benefit  payments  when  they  fall  due,  while  controlling  the  long-term  costs  of  the  plans,  avoiding  short-term  volatility  of 
investment returns, and managing risks in accordance with plan investment strategies. The plans seek to achieve these objectives by 
investing in a mixture of real (equities) and monetary (fixed interest) assets, which is expected to provide the level of returns required 
by  the  plans.  The  trustee  periodically  conducts  asset  liability  modeling  exercises  to  ensure  the  investments  are  aligned  with  the 
appropriate benchmark to better reflect the plans’ liabilities. The trustee also undertakes to review this benchmark on a regular basis.

Cash Flows

Contributions

The  Company  expects  to  contribute  approximately  $31  million  in  required  contributions  to  its  pension  and  postretirement 
benefit plans during 2024. The Company may make additional contributions into its pension plans in 2024 depending on, among other 
factors,  how  the  funded  status  of  those  plans  change  or  in  order  to  meet  minimum  funding  requirements  as  set  forth  in  employee 
benefit and tax laws, plus additional amounts the Company may deem to be appropriate.

Estimated future benefit payments and subsidy receipts

The  following  benefit  payments  (net  of  expected  participant  contributions)  for  pension  benefits  are  expected  to  be  paid  as 

follows:

(in millions)

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

Years 2029 through 2033

$ 

$ 

48 

50 

53 

56 

58 

325 

590 

Benefit payments (net of expected participant contributions) for other postretirement benefits are expected to be immaterial 

over the years presented.

Defined Contribution Plans

Defined contribution or profit sharing plans are offered in various countries in which the Company operates. In some cases, 

these plans are required by local laws or regulations.

In  the  United  States,  the  Company  has  a  401(k)  plan  under  which  the  Company  matches  employee  deferrals  at  varying 
percentages  and  specified  limits  of  the  employee’s  salary.  For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2023,  2022  and  2021,  the  Company 
expensed $81 million, $74 million and $60 million, respectively, related to matching contributions.

Certain key executives of the Company participate in an unfunded defined contribution executive retirement plan, assumed in 
the  merger  between  Quintiles  and  IMS  Health,  which  was  frozen  to  additional  accruals  for  future  service  contributions  in  2012. 
Participants continue to receive an annual investment credit based on the average of the annual yields at the end of each month on the 
AA-AAA rated 10 plus year maturity component of the Merrill Lynch United States Corporate Bond Master Index.

Plans Accounted for as Postretirement Benefits

The Company provides certain executives with postretirement medical, dental and life insurance benefits. These benefits are 
individually negotiated arrangements in accordance with their individual employment arrangements. The above tables do not include 
the  Company’s  expense  or  obligation  associated  with  providing  these  benefits.  The  obligation  related  to  these  benefits  as  of 
December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the Company’s expense for the years then ended, were not material.

109

 
 
 
 
 
Stock Incentive Plans

Stock  incentive  plans  provide  incentives  to  eligible  employees,  officers  and  directors  in  the  form  of  non-qualified  stock 
options,  incentive  stock  options,  stock  appreciation  rights  (“SARs”),  restricted  stock  awards,  restricted  stock  units  (“RSUs”), 
performance awards, covered annual incentive awards, cash-based awards and other stock-based awards, in each case subject to the 
terms of the stock incentive plans.

In  April  2017,  the  Company’s  2017  Incentive  and  Stock  Award  Plan  (the  “2017  Plan”)  was  approved  by  the  Company’s 
stockholders.  The  2017  Plan  provides  for  the  grant  of  stock  options,  SARs,  restricted  and  deferred  stock  (including  RSUs), 
performance awards, dividend equivalents, other stock-based awards and cash-based awards.

The  Company  recognized  stock-based  compensation  expense  of  $217  million,  $194  million  and  $170  million  in  the  years 
ended  December  31,  2023,  2022  and  2021,  respectively.  Stock-based  compensation  expense  is  included  in  selling,  general  and 
administrative expenses on the accompanying consolidated statements of income. The associated future income tax benefit recognized 
was $34 million, $28 million and $26 million in the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. As of December 31, 
2023, there was approximately $194 million of total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to outstanding non-vested 
stock-based compensation arrangements, which the Company expects to recognize over a weighted average period of 1.30 years.

As of December 31, 2023, there were 8.5 million shares available for future grants under all of the Company’s stock incentive 

plans.

The Company used the following assumptions when estimating the value of the stock-based compensation for Stock Settled 

SARs granted as follows:

Expected volatility

Weighted average expected volatility

Expected dividends

Expected term (in years)

Risk-free interest rate

Stock Appreciation Rights – Stock Settled

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

2021

29 – 35%

28 – 34%

27 – 31%

32%

0.0%

30%

0.0%

29%

0.0%

2.4 – 5.4

3.3 – 6.3

3.6 – 6.6

3.38 – 4.75%

1.84 –4.22%

0.28 – 1.40%

The exercise price of the stock-settled SARs (“SSRs”) is equal to the closing market price of the Company’s common stock 
as  of  the  grant  date  and  expire  on  the  tenth  anniversary  of  the  date  of  grant.  The  SSRs  are  eligible  to  vest  in  three  equal  annual 
installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant.

The Company’s SSR activity in the year ended December 31, 2023 is as follows:

(in millions, except number of SSRs and exercise price)

Outstanding as of December 31, 2022

Granted

Exercised

Canceled

Number of 
SSRs

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price

Aggregate 
Intrinsic Value

4,055,769

$ 

134.36  $ 

304 

399,427 

(535,982) 

(56,504) 

231.86 

122.94 

218.68 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2023

3,862,710

$ 

144.79  $ 

342 

The total intrinsic value of SSRs exercised was approximately $51 million, $25 million and $81 million in the years ended 

December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 respectively.

The  weighted  average  remaining  contractual  life  of  the  SSRs  outstanding  and  exercisable  as  of December  31,  2023  is  5.4 
years  and  4.6  years,  respectively.  The  total  aggregate  intrinsic  value  of  the  exercisable  SSRs  and  the  SSRs  expected  to  vest  as  of 
December 31, 2023 was approximately $342 million.

110

 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock Options

The option price is determined by the Board at the date of grant and the options expire 10 years from the date of grant. All 

outstanding stock options are fully vested.

The Company’s stock option activity in the year ended December 31, 2023 is as follows:

(in millions, except number of options and exercise price)

Outstanding as of December 31, 2022

Exercised

Outstanding as of December 31, 2023

Number of 
Options

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price

Aggregate 
Intrinsic Value

320,353  $ 

54.99  $ 

(145,382) 

46.13 

174,971  $ 

62.35  $ 

48 

30 

The total intrinsic value of options exercised was approximately $23 million, $9 million and $29 million in the years ended 
December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The Company received cash of approximately $7 million, $2 million and $7 million 
in 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively, from options exercised.

The weighted average remaining contractual life of the options outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2023 is 1.5 

years. The total aggregate intrinsic value of the exercisable stock options as of December 31, 2023 was approximately $30 million.

Performance Awards

The  Company  awarded  performance  awards  that  contain  service,  performance-based  and/or  market-based  vesting  criteria. 
Vesting occurs if the recipient remains employed and depends on the degree to which performance goals are achieved during the three-
year performance period (as defined in the award agreements).

The Company’s performance award activity in the year ended December 31, 2023 is as follows:

Outstanding as of December 31, 2022

Granted

Additional goal achievement shares

Vested

Canceled

Outstanding as of December 31, 2023

Number of 
Performance 
Awards

Weighted 
Average 
Grant-Date 
Fair Value

642,701

$ 

359,588

176,329

(380,386) 

(52,162) 

746,070

$ 

216.00 

229.88 

169.76 

173.74 

232.93 

232.13 

As of December 31, 2023, there are 746,070 performance awards outstanding with an intrinsic value of approximately $173 

million.

Restricted Stock Units – Stock Settled

The Company’s RSUs will settle in shares of the Company’s common stock within 45 days of the applicable vesting date. In 
general, RSUs granted to employees vest either (i) one-third per year beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date or (ii) 100% at 
the end of the three-year period following the grant date. Members of the Company’s Board receive RSUs that are fully vested when 
granted.

111

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company’s RSU activity in the year ended December 31, 2023 is as follows:

Outstanding as of December 31, 2022

Granted (1)
Vested

Canceled

Outstanding as of December 31, 2023

Number of 
RSUs

Weighted 
Average 
Grant-Date
Fair Value

896,733  $ 

443,009 

(379,871) 

(71,015) 

888,856  $ 

215.16 

227.84 

197.56 

220.79 

228.55 

(1) Pursuant to the IQVIA Holdings Inc. Non-Employee Director Deferral Plan (the “Director Deferral Plan”), non-employee directors may 
elect to defer receipt of their cash retainers. If a director elects to defer his or her retainer, he or she will instead be credited with that value in 
deferred shares under the Director Deferral Plan. Deferred shares become payable in Company common stock following a termination of the 
director’s Board service or the director’s death, or upon a change in control of the Company. The Company granted 1,782 deferred RSUs in 
2023.

As of December 31, 2023, there are 888,856 RSUs outstanding with an intrinsic value of approximately $206 million.

Stock Appreciation Rights – Cash Settled

The Company’s cash settled SARs (“CSRs”) require the Company to settle in cash an amount equal to the difference between 
the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of exercise and the grant price, multiplied by the number of CSRs being 
exercised. All outstanding CSRs are fully vested.

As of December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, the weighted average fair value per share of the CSRs outstanding was $152.17, 
$147.41 and $216.87, respectively. The Company paid approximately $11 million, $1 million and $1 million to settle exercised CSRs 
in the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 respectively.

The  weighted  average  remaining  contractual  life  of  the  CSRs  outstanding  and  exercisable  as  of December  31,  2023  is  3.1 

years. The total aggregate intrinsic value of the exercisable CSRs as of December 31, 2023 was approximately $8 million.

Restricted Stock Units – Cash Settled

The Company’s cash settled RSUs (“Cash RSUs”) require the Company to settle in cash an amount equal to the fair value of 
the Company’s common stock on the vest date multiplied by the number of vested Cash RSUs. These awards vest either (i) 100% at 
the end of the three-year period following the date of grant, or (ii) one-third per year beginning on the first grant date anniversary. As 
of December 31, 2023, there are 5,326 Cash RSUs outstanding with an intrinsic value of approximately $1 million. 

Long Term Incentive Awards - Stock Settled

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022,  the  Company  entered  into  long  term  incentive  award  agreements  with  certain 
employees  totaling  a  fixed  monetary  amount  of $80  million  to  issue  a  variable  number  of  common  shares  based  on  the  fair  market 
value  when  the  awards  vest  on  the  third  anniversary  of  the  grant  date.  The  Company  accounts  for  the  awards  as  liability-classified 
awards  with  the  liability  recorded  in  other  liabilities  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheets.  The  Company  recorded  approximately $22 
million  and  $9  million  of  stock-based  compensation  expense  for  these  awards  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2023  and 
December 31, 2022, respectively.

Other

The Company sponsors a supplemental non-qualified deferred compensation plan, covering certain management employees, 

and maintains other statutory indemnity plans as required by local laws or regulations.

112

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18. Related Party Transactions

The Company has entered into transactions with related parties that are not deemed to be material, including investments in 

unconsolidated affiliates that are discussed in Note 4.

19. Property, Equipment and Software by Geography

The following table represents the Company’s property, equipment and software, net, by geographic region, which is further 

broken down to show each country that accounts for 10% or more of the totals:

(in millions)

Property, equipment and software, net:

Americas:

United States

Other

Americas

Europe and Africa

Asia-Pacific

December 31,

2023

2022

$ 

1,820  $ 

97 

1,917 

193 

36 

1,699 

99 

1,798 

196 

53 

2,047 

Total property, equipment and software, net

$ 

2,146  $ 

20. Segments

The  following  table  presents  the  Company’s  operations  by  reportable  segment.  The  Company  is  managed  through  three 
reportable segments, Technology & Analytics Solutions, Research & Development Solutions and Contract Sales & Medical Solutions. 
Technology & Analytics Solutions provides mission critical information, technology solutions and real world insights and services to 
the Company’s life science clients. Research & Development Solutions, which primarily serves biopharmaceutical customers, provides 
outsourced  clinical  research  and  clinical  trial  related  services.  Contract  Sales  &  Medical  Solutions  provides  health  care  provider 
(including contract sales) and patient engagement services to both biopharmaceutical customers and the broader healthcare market. 

Certain costs are not allocated to the Company's segments and are reported as general corporate and unallocated expenses. 
These  costs  primarily  consist  of  stock-based  compensation  and  expenses  related  to  integration  activities  and  acquisitions.  The 
Company also does not allocate restructuring costs, depreciation and amortization or impairment charges, if any, to its segments. Asset 
information by segment is not presented, as this measure is not used by the chief operating decision maker to assess the Company’s 
performance. The Company’s reportable segment information is presented below:

113

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in millions)

Revenues

Technology & Analytics Solutions

Research & Development Solutions

Contract Sales & Medical Solutions

Total revenues

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

Technology & Analytics Solutions

Research & Development Solutions

Contract Sales & Medical Solutions

Total cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Technology & Analytics Solutions

Research & Development Solutions

Contract Sales & Medical Solutions

General corporate and unallocated

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

2021

$ 

5,862  $ 

5,746  $ 

8,395 

727 

14,984 

3,496 

5,629 

620 

9,745 

876 

851 

58 

268 

7,921 

743 

14,410 

3,348 

5,395 

639 

9,382 

848 

831 

62 

330 

5,534 

7,556 

784 

13,874 

3,278 

5,303 

652 

9,233 

798 

777 

57 

332 

Total selling, general and administrative expenses

2,053 

2,071 

1,964 

Segment profit

Technology & Analytics Solutions

Research & Development Solutions

Contract Sales & Medical Solutions

Total segment profit

General corporate and unallocated

Depreciation and amortization

Restructuring costs

Total income from operations

21. Earnings Per Share

1,490 

1,915 

49 

3,454 

(268) 

(1,125) 

(84) 

1,550 

1,695 

42 

3,287 

(330) 

(1,130) 

(28) 

$ 

1,977  $ 

1,799  $ 

1,458 

1,476 

75 

3,009 

(332) 

(1,264) 

(20) 

1,393 

The following table presents the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share:

(in millions, except per share data)

Numerator:

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

2023

Net income attributable to IQVIA Holdings Inc.

$ 

1,358  $ 

1,091  $ 

966 

Denominator:

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

Effect of dilutive stock options and share awards

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

Earnings per share attributable to common stockholders:

Basic 

Diluted

183.8 

2.5 

186.3 

187.6 

3.0 

190.6 

$ 

$ 

7.39  $ 

7.29  $ 

5.82  $ 

5.72  $ 

191.4 

3.6 

195.0 

5.05 

4.95 

Stock-based awards will have a dilutive effect under the treasury method when the respective period’s average market value 
of the Company’s common stock exceeds the exercise proceeds. Performance awards are included in diluted earnings per share based 
on if the performance targets have been met at the end of the reporting period. 

114

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 the weighted average number of outstanding stock-based awards not 
included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because they are subject to performance conditions that have not been met at 
the end of the reporting period or the effect of including such stock-based awards in the computation would be anti-dilutive was 1.0 
million, 0.5 million, and 0.1 million, million, respectively.

22. Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income

Below is a summary of the components of AOCI:

(in millions)

Balance as of December 31, 2020
Other comprehensive (loss) income before 
reclassifications

Reclassification adjustments

Acquisition of Quest's non-controlling interest

Balance as of December 31, 2021
Other comprehensive (loss) income before 
reclassifications

Reclassification adjustments

Balance as of December 31, 2022
Other comprehensive (loss) income before 
reclassifications

Reclassification adjustments

Balance as of December 31, 2023

Foreign 
Currency 
Translation

Derivative 
Instruments

Defined 
Benefit Plans

Income 
Taxes

Total

$ 

(395)  $ 

(48)  $ 

(85)  $ 

323  $ 

(205) 

(165) 

— 

(10) 

(570) 

(255) 

— 

(825) 

(144) 

— 

11 

16 

— 

(21) 

53 

12 

44 

(10) 

(68) 

90 

— 

— 

5 

(13) 

— 

(8) 

11 

— 

(139) 

(4) 

— 

180 

(116) 

(2) 

62 

54 

17 

$ 

(969)  $ 

(34)  $ 

3  $ 

133  $ 

(203) 

12 

(10) 

(406) 

(331) 

10 

(727) 

(89) 

(51) 

(867) 

Below is a summary of the adjustments for amounts reclassified from AOCI into the consolidated statements of income and 

the affected financial statement line item:

(in millions)

Derivative instruments:

Interest rate swaps 

Foreign exchange forward contracts

Total before income taxes

Income taxes

Total net of income taxes

23. Supplemental Cash Flow Information

Affected Financial 
Statement Line Item

2023

2022

2021

Year Ended December 31,

Interest expense

Revenues

$ 

$ 

47  $ 

(22)  $ 

21 

68 

17 

10 

(12) 

(2) 

51  $ 

(10)  $ 

(21) 

5 

(16) 

(4) 

(12) 

The following table presents the Company’s supplemental cash flow information:

(in millions)

Supplemental Cash Flow Information:

Interest paid, net

Income taxes paid, net of refunds

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

2023

$ 

$ 

556 

340 

$ 

$ 

379  $ 

255  $ 

343 

222 

115

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As required by Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act, as amended, we carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the 
design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures under the supervision and with the participation of our management, 
including the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”). There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness 
of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of 
the controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable assurance of 
achieving  their  control  objectives.  Based  upon  our  evaluation,  our  CEO  and  CFO  concluded  that  our  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or 
submit under the Exchange Act, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the 
applicable  rules  and  forms,  and  that  it  is  accumulated  and  communicated  to  our  management,  including  our  CEO  and  CFO,  as 
appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management’s report on internal control over financial reporting is set forth in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on 

Form 10-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There  were  no  changes  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  during  the  quarter  ended  December  31,  2023  that 

materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information 

During the quarter ended December 31, 2023, no director or officer (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 16a-1(f)) of IQVIA 
Holdings Inc. adopted or terminated a Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement or non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement for the purchase or 
sale of securities of IQVIA Holdings Inc., within the meaning of Item 408 of Regulation S-K.

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Not applicable.

116

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

PART III

Information required by this Item, other than the information regarding the executive officers of the Company set forth below, 
is incorporated by reference to the sections of our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “2024 
Proxy Statement”) entitled “Proposal No. 1: Election of Directors”, “Corporate Governance—Documents Establishing our Corporate 
Governance” and “Corporate Governance—Leadership Structure—Committees of the Board.”

The current executive officers of the Company are as follows:

Name

Ari Bousbib

Ronald E. Bruehlman

W. Richard Staub, III

Kevin C. Knightly

Eric Sherbet

Age

62

63

61

63

59

Position

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

President, Research & Development Solutions

President, Corporate Strategy and Enterprise Networks

Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Ari Bousbib, Director, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Mr. Bousbib is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. He assumed this position in October 2016 following 
the Merger of Quintiles and IMS Health. From 2010 until the Merger, Mr. Bousbib served as Chairman and CEO of IMS Health. Prior 
to joining IMS Health, Mr. Bousbib spent 14 years at United Technologies Corporation (“UTC”), an aerospace, defense and building 
systems  company.  From  2008  until  2010,  he  served  as  President  of  UTC’s  Commercial  Companies,  with  executive  leadership 
responsibilities for the worldwide operations of Otis Elevator Company, Carrier Corporation, UTC Fire & Security and UTC Power 
Inc. From 2002 until 2008, Mr. Bousbib was President of Otis, and from 2000 to 2002, he served as its Chief Operating Officer. Prior 
to joining UTC, Mr. Bousbib was a partner at Booz Allen Hamilton. Mr. Bousbib currently serves on the board of directors of The 
Home Depot, Inc. and is a member of the Harvard Medical School Health Care Policy Advisory Council. Mr. Bousbib holds a Master 
of Science Degree in Mathematics and Mechanical Engineering from the Ecole Superieure des Travaux Publics, Paris, and an M.B.A. 
from Columbia University.

Ronald E. Bruehlman, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Mr.  Bruehlman  was  appointed  as  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  effective  August  1,  2020.  Mr. 
Bruehlman previously served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of IMS Health from July 2011 until the merger of 
IMS  Health  and  Quintiles  in  2016.  Prior  to  joining  IMS  Health,  Mr.  Bruehlman  worked  for  23  years  at  UTC,  advancing  through 
finance positions of increasing responsibility, culminating in his appointment as Vice President, Business Development, which he held 
from June 2009 to April 2011, where he led the company’s global strategy and corporate development activities. From June 2005 until 
May 2008, he was Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Carrier Corporation. Prior to that, Mr. Bruehlman was Vice President, 
Financial Planning and Analysis for UTC and also served as Director, Investor Relations of UTC. Mr. Bruehlman served as a director 
and Chair of the Audit Committee to Atotech, Ltd. from 2020 to 2022. He also served as a director of The Connecticut Forum from 
2005 to 2015 and served as a director of The New England Air Museum from 2009 through 2013. Mr. Bruehlman holds a Bachelor of 
Science  degree  in  Economics  from  the  University  of  Delaware,  and  an  M.B.A.  from  the  University  of  Chicago  Booth  School  of 
Business.

117

W. Richard Staub, III, President, Research & Development Solutions

Mr.  Staub  resumed  the  role  of  President,  Research  &  Development  Solutions  on  September  25,  2023.  From  April  2022 
through  September  2023,  Mr.  Staub  was  senior  advisor  to  the  Chairman  and  CEO  of  IQVIA.  Mr.  Staub  had  served  as  President, 
Research  &  Development  Solutions  from  November  2016  to  March  2022.  Previously,  Mr.  Staub  served  as  President  of  Novella 
Clinical, a Quintiles company, since 2013. Prior to Novella’s 2013 acquisition by Quintiles, Mr. Staub served as both president and 
CEO of Novella Clinical since 2008. Before joining Novella Clinical in 2004, Mr. Staub was senior vice president of global business 
development for one of the world’s largest clinical research organizations. Mr. Staub’s career in the pharmaceutical industry began at 
Zeneca  Pharmaceuticals  in  1989  where  he  had  progressive  responsibilities  as  a  medical  and  hospital  sales  representative, 
cardiovascular portfolio analyst and marketing manager. Mr. Staub has a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics from the University of 
North Carolina at Chapel Hill.

Kevin C. Knightly, President, Corporate Strategy and Enterprise Networks

Mr. Knightly has served as President, Corporate Strategy and Enterprise Networks since July 2022. Mr. Knightly previously 
served  as  the  Company's  President,  Technology  &  Commercial  Solutions  from  October  2016  to  June  2022.  Mr.  Knightly  served  as 
Senior Vice President, Information Offerings at IMS Health from April 2015 to October 2016. From January 2011 to March 2015, Mr. 
Knightly  served  as  Senior  Vice  President,  Supplier  Management  at  IMS  Health.  Prior  to  that,  Mr.  Knightly  served  in  a  number  of 
senior  financial,  operations,  marketing  and  general  management  roles  for  IMS  Health,  including  as  Senior  Vice  President,  Pharma 
Business Management from 2007 until 2010. Mr. Knightly holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Economics and Accounting from the 
College of the Holy Cross, and an M.B.A. from New York University’s Stern Business School.

Eric Sherbet, Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Mr. Sherbet has served as our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since March 2018. Prior to joining 
the  Company,  he  served  as  General  Counsel  and  Secretary  at  Patheon  N.V.  from  November  2014  until  November  2017.  Prior  to 
joining  Patheon,  he  was  General  Counsel  and  Corporate  Secretary  at  InVentiv  Health  from  April  2011  until  October  2014.  He  also 
previously served as Vice President, Deputy General Counsel and Corporate Secretary at Foster Wheeler AG and before that, as Vice 
President, Corporate and Securities Law and Secretary with Avaya, Inc. Mr. Sherbet earned his law degree from New York University 
School of Law and received his bachelor’s degree in commerce/accounting from University of Virginia.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Compensation

The information required by this Item is set forth under the headings “Director Compensation,” “Compensation Discussion 
and Analysis,” “Leadership Development and Compensation Committee Report,” “Compensation of Named Executive Officers,” and 
“Other Relevant Information—Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” in the Company's 2024 Proxy Statement 
and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Information in response to this Item, other than Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans, is set 
forth  in  the  section  entitled  “Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management”  in  the  Company’s  2024  Proxy 
Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

118

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The  following  table  provides  certain  information  with  respect  to  all  of  our  equity  compensation  plans  in  effect  as  of 

December 31, 2023:

Equity Compensation Plan Information

Number of 
Securities
to be issued 
Upon Exercise 
of Outstanding 
Options, 
Warrants and 
Rights (a)

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price 
of Outstanding 
Options, 
Warrants and 
Rights (b)

Number of 
Securities 
Remaining 
Available for 
Future 
Issuance Under 
Equity 
Compensation 
Plans 
(excluding 
securities 
reflected in 
column (a) (c)

Plan Category

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

6,002,004 (1)

$ 

141.22  (3)

8,454,582 (4)

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

26,727 (2)

— 

— 

Total

6,028,731

$ 

141.22  (3)

8,454,582

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

Consists  of:  (i)  4,037,681  shares  of  common  stock  issuable  upon  the  exercise  of  outstanding  time-based  stock 
options and underlying outstanding time-based SARs; (ii) 882,950 shares of common stock issuable in settlement 
of  outstanding  restricted  stock  units  awarded;  (iii)  746,070  shares  of  common  stock  issuable  in  settlement  of 
outstanding performance units awarded; (iv) 329,397 shares of common stock reserved for issuance at December 
31, 2023 and issuable in settlement of outstanding stock settled long term incentive ("LTI") awards; and (v) 5,906 
shares of deferred common stock outstanding under the Director Deferral Plan. 

Consists of outstanding awards issued to certain executives with supplemental pension benefits in accordance with 
their individual employment arrangements under the IMS Health DCERP.

The  weighted-average  exercise  price  includes  all  outstanding  stock  options  and  SARs  but  does  not  include 
restricted stock units, performance units, stock settled LTI awards, deferred stock or IMS Health DCERP awards, 
all  of  which  do  not  have  an  exercise  price.  If  restricted  stock  units,  performance  units  and  other  awards  that 
constitute  “rights”  were  included  in  this  calculation,  treating  such  awards  as  having  an  exercise  price  of  $0,  the 
weighted average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights would be $95.00.

Consists of all securities remaining available under our equity compensation plans. All of these shares are available 
for delivery under stock options, SARs, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance awards or other forms 
of equity awards authorized by the plans. Does not include 2,251,704 shares that would have remained available 
under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan had it not been discontinued as of December 31, 2016.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

The  information  required  by  this  item  is  set  forth  under  the  headings  “Corporate  Governance,”  and  “Certain  Relationships 

and Related Party Transactions” in the 2024 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The  information  required  by  this  item  is  set  forth  under  the  headings  “Audit—Fees  Paid  to  Independent  Registered  Public 

Accounting Firm” in the 2024 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

119

 
 
PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)

The following documents are filed as part of this report:

(1) Financial Statements

The following consolidated financial statements of IQVIA Holdings Inc. and its subsidiaries, and the independent registered 

public accounting firm’s report thereon, are included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report:

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 238)

Consolidated Statements of Income

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(2) Financial Statement Schedules for the Years Ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021

Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (Parent Company Only)

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Page

68

68

71

72

73

74

75

76

126

130

All  other  schedules  are  omitted,  since  the  required  information  is  not  applicable  or  is  not  present  in  amounts  sufficient  to 
require submission of the schedule, or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements and notes 
thereto.

(3) Exhibits

The exhibits in the accompanying Exhibit Index preceding the signature page are filed or furnished as a part of this report and 
are  incorporated  herein  by  reference.  The  Company  agrees  to  furnish  to  the  SEC,  upon  request,  copies  of  any  long-term  debt 
instruments  that  authorize  an  amount  of  securities  constituting  10%  or  less  of  the  total  assets  of  IQVIA  Holdings  Inc.  and  its 
subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

120

Exhibit 
Number

3.1

3.2

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

4.6

4.7

4.8

4.9

10.1

10.2

10.3

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Description 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of IQVIA 
Holdings Inc., effective April 18, 2023.

Amended and Restated Bylaws of IQVIA Holdings Inc., effective 
April 18, 2023.

Incorporated by Reference 

Form

File No.

Exhibit

Filing Date

Filed 
Herewith

8-K

001-35907

8-K

001-35907

3.1

3.1

April 18, 2023

April 18, 2023

8-K

001-35907

4.1

October 3, 2016

8-K

001-35907

4.1

September 19, 
2017

8-K

001-35907

4.1

May 10, 2019

8-K

001-35907

4.1

August 13, 2019

8-K

001-35907

4.1

June 24, 2020

8-K

001-35907

4.1

March 3, 2021

S-4

001-35907

4.8

January 5, 2024

S-4

001-35907

4.9

January 5, 2024

8-K

001-35907

10.1

August 25, 2021

8-K

001-35907

10.1

June 16, 2022

8-K

001-35907

10.1

April 18, 2023

Description of the Company's Securities

X

Indenture, dated as of September 28, 2016, among Quintiles IMS 
Incorporated, the Guarantors listed therein and U.S. Bank National 
Association, as Trustee.

Indenture, dated September 14, 2017, among Quintiles IMS 
Incorporated, as Issuer, U.S. Bank National Association, as 
trustee of the Notes, and certain subsidiaries of the Issuer as 
guarantors U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee of the 
Notes, and certain subsidiaries of the Issuer as guarantors.

Indenture, dated May 10, 2019, among IQVIA Inc., as Issuer, 
U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee of the Notes and 
certain subsidiaries of the Issuer, as guarantors Association, as 
trustee of the Notes and certain subsidiaries of the Issuer, as 
guarantors.

Indenture, dated August 13, 2019, among IQVIA Inc., as Issuer, 
U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee of the Notes and certain 
subsidiaries of the Issuer, as guarantors Association, as trustee of 
the Notes and certain subsidiaries of the Issuer, as guarantors.

Indenture, dated June 24, 2020, among IQVIA Inc., as Issuer, U.S. 
Bank National Association, as trustee of the Notes and certain 
subsidiaries of the Issuer, as guarantors.
Indenture, dated March 3, 2021, among IQVIA Inc., as Issuer, U.S. 
Bank National Association, as trustee of the Notes and certain 
subsidiaries of the Issuer, as guarantors.
Amended and Restated Indenture, dated December 19, 2023, 
among IQVIA Inc., as Issuer, U.S. Bank Trust Company, National 
Association, as trustee of the 5.700% Senior Secured Notes due 
2028 and the Company and certain subsidiaries of the Issuer as 
guarantors. 

Amended and Restated Indenture, dated December 19, 2023, 
among IQVIA Inc., as Issuer, U.S. Bank Trust Company, National 
Association, as trustee of the 6.250% Senior Secured Notes due 
2029 and the Company and certain subsidiaries of the Issuer as 
guarantors.

Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of 
August 25, 2021, by and among IQVIA Inc., IQVIA RDS Inc., 
IQVIA AG, IQVIA Solutions Japan K.K., IQVIA Holdings Inc., 
the Guarantors party thereto and the Lenders party thereto 
(Annex A to Exhibit 10.1 filed August 25, 2021).

Amendment No. 1 to Fifth Amended and Restated Credit 
Agreement, dated June 16, 2022, among IQVIA Inc., IQVIA 
Holdings Inc., IQVIA RDS Inc. the other guarantors party thereto, 
Bank of America, N.A. as administrative agent and as collateral 
agent, and the Lenders party thereto.

Amendment No. 2 to Fifth Amended and Restated Credit 
Agreement, dated April 17, 2023, among IQVIA Inc., IQVIA 
Holdings Inc., IQVIA RDS Inc., IQVIA AG, IQVIA Japan K.K., 
the other guarantors party thereto, Bank of America, N.A. as 
administrative agent and as collateral agent, and the Lenders party 
thereto.

121

      
10.4

10.5

10.6

10.7†

10.8

10.9†
10.10†

10.11†

10.12†

10.13†

10.14†

10.15†

10.16†

10.17†

10.18†

10.19†

10.20†

10.21†

10.22†

10.23†

10.24†

10.25†

10.26†

Amendment No. 3 to Fifth Amended and Restated Credit 
Agreement, dated November 28, 2023, among IQVIA Inc., IQVIA 
Holdings Inc., IQVIA RDS Inc., IQVIA AG, IQVIA Solutions 
Japan LLC, the other guarantors party thereto, Bank of America, 
N.A. as administrative agent and as collateral agent, and the 
Lenders party thereto.
Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as 
of March 17, 2014, among Healthcare Technology Intermediate 
Holdings, Inc., IMS Health Incorporated, each of the grantors 
party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative 
Agent.

U.S. Guaranty, dated as of March 17, 2014, among Healthcare 
Technology Intermediate Holdings, Inc., as Holdings, IMS Health 
Incorporated, as Parent Borrower, the other Guarantors party 
thereto from time to time, and Bank of America, N.A., as 
Administrative Agent.

Form of Director Indemnification Agreement.

Form of Indemnification Agreement with each of the non-
management directors of Quintiles IMS Holdings Inc.

Form of Confidentiality and Restrictive Covenants Agreement
Work Product Assignment Agreement

X
X

Quintiles Transnational Holdings Inc. 2013 Stock Incentive Plan.

Form of Award Agreement Awarding Stock Appreciation Rights 
under the Quintiles IMS Holdings, Inc. 2013 Stock Incentive Plan 
effective February 2017.

Quintiles IMS Holdings, Inc. Defined Contribution Executive 
Retirement Plan.

IMS Health Incorporated Defined Contribution Executive 
Retirement Plan, as amended and restated.

First Amendment to the IMS Health Incorporated Retirement 
Excess Plan, dated March 17, 2009.

Second Amendment to the IMS Health Incorporated Retirement 
Excess Plan, dated December 8, 2009.

Third Amendment to the IMS Health Incorporated Retirement 
Excess Plan, dated April 5, 2011.

Fourth Amendment to the IMS Health Incorporated Retirement 
Excess Plan (effective May 3, 2016).

IMS Health Incorporated Retirement Plan, as amended and 
restated effective January 1, 2020

X

Quintiles IMS Holdings, Inc. 2014 Incentive and Stock Award 
Plan.
Form of IMS Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement under the 
2014 Incentive and Stock Award Plan.

IQVIA Holdings Inc. 2017 Incentive Stock Award Plan (f/k/a 
Quintiles IMS Holdings, Inc. 2017 Incentive and Stock Award 
Plan).
Form of Award Agreement Awarding Stock Appreciation Rights 
under the Quintiles IMS Holdings, Inc. 2017 Incentive and Stock 
Award Plan effective April 2017.

Form of Award Agreement Awarding Performance Shares under 
the Quintiles IMS Holdings, Inc. 2017 Incentive and Stock Award 
Plan effective April 2017.

Form of Award Agreement Awarding Restricted Stock Units under 
the Quintiles IMS Holdings, Inc. 2017 Incentive and Stock Award 
Plan effective April 2017.

IQVIA Inc. Employee Protection Plan and Summary Plan 
Description, as amended and restated effective July 1, 2023.

122

8-K

001-35907

10.1

November 23, 
2023

333-193159

10.33

March 24, 2014

333-193159

10.34

March 24, 2014

IMS
Health 
S-1/A

IMS
Health 
S-1/A

S-1/A

333-186708

8-K

001-35907

10.13

10.8

April 19, 2013

October 3, 2016

S-1/A

10-K

333-186708

001-35907

10.22

10.41

April 19, 2013

February 16, 
2017

8-K

001-35907

10.7

October 3, 2016

333-193159

10.10

January 2, 2014

333-193159

10.12

January 2, 2014

333-193159

10.13

January 2, 2014

333-193159

10.14

January 2, 2014

001-36381

10.3

July 28, 2016

IMS 
Health 
S-1
IMS 
Health 
S-1
IMS 
Health 
S-1
IMS 
Health 
S-1
IMS 
Health 
10-Q

8-K

001-35907

001-36381

10.6

10.1

001-35907

Appendix B

IMS 
Health 8-
K
DEF 
14A

October 3, 2016

February 10, 
2015

February 22, 
2017

10-Q

001-35907

10.8

May 8, 2017

10-Q

001-35907

10.9

May 8, 2017

10-Q

001-35907

10.1

May 8, 2017

10-Q

001-35907

10.1

August 1, 2023

10-K

001-35907

10.6

001-36381

10.34

001-36381

10.35

IMS 
Health 
10-K
IMS 
Health 
10-K

10-K

001-35907

10.72

February 19, 
2019

February 19, 
2016

February 19, 
2016

February 19, 
2019

10-Q

001-35907

10.10

October 22, 2020

S-4

001-35907

10.1

January 5, 2024

S-4

001-35907

10.2

January 5, 2024

S-4

001-35907

22.1

January 5, 2023

10.27†

IQVIA Savings Equalization Plan, effective January 1, 2018.

10.28†

10.29†

10.30†

10.31†

10.32†

10.33†

10.34†

10.35†

10.36

10.37

21.1

22.1

23.1

31.1

31.2

32.1

32.2

97.1†

101

104

IQVIA Elective Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and 
restated.

IQVIA Holdings Inc. Non-Employee Director Deferral Plan, 
effective January 1, 2017 (amended November 9, 2023).

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between IQVIA 
Holdings Inc. and Ari Bousbib, dated February 18, 2019.

Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement between IMS Health 
Holdings, Inc. and Ari Bousbib, dated February 10, 2015.

Amendment No. 1, dated December 31, 2015, to Stock 
Appreciation Rights Agreement between IMS Health Holdings, 
Inc. and Ari Bousbib dated February 10, 2015.

Letter Agreement between the Company and Eric Sherbet, effective 
on March 1, 2018.
Letter Agreement between the Company and Ronald Bruehlman, 
effective on August 1, 2020.

Letter Agreement between the Company and W. Richard Staub, 
effective on September 25, 2023.

Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 23, 2023, among 
IQVIA Inc., IQVIA Holdings Inc., certain subsidiaries of the Issuer 
as guarantors, and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC as representative of 
the several initial purchasers.

Registration Rights Agreement, dated November 28, 2023, among 
IQVIA Inc., IQVIA Holdings Inc., certain subsidiaries of the Issuer 
as guarantors, and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC as representative of 
the several initial purchasers.

List of Subsidiaries of IQVIA Holdings Inc.

List of Subsidiary Guarantors and Affiliates who Collateralize the 
Company’s Securities

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

Certification of Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Rule 
13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Executive Vice President and Chief Financial 
Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant 
to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 
Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Executive Vice President and Chief Financial 
Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Restatement Recovery Policy, dated November 9, 2023.

Interactive Data Files Pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T: (i) 
Consolidated Statements of Income, (ii) Consolidated Statements 
of Comprehensive Income, (iii) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iv) 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, (v) Notes to Consolidated 
Financial Statements and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial 
Statements. The instance document does not appear in the 
Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within 
the Inline XBRL document.

Cover Page Interactive Data File. The instance document does not 
appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are 
embedded within the Inline XBRL document.

†  

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

123

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

None.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this 

report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

IQVIA HOLDINGS INC.

By: /s/ Ronald E. Bruehlman 

Name: Ronald E. Bruehlman 

   Title: Executive Vice President and Chief

   Financial Officer

Date: February 15, 2024

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  this  report  has  been  signed  below  by  the  following  persons  on 
behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

124

Signature

/s/ Ari Bousbib

Ari Bousbib

/s/ Ronald E. Bruehlman 

Ronald E. Bruehlman 

/s/ Keriann Cherofsky

Keriann Cherofsky

/s/ Carol J. Burt

Carol J. Burt

/s/ John P. Connaughton

John P. Connaughton

/s/ John G. Danhakl

John G. Danhakl

/s/ James A. Fasano

James A. Fasano

/s/ Colleen A. Goggins

Colleen A. Goggins

/s/ John M. Leonard, M.D.

John M. Leonard, M.D.

/s/ Leslie Wims Morris

Leslie Wims Morris

/s/ Todd B. Sisitsky

Todd B. Sisitsky

/s/ Sheila A. Stamps

Sheila A. Stamps

Title

Date

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer; Director

February 15, 2024

(Principal Executive Officer)

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

February 15, 2024

(Principal Financial Officer)

Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Corporate 
Controller

February 15, 2024

(Principal Accounting Officer)

February 15, 2024

February 15, 2024

February 15, 2024

February 15, 2024

February 15, 2024

February 15, 2024

February 15, 2024

February 15, 2024

February 15, 2024

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

125

(2) Financial Statement Schedules 

Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

IQVIA HOLDINGS INC. (PARENT COMPANY ONLY) 
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in millions)

Equity in earnings of subsidiary, net of tax

Net income

Equity in other comprehensive (loss) income of subsidiary, net of tax

Comprehensive income 

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

2021

$ 

$ 

1,358  $ 

1,091  $ 

1,358 

(140) 

1,091 

(321) 

1,218  $ 

770  $ 

966 

966 

(191) 

775 

126

 
 
 
 
 
 
IQVIA HOLDINGS INC. (PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

(in millions, except per share data)

ASSETS

Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Investment in subsidiary

Total assets

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable

Total current liabilities

Investment in subsidiary

Payable to subsidiary

Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies

Stockholders’ equity:

Common stock and additional paid-in capital, 400.0 shares authorized as of December 31, 2023 and 
2022, $0.01 par value, 257.2 shares issued and 181.5 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2023; 
256.4 shares issued and 185.7 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2022

Retained earnings

Treasury stock, at cost, 75.7 and 70.7 shares as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, 

respectively

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Total stockholders’ equity

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

December 31,

2023

2022

$ 

$ 

$ 

2  $ 

2 

9,667 

9,669  $ 

8  $ 

8 

3,546 

3 

3,557 

11,028 

4,692 

(8,741) 

(867) 

6,112 

$ 

9,669  $ 

2 

2 

9,667 

9,669 

— 

— 

3,902 

2 

3,904 

10,898 

3,334 

(7,740) 

(727) 

5,765 

9,669 

127

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IQVIA HOLDINGS INC. (PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in millions)

Operating activities:

Net Income

Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities:

Equity in earnings of subsidiary

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

Other operating assets and liabilities

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

Investing activities:

Investment in subsidiary, net of dividends received

Net cash provided by investing activities

Financing activities:

Payments related to employee stock option plans

Repurchase of common stock

Intercompany with subsidiary

Net cash used in financing activities

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

2021

$ 

1,358  $ 

1,091  $ 

966 

(1,358) 

(1,091) 

(966) 

— 

— 

1,052 

1,052 

(61) 

(992) 

1 

(1,052) 

— 

2 

1 

1 

1,238 

1,238 

(71) 

(1,168) 

— 

(1,239) 

— 

2 

$ 

2  $ 

2  $ 

(1) 

(1) 

467 

467 

(59) 

(406) 

— 

(465) 

1 

1 

2 

128

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IQVIA HOLDINGS INC. (PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The  condensed  parent  company  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  Rule  12-04,  Schedule  I  of 
Regulation S-X as the restricted net assets of IQVIA Holdings Inc.’s (the “Company”) wholly owned subsidiary, IQVIA Incorporated 
exceed 25% of the consolidated net assets of the Company. These condensed parent company financial statements are not the general-
purpose  financial  statements  of  the  reporting  entity.  The  ability  of  IQVIA  Incorporated  to  pay  dividends  may  be  limited  due  to  the 
restrictive covenants in the agreements governing its credit arrangements.

These  condensed  parent  company  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  IQVIA  Holdings  Inc.  on  a  standalone  basis 
(the  “Parent”)  and  the  equity  method  of  accounting  is  used  to  reflect  ownership  interest  in  its  subsidiary.  Refer  to  the  consolidated 
financial  statements  and  notes  presented  elsewhere  herein  for  additional  information  and  disclosures  with  respect  to  these  financial 
statements. 

Below is a summary of the dividends paid to the Parent by IQVIA Incorporated in the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 

and 2021:

(in millions)
Paid in November 2023
Paid in September 2023
Paid in August 2023
Paid in May 2023
Paid in March 2023
Paid in February 2023
Total paid in 2023
Paid in December 2022
Paid in November 2022
Paid in October 2022
Paid in September 2022
Paid in August 2022
Paid in July 2022
Paid in June 2022
Paid in May 2022
Paid in April 2022
Paid in March 2022
Paid in February 2022
Paid in January 2022
Total paid in 2022
Paid in December 2021
Paid in November 2021
Paid in October 2021
Paid in September 2021
Paid in August 2021
Paid in July 2021
Paid in June 2021
Paid in May 2021
Paid in April 2021
Paid in March 2021
Paid in February 2021
Total paid in 2021

129

Amount

232 
55 
89 
490 
130 
56 
1,052 
25 
3 
40 
110 
1 
100 
188 
303 
2 
125 
322 
20 
1,239 
57 
89
60
36
35 
25 
20 
23 
4 
51 
70
470 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred Tax Asset Valuation Allowance

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

(in millions)

December 31, 2023

December 31, 2022

December 31, 2021

Additions

Balance at 
Beginning of 
Year

Charged to 
Expenses

Charged to 
Other 
Accounts(a)

Additions 
(Deductions) 
(b)

Balance at End 
of Year

$ 

$ 

$ 

257 

294 

306 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(99) 

(27) 

1 

$ 

$ 

$ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

8  $ 

(10)  $ 

(13)  $ 

166 

257 

294 

(a)
(b)

Recorded through purchase accounting transaction.
Impact of reductions recorded to expense and translation adjustments.

130

Exhibit 4.1

DESCRIPTION OF THE REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT 
TO SECTION 12 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

IQVIA Holdings Inc. (“IQVIA”, the “Registrant”, the “Company”, “us”, “we”, or “our”) has one 
class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended (the “Exchange Act”), our common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “common 
stock”).

The following description of our securities does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and 
qualified in its entirety by, the IQVIA amended and restated certificate of incorporation 
(“Certificate of Incorporation”) and the IQVIA amended and restated bylaws (“Bylaws”), each of 
which are incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of which 
this exhibit is a part, and applicable provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of 
Delaware (the “DGCL”).

DESCRIPTION OF IQVIA CAPITAL STOCK

Authorized Capital

Our Certificate of Incorporation provides the authority to issue 400,000,000 shares of 

common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value 
$0.01 per share. The outstanding shares of our common stock are fully paid and nonassessable.

Each share of our common stock has the same relative rights and is identical in all respects 

to each other share of our common stock.

Common Stock

Voting Rights

Except as otherwise required by law or as otherwise provided in any certificate of 
designation for any series of preferred stock, holders of common stock will possess all voting 
power for the election of directors and all other matters requiring stockholder action, except with 
respect to amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation that alter or change the powers, 
preferences, rights or other terms of any outstanding preferred stock if the holders of such 
affected series of preferred stock are entitled to vote on such an amendment. Holders of common 
stock are entitled to one vote per share on matters to be voted on by stockholders. Except as 
otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, all matters to be voted 
on by our stockholders must be approved by a majority of the votes cast on the matter 
affirmatively or negatively. 

Liquidation Rights

If we voluntarily or involuntarily liquidate, dissolve or wind-up, the holders of common 
stock will be entitled to receive after distribution in full of the preferential amounts, if any, to be 
distributed to the holders of preferred stock or any series of preferred stock, all of the remaining 
assets available for distribution ratably in proportion to the number of shares of common stock 
held by them.

WEIL:\99574751\2\99980.0859

Dividends

Subject to prior rights and preferences, if any, that may apply to shares of preferred stock 
outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of common stock will be entitled to 
receive a ratable portion of dividends, payable in cash, property or stock, out of assets legally 
available at the times and in the amounts as our board of directors may from time to time 
determine.

Miscellaneous

Holders of common stock have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights and 

there is no sinking fund or redemption provisions applicable to our common stock.

Preferred Stock

The Certificate of Incorporation authorizes our board of directors, without further 

stockholder action, to issue up to 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, 
in one or more series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences, and rights of the shares of 
such series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, without further vote or 
action by our stockholders. The rights with respect to a class or series of preferred stock may be 
greater than the rights attached to common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the 
issuance of any shares of preferred stock on the rights of holders of common stock until our 
board of directors determines the specific rights attached to that class or series of preferred stock.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and Delaware Law

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, an anti-takeover statute. In general, Section 203 of 
the DGCL prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business 
combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years following the time the 
person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination or the acquisition of 
shares that resulted in a stockholder becoming an interested stockholder is approved in a 
prescribed manner. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or 
other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Generally, an 
“interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns (or within 
three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status did own) 15% or more of a 
corporation’s voting stock. A Delaware corporation may “opt out” of this provision with an 
express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its 
certificate of incorporation or bylaws resulting from a stockholders’ amendment approved by at 
least a majority of the outstanding voting shares. The existence of this provision would be 
expected to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by 
our board of directors, including discouraging attempts that might result in a premium over the 
market price for the shares of common stock held by our stockholders.

Classified Board

The Certificate of Incorporation provides that the number of directors which shall constitute 

our board of directors shall be not less than five (5) nor more than seventeen (17), and shall be 
fixed in such a manner as may be prescribed by the Bylaws. The Certificate of Incorporation 
provides for the phase-out of our formerly classified board, commencing at the 2022 annual 
meeting of stockholders and ending at the 2025 annual meeting of stockholders, at which time, 
each of the directors will be elected for a one-year term and the Board will be de-classified. Each 
director shall be elected by the vote of the majority of the votes cast affirmatively or negatively 
with respect to that director’s election at any meeting for the election of directors at which a 
quorum is present, provided that if, as of the tenth (10th) day preceding the date the Company 
first mails its notice of meeting for such meeting to the stockholders of the Company, the number 
of nominees exceeds the number of directors to be elected, the directors shall be elected by a 
plurality of the votes cast. The classified board provisions could discourage a third party from 
initiating a proxy contest, making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to gain control of our 
company.

Removal of Directors

The Certificate of Incorporation provides that (i) any director who prior to the 2022 annual 

meeting of stockholders was elected to a three-year term (a “Classified Term”) that continues 
beyond the date of the 2022 annual meeting (a “Classified Director”) may be removed from 
office during such Classified Term by the stockholders of the Company only for cause, and only 
by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of the Company then entitled to 
vote generally in the election of directors, considered as one class, and (ii) any director that is not 
a Classified Director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the Company, with or 
without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of the Company 
then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, considered as one class. However, 
whenever a director has been elected by a voting group of stockholders, only the stockholders 
from that voting group may participate in the vote to remove him or her, and such vacancy may 
be filled only by the stockholders of that voting group. 

Amendments to Bylaws

The Bylaws may be amended, adopted, altered or repealed by our board of directors or 
by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of the Company present in 
person or by proxy at a meeting and entitled to vote on such amendment, alteration, change, 
addition or repeal. 

Size of Board and Vacancies

The Certificate of Incorporation provides that the number of directors on our board of 
directors will be fixed exclusively by our board of directors at a number of directors not less than 
five (5) and not more than seventeen (17). In the case of any vacancy on the board of directors, 
including a vacancy created by an increase in the number of directors, the vacancy may be filled 
by the board of directors for a term of office continuing until the next election of directors by the 
stockholders. Subject to the Bylaws, when one or more directors resigns effective at a future 
date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have 
power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or 
resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in 
the Bylaws in connection with the filling of other vacancies.

Stockholder Action by Written Consent

The Certificate of Incorporation provides that stockholders may not take action by written 

consent in lieu of a meeting.

Special Stockholder Meetings

The Certificate of Incorporation provides that special meetings of our stockholders may be 

called (i) by a majority of the members of the board of directors, (ii) by the Chairman of the 
Board or Chief Executive Officer of the Company, or (iii) by the Secretary of the Company upon 
receipt of the written request of one or more record holders (and the record or beneficial owners, 
if any, such holders represent) representing ownership of an aggregate of not less than 25% of 
the voting power of all issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Company, 
provided that such shares have been owned continuously by such holders for at least one year, 
and provided such request complies with the procedures for calling a special meeting of 
stockholders as set forth in the Bylaws, as may be amended from time to time. This limitation on 
the right of stockholders to call a special meeting could make it more difficult for stockholders to 
initiate actions that are opposed by our board of directors. These actions could include the 
removal of an incumbent director or the election of a stockholder nominee as a director. In 
addition, the limited ability of the stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders may 
make it more difficult to change the existing board and management.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

The Bylaws provide that stockholders seeking to bring business before an annual meeting of 

stockholders, or to nominate candidates for election as directors at an annual meeting of 
stockholders, must provide timely notice thereof in writing. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice 
must be delivered to our principal executive offices not later than 90 days nor earlier than 120 
days prior to the date of our annual meeting in the preceding year, subject to changes if the 
annual meeting date is advanced more than 30 days before or delayed more than 60 days after the 
anniversary date of the preceding year’s annual meeting. The Bylaws also specify certain 
requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions may preclude 
stockholders from bringing matters before an annual meeting of stockholders or from making 
nominations for directors at an annual meeting of stockholders.

No Cumulative Voting

The Certificate of Incorporation provides that stockholders do not have the right to 
cumulate votes in the election of directors. Without cumulative voting, a minority stockholder 
may not be able to gain as many seats on the board of directors as the stockholder would be able 
to gain if cumulative voting were permitted. The absence of cumulative voting makes it more 
difficult for a minority stockholder to gain a seat on the board of directors or influence the 
board’s decision regarding a takeover.

Undesignated Preferred Stock

The authority of our board of directors to issue preferred stock could potentially be used to 
discourage attempts by third parties to obtain control of the Company through a merger, tender 
offer, proxy contest or otherwise by making such attempts more difficult or more costly. Our 
board of directors will be able to issue preferred stock with voting rights or conversion rights 
that, if exercised, could adversely affect the voting power of the holders of common stock.

Limitations on Liability, Indemnification of Officers and Directors, and Insurance

The DGCL authorizes corporations to eliminate or limit the personal liability of directors to 

corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary 
duties as directors, and the Certificate of Incorporation includes such an exculpation provision to 
the fullest extent permitted by law. The Certificate of Incorporation includes provisions that 
require us to indemnify, to the fullest extent allowable under the DGCL, our directors and 
officers or any of our subsidiaries. The Certificate of Incorporation also provides that we must 
pay the expenses incurred by the indemnified person in defending or otherwise participating in 
any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, subject to our receipt of an undertaking from 
the indemnified party that such party will repay such amount if it is ultimately determined that 
such party is not entitled to be indemnified by us. We have entered into indemnification 
agreements with our non-management directors, which generally provide for indemnification in 
connection with their service to us or on our behalf. The Certificate of Incorporation also 
expressly authorizes us to carry insurance to protect our directors and officers against liability 
asserted against them or incurred by them in any such capacity.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in the Certificate of Incorporation 

may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their 
fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative 
litigation against our directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might 
otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. However, these provisions do not limit or eliminate 
our rights, or those of any stockholder, to seek non-monetary relief such as injunction or 
rescission in the event of a breach of a director’s duty of care. The provisions do not alter the 
liability of directors under the federal securities laws. In addition, investments in our company 
may be adversely affected to the extent that, in a class action or direct suit, we pay the costs of 
settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification 
provisions. However, we believe that these indemnification provisions are necessary to attract 
and retain qualified directors and officers.

Exclusive Forum

The Bylaws provide that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternate forum, 

the sole and exclusive forum for all litigation relating to the internal affairs of our company, 
including without limitation (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of us, 
(ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, 
officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising 
pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws (in each 
case, as they may be amended from time to time), or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed 
by the internal affairs doctrine, shall be a state court located within the State of Delaware, or, if 
no state court located within the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal district court for 
the District of Delaware. This provision may prevent a stockholder from bringing a claim in a 
judicial forum (other than in a Delaware court) that it finds preferable for disputes with us and 
our directors, officers or other employees.

Authorized but Unissued Shares

The authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock will be available 
for future issuance without stockholder approval. These additional shares may be utilized for a 
variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, 
corporate acquisitions, employee benefit plans and “poison pill” rights plans. The existence of 
authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult 
or discourage an attempt to obtain control of our company by means of a proxy contest, tender 
offer, merger or otherwise.

NYSE Listing

Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “IQV.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Equiniti Trust Company, LLC.

CONFIDENTIALITY AND RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS AGREEMENT

(IQVIA US Version – June 2023)

Exhibit 10.9

By  entering  into  this  Confidentiality  and  Restrictive  Covenants  Agreement  (this  “Agreement”),  I  acknowledge  that  IQVIA  Holdings  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation 
(“IQVIA”),  and  its  Subsidiaries  (as  defined  below)  (collectively,  the  “Company”)  has  an  interest  in  protecting  its  confidential  information  and  that  as  a  material 
inducement  to  enter  into  this  Agreement,  IQVIA  is  allowing  me  to  have  access  to  IQVIA’s  Confidential  Information  as  part  of  my  performance  of  services  as  an 
employee of IQVIA. I further acknowledge that the protection of the Company’s confidential information and business interests includes certain reasonable restrictions 
on my activities as an employee of Employer (as defined below), and after the period of my employment, as set forth in this Agreement.

In consideration of the foregoing, and of my opportunity to participate in the IQVIA Long Term Incentive program, my employment with Employer (including the onset 
or continuing employment with Employer), and for other good and valuable consideration, I agree to the terms of this Agreement, which will be deemed effective upon 
the last date specified on the last page of this Agreement.  I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDE AND INCORPORATE THOSE 
STATE-SPECIFIC  TERMS  INCLUDED  IN  ADDENDUM  A  ATTACHED  AT  THE  END  OF  THIS  AGREEMENT,  TO  THE  EXTENT  THAT  ANY  SUCH  STATE-
SPECIFIC TERMS APPLY TO ME. 

1. CONFIDENTIALITY AND RETURN OF MATERIALS:
  a.  Confidentiality Obligations. I agree, both during and after my employment 
with  a  Subsidiary,  not  to  disclose  Confidential  Information  (defined 
below) to anyone inside or outside of the Company except as specifically 
described below, and not to use such information for my own personal 
benefit  or  that  of  any  third  party.  In  addition,  I  agree  to  make  every 
reasonable  effort  to  (i)  ensure  the  confidentiality  and  integrity  of 
Confidential  Information  of  the  Company  and  (ii)  protect  it  against 
reasonably  anticipated  threats  or  hazards  to  its  security  or  integrity.  I 
agree to notify my Employer immediately upon discovery of any loss or 
unauthorized disclosure of the Confidential Information. I understand that 
my obligations regarding the Company’s Confidential Information are not 
limited by time and remain in effect for so long as the information meets 
the definition of Confidential Information in this Agreement.
(1)  “Confidential  Information”  means  information  that  is  confidential  or 
proprietary to the Company or Third Parties, in whatever form disclosed 
and whether received or created before or after the effective date of this 
Agreement  and  regardless  of  whether  such  information  is  labeled  or 
designated  formally  as  confidential,  including,  but  not  limited  to:  Trade 
Secrets; inventions, technical information, methodologies, advancements 
or  improvements  to  current  solutions,  and  new  innovations;  pricing 
information; internal financial or operational metrics information related to 
operational 
initiatives, 
reviews;  business  plans,  marketing  plans, 
programs  or  strategies,  business  methods,  business  processes  and 
systems;  research  and  development  plans;  customer,  supplier,  and 
employee 
requirements, 
preferences,  and  business  or  marketing  plans  or  results  that  are  not 
generally  known;  data,  databases,  designs,  specifications,  software 
designs,  and  documentation;  and  any  other  information  which  is  not 
generally  disclosed  by  the  Company  or  Third  Parties  or  otherwise 
publicly available, and which may be useful or helpful to the Company or 
Third Parties and may give the Company or Third Parties a competitive 
advantage.
(2)  “Third Party” means any of the Company’s customers, suppliers, or 
other partners.
(3)  “Trade  Secrets”  means 
independent 
information 
economic  value,  actual  or  potential,  from  not  being  generally  known  to 
the  public  or  other  Persons  who  can  obtain  economic  value  from  its 
disclosure or use and is the subject of efforts that are reasonable under 
the circumstances to maintain its secrecy.
Internal Disclosure and Use. Confidential Information may be shared or 
discussed with individuals within the Company on a “need-to-know” basis 
in order for those individuals to properly perform their jobs or contracted 
responsibilities.

that  derives 

information 

regarding 

customer 

  b. 

lists; 

  c.  External  Disclosure  and  Use.  Confidential  Information  may  only  be 
disclosed  to  someone  outside  of  the  Company  if  it  is  (i)  required  or 
necessary to further a legitimate business purpose of the Company, (ii) 
disclosed after the intended recipient has signed a Company approved 
agreement  containing  appropriate  confidentiality  provisions,  and  (iii) 
disclosed  with  proper  legends  or  labels  designating  sensitivity,  as  may 
be applicable.

  d.  Company  Materials.  Upon  termination  of  my  employment  or  upon  the 
Company’s request at any other time, I will deliver to my Employer all of 
the  Company’s  property,  equipment,  and  documents  in  my  possession 
or control, including all copies thereof and any other material containing 

CONFIDENTIALITY AND RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS AGREEMENT 
(IQVIA US Version – June 2023)

or  disclosing  any  Confidential  Information.  I  agree  that  I  will  not  copy, 
delete,  transfer,  store,  destroy,  or  alter  any  information  relating  to  the 
Company  or  a  Third  Party  contained  upon  my  Company  computer  or 
Company  equipment  before  I  return  it  to  my  Employer.  I  further  agree 
that any property situated on the Company’s premises and/or owned by 
the Company is subject to inspection by the Company’s personnel at any 
time  with  or  without  notice.  In  addition,  if  I  have  used  any  personal 
computer, mobile device, server, or other e-mail system to receive, store, 
review,  prepare  or  transmit  any  Confidential  Information,  then  upon 
termination  of  my  employment  or  upon  the  Company’s  request  at  any 
other  time,  I  agree  to  provide  the  Company  with  a  computer-useable 
copy  of  all  such  Confidential  Information  in  a  secure  manner  and  then 
permanently  delete  and  expunge  such  Confidential  Information  from 
those  systems,  and  I  agree  to  provide  the  Company  access  to  my 
system  as  reasonably  requested  to  verify  that  the  necessary  copying 
and/or deletion is completed. Prior to the termination of my employment 
or  promptly  after  termination  of  my  employment,  upon  request  by  the 
Company,  I  will  cooperate  with  the  Company  in  attending  an  exit 
interview and certify in writing that I have complied with the requirements 
of this section.

  e.  Permitted  Disclosure  of  Trade  Secrets.  I  shall  not  be  held  criminally  or 
civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure 
of a Trade Secret that is made in confidence to a federal, state, or local 
government official, to an attorney solely for the purpose of reporting or 
investigating  a  suspected  violation  of  law,  or  in  a  complaint  or  other 
document  filed  in  a  lawsuit  or  other  proceeding,  if  such  filing  is  made 
under  seal.  I  understand  that  an  employee  who  files  a  lawsuit  for 
retaliation by an employer for reporting a suspected violation of law may 
disclose the Trade Secret to the attorney of the employee and use the 
Trade  Secret  information  in  the  court  proceeding,  if  the  employee  files 
any  document  containing  the  Trade  Secret  under  seal  and  does  not 
disclose the Trade Secret, except pursuant to court order.

2. ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS:
  a.  “Company Offering” means a product or service of the Company in the 
past  or  present  or  hereafter  being  offered,  supported  or  under 
development.

  c. 

    b.  “Competitor”  means  any  Person  that  is  then  either  directly  or  indirectly 
planning to develop, developing, providing, offering, selling or supporting 
any product or service that is competitive, in whole or in part, with any 
Company Offering.
“direct or indirect” means actions taken as an officer, director, employee, 
individual  proprietor,  partner,  joint  venturer,  advisor,  consultant,  agent, 
stockholder,  member, 
in  any  other  capacity 
whatsoever  (other  than  by  the  ownership  of  a  passive  investment 
interest  of  not  more  than  2%  in  a  company  with  publicly  traded  equity 
securities).

investor,  or 

lender, 

  d.  “Employer” means the relevant Subsidiary I am or was employed by from 
time to time, whether before or after the effective date of this Agreement.

  e.  “Person” means an entity or individual other than the Company.

f. 

“Restricted  Period”  means  twelve  (12)  months  after  termination  of 
employment and Services with the Company, either by my Employer or 
by  me;  provided,  however,  if  my  employment  is  terminated  due  to  the 
elimination  of  my  position  or  layoff,  the  Restricted  Period  solely  for 
purposes  of  Section  3  of  this  Agreement  will  be  limited  to  the  period 

Page 1 of 6

4819-5506-7527.v3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
reflected  in  the  amount  of  base  pay  that  I  am  eligible  to  receive  as 
severance, termination or similar benefits under any applicable Company 
severance  plan,  policy,  employment  contract,  practice  or  applicable 
statutory,  regulatory  or  administrative  requirement  (the  “Severance 
Period”).  However,  if  my  Severance  Period  is  less  than  twelve  (12) 
months, the Company, in its sole discretion, reserves the right to extend 
for an equivalent period both my Restricted Period for Section 3 and my 
Severance Period to a maximum of twelve (12) months.

  g.  “Services”  means  employment  or  providing  any  assistance,  support  or 
services,  direct  or  indirect,  including  as  an  employee,  contractor,  or 
the  providing  of  advice,  support, 
consultant,  and  shall 
knowledge, 
research, 
development,  testing,  marketing,  selling,  or  any  other  performance, 
rendering or delivery of individual work or assistance.

recommendations, 

information  or 

include 

labor, 

  h.  “Subsidiary” means any entity which controls, is controlled by, or is under 
the  common  control  of  IQVIA,  where  control  shall  refer  to:  (i)  the 
possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management 
or  policies  of  an  entity,  whether  through  the  ownership  of  voting 
securities,  by  contract  or  otherwise,  or  (ii)  the  ownership,  directly  or 
indirectly, of more than 50% of the voting securities or other ownership 
interest of an entity. If this Agreement has been executed in connection 
with  the  acquisition  of  any  business  or  entity  by  IQVIA  or  any  of  its 
Subsidiaries,  any  such  acquired  business  or  entity  is  deemed  to  be  a 
Subsidiary  of  IQVIA  at  all  times  for  purposes  of  this  Agreement, 
including,  but  not  limited  to,  the  period  of  my  employment,  if  any,  with 
any such acquired business or entity prior to such acquisition.

3. LIMITS ON COMPETITION WITH THE COMPANY: 
  a.  Restricted  Activities.  During  my  employment  by  or  service  with  the 
Company  and  continuing  through  the  Restricted  Period,  I  shall  not, 
directly or indirectly:
(1)  perform  or  provide  any  Services  for  any  Competitor,  on  my  own 
behalf or that of any other Person, if such Services: (A) are in relation to 
an  offering,  product,  or  service  that  is  similar  to  or  competes  with  a 
Company Offering  with respect to which I had any material involvement 
or    access  to  Confidential  Information  in  the  twelve  month  period 
preceding my termination and (B) are similar to the Services I performed 
for  the  Company  during  the  twelve  month  period  preceding  my 
termination; or
(2)  perform  or  provide  any  Services  for  any  Person  that  are  likely  to 
result in my use or disclosure of any Confidential Information.

including  pharmaceuticals 

b.  Permitted Activities. Nothing in Section 3(a) above shall prohibit me from 
seeking  employment  with  or  being  employed  by,  or  engaging  in  any  of 
the Services described in Section 3(a)(1) above for:
(1)  a  company  whose  principal  business  is  (A)  the  manufacture  of 
medicines, 
(branded  and  generic), 
biotechnology  products,  vaccines  and  over-the-counter  medications  or 
(B) the manufacture of medical devices;
(2)  a company whose principal business is (A) the treatment or delivery 
of health care services to patients or (B) the dispensing of medicines to 
patients,  provided  however,  for  either  (A)  or  (B)  in  this  Section  3(b)(2), 
the services may not include laboratory or diagnostic testing services;
(3)  a company that is an affiliate of a Competitor (as defined above), but 
is not itself engaged in any activities that are included in the definition of 
a Competitor; or
(4)  a company that, pursuant to the procedure outlined in Section 3(d) 
below, is expressly identified as unrestricted;
provided in each case that I do not provide Services directly to or advise 
or assist any division, group or other company (whether or not affiliated 
with  any  of  the  companies  described  in  this  Section  3(b))  that  is 
otherwise  restricted  pursuant  to  Section  3(a)  above,  including  without 
limitation laboratory or clinical work of the sort that is performed by the 
Company.

  c.  Location  of  Services.  The  restrictions  contained  in  Section  3(a)  above 
shall  apply  to  (i)  any  country  in  which  I  worked,  had  responsibility  or 
provided  services  on  behalf  of  the  Company,  including  through  the 
supervision  of  a  Company  employee,  contractor,  or  consultant  who 
provided services or worked in such country; (ii) any State of the United 
States,  or  similar  political  subdivision  in  a  foreign  country,  in  which  I 
worked,  had  responsibility  or  provided  services  on  behalf  of  the 
Company,  including  through  the  supervision  of  a  Company  employee, 
contractor, or consultant who provided services or worked in such State 
or  similar  political  subdivision;  and/or  (iii)  anywhere  in  the  world  where 
the  Company  conducts  business  (it  being  understood  that  technology 

CONFIDENTIALITY AND RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS AGREEMENT 
(IQVIA US Version – June 2023)

allows any of these Services to be performed remotely from any location, 
and the global market in which any of the businesses of the Company is 
conducted  and  to  which  their  goodwill  extends  is  not  limited  to  any 
particular region in the world).

  d.  Modifications. It is agreed in the case of termination of my employment, 
either by my Employer or by me, that my Employer shall be entitled to 
reduce  the  duration  of  the  period  of  application  of  this  non-competition 
clause,  or  to  waive  this  clause.  Nothing  in  this  Agreement  shall  be 
deemed or construed as an express or implied policy or practice of the 
Company to provide these modifications.

4. NO  SOLICITATION  OF  CUSTOMERS,  SUPPLIERS,  EMPLOYEES  AND 

CONSULTANTS:
I hereby agree that, during my employment by or service with the Company, 
and continuing through the Restricted Period, I shall not, directly or indirectly:
  a.  solicit, induce, entice or procure, or endeavor to solicit, induce, entice or 
procure  any  customer,  data  supplier,  prospective  customer  or 
prospective data supplier of the Company (with whom I had contact on 
behalf  of  the  Company  during  the  last  twelve  (12)  months  of  my 
employment  with  the  Company),  or  about  which  I  had  access  to 
Confidential  Information,  in  order  to  sell  or  obtain  services  that  the 
customer or data supplier had obtained from the Company or offer to sell 
to  such  customer  or  prospective  customer,  or  obtain  from  such  data 
supplier  or  prospective  data  supplier,  the  same,  similar  or  related 
products  or  services  the  Company  offers  to  its  customers  or  acquires 
from its data suppliers during my employment;

  b.  solicit,  induce  or  entice,  or  endeavor  to  solicit,  induce  or  entice  any 
customer,  data  supplier,  prospective  customer  or  prospective  data 
supplier  to  cease  doing  business,  or  alter  or  limit  its  business 
relationship,  with  the  Company,  or  to  otherwise  interfere  with  the 
business relationship between the Company and such Person;

  c.  solicit,  induce,  entice,  hire  or  engage,  or  endeavor  to  solicit,  induce, 
entice,  hire  or  engage  any  employee  or  consultant  of  the  Company  to 
leave such employment or consultancy; or

  d.  employ or otherwise engage or use the services of any Person who is or 
was an employee or consultant of the Company if such engagement or 
services  would  result  in  a  breach  of  any  non-competition,  non-
solicitation,  or  confidentiality  obligation  owed  by  that  Person  to  the 
Company.

5.  COMPLIANCE WITH POST-EMPLOYMENT OBLIGATIONS: 
  a.  Reasonableness  of  Restrictions.  I  acknowledge  that  (i)  the  restrictions 
and  promises  I  make  in  this  Agreement  are  reasonable  in  light  of  the 
Company’s granting me access to its Confidential Information, as well as 
the  cost,  time  and  effort  that  the  Company  has  spent  in  training  and 
development  opportunities  for  me;  (ii)  I  have  received  appropriate  and 
sufficient consideration in exchange for making these promises, including 
without limitation my signing this Agreement in conjunction with my offer 
of employment and/or the granting of an equity-related award, retention 
bonus  opportunity,  or  other  change  in  my  compensation;  (iii)  the  type, 
scope, and periods of restriction imposed in the provisions of Sections 3 
and  4  are  fair  and  reasonable  and  are  reasonably  required  in  order  to 
protect and maintain the proprietary interests of the Company described 
above,  other  legitimate  business  interests  of  the  Company  and  the 
goodwill  associated  with  the  business  of  the  Company;  and  (iv)  the 
business  of  the  Company  currently  extends  throughout  the  geographic 
area associated with the restrictions reflected in Section 3 as applicable 
to  my  activities  with  the  Company.  I  specifically  acknowledge  that  my 
being  restricted  from  soliciting  and  servicing  certain  customers  as 
contemplated  by  this  Agreement  will  not  prevent  me  from  being 
employed  or  earning  a  livelihood  in  the  type  of  business  conducted  by 
the Company or in the industries served by the Company.

  b.  Tolling. In the event of any breach by me of the terms of Sections 3 or 4, 
the  extension  of  the  time  period  for  the  restrictions  set  forth  in  those 
respective sections will be automatically extended for a period equal to 
the period of the breach and will begin to run upon the entry of a court 
order enforcing the terms of the covenant.

  c.  Notification to Third Parties.

(1) If there is a reasonable possibility that my compliance with the terms 
of  Sections  1,  3  or  4  may  be  at  risk  by  providing  Services  to  another 
Person, then I will timely notify the other Person of my obligations under 
this  Agreement  before  engaging  in  such  activities.  I  will  notify  any 
prospective employer of my obligations under this Agreement. 
(2)  I  hereby  authorize  the  Company  to  notify  third  parties,  including 

Page 2 of 6

4819-5506-7527.v3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
without  limitation,  customers  and  former,  actual  or  potential  employers, 
of  the  terms  of  this  Agreement  and  my  obligations  hereunder,  by 
providing a copy of this Agreement or otherwise.

  d.  Requests. If, during the Restricted Period, I wish to engage in an activity 
that is or might be in violation of Sections 3 or 4 above, I agree to provide 
my former Employer with written notice of my intention to do so at least 
ten (10) business days in advance of undertaking such activity (without 
disclosing another Person’s confidential information).

  e.  Declaration of Compliance. If requested by the Company and upon the 
Company’s reasonable assessment concerning my compliance with the 
terms  of  this  Agreement,  I  agree  to  submit  a  written  declaration  or 
affidavit  of  compliance  affirming  my  compliance  with  this  Agreement 
within ten (10) business days of the Company’s request. 

6. COOPERATION:

I agree that I will make myself reasonably available to (a) cooperate with the 
Company, both during and after employment with the Company, by making 
myself  available  to  testify  on  behalf  of  the  Company,  in  any  action,  suit  or 
proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, and (b) to 
assist  the  Company  in  any  such  action,  suit  or  proceeding,  by  providing 
information and meeting and consulting with the representatives or counsel 
to  the  Company,  as  may  be  reasonably  requested  and  after  taking  into 
account  my  post-termination  responsibilities  and  obligations.  The  Company 
agrees to reimburse me, on an after-tax basis, for all reasonable expenses 
actually incurred in connection with my provision of testimony or assistance.

7. NON-DISPARAGEMENT:

I shall not, at any time during and after my employment with the Company, 
make  statements  or  representations,  or  otherwise  communicate,  directly  or 
indirectly, in writing, orally or otherwise, or take any action that may, directly 
or indirectly, disparage or be damaging to the Company or any of its officers, 
directors,  employees,  advisors,  businesses,  or  its  or  their  reputations. 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall preclude me 
from (a) filing a claim with or participating in any investigation conducted by 
any  federal,  state,  or  local  government  agency  that  is  responsible  for 
enforcing a law on behalf of the government or (b) making truthful statements 
that are required or authorized by applicable law, regulation or legal process. 

8. GENERAL PROVISIONS:
  a.  Voluntary Consent. I state that I have freely and voluntarily entered into 
this  Agreement,  and  that  I  have  read  and  understood  each  provision 
hereof  and,  if  requested,  was  provided  an  adequate  explanation  of  the 
nature and scope of each provision hereof.  I am hereby informed and 
understand that I have the right to consult with counsel of my choosing 
prior to signing this Agreement.

  b.  Remedies.  I  acknowledge  that,  because  my  services  are  personal  and 
unique and because I will have access to the Confidential Information of 
the  Company,  any  breach  of  this  Agreement  by  me  would  cause 
irreparable  injury  to  the  Company  for  which  monetary  damages  would 
not  be  an  adequate  remedy  and,  therefore,  will  entitle  the  Company  to 
injunctive relief (including specific performance), without the requirement 
to post any bond or security. In the event that I violate the terms of this 
Agreement,  the  Company  shall  be  entitled  to  recover  its  reasonable 
attorneys’  fees  and  costs  incurred  in  connection  with  the  Company’s 
efforts to enforce the terms of this Agreement, as well as an accounting 
of  any  profits  wrongfully  obtained  by  me.    The  rights  and  remedies 
provided to the beneficiaries under this Agreement are cumulative and in 
addition to any other rights and remedies available to such party at law 
or in equity.

  c.  At-Will  Employment.  The  Company  and  I  agree  that  nothing  in  this 
Agreement shall be construed as constituting a contract for employment, 
otherwise set forth a length of employment, or alter the at-will nature of 
the employment relationship between myself and the Company.

  d.  Other Agreements. In the event of a conflict between or among the terms 
of this Agreement and any prior agreement between the Company and 
me concerning non-competition, non-solicitation, non-disparagement, or 
confidential information, it is the intent of the parties that the term(s) of 
this  Agreement  shall  supersede  applicable  terms  in  any  such  prior 
agreement, provided that the terms of this Agreement shall be in addition 
to  and  shall  not  supersede  the  terms  of  any  other  agreement  between 
the Company and me involving or related to the transfer or ownership of 
(i) all or any portion of a business in any form (e.g., a transfer of stock or 

CONFIDENTIALITY AND RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS AGREEMENT 
(IQVIA US Version – June 2023)

stock rights; a transfer of assets), or (ii) any other specified proprietary 
rights.

  e.  Amendments.  No  amendment  or  waiver  of  any  provision  of  this 
Agreement  or  any  rights  or  obligations  of  any  party  hereunder  shall  be 
effective  unless  pursuant  to  a  written  instrument  signed  by  authorized 
representatives of the parties (or may be signed only by a single party if 
limited to such a waiver by that party); any waiver shall be effective only 
in the specific instance and for the specific purpose stated therein.  
f.  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  any  number  of 
counterparts,  including  by  electronic  delivery,  each  of  which,  when 
executed  and  delivered,  shall  be  deemed  to  be  an  original  and  all  of 
which  shall  be  taken  together  and  deemed  to  be  one  and  the  same 
instrument.

  g.  Governing  Law;  Forum  Selection.  This  Agreement  shall  be  deemed  to 
have  been  made  and  entered  into  in  the  State  of  Delaware.  This 
Agreement and any dispute arising out of or related to it will be governed 
and interpreted by the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect 
to any conflicts of laws principles that require the application of the law of 
a different state. I agree, acknowledge and recognize that by virtue of my 
employment  (or  continued  employment)  with  an  entity  that  is  either  a 
Delaware  corporation  or  a  Subsidiary  of  IQVIA  (which  is  a  Delaware 
corporation), and my participation in  the Long Term Incentive program, 
which  was  created  and  is  administered  under  Delaware  law  and 
pursuant  to  which  I  will  be  receiving  valuable  equity  consideration  in 
relation 
this  Agreement,  Delaware  has  a  substantial 
relationship  to  this  Agreement  and  a  materially  greater  interest  in 
applying  its  laws,  over  and  to  the  exclusion  of  the  laws  of  any  other 
forum, to the resolution of any dispute involving this Agreement. I further 
agree  that  any  legal  action  filed  with  respect  to,  or  which  impacts  my 
obligations under, this Agreement, specifically including any request for 
declaratory judgment, shall be brought exclusively in the federal or state 
courts in New Castle County, State of Delaware. Each party irrevocably 
consents to the personal jurisdiction of, and venue in, any of these courts 
and  irrevocably  waives  any  objection  that  any  of  these  courts  are  an 
inconvenient forum.      

to  signing 

  h.  Non-Waiver.  Any  waiver  or  failure  to  enforce  any  provision  of  this 
Agreement  on  one  occasion  will  not  be  deemed  a  waiver  of  that 
provision or any other provision on any other occasion.

i.  Waiver  of  Jury  Trial.  EACH  PARTY  TO  THIS  AGREEMENT  HEREBY 
WAIVES ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR 
PROCEEDING  BROUGHT  TO  RESOLVE  ANY  DISPUTE  BETWEEN 
OR AMONG ANY OF THE PARTIES HERETO, WHETHER ARISING IN 
CONTRACT,  TORT,  OR  OTHERWISE,  ARISING  OUT  OF, 
CONNECTED  WITH,  RELATED  OR 
INCIDENTAL  TO  THIS 
AGREEMENT,  THE  TRANSACTIONS  CONTEMPLATED  HEREBY 
AND/OR THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG THE PARTIES 
HEREUNDER.

j.  Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is, for any reason, held to 
be  invalid  or  unenforceable,  the  other  provisions  of  this  Agreement  will 
remain  enforceable  and  the  invalid  or  unenforceable  provision  will  be 
reformed  so  that  it  is  valid  and  enforceable  to  the  maximum  extent 
permitted by law, or, if judicial modification is not available, severed from 
the Agreement. 

  k.  Survival and Assignment. This Agreement shall survive the termination of 
my employment with Employer and the assignment of this Agreement by 
IQVIA to any successor or other assignee and shall be binding upon my 
heirs and legal representatives. IQVIA shall have the right to assign this 
Agreement  or  any  rights  hereunder  to  any  Subsidiary  or  successor.  I 
may not assign any of my obligations under this Agreement.

l.  Third  Party  Beneficiary.  All  Subsidiaries  are  intended  third  party 
beneficiaries of this Agreement and have the right to enforce rights under 
this Agreement.

  m.  Additional  Protected  Disclosures.  I  understand  and  agree  that  nothing 
contained in this Agreement prohibits or limits me from (i) filing a charge 
local  governmental  or 
federal,  state  or 
or  complaint  with  any 
administrative  agency  or  commission  (a  “Government  Agency”);  (ii) 
communicating  with  or  participating  in  any  investigation  or  proceeding 
that may be conducted by any Government Agency, including providing 
documents  or  other  information  without  notice  to  the  Company;  (iii)  
making  a  good  faith  report  to  any  Government  Agency  concerning  any 
act or omission that I reasonably believe constitutes a possible violation 
of  federal,  state,  or  local  law  or  making  other  disclosures  that  are 
protected  under  applicable  federal,  state,  or  local  law;  (iv)  disclosing 

Page 3 of 6

4819-5506-7527.v3

 
 
 
 
 
information in response to legal process or providing truthful testimony; 
(v)  sharing  compensation  information  concerning  myself  or  others 
(except  that  this  does  not  permit  me  to  disclose  compensation 
information  of  others  that  I  obtained  because  my  job  responsibilities 
require  or  allow  access  to  such  information);  (vi)  discussing  the  terms 
and working conditions of my employment; or (vii) exercising any rights I 
may have under Section 7 of the National Labor Relations Act, including, 
without limitation, discussing any labor issue, dispute or term or condition 
of employment as part of engaging in concerted activities for the purpose 
of mutual aid or protection.

Accepted and agreed:

Employee Signature:  

Name:  

Date:  

IQVIA,  on  its  own  account  and  as  agent  for  and  on  behalf  of  the 
Subsidiaries:

By:  

Name:  Trudy Stein 

Title:  IQVIA EVP, Chief Human Resources Officer 

CONFIDENTIALITY AND RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS AGREEMENT 
(IQVIA US Version – June 2023)

Page 4 of 6

4819-5506-7527.v3

ADDENDUM A 
State Law Modifications 

CALIFORNIA

With respect to employees who primarily reside in the state of California, or if it 
is  determined  by  a  non-appealable  final  decision  of  a  court  of  competent 
jurisdiction,  or  otherwise  mandated  by  applicable  law,  that  California  law 
governs  this  Agreement,,  it  is  agreed  that  the  following  revisions  to  the 
Agreement shall apply:

Section 3 is inapplicable in its entirety with respect to the Restricted Period.

Section 4(a, b, and c) are inapplicable with respect to the Restricted Period.  

Effective for an Agreement signed by me on or after October 1, 2022, or such 
later  date  when  the  Washington  D.C.  Ban  on  Non-Compete  Agreements 
Amendment Act of 2020, as amended (the “Act”) takes effect, Section 3 shall 
not  apply  to  me  to  the  extent  prohibited  by  the  Act.  Pursuant  to  the 
requirements of the Act, I hereby acknowledge that: “The District’s Ban on Non-
Compete  Agreements  Amendment  Act  of  2020  limits  the  use  of  non-compete 
agreements.  It  allows  employers  to  request  non-compete  agreements  from 
highly  compensated  employees,  as  that  term  is  defined  in  the  Ban  on  Non-
Compete Agreements Amendment Act of 2020, under certain conditions. If I am 
a highly compensated employee under the Act, or am being asked to sign this 
Agreement under other qualifying circumstances, such as in connection with the 
sale of a business or as a participant in a long-term incentive plan, then Section 
3  shall  apply  to  me.  For  more  information  about  the  Ban  on  Non-Compete 
Agreements  Amendment  Act  of  2020,  contact  the  District  of  Columbia 
Department of Employment Services (DOES).” 

With  respect  to  employees  who  primarily  reside  and  work  in  the  state  of 
California,  it  is  agreed  that  the  following  additional  revision  to  the  Agreement 
shall apply:

ILLINOIS

Section 8(g) is inapplicable in its entirety.

COLORADO

If  it  is  determined  by  a  non-appealable  final  decision  of  a  court  of  competent 
jurisdiction, or otherwise mandated by applicable law, that Illinois law governs 
this Agreement, it is agreed that, effective for an Agreement signed by me on or 
after January 1, 2022, the following revisions to the Agreement shall apply:

If  it  is  determined  by  a  non-appealable  final  decision  of  a  court  of  competent 
jurisdiction,  or  otherwise  mandated  by  applicable  law,  that  Colorado  law 
governs this Agreement, then if this Agreement is not signed in connection with 
an agreement for the purchase and sale of a business or asset of a business, it 
is agreed that the following revisions to the Agreement shall apply:

Section  3  is  inapplicable  to  me  during  the  Restricted  Period  if  my  annual 
earnings  are  below  the  applicable  threshold  set  forth  in  Illinois  Public  Act 
102-0358. As used herein, “earnings” includes: earned salary, earned bonuses, 
earned  commissions,  or  any  other  form  of  compensation  reported  on  my  IRS 
Form W-2 for that year.

The  confidentiality  obligations  set  forth  in  Section  1  shall  not  restrict  my 
disclosure of information that: (a) arises from my general training, knowledge, 
skill,  or  experience,  whether  gained  on  the  job  or  otherwise;  (b)  is  readily 
ascertainable to the public; or (c) I otherwise have a right to disclose as legally 
protected conduct.

Section  4  is  inapplicable  to  me  during  the  Restricted  Period  if  my  annual 
earnings  are  or  would  be  below  the  applicable  threshold  set  forth  in  Illinois 
Public  Act  102-0358.  As  used  herein,  “earnings”  includes:  earned  salary, 
earned bonuses, earned commissions, or any other form of compensation that 
would be or is reported on my IRS Form W-2 for that year.

During the Restricted Period, Section 3 shall apply only to the extent (a) as an 
employee of IQVIA, I was paid at or above the then-current highly compensated 
worker  threshold  under  applicable  Colorado  law  ($101,250  annually  as  of 
August 10, 2022, which is subject to annual adjustments under Colorado law) 
and (b) necessary to protect the Company’s legitimate interest in protecting its 
trade secrets. 

During  the  Restricted  Period  the  restrictions  in  Sections  4(a)  and  4(b)  shall 
apply only to the extent that I am paid at or above sixty percent (60%) of the 
level of the then-current highly compensated worker threshold under applicable 
Colorado law (such 60% amount is equal to approximately $60,750 annually as 
of  August  10,  2022,  which  is  subject  to  annual  adjustments  under  Colorado 
law).

If  I  am  a  current  employee  of  the  Company  at  the  time  this  Agreement  is 
provided  to  me  for  signature,  the  restrictive  covenants  in  Section  3(a)  of  this 
Agreement shall become effective fourteen (14) days after the date I sign this 
Agreement.

In  accordance  with  applicable  law,  if  at  the  time  of  my  termination  from  my 
Employer (not including a transfer to another entity within the Company), I am 
primarily residing and working for the Company in Colorado, then Section 8(g) 
is revised such that Colorado law will govern the enforceability of Section 3. 

In  accordance  with  applicable  law,  if  at  the  time  of  my  termination  from  my 
Employer (not including a transfer to another entity within the Company), I am 
primarily  residing  or  working  for  the  Company  in  Colorado,  then  I  cannot  be 
required  to  adjudicate  the  enforceability  of  Section  3  outside  of  the  State  of 
Colorado.

I understand that I have at least fourteen (14) calendar days from my receipt of 
this  Agreement  to  review  this  Agreement  before  signing,  although  I  further 
understand that I may voluntarily elect to sign the agreement before the 14-day 
notice and review period has expired. I am permitted to consult with an attorney 
prior to signing this Agreement.

MASSACHUSETTS

If  it  is  determined  by  a  non-appealable  final  decision  of  a  court  of  competent 
jurisdiction, or otherwise  mandated by applicable law, that Massachusetts law 
governs  this  Agreement,  it  is  agreed  that  the  following  revisions  to  the 
Agreement shall apply:

I hereby acknowledge that I have been provided the adequate notice period to 
review this Agreement as required by Massachusetts law.

The following is added as Section 3(e) to the Agreement:

(e)  Post-Termination  Consideration.    In  consideration  for  the  restrictions  set 
forth in Section 3(a), Employer shall provide, subject to Section 3(d) and solely 
if (1) Company elects to enforce Section 3 so as to prevent me from accepting 
employment  with  a  third  party,  and  (2)  I  have  not  breached  the  terms  of  this 
Agreement,  (a)  garden  leave  pay  to  me  during  the  Restricted  Period  in  an 
amount equal to fifty percent (50%)  of my highest annualized base salary paid 
to  me  by  Employer  during  the  two  (2)  years  preceding  my  termination  or  (b) 
other consideration as agreed in writing between me and Employer. It is agreed 
that Section 3 shall not apply to me if I am classified as a non-exempt employee 
(under  the  federal  Fair  Labor  Standards  Act  29  U.S.C.  §§  201  to  219),  or  if  I 
have been discharged without cause or laid off.

DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA

The following replaces Section 8(g):

If  it  is  determined  by  a  non-appealable  final  decision  of  a  court  of  competent 
jurisdiction, or otherwise mandated by applicable law, that District of Columbia 
law  governs  this  Agreement,  it  is  agreed  that  the  following  revisions  to  the 
Agreement shall apply:

Governing Law. This Agreement and any action related thereto will be governed 
and interpreted by and under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts 
without  giving  effect  to  any  conflicts  of  laws  principles  that  require  the 
application  of  the  law  of  a  different  state.    It  is  agreed  that  any  litigation 
regarding the interpretation or enforcement of this Agreement shall be brought 
in  the  Business  Litigation  Section  of  the  Superior  Court  of  Suffolk  County, 

CONFIDENTIALITY AND RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS AGREEMENT 
(IQVIA US Version – June 2023)

Page 5 of 6

4819-5506-7527.v3

 
 
Massachusetts,  and  I  and  Employer  consent  to  the  exercise  of  personal 
jurisdiction by that court.  The parties agree that the Business Litigation Section 
of the Superior Court of Suffolk County, Massachusetts shall be the exclusive 
this 
forum 
Agreement.    I  agree  that  I  am  surrendering  the  right  to  commence  litigation 
regarding this Agreement against the Company outside that court. 

interpretation  or  enforcement  of 

litigation  regarding 

the 

for 

MINNESOTA

With respect to employees who primarily reside in the state of Minnesota, or if it 
is  determined  by  a  non-appealable  final  decision  of  a  court  of  competent 
jurisdiction,  or  otherwise  mandated  by  applicable  law,  that  Minnesota  law 
governs this Agreement, and if this Agreement is not signed in connection with 
an agreement for the purchase and sale of a business or asset of a business, it 
is agreed that the following revisions to the Agreement shall apply:

Section 3 is inapplicable in its entirety with respect to the Restricted Period.

With  respect  to  employees  who  primarily  reside  and  work  in  the  state  of 
Minnesota, it is agreed that the following additional revision to the Agreement 
shall apply:

Section 8(g) is inapplicable in its entirety.

NORTH DAKOTA

If  it  is  determined  by  a  non-appealable  final  decision  of  a  court  of  competent 
jurisdiction,  or  otherwise  mandated  by  applicable  law,  that  North  Dakota  law 
governs  this  Agreement,  it  is  agreed  that  the  following  revisions  to  the 
Agreement shall apply:

Section 3 is inapplicable to me in its entirety during the Restricted Period.

OKLAHOMA

If  it  is  determined  by  a  non-appealable  final  decision  of  a  court  of  competent 
jurisdiction,  or  otherwise  mandated  by  applicable  law,  that  Oklahoma  law 
governs  this  Agreement,  it  is  agreed  that  the  following  revisions  to  the 
Agreement shall apply:

Section 3 is to be interpreted such that, during the Restricted Period, I shall be 
permitted to engage in the same or similar business as that conducted by the 
Company,  as  long  as  I  do  not  directly  solicit  the  sale  of  goods,  services  or  a 
combination  of  goods  and  services  from  the  established  customers  of  the 
Company.

CONFIDENTIALITY AND RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS AGREEMENT 
(IQVIA US Version – June 2023)

Page 6 of 6

4819-5506-7527.v3

Exhibit 10.10

WORK PRODUCT ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT
(IQVIA US Version – February 2019)

By entering into this Work Product Assignment Agreement (this “Agreement”), I acknowledge that IQVIA Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (“IQVIA”), and its 
Subsidiaries (as defined below) (collectively, the “Company”) has an interest in protecting the ownership of Intellectual Property Rights (as defined below).

This Agreement describes terms relating to the ownership of Work Product (as defined below) in connection with my employment with Employer (as defined below) 
from time to time during the Service Period (as defined below). I understand I have a responsibility to read this Agreement carefully and understand its terms before I 
sign and return it.

In consideration of my employment with Employer (including continuing at-will employment with Employer), access to confidential and proprietary information of the 
Company  during  the  course  of  my  employment,  and  for  other  good  and  valuable  consideration,  I  agree  to  the  terms  of  this  Agreement,  which  will  be  deemed 
effective upon the last date specified on the last page of this Agreement.

1. OWNERSHIP OF WORK PRODUCT:

Employer owns any Work Product made, created, conceived, developed, or 
reduced to practice by me, whether alone or with others, during the Service 
Period,  unless  it  constitutes  Non-Company  Work  Product  (collectively, 
“Company  Work  Product”).  I  agree  that  all  Company  Work  Product  that  is 
protectable  under  copyright  laws  shall  be  deemed  “works  made  for  hire” 
under  those  laws  and  shall  be  owned  by  Employer.  To  the  extent  any 
Company  Work  Product  does  not  constitute  a  “work  made  for  hire”  or  any 
ownership  rights  do  not  automatically  transfer  by  virtue  of  my  employment 
relationship  with  Employer,  I  hereby  assign  to  Employer,  without  further 
consideration and with effect from the date of creation of that Company Work 
Product, all my right, title and interest in and to that Company Work Product 
together with (i) all goodwill associated with that Company Work Product and 
(ii)  the  right  to  sue  in  respect  of  every  act  of  infringement  of  the  Company 
Work Product occurring prior to the date of this Agreement, including by way 
of  present  assignment  of  any  future  rights  in  the  Company  Work  Product  I 
may  have.  To  the  extent  that  such  assignment  is  not  permitted  by  law,  I 
hereby  grant  to  Employer  an  exclusive,  transferable,  royalty-free,  sub-
licensable licence to such Company Work Product for any and all purposes.

2. COOPERATION:

I  will  assist  Employer  to  perfect,  protect,  and  use  its  rights  in  and  to  the 
Company Work Product in all countries. In particular, and without prejudice to 
section  6.g.,  I  will  sign  all  documents,  supply  all  information  and  cooperate 
with reasonable requests that Employer considers necessary or desirable to 
give  effect  to  this  Agreement,  and  to  enable  Employer  to  obtain  patent, 
copyright,  or  other  legal  protection  for  the  Company  Work  Product.  If 
Employer  is  unable  to  secure  my  signature  on  any  document  needed  in 
connection  with  such  purposes,  I  hereby  irrevocably  designate  and  appoint 
Employer  and  its  duly  authorized  officers  and  agents  as  my  agent  and 
attorney in fact, which appointment is coupled with an interest, to act on my 
behalf  to  execute  and  file  any  such  documents  and  to  do  all  other  lawfully 
permitted acts to further such purposes with the same legal force and effect 
as if executed by me.

3. EXCLUDED WORK PRODUCT:

I will not, without Employer’s prior written consent, incorporate, or permit to be 
incorporated,  any  Non-Company  Work  Product  or  Prior  Work  Product  (the 
“Excluded  Work  Product”)  into  any  Company  Work  Product  or  any  other 
Company  materials,  processes,  computers,  devices  or  other  property.  If, 
whether before or after the effective date of this Agreement, I incorporate, or 
permit  to  be  incorporated,  any  Excluded  Work  Product  into  any  Company 
Work  Product  or  any  other  Company  materials,  processes,  computers, 
devices or other property, or I create or develop, or permit to be created or 
developed, any Company Work Product that infringes or could be deemed to 
infringe any Excluded Work Product, I hereby unconditionally grant each

Subsidiary,  or  shall  procure  from  the  relevant  third  party  of  that  Excluded 
Work  Product  a  grant  to  each  Subsidiary  of,  a  non-exclusive,  perpetual, 
fully-paid  and  royalty-free,  irrevocable,  worldwide  license,  with  rights  to 
sublicense,  any  and  all  rights  (a)  to  reproduce,  make  derivative  works  of, 
distribute, publicly perform, publicly display, digitally transmit, and otherwise 
use the applicable Excluded Work Product in any form or medium, whether 
now  known  or  later  developed,  (b)  to  use,  make,  have  made,  use,  sell, 
import, offer for sale, and otherwise exploit in any product or service based 
on,  embodying,  incorporating,  or  derived  from,  in  whole  or  in  part,  the 
applicable  Excluded  Work  Product,  and  (c)  to  exercise  any  and  all  other 
present or future rights in the applicable Excluded Work Product.

4. DOCUMENTATION; DISCLOSURE:

During  the  Service  Period,  I  agree  to  keep  and  maintain  adequate  and 
current documentation (in the form of computer files, notes, drawings and in 
any  other  form  that  is  required  by  Employer)  of  Company  Work  Product.  I 
agree to make this documentation available to Employer at all times. I also 
agree  this  documentation  will  remain  the  sole  property  of  Employer  as 
applicable. During the Service Period, I will promptly disclose to Employer in 
writing, (a) Work Product made, created, conceived, developed, or reduced 
to practice by me, whether alone or with others, and (b) all applications for 
Intellectual  Property  Rights  filed  by  me  or  in  which  I  am  named  as  an 
inventor or co-inventor.

5. DEFINITIONS:

a.

b.

c.

“Employer” means the relevant Subsidiary I am or was employed by at 
the time the relevant Company Work Product is or was created, whether 
before or after the effective date of this Agreement.
“Intellectual Property Rights” means all past, present, and future rights 
of the following types, which may exist or be created under the laws of 
any  jurisdiction  in  the  world:  (i)  rights  associated  with  works  of 
authorship,  including  exclusive  exploitation  rights,  copyrights,  design 
rights,  moral  rights,  and  database  rights;  (ii)  trademark,  service  mark, 
trade name rights and similar rights; (iii) trade secret rights, know-how, 
and  confidential  information;  (iv)  patent,  rights  to  inventions,  and 
industrial property rights;
(v)  any  other  proprietary  rights  in  intellectual  property,  in  each  case 
whether  registered  or  unregistered;  and  (vi)  rights  in  or  relating  to 
applications, 
combinations, 
divisions, amendments and reissues of, and applications for, any of the 
rights referred to in clauses (i) through (v) above.
“Non-Company  Work  Product”  means  any  Work  Product  that  (i)  I 
developed entirely on my own time without using the Company’s or any 
customer of the Company’s equipment, supplies, facilities, trade secrets 
or confidential information and (ii) does not (1) relate to the Company’s 
or  the  Company’s  customers’  business  or  actual  or  demonstrably 
anticipated  research  or  development  or  (2)  result  from  any  work 
performed by me for 

renewals,  extensions, 

registrations, 

WORK PRODUCT ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT 
(IQVIA US Version – February 2019)

Page 1 of 3

                     
me, it is the intent of the parties that the term(s) most protective of the 
interests of IQVIA and its Subsidiaries shall be enforced.

c. Amendments.  No  amendment  or  waiver  of  any  provision  of  this 
Agreement  or  any  rights  or  obligations  of  any  party  hereunder  shall  be 
effective  unless  pursuant  to  a  written  instrument  signed  by  authorized 
representatives of the parties (or may be signed only by a single party if 
limited to such a waiver by that party); any waiver shall be effective only 
in  the  specific  instance  and  for  the  specific  purpose  stated  therein.  I 
understand that, from time to time, the Company may update its standard 
form of Work Product Assignment Agreement (“WPAA”), and request that 
I  execute  the  same.  In  such  circumstances,  any  continued  “at-will” 
employment  is  conditioned  upon  my  execution  of  the  Company’s  then- 
current form of WPAA.

d. Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  any  number  of 
counterparts,  including  by  electronic  delivery,  each  of  which,  when 
executed  and  delivered,  shall  be  deemed  to  be  an  original  and  all  of 
which  shall  be  taken  together  and  deemed  to  be  one  and  the  same 
instrument.

e. Governing  Law.  This  Agreement  and  any  action  related  thereto  will  be 
governed and interpreted by and under the laws of the State of Delaware 
without  giving  effect  to  any  conflicts  of  laws  principles  that  require  the 
application of the law of a different state.

f. Non-Waiver.  Any  waiver  or  failure  to  enforce  any  provision  of  this 
Agreement on one occasion will not be deemed a waiver of that provision 
or any other provision on any other occasion.

g. Further Assurance. I agree that I shall, upon receipt of a request by IQVIA 
or any Subsidiary, promptly do all acts and execute all documents as may 
be reasonably necessary or desirable to give full effect to the provisions 
of this Agreement.

h. Waiver  of  Jury  Trial.  EACH  PARTY  TO  THIS  AGREEMENT  HEREBY 
WAIVES ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR 
PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN OR 
AMONG  ANY  OF  THE  PARTIES  HERETO,  WHETHER  ARISING  IN 
CONTRACT,  TORT,  OR  OTHERWISE,  ARISING  OUT  OF, 
CONNECTED  WITH,  RELATED  OR 
INCIDENTAL  TO  THIS 
AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND/
OR  THE  RELATIONSHIP  ESTABLISHED  AMONG  THE  PARTIES 
HEREUNDER.
Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is, for any reason, held to 
be  invalid  or  unenforceable,  the  other  provisions  of  this  Agreement  will 
remain  enforceable  and  the  invalid  or  unenforceable  provision  will  be 
deemed  modified  so  that  it  is  valid  and  enforceable  to  the  maximum 
extent permitted by law.
Survival and Assignment. This Agreement shall survive the termination of 
my employment with Employer and the assignment of this Agreement by 
IQVIA to any successor or other assignee and shall be binding upon my 
heirs and legal representatives. IQVIA shall have the right to assign this 
Agreement or any rights hereunder to any Subsidiary or successor.

i.

j.

k. Third  Party  Beneficiary.  All  Subsidiaries  are 

third  party 
beneficiaries of this Agreement and have the right to enforce rights under 
this Agreement.

intended 

the  Company  or  any  customer  of  the  Company.  I  understand  that  the 
provisions  this  Agreement  requiring  assignment  of  Company  Work 
Product do not apply to any Non-Company Work Product that qualifies 
fully under the provisions of Section 2870 of the California Labor Code, 
or any similar state invention law. Section 2870 of the California Labor 
Code states as follows:

Any  provision 

(a)
in  an  employment  agreement  which 
provides that an employee shall assign, or offer to assign, any of his 
or her rights in an invention to his or her employer shall not apply to 
an invention that the employee developed entirely on his or her own 
time  without  using  the  employer’s  equipment,  supplies,  facilities,  or 
trade secret information except for those inventions that either:

(2)

(1)

Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of 
the  invention  to  the  employer’s  business,  or  actual  or 
demonstrably anticipated research or development of the 
employer; or
Result from any work performed by the employee for the 
employer.
(b)
To  the  extent  a  provision  in  an  employment  agreement 
purports  to  require  an  employee  to  assign  an  invention  otherwise 
excluded  from  being  required  to  be  assigned  under  subdivision  (a), 
the  provision  is  against  the  public  policy  of  this  state  and  is 
unenforceable.

However, I understand and agree that I must disclose to the Company 
all  Non-Company  Work  Product  that  I  believe  qualifies  under  Labor 
Code  Section  2870  (or  any  similar  state  invention  law)  so  that  the 
Company may determine whether it does in fact qualify for this limited 
exclusion  from  assignment  to  the  Company.  Unless  I  have  generally 
described  such  Non-Company  Work  Product  at  the  place  of  my 
signature  below,  I  certify  that  I  have  none  to  be  excluded  from  the 
assignments in this Agreement.
“Prior  Work  Product”  means  any  Work  Product  made,  created, 
conceived, developed, or reduced to practice by me, whether alone or 
with others, prior to the Service Period.
“Service  Period”  means  the  period  of  my  employment  with  Company, 
whether  before  or  after  the  effective  date  of  this  Agreement.  If  this 
Agreement has been executed in connection with the acquisition of any 
business or entity by IQVIA or any of its Subsidiaries, the Service Period 
is deemed to include, without limitation, the period of my employment, if 
any, with any such acquired business or entity prior to such acquisition.
“Subsidiary”  means  any  entity  which  controls,  is  controlled  by,  or  is 
under the common control of IQVIA, where control shall refer to: (i) the 
possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management 
or  policies  of  an  entity,  whether  through  the  ownership  of  voting 
securities,  by  contract  or  otherwise,  or  (ii)  the  ownership,  directly  or 
indirectly, of more than 50% of the voting securities or other ownership 
interest of an entity. If this Agreement has been executed in connection 
with  the  acquisition  of  any  business  or  entity  by  IQVIA  or  any  of  its 
Subsidiaries,  any  such  acquired  business  or  entity  is  deemed  to  be  a 
Subsidiary  of  IQVIA  at  all  times  for  purposes  of  this  Agreement, 
including, but not limited to, the period of my employment, if any, with 
any such acquired business or entity prior to such acquisition.
“Work  Product”  means  any  idea,  concept,  information,  invention, 
material,  process,  data,  database,  program,  know-how,  improvement, 
discovery, development, design, artwork, formula, methodology, work of 
authorship, and/or technique, and all Intellectual Property Rights in any 
of these.

d.

e.

f.

g.

6. GENERAL PROVISIONS:

a. Waiver  of  Rights.  If  any  Intellectual  Property  Rights,  including  moral 
rights,  in  any  Company  Work  Product  cannot  (as  a  matter  of  law)  be 
assigned  by  me  to  Employer,  then  I  unconditionally  and  irrevocably 
waive  the  enforcement  of  such  rights  and  all  claims  and  causes  of 
action  of  any  kind  against  IQVIA  or  any  of  its  Subsidiaries,  or  any  of 
their  respective  licensees,  successors  or  assigns  with  respect  to  such 
rights.

b. Other Agreements. The terms of this Agreement shall supersede and be 
in  lieu  of  the  applicable  terms  of  any  other  prior  agreement  between 
IQVIA  or  any  of  its  Subsidiaries  and  me  arising  from  my  employment 
with  Employer  and  regarding  the  ownership  of  Intellectual  Property 
Rights in any Company Work Product. The terms of this Agreement do 
not supersede any prior agreement between me and IQVIA or any of its 
Subsidiaries  regarding  my  obligations  with  respect  to  noncompetition, 
nonsolicitation,  nondisparagement,  or  otherwise 
respect  of 
confidential  information  and  proprietary  rights.  To  the  extent  it  is 
determined  by  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  that  there  is  a  conflict 
between  or  among  the  terms  of  this  Agreement  and  any  other  non-
superseded  agreement  between  IQVIA  or  any  of  its  Subsidiaries  and 

in 

WORK PRODUCT ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT 
(IQVIA US Version – February 2019)

Page 2 of 3

Accepted and agreed:
[Check One:]

I have no Non-Company Work Product to disclose or exclude from assignment.

By checking this box, I represent that I do have Non-Company Work 

Product to disclose under Section 5(c) above, and I wish to exclude it
from the assignments contained herein; I describe it generally as
follows:

Employee Signature:                                                                                    

Name:                                                                                                           

Employee ID:                                                                                               

Date:                                                                                                            

IQVIA, on its own account and as agent for and on behalf of the Subsidiaries:

By:                                                                                                               

Name: Trudy Stein                                                                                       

Title: IQVIA EVP, Chief Human Resources Officer                                     

Date:                                                                                                           

WORK PRODUCT ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT 
(IQVIA US Version – February 2019)

Page 3 of 3

                                                                                   
                                                                                   
                                                                                   
Exhibit 10.19

IMS HEALTH INCORPORATED

RETIREMENT PLAN

As Amended and Restated

Effective January 1, 2020 (except as

otherwise provided herein)

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

ARTICLE 1

  DEFINITIONS 

1.1

1.2

1.3

1.4

1.5

1.6

1.7

1.8

1.9

1.10

1.11

1.12

1.13

1.14

1.15

1.16

1.17

1.18

1.19

1.20

1.21

1.22

1.23
1.24

1.25

1.26

1.27

1.28

1.29

1.30

1.31

“Accrued Benefit” 

“Actuarial Equivalent Value” 

“Affiliated Employer” 

“Age” 

“Average Final Compensation” 

“Beneficiary” 

“Benefit Commencement Date” 

“Board” 

“Code” 

“Cognizant” 

“Cognizant Plan” 

“Company” 

“Compensation” 

“Computation Period” 

“Credited Service” 

“D&B” 

“D&B Plan” 

“Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation” 

“Early Retirement Date” 

“Effective Date” 

“Eligibility Service” 

“Eligible Employee” 

“Employee” 
“Employer” 

“Employment Commencement Date” 

“ERISA” 

“Former Employee” 

“Fund” 

“Grandfathered Benefit” 

“Highly Compensated Employee” 

“Hour of Service” 

-i-

1

1

1

2

2

2

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

4

4

4

4

4

4

5

5

5

5
5

5

5

6

6

6

6

7

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

Page

1.32

1.33

1.34

1.35

1.36

1.37

1.38

1.39

1.40

1.41

1.42

1.43

1.44

1.45

“Initial Balance” 

“Initial Effective Date” 

“Investment Credit” 

“Leased Employee” 

“Member” 

“Named Fiduciary” 

“Non-Benefits Employee” 

“Normal Retirement Age” 

“Normal Retirement Date” 

“Participating Employer” 

“Period of Service” 

“Period of Severance” 

“Plan” 

“Plan Administrator” 

1.46 

"Plan Sponsor" 

1.47

1.48

1.49

“Plan Year” 

“Postponed Retirement Date” 

“Purchaser” 

1.50 

“Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity” 

1.51

1.52

1.53

1.54

1.55
1.56

1.57

1.58

1.59

1.60

“Re-Employment Commencement Date” 

“Retirement Account” 

“Retirement Credit” 

“Service” 

“Severance Date” 
“Spouse” 

“Trust” 

“Trustee” 

“Vesting Service” 

“Year of Service” 

ARTICLE 2 SERVICE COUNTING RULES 

2.1

2.2

Hours of Service 

Eligibility Service 

-ii-

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

9

9

9

9

9
9

10

10

10

10

11

11

11

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

Page

2.3

2.4

Vesting Service 

Credited Service 

ARTICLE 3 MEMBERSHIP AND TRANSFERS 

3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

3.5

3.6

Eligibility 

Eligibility upon Re-Employment 

Year of Break in Service 

Termination of Membership 

Suspension of Membership 

Return to Membership 

ARTICLE 4 BENEFIT AMOUNTS 

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

Accrued Benefit 

Early Retirement Benefit 

Retirement Account 

Initial Balance 

Retirement Credits 

4.6 Monthly Allocation of Retirement Credits 

4.7

4.8

4.9

Investment Credits 

Preservation of Accrued Benefit of the D&B Plan 

Grandfathered Benefit Amount 

4.10 Restoration of Retirement Account 

ARTICLE 5 ENTITLEMENT TO BENEFITS 

5.1

5.2

5.3
5.4

5.5

5.6

5.7

Normal Retirement 

Postponed Retirement 

Early Retirement 
Disability 

Other Termination of Employment 

Death 

Benefit Commencement for Members Who Became Employed by 
a Purchaser 

5.8

Suspension of Benefits 

ARTICLE 6 DEATH BENEFITS; MINIMUM REQUIRED 

DISTRIBUTIONS 
Payment of Death Benefits 

6.1

-iii-

12

12

13

13

13

13

13

13

14

15

15

15

15

15

16

16

16

16

16

17

18

18

18

18
18

18

19

19

19

21
21

 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

Page

6.2

Beneficiary 

6.3  Minimum Spousal Death Benefit 

6.4 Minimum Required Distributions 

ARTICLE 7			  DISABILITY 

7.1

7.2

7.3

Disability Retirement 

Deferred Benefit 

Compensation During Disability 

ARTICLE 8 PAYMENT OF BENEFIT 

8.1

8.2

8.3

8.4

8.5

8.6

8.7

8.8

Date of Payment Commencement 

Required Commencement at Age 70½ 

Normal Form of Benefit 

Right to Elect Alternate Form of Benefit 

Form of Election 

Optional Forms of Retirement Benefit 

Beneficiary 

Rollover of Eligible Distributions 

ARTICLE 9 FUNDING 

9.1

9.2

Funding Policy 

Trust Fund 

ARTICLE 10 PLAN ADMINISTRATION 

10.1

10.2

Powers and Duties of the Plan Administrator 

Indemnification 

10.3 Conclusiveness of Action 

10.4
10.5

Payment of Expenses 
 Claims Procedure 

ARTICLE 11	 	MERGERS, CONSOLIDATIONS AND ASSETS OR 

LIABILITY TRANSFERS 

11.1 Mergers, Consolidations and Transfers 

ARTICLE 12 AMENDMENT OF PLAN 

12.1 Right to Amend the Plan 

ARTICLE 13 TERMINATION OF THE PLAN 

13.1 Right to Terminate The Plan 

-iv-

21

21

21

26

26

26

26

27

27

27

27

27

27

29

31

31

34

34

34

35

35

36

36

36
36

38

38

39

39

40

40

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

Page

13.2 Vesting Upon Plan Termination or Partial Termination 

13.3 Residual Assets Returned to Plan Sponsor 

13.4

Settlement of Termination Liabilities 

ARTICLE 14 SPECIAL LIMITATION FOR TWENTY-FIVE HIGHEST 

PAID   

14.1

14.2

14.3

14.4

Special Limitation 

Exception To Special Limitations 

Plan Termination Limit 

Interpretation 

ARTICLE 15 LIMITATION ON BENEFITS 

15.1 Annual Limitation 

15.2 Adjustment to Dollar Limitation 

15.3 Adjustment for Other Benefit Forms 

15.4 Automatic Freeze or Reduction in Benefit Accrual 

15.5 Combined Plan Limits 

15.6 Compensation 

15.7 Other Definitions 

15.8

Incorporation By Reference 

ARTICLE 16 BENEFIT RESTRICTIONS 

16.1 Restrictions on Benefits 

16.2

Limitations Applicable If the Plan's Adjusted Funding Target 
Attainment Percentage Is Less Than 80 Percent or If the Plan 
Sponsor Is In Bankruptcy 

ARTICLE 17 TOP-HEAVY CONTINGENCY 

17.1 General Rule 
17.2 Aggregation Group 

17.3

Top-Heavy Definition 

17.4 Key Employee 

17.5 Non-Key Employee 

17.6 Minimum Benefit Provision 

17.7 Vesting Provision 

17.8 Change in 415(e) Limits 

17.9 Modification of Top-Heavy Rules After 2001 

-v-

40

40

40

41

41

41

41

41

42

42

42

42

43

43

43

45

45

47

47

47

54

54
54

54

55

56

56

56

57

57

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

17.10 Interpretation 

ARTICLE 18 PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS 

18.1 Designation of Participating Employers 

18.2 Requirements of Participating Employers 

18.3 Delegation of Authority by Participatng Employers 

18.4

Employee Transfers 

18.5 Withdrawal of a Participating Employer 

18.6 Administrator’s Authority 

ARTICLE 19 MISCELLANEOUS 

19.1

19.2

Limitation on Distributions 

Exclusive Benefit; Limitation on Reversion of Contributions 

19.3 Voluntary Plan 

19.4 Nonalienation of Benefits 

19.5

Inability to Receive Benefits 

19.6 Missing Persons 

19.7

19.8

Limitation of Third-Party Rights 

Invalid Provisions 

19.9 Use and Form of Words 

19.10 Headings 

19.11 Governing Law 

19.12 Information Required in Writing 

19.13 USERRA 

Page

58

59

59

59

59

59

60

60

61

61

61

61

61

62

62

62

62

62

62

63

63

63

-vi-

 
ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

The IMS Health Incorporated Retirement Plan (the “Plan”), originally adopted effective 
July 1, 1998, was last amended and restated effective generally January 1, 2011.  The 
Plan was thereafter amended on six occasions.  The Plan is hereby amended and restated 
effective generally January 1, 2017.  It is intended that the Plan, as amended and restated, 
meet all applicable requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and the Employee 
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), as the same may from time to time 
be amended.  The Plan shall, therefore, be interpreted to comply with the applicable terms 
of the Code and ERISA and all applicable regulations and rulings issued thereunder. 

“Accrued Benefit” shall mean the benefit as determined from time to time for a 
1.1 
Member in accordance with the provisions of Article 4, but subject to the limitations set 
forth in Articles 14 and 15 of this Plan and any other limitation imposed as a condition of 
the Plan’s qualification under the Code or other applicable law.

1.2 
on the basis of the appropriate mortality table and interest rate, as follows:

“Actuarial Equivalent Value” shall mean a benefit of equivalent value computed 

For the purpose of determining the Initial Balance described in Section 4.4, the 

(a) 
applicable mortality table prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service under Section 
417(e)(3) of the Code and 6.68% interest;

(b) 

For the purposes of determining the Accrued Benefit described in Sections 
4.1 and 4.2, death benefits described in Article VI with respect to such 
Accrued Benefit, certain optional forms of benefit payment available 
under Section 8.6 with respect to such Accrued Benefit, and the lump sum 
Employee Contribution Benefit described in Section 4.8, the applicable 
mortality table prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service under Section 
417(e)(3) of the Code and the annual  interest rate on 30-Year Treasury 
Bonds calculated as the average of the annual interest rates on 30-Year 
Treasury Bonds specified in the Internal Revenue Bulletin (as described in 
Code §601.601(d)(2)(ii)) for the second, third and fourth calendar months 
(look back month) before the month in which the Benefit Commencement 
Date occurs (stability period); provided, however, that for Plan Years and 
limitation years beginning on and after January 1, 2008, the interest rate 
for the lump sum Employee Contribution Benefit described in Section 4.8, 
the Level Income Annuity Option described in Section 8.6(d) and the 
lump sum cash-out of Accrued Benefits having an Actuarial Equivalent 
Value of $1,000 or less described in Section 8.6 shall be the applicable 
interest rate prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service under Section 
417(e)(3).  Specifically, the applicable interest rate shall be the average of 
the adjusted first, second, and third segment rates applied under the rules 
similar to the rules of Code Section 430(h)(2)(C) for the second, third and 
fourth calendar months (look back month) before the month in which the 
Benefit Commencement Date occurs (stability period). For this purpose, 
the first, second, and third segment rates are the first, second, and third 
segment rates which would be determined under Code Section 
430(h)(2)(C) if:

 
(i) 

(ii) 

(iii) 

Code Section 430(h)(2)(D) were applied by substituting the 
average yields for the month described in the preceding 
paragraph for the average yields for the 24-month period 
described in such section, and

Code Section 430(h)(2)(G)(i)(II) were applied by 
substituting “Section 417(e)(3)(A)(ii)(II) for “Section 
412(b)(5)(B)(ii)(II),” and

The applicable percentage under Code Section 
430(h)(2)(G) is treated as being 20% in 2008, 40% in 2009, 
60% in 2010, 80% in 2011, and 100% in 2012.

For the purpose of determining the amount of benefit for Benefit 
Commencement Dates before attainment of Age 55 and completion of 10 
years of Vesting Service, and for optional forms of benefit payment 
described in Section 8.6 for Members with respect to the Frozen Accrued 
Benefit described in Section 4.8 and the Grandfathered Benefit described 
in Section 4.9, mortality rates shown in Appendix A of the Plan and 6.75% 
interest; provided, however, that for Plan Years and limitation years 
beginning on and after January 1, 2008, the interest rate for the Level 
Income Annuity Option described in Section 8.6(d) and the lump sum 
cash-out of Accrued Benefits having an Actuarial Equivalent Value of 
$1,000 or less described in Section 8.6 shall be the applicable interest rate 
prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service under Section 417(e)(3) and 
described more specifically above.

No change in the definition of Actuarial Equivalent Value shall reduce the present 
value of a Member’s Accrued Benefit under the Plan as of the effective date of 
such change, except as permitted by law.

1.3 
“Affiliated Employer” shall mean the Company and any other employer which is 
a member of a “controlled group of corporations,” a group under “common control,” or 
an “affiliated service group,” (all as determined under Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m), (n), 
(o), or solely for purposes of Article 15, the rules set forth in Code Section 415(h)) that 
includes the Company.

1.4 

“Age” shall mean attained age in years and months on the date of determination.

“Average Final Compensation” means an Employee’s average annual 

1.5 
Compensation during the five consecutive twelve-month periods in the last ten 
consecutive twelve-month periods of his or her Credited Service (or during the total 
number of consecutive twelve month periods if fewer than five such periods), prior to the 
relevant date of calculation under this Plan, affording the highest such Average Final 
Compensation.  If actual monthly Compensation for any month during the ten 
consecutive twelve-month periods which shall be the computational period is unavailable, 
Compensation for such month shall be determined by dividing the Member’s annual rate 
of base pay in the month preceding such unavailable month by twelve.  For the sole 
purpose of determining an Employee’s average annual Compensation, service with an 
Affiliated Employer which is not an Employer for the purpose of this Plan shall be 
deemed Credited Service.  In the event any Employee is regularly employed for at least 
1,000 hours but less than 1,800 hours, his or her earnings shall be annualized under 
uniform rules adopted by the Plan Administrator.

-2-

 
“Beneficiary” shall mean the person or persons, entity or entities (including a 

1.6 
trust(s)), or estate that shall be entitled to receive benefits payable pursuant to the 
provisions of this Plan by virtue of a Member’s death under Sections 6.2 and 8.7.

“Benefit Commencement Date” shall mean the first day of the first month for 

1.7 
which an individual has elected to have his or her benefit become payable to him or her, 
even though the first payment may not actually have been made at that date.

“Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of IQVIA Inc., except that any action 

1.8 
authorized to be taken by the Board hereunder may also be taken by a duly authorized 
committee of the Board or the duly authorized delegees of such duly authorized 
committee.

1.9 
time, and any regulations issued pursuant thereto.

“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to 

1.10 

“Cognizant” shall mean Cognizant Corporation.

1.11 

“Cognizant Plan” shall mean the Cognizant Retirement Plan.

1.12 

“Company” shall mean IQVIA Inc.

“Compensation” shall mean base salary, annual bonuses, commissions, overtime 

1.13 
and shift pay, in each case prior to reductions for elective contributions under Code 
Sections 401(k), 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 403(b) or 457(b) and Employee 
contributions described in Code Section 414(h)(2) that are treated as Employer 
contributions.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Compensation shall exclude severance pay 
(including, without limitation, severance pay under the Company’s Employee Protection 
Plan), stay-on bonuses, long-term bonuses, retirement income, change-in-control 
payments, contingent payments, income derived from stock options, stock appreciation 
rights and other equity-based compensation, amounts deferred under any nonqualified 
deferred compensation plan, amounts paid under any retirement plan or deferred 
compensation plan and other forms of special remuneration.  

In the case of a Member who is transferred to an Affiliated Employer which is not 
an Employer during a year, Compensation shall be the amount received by the 
Member immediately prior to such transfer.  If a Member’s Service with the 
Company is continued during a period of authorized leave of absence, for the 
purposes of determining Average Final Compensation in Section 1.5 and 
Retirement Credits in Section 4.5, the Member shall be deemed to continue to 
receive the salary he or she was receiving at the time such leave commenced if the 
leave of absence was for the purposes of military service.  In all cases of paid 
leave, the Member’s Compensation during such period of leave shall be included 
for the purposes of determining Average Final Compensation in Section 1.5 and 
Retirement Credits in Section 4.5.

Effective for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2002, however, in no event 
will the monthly Compensation taken into account under the Plan exceed one-
twelfth of $150,000 and effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 
2002, in no event will the monthly Compensation taken into account under the 
Plan exceed one-twelfth of $200,000, or such greater amount as may be 
prescribed under Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code by the Secretary of the 
Treasury from time to time; except that the dollar increase in effect on January 1 
of any calendar year shall be effective for the Plan Year beginning with such 

-3-

 
calendar year.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to Members whose 
Benefit Commencement Date is on or after March 16, 2010, the above-described 
Compensation limit under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code shall be applied on an 
annual basis.

With respect to Members in this Plan with respect to whom a transfer of assets 
and liabilities occurred from the Cognizant Plan to this Plan as of the Initial 
Effective Date, if Compensation for any prior determination period is taken into 
account in determining an Employee’s benefits accruing in a Plan Year beginning 
after December 31, 2001, the Compensation limit in effect for that prior 
determination period is $200,000.  

For any short Plan Year, the Compensation limit shall be an amount equal to the 
compensation limit for the calendar year in which the Plan Year begins multiplied 
by the ratio obtained by dividing the number of full months in the short Plan Year 
by 12.

If the Plan is a plan described in Code Section 413(c) or 414(f) (a plan maintained 
by more than one employer), the limitation applies separately with respect to the 
Compensation of any Member for each Employer maintaining the Plan.

“Computation Period” shall mean the Plan Year, except for purposes of 

1.14 
determining eligibility, in which case, it shall mean the twelve (12) month period 
commencing with the Employee’s Employment Commencement Date or Re-Employment 
Commencement Date (as applicable).  If the Eligible Employee fails to satisfy the 
requirements for eligibility in that twelve (12) month period, the Computation Period for 
determining eligibility for that Eligible Employee shall thereafter be the Plan Year that 
begins within such twelve (12) month period and each Plan Year thereafter.

1.15 
Appendix B.

“Credited Service” shall have the same meaning as in Section 2.4 and 

1.16 

“D&B” shall mean The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation.

1.17 
Corporation.

“D&B Plan” shall mean the Master Retirement Plan of The Dun & Bradstreet 

1.18 
415(b)(1) of the Code as indexed by the Secretary of the Treasury.

“Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation” shall mean the limitation set forth in Section 

“Early Retirement Date” shall mean the first day of the calendar month coincident 

1.19 
with or next following the Member’s Severance Date, if such date is earlier than his or 
her Normal Retirement Date and if the Member is eligible for early retirement under the 
terms of the Plan as described in Section 5.3.   Anything in this Plan to the contrary 
notwithstanding, “Early Retirement Date” with respect to any Member whose 
participation in this Plan terminated effective August 1, 2000 by reason of the termination 
of participation in this Plan by Clark-O’Neill, Inc. effective August 1, 2000 and/or such 
Member’s transfer of employment to SYNAVANT Inc. effective August 1, 2000, or with 
respect to any Member whose participation in this Plan terminated effective October 3, 
2000 by reason of the termination of participation in this Plan by ERISCO Managed Care 
Technologies, Inc. effective October 3, 2000 shall mean such Member’s Benefit 
Commencement Date.  

-4-

 
1.20 
otherwise provided herein, January 1, 2017.

“Effective Date” of this amendment and restatement shall mean, except as 

“Eligibility Service” shall mean Service as counted for determining an 

1.21 
Employee’s right to become a Member in the Plan, as determined in accordance with the 
provisions of Section 2.2.

“Eligible Employee” shall mean an Employee of an Employer, who is entitled to 

1.22 
participate in the Plan upon meeting the requirements in accordance with Section 3.1, 
other than (a) an Employee whose terms and conditions of employment are the subject of 
a collective bargaining agreement between an Employer and a collective bargaining agent 
unless and until participation in the Plan shall have been negotiated for and agreed to in 
writing by such Employer and the collective bargaining agent, (b) a Leased Employee, or 
(c) a Non-Benefits Employee.  Furthermore, effective July 1, 2012, the term “Eligible 
Employee” shall exclude an Employee who was employed by DecisionView, Inc. on 
June 30, 2012; and, effective August 13, 2012, the term “Eligible Employee” shall 
exclude an Employee who was employed or hired by Tar Heel Trading Company, LLC 
on or after August 13, 2012; and, effective March 11, 2013, the term “Eligible 
Employee” shall exclude an Employee who was employed or hired by Appature, Inc. on 
or after March 11, 2013; and effective May 17, 2013, the term “Eligible Employee” shall 
exclude an Employee who was employed or hired by 360 Vantage on or after May 17, 
2013; and effective June 5, 2013, the term “Eligible Employee” shall exclude an 
Employee who was employed by Incential Software, Inc. on June 5, 2013; and effective 
December 5, 2013, the term “Eligible Employee” shall exclude an Employee who was 
employed or hired by The Amundsen Group, Inc. on or after December 5, 2013.  
Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence or any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, 
effective January 1, 2014 the foregoing sentence is null and void in its entirety with the 
result that Employees of DecisionView, Inc., Tar Heel Trading Company, LLC, Appature 
Inc., 360 Vantage, Incential Software, Inc., and The Amundsen Group, Inc. (each an 
“Acquired Entity”) shall be considered Eligible Employees and credited with Service for 
all periods during which (a) such Employee is employed by an Acquired Entity, and (b) 
the Acquired Entity is an Affiliated Employer under the terms of the Plan.  Effective 
October 3, 2016, the term “Eligible Employee” shall exclude an Employee who was 
employed by Quintiles Transnational Holdings, Inc. or any member of the controlled 
group of corporations of which Quintiles Transnational Holdings, Inc. was a member 
immediately prior to its merger with IMS Health Holding, Inc., and any Employee who 
was transferred to an Employer following the merger from such an entity.  
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Employee shall become an Eligible Employee on or 
after December 31, 2016.

1.23 
Employee of an Affiliated Employer.

“Employee” shall mean any person who is a common-law employee or a Leased 

“Employer” shall mean IQVIA Inc. and any other Affiliated Employer designated 

1.24 
by the Plan Administrator to participate herein with respect to some or all of its Eligible 
Employees.  When used in this Plan, “Employer” shall refer to such participating entities 
either individually or collectively, as the context may require.

1.25 
is first credited with an Hour of Service.

“Employment Commencement Date” shall mean the date on which an Employee 

1.26 
amended from time to time.

“ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as 

-5-

 
1.27 
longer in the employment of the Company or an Affiliated Employer.

“Former Employee” shall mean a person who was an Employee and who is no 

“Fund” shall mean any fund provided for in a trust arrangement, or a combination 

1.28 
of a trust arrangement and one or more insurance company contracts, which is held by a 
funding agent, to which contributions under the Plan will be made, and out of which 
benefits are paid to or otherwise provided for Members.

1.29 
Members are entitled as described in Section 4.9.

“Grandfathered Benefit” shall mean the minimum benefit amount to which certain 

1.30 

“Highly Compensated Employee” shall mean an Eligible Employee who:

(a) 
at any time during the Determination Year or the Look-Back Year, or

was a five percent (5%) owner as defined in Section 416(i)(1)(B)(i) of the Code, 

(b) 
for the Look-Back Year had Compensation from the Employer in excess of 
$80,000 provided that the $80,000 amount may be adjusted by the Secretary of the 
Treasury at the same time and in the same manner as under Code Section 415(d), except 
that the base period shall be the calendar quarter ending September 30, 1996.  In the case 
of such an adjustment, the dollar limit which shall be applied is the limit for the calendar 
year in which the Look-Back Year begins.

For purposes of this Section 1.30,

“Compensation” shall mean compensation as defined in Section 414(q)(4) and the 
(1) 
regulations thereunder and shall include amounts which are contributed by the Employer 
pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which are not includable in the gross 
income of the Eligible Employee under Code Sections 125, 402(g)(3) or 457, and 
Employee contributions described in Code Section 414(h)(2) that are treated as Employer 
contributions and, effective January 1, 2001, by including any amount which is 
contributed or deferred by the Employer and which is not includible in the gross income 
of the Employee by reason of Code Section 132(f)(4).

(2) 
who is Highly Compensated is being made.

“Determination Year” shall mean the Plan Year for which the determination of 

(3) 
Determination Year.

“Look-Back Year” shall mean the twelve (12) month period preceding the 

An Employee shall be treated as a five percent (5%) owner for any Plan Year if at 

(4) 
any time during such Plan Year such Employee was a five percent (5%) owner of the 
Employer.

A former Employee shall be treated as a Highly Compensated Employee if such 
former Employee had a separation year prior to the Determination Year and was a 
Highly Compensated active Employee for either (I) such Employee’s separation 
year or (II) any Determination Year ending on or after the Employee’s 55th 
birthday.  Employees who are non-resident aliens and who received no earned 
income (within the meaning of Code Section 911(d)(2)) from the Employer 
constituting U.S. source income within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3) 
shall not be treated as Employees.

-6-

 
A separation year is the Determination Year in which the Employee separates 
from service.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, Sections 414(b), (c), (m), 
(n) and (o) of the Code are applied prior to determining whether an Employee is a 
Highly Compensated Employee.

1.31 
provisions of Section 2.1.

“Hour of Service” shall mean an hour of service calculated in accordance with the 

1.32 
Cognizant Plan, the single sum amount described in 4.4.

“Initial Balance” shall mean, for certain Members who were members of the 

1.33 

“Initial Effective Date” shall mean July 1, 1998.

1.34 
in accordance with the procedures of Section 4.7.

“Investment Credit” shall mean additions to the Retirement Account determined 

1.35 
“Leased Employee”  shall mean any person (other than an Employee of the 
recipient) who pursuant to an agreement between the recipient and any other person 
(“leasing organization”) has performed services for the recipient (or for the recipient and 
related persons determined in accordance with Code Section 414(n)(6)) on a substantially 
full-time basis for a period of at least one year, and such services are performed under the 
primary direction or control of the recipient employer.  Contributions or benefits provided 
a Leased Employee by the leasing organization which are attributable to services 
performed for the recipient employer shall be treated as provided by the recipient 
employer. A Leased Employee shall not be considered an Employee of the recipient:

(a) 

if such Employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan providing:

(i) 

a non-integrated employer contribution rate of at least 10% of 

compensation, as defined in Code Section 415(c)(3);

(ii) 

immediate participation; and

(iii) 

full and immediate vesting; and

(b) 
non-highly compensated work force.

if Leased Employees do not constitute more than 20% of the recipient’s 

1.36 
“Member” shall mean an Eligible Employee who meets the requirements for 
membership under Article 3 and also any person who retired under the Plan, or has 
terminated his or her service with an Employer and is entitled to benefits under the Plan.

1.37 
provisions of Article 10.

“Named Fiduciary” shall mean a fiduciary designated as such under the 

“Non-Benefits Employee” shall mean:  (a) any worker who has signed an 

1.38 
employment agreement, independent contractor agreement or other personal services 
contract with the Employer stating that he or she is not eligible to participate in the Plan; 
or (b) any worker that the Employer treats as an independent contractor, during the period 
that the worker is so treated, regardless of whether such worker may be determined to be 
an Employee by administrative, judicial or other decision.

-7-

 
 
 
 
“Normal Retirement Age” shall mean the later of Age 65, or the third anniversary 

1.39 
(the fifth anniversary before January 1, 2008) of the date the Member commenced 
employment with the Company; provided, however, for Members with respect to whom 
there was a transfer of assets and liabilities from the Cognizant Plan (and such assets and 
liabilities were not returned to the Cognizant Plan for any reason), “Normal Retirement 
Age” shall mean Age 65.  

1.40 
with or next following the Member’s Normal Retirement Age.

“Normal Retirement Date” means the first day of the calendar month coincident 

“Participating Employer” shall mean each Affiliated Employer designated by the 

1.41 
Plan Administrator to participate herein with respect to some or all of its Eligible 
Employees.

1.42 
“Period of Service” shall mean the period of time commencing on the Employee’s 
Employment Commencement Date or Re-Employment Commencement Date, whichever 
is applicable, and ending on the Severance Date following such Employment 
Commencement Date or Re-Employment Commencement Date.  Period of Service shall 
be computed in 1/l2ths of a year, with a full month being granted for each completed or 
partial month.

“Period of Severance” shall mean the period of time commencing on a Severance 

1.43 
Date and ending on the date the Employee again performs an Hour of Service for an 
Affiliated Employer.

1.44 
herein, and any amendments thereto.

“Plan” shall mean the IMS Health Incorporated Retirement Plan, as embodied 

1.45 
“Plan Administrator” shall mean the Company, except that any action authorized 
to be taken by the Plan Administrator hereunder may also be taken by any committee or 
person(s) duly authorized by the Board or the duly authorized delegees of such duly 
authorized committee or person(s).

1.46 

“Plan Sponsor” shall mean IQVIA Inc.

 “Plan Year” shall mean the period beginning on the Plan’s Initial Effective Date 

1.47 
and ending on the subsequent December 31, and thereafter, shall mean the period 
beginning on January 1 and ending on December 31.

“Postponed Retirement Date” shall mean the first day of the month coincident 

1.48 
with or next following the Member’s Severance Date, if such date is later than the 
Member’s Normal Retirement Date.

“Purchaser” shall mean any entity or other business organization or its successor, 

1.49 
which acquires all or substantially all of the stock or assets of the Company, or any 
subsidiary.

1.50 

“Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity” shall mean an annuity:

(a) 

For the life of the Member with a survivor annuity for the life of the 
Member’s spouse which is equal to 75% of the amount of the annuity 
which is payable during the joint lives of the Member and the Member’s 
spouse, and

-8-

 
(b)  Which is the actuarial equivalent of a single annuity for the life of the 

Member.

Such term also includes any annuity in a form having the effect of an annuity 
described in the preceding sentence.

“Re-Employment Commencement Date” shall mean the first date, following a 

1.51 
Period of Severance, that the Employee again performs an Hour of Service for an 
Affiliated Employer.

1.52 
under this Plan as described in Section 4.3.

“Retirement Account” shall mean the notional account used to calculate benefits 

1.53 
determined as described in Section 4.5.

“Retirement Credit” shall mean notional additions to the Retirement Account 

“Service” shall mean an Employee’s period of employment with an Employer or 

1.54 
an Affiliated Employer that is counted as “Eligibility Service” or “Vesting Service” as 
appropriate in accordance with Article 2.  Service shall include employment with 
Cognizant and D&B, as provided under Article 2.

1.55 

“Severance Date” shall mean the earliest of:

(a) 

the date on which the Employee resigns, is discharged or dies; or

the date following a twelve-month period in which the Employee remains absent 
(b) 
from employment (with or without pay) for any reason other than maternity or paternity 
leave of absence, resignation, discharge or death (such as vacation, holiday, sickness, 
disability, leave of absence or layoff); or

the date following a twenty-four month period in which the Employee remains 

(c) 
absent from employment (with or without pay) for a maternity or paternity leave 
including:  

(i) 

the individual’s pregnancy; or

(ii) 

childbirth; or

(iii) 

adoption of a child; or

(iv) 

child care immediately after the birth or adoption of a child;

in the case of an Employee who is absent from employment beyond the first 
anniversary of the first day of absence by reason of maternity or paternity leave; 
provided, however the period between the first and second anniversary will be 
treated as neither a Period of Severance nor a Period of Service.

“Spouse” shall mean, effective June 26, 2013, a spouse as recognized under 

1.56 
federal law and does not include individuals (whether of the opposite or same sex) who 
have entered into a registered domestic partnership, civil union or other similar formal 
relationship recognized under state law that is not denominated as a marriage under the 
laws of that state (and the term “marriage” does not include such formal relationships).  
For all purposes under the Plan, effective June 26, 2013, the term “Spouse” and “legally 
married” shall be construed in accordance with federal law. 

-9-

 
“Trust” shall mean any trust established under an agreement between the 
1.57 
Company and a Trustee under which any portion of the Fund is held, and shall include 
any and all amendments to the trust agreement.

1.58 
pursuant to an agreement forming a part of the Plan.

“Trustee” shall mean any trustee holding any portion of the Fund under a Trust 

“Vesting Service” shall mean Service as counted for determining an Employee’s 

1.59 
right to become eligible for retirement benefits, disability benefits or, vested benefits 
upon termination of employment for reasons other than retirement or disability as 
described in Section 2.3.

“Year of Service” shall mean a Computation Period during which the Employee is 

1.60 
credited with 1,000 or more Hours of Service, under the rules of Section 2.1, or as 
defined for purposes of credited service with respect to the Frozen Accrued Benefit or 
Grandfathered Benefit as described in Appendix B.

-10-

 
ARTICLE 2

SERVICE COUNTING RULES

2.1  Hours of Service – An Employee shall be credited with an Hour of Service for:

Each hour for which a person is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, 

(a) 
by the Company or an Affiliated Employer for the performance of duties.  These hours 
shall be credited to the person during the appropriate Computation Period in which the 
duties are performed;

(b) 
Each hour for which a person is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, 
by the Company or an Affiliated Employer for reasons other than for the performance of 
duties (such as vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity including disability, jury duty, 
military duty, leave of absence or layoff).  These hours shall be credited to the Employee 
during the Computation Period in which the nonperformance of duties occurs.  The 
computation of non-work hours described in this subsection shall be computed in 
accordance with the provisions of the Department of Labor Regulation Section 
2530.200b-2;

Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, has been 

(c) 
either awarded or agreed to by the Company or an Affiliated Employer.  These hours will 
be credited to the person for the period to which the award or agreement pertains; and

Each hour for which an Employee is not paid or entitled to pay but during which 

(d) 
the Employee is absent for a period of military service for which reemployment rights are 
protected by law, but only if the Employee returns to employment with the Company or 
an Affiliated Employer within the time required by law.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, an Employee who is considered 
exempt from overtime compensation or any other Employee for whom records 
regarding actual hours worked (as defined in Department of Labor Regulation 
Section 2530.200b-3(d)(3)(i)) are not maintained, shall be credited with 190 
Hours of Service for each month for which the Employee would be required to be 
credited with at least one Hour of Service as defined above in paragraphs (a) 
through (d) of this Section 2.1.

2.2 

Eligibility Service

General Rule – An Eligible Employee shall be credited with one (1) year of 

(a) 
Eligibility Service for each Computation Period during which he or she is credited with 
1,000 or more Hours of Service.  For this purpose, Hours of Service shall include Hours 
of Service with the Company and any Affiliated Employer, regardless of whether the 
Affiliated Employer is an Employer for the purpose of this Plan.

(b) 

Special Rule for Eligibility Service –

-11-

 
(1) 

(2) 

As of the Initial Effective Date, an Employee shall be credited with 
Eligibility Service for Hours of Service completed as an employee 
of D&B or Cognizant; provided, however, that any such Employee 
who was not vested in his or her benefit under the D&B Plan or the 
Cognizant Plan shall not be credited with Eligibility Service for 
Hours of Service completed as an employee of D&B or Cognizant 
if such Employee incurred five or more Years of Break in Service 
(as defined in Section 3.3) prior to his or her employment by an 
Employer under this Plan.

Effective January 1, 2007, Hours of Service completed by an 
Employee while enrolled in a full-time accredited undergraduate or 
graduate degree program that would otherwise be credited to more 
than one Computation Period shall be aggregated and deemed to 
have been completed in the same Computation Period in order to 
accelerate the date upon which such Employee shall satisfy the 
one-year of Eligibility Service requirement set forth in Section 3.1 
of the Plan;  provided, however, that no such aggregation shall 
occur while such Employee is designated as a Non-Benefits 
Employee.  

2.3 

Vesting Service

(a) 
General Rule – An Eligible Employee shall be credited with Vesting Service 
equal to the total of (i) his or her Period(s) of Service with an Affiliated Employer and (ii) 
any Period(s) of Severance that are less than twelve (12) months.  Vesting Service shall 
be computed in 1/12ths of a year, with a full month being granted for each completed or 
partial calendar month.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no month which is included in a 
Period of Service shall be included in a Period of Severance of less than twelve months 
for the purpose of determining Vesting Service.

(b) 
Special Rule for Vesting Service – As of the Initial Effective Date, an Employee 
shall be credited with Vesting Service for Periods of Service completed as an employee 
of D&B or Cognizant; provided, however,  that any such Employee who was not vested 
in his or her benefit under the D&B Plan or the Cognizant Plan shall not be credited with 
Vesting Service for Periods of Service completed as an employee of D&B or Cognizant if 
such Employee incurred five or more years of Break in Service prior to his or her 
employment by an Employer under this Plan.  For purposes of this Section 2.3(b), a 
Break in Service shall mean a Period of Severance that exceeds five years.  

Credited Service – For the purpose of determining a Member’s Grandfathered 

2.4 
Benefit in Section 4.9, “Credited Service” shall have such meaning as defined under the 
terms of the D&B Plan, as described in Appendix B hereof.

-12-

 
ARTICLE 3

MEMBERSHIP AND TRANSFERS

Eligibility – Each Eligible Employee who was a participant in the Cognizant Plan 

3.1 
on June 30, 1998 shall be a Member in this Plan as of the Initial Effective Date in 
accordance with the provisions hereof (but only if a transfer of assets and liabilities 
occurred from the Cognizant Plan in respect of such Member, and such assets and 
liabilities were not subsequently returned to the Cognizant Plan for any reason).  
Effective March 1, 2016, each other Eligible Employee shall become a Member in the 
Plan on the earlier of:  (1) the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after the date on 
which such Eligible Employee attains Age 21 and completes one year of Eligibility 
Service; or (2) the first day of the month that is the sixth month after the date on which 
such Eligible Employee attains Age 21 and completes one year of Eligibility Service.  
The immediately foregoing sentence shall not apply, however, to any Eligible Employee 
who, prior to March 1, 2016, satisfied the age and service requirements of the Plan in 
effect prior to March 1, 2016.  Prior to March 1, 2016, each Eligible Employee (other 
than an Eligible Employee who was a participant in the Cognizant Plan on June 30, 1998 
and who is otherwise described in the first sentence of this Section 3.1), shall become a 
Member in the Plan on the first day of the month coincident with or next following the 
date the Eligible Employee attains Age 21 and completes one year of Eligibility Service.  
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Eligible Employee 
shall commence participation in the Plan on or after December 31, 2016.

Eligibility upon Re-Employment.  A former Member or a former Eligible 

3.2 
Employee whether or not previously vested as described in Section 5.5 who incurs a 
Severance Date and is later reemployed by the Employer as an Eligible Employee prior to 
incurring five or more Years of Break in Service shall once again participate in this Plan 
on the first day of the first calendar month after his or her Re-Employment 
Commencement Date.  A former Member who was not previously vested and who is later 
re-employed by an Employer as an Eligible Employee after incurring five or more years 
of Break in Service shall again be required to satisfy the requirements of Section 3.1.  A 
former Employee who had not met the eligibility requirements of Section 3.1 before his 
or her Severance Date shall participate in the Plan upon satisfaction of the requirements 
of Section 3.1.

Year of Break in Service – For purposes of Section 3.2, one Year of Break in 

3.3 
Service shall mean a Plan Year in which a Member completes not more than 500 Hours 
of Service.

Termination of Membership – A Member who incurs a Severance Date at a 

3.4 
time when he or she is not entitled to a Vested Accrued Benefit shall cease to be a 
Member at such time, and shall be deemed to have received a distribution of the value of 
his or her vested benefits hereunder.  A Member who incurs a Severance Date and who is 
entitled to a Vested Accrued Benefit shall cease Membership upon receipt of all 
payments to which he or she is entitled hereunder.

Suspension of Membership – A Member who ceases to be an Eligible Employee 

3.5 
without incurring a Severance Date shall cease to be credited with benefits hereunder, 
except Interest Credits, if applicable, as if he or she had incurred a Severance Date on the 
date on which he or she ceased to be an Eligible Employee, but he or she shall continue to 
be a Member for other purposes under the Plan and, if he or she continues to remain in 
the employ of an Affiliated Employer, shall continue to earn Vesting Service.

-13-

 
Return to Membership – A Member whose membership has been suspended 

3.6 
who shall again become an Eligible Employee shall become a Member again for benefits 
hereunder on the first day of the first calendar month after the date on which the Member 
again becomes an Eligible Employee.

-14-

 
ARTICLE 4

BENEFIT AMOUNTS

4.1 
hereunder shall be the largest of the following amounts:

Accrued Benefit –  A Member’s Accrued Benefit determined from time to time 

effective January 1, 2010, the amount of the single life annuity commencing as of 

(a) 
the Member’s Normal Retirement Date, calculated as the Actuarial Equivalent Value of 
the amount credited to such Member’s Retirement Account as provided in this Article;

 the Member’s Frozen Accrued Benefit commencing as of the Member’s Normal 

(b) 
Retirement Date or on the date of determination if such date is after the Normal 
Retirement Date; or

 for a Member who had attained Age fifty (50) and had been credited with at least 

(c) 
five (5) years of Vesting Service under the D&B Plan as of October 31, 1996, the 
Grandfathered Benefit Amount as defined in Section 4.9 and Appendix B of this Plan 
commencing as of the Member’s Normal Retirement Date or on the date of determination 
if such date is after the Normal Retirement Date.

4.2 
from time to time hereunder shall be the largest of the following amounts:

Early Retirement Benefit –  A Member’s Early Retirement Benefit determined 

effective January 1, 2010, the amount of single life annuity commencing as of the 

(a) 
Member’s Early Retirement Date, calculated as the Actuarial Equivalent Value of the 
amount credited to such Member’s Retirement Account at the Member’s Early 
Retirement Date;

(b) 
Retirement Date, as defined in Section 4.8 of this Plan; or

the Member’s Frozen Accrued Benefit commencing as of the Member’s Early 

for a Member who had attained Age fifty (50) and had been credited with at least 

(c) 
five (5) years of Vesting Service under the D&B Plan as of October 31, 1996, the 
Grandfathered Benefit Amount as defined in Section 4.9 of this Plan and Appendix B of 
this Plan commencing as of the Member’s Early Retirement Date.

Retirement Account – A notional Retirement Account shall be created and 

4.3 
maintained for each Member and shall be the sum of the Initial Balance (if any), 
Retirement Credits, and monthly Investment Credits thereon, as provided in this Article 
4.  The Retirement Account shall be created and maintained for the purpose of calculating 
benefits under this Plan.  Such Retirement Account shall not represent any share of the 
Fund nor shall it entitle the Member to any share in the earnings of the Fund.

A Member’s Retirement Account as of the Member’s Benefit Commencement 
Date shall be no less than the sum of the Initial Balance (if any) and Retirement 
Credits, as provided in this Article 4, reduced to reflect the value of any prior 
distributions.  This requirement applies only as of a Benefit Commencement Date 
as of which a distribution of the Member’s entire remaining vested benefit under 
the Plan commences, and is intended to comply with the preservation of capital 
requirements of Code Section 411(b)(5)(B)(i)(II).

Initial Balance – For a Member who was a participant in the Cognizant Plan (but 

4.4 
only if a transfer of assets and liabilities occurred from the Cognizant Plan in respect of 

-15-

 
such Member, and such assets and liabilities were not subsequently returned to the 
Cognizant Plan for any reason) and who was an Eligible Employee under the Cognizant 
Plan as of July 1,1998, the Initial Balance of the Retirement Account shall be the sum of 
(a) the single sum amount equal to the Actuarial Equivalent Value, as of October 31, 
1996, of the normal retirement benefit such Member had accrued under the terms of the 
D&B Plan as of October 31, 1996 (if any), determined with the Member’s Age as of 
October 31, 1996, and (b) the sum of the Retirement Credits and monthly Investment 
Credits under the Cognizant Plan as of June 30, 1998.  For all other Members, the Initial 
Balance shall equal zero.

4.5 
Retirement Credits – For each calendar month following June 30, 1998, each 
Eligible Employee who is a Member shall have his or her Retirement Account credited 
with notional Retirement Credits in an amount equal to six percent (6%) times his or her 
Compensation with respect to such month.

4.6  Monthly Allocation of Retirement Credits – A Member’s Retirement Credits 
shall be allocated to the Member’s Retirement Account as of the end of each calendar 
month.

4.7 
Investment Credits – A Member’s Retirement Account, including the 
Retirement Account of a Member who is no longer actively employed by an Employer 
participating hereunder, shall be credited as of the last day of each calendar month (the 
stability period) with a notional Investment Credit calculated by multiplying the 
Member’s Retirement Account as of the last day of the prior calendar month (the look 
back month) by the greater of:

(a) 

0.25%, or

1/12th of the average Code Section 417(e)(3) rate prior to amendment by the 

(b) 
Pension Protection Act of 2006 for the look back month.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Investment Credits will cease to be credited 
effective the first day of the  month in which occurs the Member’s Benefit 
Commencement Date.  

4.8 
Preservation of Accrued Benefit of the D&B Plan – If the Member was a 
participant of the D&B Plan on October 31, 1996, and the liabilities and assets related to 
his or her accrued benefit under the D&B Plan were transferred to the Cognizant Plan and 
then transferred to this Plan, the accrued benefit under the D&B Plan of such Member 
shall be calculated as of October 31, 1996, and shall be the Member’s Frozen Accrued 
Benefit hereunder and as described in Appendix B.  The Member shall be entitled, 
notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, to receive his or her Frozen Accrued 
Benefit in any of the optional forms of benefit that were available to the Member under 
the terms of the D&B Plan, including any early retirement subsidies to which the Member 
might be entitled as specified in Appendix B hereunder.  

4.9  Grandfathered Benefit Amount – A Member who, as of October 31, 1996, had 
attained Age fifty (50) and had been credited with at least five (5) years of Vesting 
Service under the D&B Plan, shall be entitled to a minimum benefit hereunder described 
in Appendix B (but only if a transfer of assets and liabilities accrued under the D&B Plan 
occurred from the Cognizant Plan in respect of such Member, and such assets and 
liabilities were not subsequently returned to the Cognizant Plan for any reason).

-16-

 
4.10  Restoration of Retirement Account – If a Member who is rehired by an 
Employer and (i) was not fully vested in accordance with Article 5 as of his or her prior 
Severance Date, and (ii) has a Period of Severance of less than 5 years, he or she shall 
have his or her Retirement Account reinstated as of his or her Re-Employment 
Commencement Date, and shall continue to vest in accordance with Article 5 following 
his or her Re-Employment Commencement Date.

-17-

 
ARTICLE 5

ENTITLEMENT TO BENEFITS

Normal Retirement – A Member who retires from employment with the 
5.1 
Employer on his or her Normal Retirement Age shall be entitled to receive one hundred 
percent (100%) of his or her Accrued Benefit as of his or her Normal Retirement Date in 
the manner provided under Article 8.

Postponed Retirement – A Member who retires from employment with the 

5.2 
Employer after his or her Normal Retirement Date shall continue to participate in this 
Plan, and his or her Retirement Account shall continue to be credited with Retirement 
Credits and Investment Credits, until his or her Postponed Retirement Date.  Such 
Member shall be entitled to receive one hundred percent (100%) of his or her Accrued 
Benefit as of his or her Postponed Retirement Date in the manner provided under Article 
8.

Early Retirement – A Member who has attained Age fifty-five (55) and 
5.3 
completed three (3) years of Vesting Service (five (5) years of Vesting Service before 
January 1, 2008) may retire from employment with the Employer at any time and elect to 
receive one hundred percent (100%) of his or her Accrued Benefit as of his or her Early 
Retirement Date in the manner provided under Article 8 and, in such event, Interest 
Credits shall cease hereunder in accordance with Section 4.7 hereof.  As an alternative, 
the Member may elect to defer receipt of his or her benefit to a later Benefit 
Commencement Date, but in no event later than the time specified in Section 8.2 hereof, 
in which case his or her Retirement Account shall continue to be credited with 
Investment Credits until such Benefit Commencement Date.  The Member will then be 
entitled to receive one hundred percent (100%) of his or her benefit as of such later 
Benefit Commencement Date in the manner provided in Article 8.  Notwithstanding the 
foregoing to the contrary, any Member whose participation in this Plan terminated 
effective August 1, 2000 by reason of the termination of participation in this Plan by 
Clark-O’Neill, Inc. effective August 1, 2000 and/or such Member’s transfer of 
employment to SYNAVANT Inc. effective August 1, 2000 or any Member whose 
participation in this Plan terminated effective October 3, 2000 by reason of the 
termination of participation in this Plan by ERISCO Managed Care Technologies, Inc. 
effective October 3, 2000 shall be deemed to have completed five (5) years of Vesting 
Service for purposes of this Section 5.3.  

Disability – If a Member becomes totally and permanently disabled, and is in 

5.4 
receipt of disability benefits under the Federal Social Security Act or under the Employer 
long-term disability plan, he or she shall become entitled to benefits under the provisions 
of Article 7.

5.5  Other Termination of Employment – A Member whose employment with the 
Employer is terminated for any reason other than retirement in accordance with Sections 
5.1, 5.2 or 5.3, disability in accordance with Section 5.4, or death in accordance with 
Section 5.6, shall be entitled to receive a percentage of his or her Accrued Benefit in 
accordance with the following schedule:

-18-

 
If the Member’s Years
of Vesting Service Are:

The Vested Portion
of the Accrued Benefit is:

Less than 3 (less than 5 before January 1, 
2008)

3 or more (5 or more before January 1, 
2008)

0%

100%

The vested portion of the Accrued Benefit shall be payable as of the Member’s 
Normal Retirement Age in the manner provided in Article 8.  As an alternative, 
such Member may elect to begin receipt of his or her benefits at an earlier Benefit 
Commencement Date that follows the Member’s attainment of Age fifty-five (55), 
as provided in Article 8.

Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, any Member whose participation 
in this Plan terminated effective August 1, 2000 by reason of the termination of 
participation in this Plan by Clark-O’Neill, Inc. effective August 1, 2000 and/or 
such Member’s transfer of employment to SYNAVANT Inc. effective August 1, 
2000 or any Member whose participation in this Plan terminated effective October 
3, 2000 by reason of the termination of participation in this Plan by ERISCO 
Managed Care Technologies, Inc. effective October 3, 2000 shall be entitled to 
receive one hundred percent (100%) of his or her Accrued Benefit regardless of 
the number of Years of Vesting Service completed by such Member.

Death –  If a Member dies while actively employed by the Employer and such 

5.6 
Member had earned three (3) or more years of Vesting Service (five (5) or more years of 
Vesting Service before January 1, 2008), a death benefit shall be payable to the 
Member’s Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of Article 6.

5.7 
Benefit Commencement for Members Who Became Employed by a 
Purchaser – Notwithstanding anything else herein, a Member shall not be entitled to the 
payment of benefits hereunder until he or she has separated from service from a 
Purchaser with whom his or her employment continued immediately following the sale.

5.8 
Suspension of Benefits – Subject to the provisions of Section 8.2 of this Plan, a 
Member who continues in active service of the Company after such Member’s Normal 
Retirement Age, or who is receiving payments or is scheduled to receive payments from 
this Plan and is reemployed by an Employer, shall have his or her payments suspended in 
accordance with uniform rules adopted by the Plan Administrator and the provisions set 
forth below:

If such Member completes fewer than forty (40) Hours of Service during any 

(a) 
calendar month in a period of active service during his or her reemployment, then such 
Member shall be deemed to have retired and such Member shall commence or continue 
to receive distribution of such Member’s benefits under the Plan.

(b) 
If such Member completes forty (40) or more Hours of Service during any 
calendar month in a period of active service during his or her reemployment or receives 
payment from the Employer for any such Hours of Service completed on eight or more 
days (or separate work shifts) in any calendar month that occurs during such period of 
active service, such Member’s benefits under this Plan shall be suspended until the earlier 

-19-

 
of (i) such Member’s actual retirement from the active service of an Employer or (ii) such 
Member’s satisfaction of the conditions of Section 5.8(a).

If benefit payments have been suspended, payments shall resume no later than the 

(c) 
first day of the third calendar month after the calendar month in which the Employee 
ceases to be employed.  The initial payment upon resumption shall be calculated as the 
sum of the amount that had been payable prior to suspension of benefits and the amount 
of benefit earned under this Plan during the period of employment between suspension of 
payments and resumption of payments.

No payment shall be withheld by the Plan pursuant to this Section unless the Plan 

(d) 
notifies the Employee by personal delivery or first-class mail during the first calendar 
month or payroll period in which the Plan withholds payments that his or her benefits are 
suspended.  Such notification shall contain a description of the specific reasons why 
benefit payments are being suspended, a description of the provisions of this Article 
relating to the suspension of payments, a copy of such provisions, and a statement to the 
effect that applicable Department of Labor regulations may be found in Sections 
2530.203-2 and 2530.203-3.  In addition, the notice shall inform the Member of the 
Plan’s procedures for affording a review of the suspension of benefits.  Requests for such 
reviews may be considered in accordance with the claims procedure set forth in Section 
10.5 of the Plan.

-20-

 
ARTICLE 6

DEATH BENEFITS; MINIMUM REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS

Payment of Death Benefits – If, upon the death of a Member prior to the 
6.1 
commencement of benefits hereunder, he or she has been credited with less than three (3) 
years of Vesting Service (five (5) years of Vesting Service before January 1, 2008), such 
Member’s Accrued Benefit shall be forfeited.  If upon the death of a Member prior to the 
commencement of benefits hereunder, he or she has been credited with three (3) or more 
years of Vesting Service (five (5) or more years of Vesting Service before January 1, 
2008), the Beneficiary of the Member shall be entitled to receive the Actuarial Equivalent 
Value of the deceased Member’s Retirement Account commencing upon the time set 
forth in Section 6.3, payable in the form of a straight life annuity.  Effective January 1, 
2011, if the Beneficiary of a Member is (or is deemed to be) his or her estate, then any 
death benefit payable pursuant to this Article 6 may be made in the form of a single lump 
sum payment.

Beneficiary – The Beneficiary of a Member shall be such Member’s Spouse, if 

6.2 
any, unless the Member designates, in accordance with procedures established by the 
Plan Administrator, a different Beneficiary, provided that if the Member is married, his or 
her Spouse shall consent to such designation in writing, and such written consent shall be 
witnessed by a notary public.

6.3  Minimum Spousal Death Benefit – Notwithstanding the other provisions of this 
Plan, in the event of a vested Member’s death prior to the commencement of benefit 
payments, a surviving Spouse who has not waived his or her rights under the terms of this 
Plan shall be entitled to a minimum preretirement death benefit, based on the amount of 
such Member’s Accrued Benefit under Sections 4.1(b) or 4.1(c) as applicable, equal to an 
annuity for such Spouse’s life commencing on the later of (a) the date of death or (b) the 
date the Member would have attained Age fifty-five (55) reduced for such date of 
commencement as described in Appendix B, equal to fifty percent (50%) of the 
Member’s Accrued Benefit payable as a 50% Joint and Survivor Annuity Option, unless 
such Spouse is entitled to a greater benefit under the provisions of Section 6.1.

6.4  Minimum Required Distributions – Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan 
to the contrary:  (a) with respect to distributions under the Plan made for calendar years 
beginning on or after January 1, 2002, and before January 1, 2006, the Plan will apply the 
minimum distribution requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code in accordance with 
the Regulations under Section 401(a)(9) that were proposed on January 17, 2001; and 
(b) with respect to distributions under the Plan made for calendar years beginning on or 
after January 1, 2006, the Plan will apply the subsequent provisions of this Section for 
purposes of determining minimum required distributions.

(a) 

General Rules.

(1) 

(2) 

All distributions required under this Section will be determined 
and made in accordance with the Treasury regulations under 
Section 401(a)(9) of the Code.

Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section, distributions 
may be made under a designation made before January 1, 1984, in 
accordance with section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal 
Responsibility Act (TEFRA) and the provisions of the plan that 
relate to section 242(b)(2) of TEFRA.

-21-

 
(b) 

Time and Manner of Distributions.

(1) 

(2) 

The Member’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be 
distributed, to the Member no later than the Member’s Required 
Beginning Date.

If the Member dies before distributions begin, the Member’s entire 
interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than 
as follows:

(i) 

(ii) 

(iii) 

(iv) 

If the Member’s surviving Spouse is the Member’s sole 
Designated Beneficiary, then distributions to the surviving 
Spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year 
immediately following the calendar year in which the 
Member died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in 
which the Member would have attained Age 70½, if later.

If the Member’s surviving Spouse is not the Member’s sole 
Designated Beneficiary, then distributions to the 
Designated Beneficiary will begin by December 31, of the 
calendar year immediately following the calendar year in 
which the Member died.

If there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of 
the year following the year of the Member’s death, the 
Member‘s entire interest will be distributed by December 
31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of 
the Member’s death.

If the Member’s surviving Spouse is the Member’s sole 
Designated Beneficiary and the surviving Spouse dies after 
the Member but before distributions to the surviving 
Spouse begin, this subsection (b)(2), other than clause (i), 
will apply as if the surviving Spouse were the Member.

For purposes of this subsection (b)(2) and subsection (e), distributions are 
considered to begin on the Member’s Required Beginning Date (or if subsection 
(b)(2)(iv) applies), the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving 
spouse under subsection (b)(2)(i).

(3) 

Unless the Member’s interest is distributed in a single sum on or 
before the Required Beginning Date, as of the first distribution 
calendar year distributions will be made in accordance with 
subsections (c), (d) and (e) of this Section 6.4.  Any part of the 
Member’s interest which is in the form of an individual account 
described in Section 414(k) of the Code will be distributed in a 
manner satisfying the requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the 
Code and the Treasury regulations that apply to individual 
accounts.

(c) 

Determination of Amount to be Distributed Each Year.

-22-

 
(1) 

If the Member’s interest is paid in the form of annuity 
distributions, payments under the annuity will satisfy the following 
requirements:

(i) 

(ii) 

(iii) 

the annuity distributions will be paid in periodic payments 
made at intervals not longer than one year;

the distribution period will be over a life (or lives) or over a 
period certain not longer than the period described in 
subsection (d) or (e);

once payments have begun over a period certain, the period 
certain will not be changed even if the period certain is 
shorter than the maximum permitted;

(iv) 

payments will either be non-increasing or increase only as 
follows:

(A) 

(B) 

(C) 

(D) 

by an annual percentage increase that does not 
exceed the annual percentage increase in a cost-of-
living index that is based on prices of all items and 
issued by the Bureau of Labor Statistics;

to the extent of the reduction in the amount of the 
Member’s payments to provide for a survivor 
benefit upon death, but only if the beneficiary 
whose life was being used to determine the 
distribution period described in subsection (d) dies 
or is no longer the Member’s beneficiary pursuant 
to a qualified domestic relations order within the 
meaning of Section 414(p) of the Code;

 to provide cash refunds of employee contributions 
upon the Member’s death; or

to pay increased benefits that result from a plan 
amendment.

(2) 

The amount that must be distributed on or before the Member’s 
Required Beginning Date (or, if the Member dies before 
distributions begin, the date distributions are required to begin 
under Section (b)(2)(i) or (ii)) is the payment that is required for 
one payment interval. The second payment need not be made until 
the end of the next payment interval even if that payment interval 
ends in the next calendar year. Payment intervals are the periods 
for which payments are received, e.g., bi-monthly, monthly, 
semiannually, or annually. All of the Member’s benefit accruals as 
of the last day of the first distribution calendar year will be 
included in the calculation of the amount of the annuity payments 
for payment intervals ending on or after the Member’s Required 
Beginning Date.

(3) 

Any additional benefits accruing to the Member in a calendar year 
after the first distribution calendar year will be distributed 

-23-

 
beginning with the first payment interval ending in the calendar 
year immediately following the calendar year in which such 
amount accrues.

(d) 

Requirements for Annuity Distributions That Commence During a 
Member’s Lifetime.

(1) 

(2) 

If the Member’s interest is being distributed in the form of a joint 
and survivor annuity for the joint lives of the Member and a 
nonspouse beneficiary, annuity payments to be made on or after 
the Member’s Required Beginning Date to the Designated 
Beneficiary after the Member’s death must not at any time exceed 
the applicable percentage of the annuity payment for such period 
that would have been payable to the Member using the table set 
forth in Treas. Reg. § 1.401(a)(9)-6, Q & A –2. If the form of 
distribution combines a joint and survivor annuity for the joint 
lives of the Member and a nonspouse beneficiary and a period 
certain annuity, the requirements in the preceding sentence will 
apply to annuity payments to be made to the Designated 
Beneficiary after the expiration of the period certain.

Unless the Member’s spouse is the sole Designated Beneficiary 
and the form of distribution is a period certain and no life  annuity, 
the period certain for an annuity distribution commencing during 
the Member’s lifetime may not exceed the applicable distribution 
period for the Member under the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth 
in Treas. Reg. § 1.401(a)(9)-9 for the calendar year that contains 
the Annuity Starting Date.  If the Annuity Starting Date precedes 
the year in which the Member reaches Age 70, the applicable 
distribution period for the Member is the distribution period for 
Age 70 under the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Treas. Reg. § 
1.401(a)(9)-9 plus the excess of 70 over the Age of the Member as 
of the Member’s birthday in the year that contains the Annuity 
Starting Date. If the Member’s Spouse is the Member’s sole 
Designated Beneficiary and the form of distribution is a period 
certain and no life annuity, the period certain may not exceed the 
longer of the Member’s applicable distribution period, as 
determined under this Section (d)(2), or the joint life and last 
survivor expectancy of the Member and the Member’s Spouse as 
determined under the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in 
Treas. Reg. § 1.401(a)(9)-9, using the Member’s and Spouse‘s 
attained ages as of the Member’s and Spouse’s birthdays in the 
calendar year that contains the Annuity Starting Date.

(e)  When Member Dies Before Date Distribution Begins.

(1) 

If the Member dies before the date distribution of his or her interest 
begins and there is a Designated Beneficiary, the Member’s entire 
interest will be distributed, beginning no later than the time 
described in subsection (b)(2)(i) or (ii), over the life of the 
Designated Beneficiary or over a period certain not exceeding:

(i) 

unless the Annuity Starting Date is before the first 
distribution calendar year, the life expectancy of the 

-24-

 
Designated Beneficiary determined using the beneficiary’s 
Age as of the beneficiary’s birthday in the calendar year 
immediately following the calendar year of the Member’s 
death; or

(ii) 

if the Annuity Starting Date is before the first distribution 
calendar year, the life expectancy of the Designated 
Beneficiary determined using the beneficiary’s Age as of 
the beneficiary’s birthday in the calendar year that contains 
the Annuity Starting Date.

If the Member dies before the date distributions begin and there is 
no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year 
following the year of the Member’s death, distribution of the 
Member’s entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the 
calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Member’s 
death.

If the Member dies before the date the distribution of his or her 
interest begins, the Member’s surviving Spouse is the Member’s 
sole Designated Beneficiary, and the surviving Spouse dies before 
distributions to the surviving Spouse begin, this subsection (e) will 
apply as if the surviving Spouse were the Member, except that the 
time by which distributions must begin will be determined without 
regard to subsection (b)(2).

(2) 

(3) 

(f) 

As used in this Section 6.4, the following terms shall have the following 
meanings:

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

“Annuity Starting Date” means the first day of the first period for 
which an amount is paid as an annuity or any other form and as 
further defined in the Plan.

“Designated Beneficiary” means the individual who is the 
Designated Beneficiary under Treas. Reg. § 1.401(a)(9)-4, Q&A-1.

“Distribution Calendar Year” means a calendar year for which a 
minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning 
before the Member’s death, the first distribution calendar year is 
the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year, which 
contains the Member’s Required Beginning Date. For distributions 
beginning after the Member’s death, the first distribution calendar 
year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to 
begin pursuant to subsection (b)(2).

“Life expectancy” means life expectancy as computed by use of 
the Single Life Table in Treas. Reg. § 1.401(a)(9)-9.

“Required Beginning Date” means the date specified in Section 8.2 
of the Plan.

-25-

 
ARTICLE 7

DISABILITY

Disability Retirement – A Member who has at least three (3) years of Vesting 

7.1 
Service (five (5) years of Vesting Service before January 1, 2008) may retire because of 
disability if such Member is receiving benefits under the Federal Social Security Act or 
under the Employer’s long-term disability plan.

Deferred Benefit – A disabled Member shall be entitled to a benefit payable on 

7.2 
his or her Normal Retirement Date.  Such Member’s Retirement Account shall be 
maintained for him or her and shall be credited with notional Retirement Credits, 
determined under the rules prescribed in Section 7.3, and notional Investment Credits 
until he or she attains Normal Retirement Age.  A Member (a) who had attained Age fifty 
(50) and had been credited with at least five (5) years of Vesting Service, as of October 
31, 1996 and (b) for whom liabilities and assets with respect to his or her Frozen Accrued 
Benefit were transferred from the Cognizant Plan to this Plan and such assets and 
liabilities were not subsequently returned to the Cognizant Plan for any reason, shall 
continue to earn Credited Service for the purpose of determining the special 
Grandfathered Benefit Amount under Section 4.9.  Upon attainment of Normal 
Retirement Age, the Retirement Credits, Investment Credits and Credited Service, if any, 
will no longer be credited and the Accrued Benefit shall be paid to him or her under the 
terms of Article 8.

A Member who has retired because of disability may elect to begin the receipt of 
his or her disability benefits under this Article 7 at an earlier Benefit 
Commencement Date, but not prior to the first of the month following the date the 
Member attains Age fifty-five (55).  In such a case, the Member’s Retirement 
Credits, Investment Credits and Credited Service, if any, will cease to be credited 
as of the Benefit Commencement Date.

Compensation During Disability – If a disabled Member is entitled to benefits 

7.3 
under the provisions of this Article 7, his or her Retirement Credits shall be calculated as 
if the Member’s Compensation continues at the same rate as in effect immediately prior 
to his or her disability.  With respect to any disabled Member entitled to a Grandfathered 
Benefit hereunder, Compensation shall be assumed to continue at the same rate as in 
effect immediately prior to his or her disability for the purpose of determining the 
Member’s Average Final Compensation.

-26-

 
ARTICLE 8

PAYMENT OF BENEFIT

Date of Payment Commencement – Ninety (90) days (one hundred eighty (180) 

8.1 
days for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2006) prior to an Early Retirement 
Date, Normal Retirement Date or Postponed Retirement Date, or as soon as practicable 
after a Severance Date, the Plan Administrator shall furnish the Member with an election 
form in accordance with the procedures of this Article 8.  A Member’s Benefit 
Commencement Date shall be the first day of the calendar month that the benefit selected 
will commence, which date shall be ninety (90) days after the furnishing of the election 
form.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Member and his or her Spouse, if any, may 
waive their right to this waiting period and elect an earlier Benefit Commencement Date 
pursuant to Section 8.5.  On a Member’s Benefit Commencement Date, a Member’s 
Accrued Benefit shall be paid in the manner provided in this Article 8.  Except as 
provided in 8.2, a Member may elect to defer payment of the normal form of benefit or 
any of the optional forms provided below until any date specified in the future.

8.2 
Required Commencement at Age 70½ – Notwithstanding any other provision of 
this Plan to the contrary, effective as of the Initial Effective Date of the Plan, the required 
beginning date for the commencement of benefits to a Member is the later of April 1 of 
the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Member attains Age 70½ or 
retires, except that a Member who is a five percent (5%) owner shall commence receiving 
benefits no later than the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in 
which the Member attains Age 70½.  Any Member who is not a five percent (5%) owner 
and who attains Age 70½ in years after 1995 may elect by April 1 of the calendar year 
following the year in which the Member attains Age 70½ to commence receiving benefits 
by the April 1 of the calendar year following the year in which the Member attains Age 
70½.

8.3 
Normal Form of Benefit – The normal form of benefit for an unmarried Member 
shall be a single life annuity.  The normal form of benefit for a married Member shall be 
a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity as defined below.  The normal form of benefit 
shall be payable at the earliest time a Member could become entitled to commence 
receiving payments of an Early Retirement Benefit, Normal Retirement Benefit or 
Postponed Retirement Benefit or of a Deferred Vested Benefit in an amount which shall 
be the Actuarial Equivalent Value of the Member’s Accrued Benefit.  For purposes of the 
Plan, a “Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity” shall mean a retirement benefit under 
which equal monthly installments are payable during the joint lifetimes of the retired 
Member and his or her Spouse, and under which, upon the earlier death of the retired 
Member, 50% of such monthly installment continues to be paid to the Spouse for the 
Spouse’s lifetime.

Right to Elect Alternate Form of Benefit – In lieu of the normal form of 

8.4 
benefits, the Member shall have the right to elect, subject to the provisions of 8.5(b) 
herein, prior to his or her Benefit Commencement Date, an alternate form of benefit 
provided under the terms of Section 8.6.   Except as otherwise provided in this Article 8, 
if the Member is married, any such election may be made only with the written consent of 
his or her spouse, executed as provided under Section 8.5.  Any alternative form of 
benefit shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the Member’s Accrued Benefit.

8.5 
benefit to which the Member is entitled under this Article 8 in writing to the Plan 

Form of Election – A Member may make or revoke an election of any form of 

-27-

 
Administrator, and such election or revocation shall be subject to the following 
conditions:

(a) 
The Plan Administrator shall furnish to each Member a general written 
explanation in nontechnical terms of the availability of the various optional forms of 
payment under the Plan within a reasonable period of time prior to the earliest date on 
which the Member could retire under the Plan.  Such notice will include a written 
explanation of: 

(1) 

(2) 

the terms and conditions of the Qualified Joint and Survivor 
Annuity;

the Member's right to make and the effect of an election to waive 
the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity;

(3) 
waive the Spouse Joint and Survivor Annuity;

the right of the Member's Spouse to consent to any election to  

(4) 

(5) 

the right of the Member to revoke a previous election, and the 
effect of such revocation;

the payment forms available under the Plan including a general 
description of the material features of such payment forms and an 
explanation of the relative values as provided in Treasury 
Regulation Section 1.417(a)-3 (this provision being effective as of 
the applicable effective date set forth in Treasury Regulations, i.e., 
to qualified pre-retirement survivor annuity explanations provided 
on or after July 1, 2004; to qualified joint and survivor annuity 
explanations with respect to any distribution with an annuity 
starting date that is on or after February 1, 2006; or on or after 
October 2, 2004 with respect to any optional form of benefit that is 
subject to the requirements of Code Section 417(e)(3) if the 
actuarial present value of that optional form is less than the 
actuarial present value as determined under Code Section 
417(e)(3)); and

(6) 

with respect to notices given to Members pursuant to Code Section 
411(a)(11) in Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2006, a 
description of how much larger benefits will be if the 
commencement of distributions is deferred.

A Member has a right to receive, within 30 days after filing a written 
request with the Plan Administrator, a written explanation of the terms and 
conditions of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and the financial 
effect upon the Member, given in terms of dollars per annuity payment.  
Requests for additional information may be made by the Member at any 
time before the ninetieth (90th) (one hundred eightieth (180th) day for Plan 
Years beginning after December 31, 2006) day prior to the Benefit 
Commencement Date.

An election to receive an optional form of benefit may be made at any time during 

(b) 
the “Election Period”.  The “Election Period” is a period of ninety (90) (one hundred 
eighty (180) days for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2006) days prior to the 
Member’s Benefit Commencement Date.  Subject to subparagraph (c) below, a Member 

-28-

 
may make an election not to receive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, revoke any 
previous election, and if the Member so desires, make a new election, until the expiration 
of the “Election Period.”

Effective with respect to Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2007, a 
Member who elects to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity 
form of benefit under the Plan shall be entitled to elect the Qualified 
Optional Joint and Survivor Annuity at any time during the applicable 
election period.  Furthermore, the written explanation of the joint and 
survivor annuity described in Section 8.5(a) shall explain the terms and 
conditions of the Qualified Optional Joint and Survivor Annuity. 

If a Member is married, an election of a form of benefit other than the Qualified 

(c) 
Joint and Survivor Annuity shall require the written consent of the Spouse, and such 
written consent must be witnessed by a notary public or a representative of the Plan.

Effective as of the Initial Effective Date of the Plan, the Benefit Commencement 

(d) 
Date for the payment of benefits, to a married Member in a form other than the normal 
form may be less than thirty (30) days after receipt of the written explanation described 
above provided:  (i) the Member has been provided with information that clearly 
indicates that the Member has at least thirty (30) days to consider whether to waive the 
normal form and elect (with spousal consent) an optional form of benefit other than the 
normal form; (ii) the Member is permitted to revoke any affirmative election at least until 
the Benefit Commencement Date or, if later, at any time prior to the expiration of the 
seven (7)-day period that begins the day after the explanation of the normal form is 
provided to the Member; and (iii) the Benefit Commencement Date is a date after the date 
that the written explanation was provided to the Member.  The Benefit Commencement 
Date may be a date prior to the date the written explanation is provided to the Member if 
benefits do not commence until at least thirty (30) days after such written explanation is 
provided, subject to the waiver of the thirty (30)-day period as provided for above.

(e) 
The Plan Administrator shall furnish any additional information requested by a 
Member to such Member by personal delivery or first-class mail within thirty (30) days 
from the date of the Member’s written request.  An election of an optional form of benefit 
pursuant to Section 8.6 shall not be effective unless it is filed with the Plan Administrator 
no more than ninety (90) days before the Benefit Commencement Date.

8.6  Optional Forms of Retirement Benefit – A Member may elect to receive his or 
her benefits, including his or her Grandfathered Benefit or Frozen Accrued Benefit, in 
any one of the following optional forms of benefit, each of which shall be the Actuarial 
Equivalent Value of such Member’s straight life annuity benefit as described in 
subparagraph (c) below as of the date payment commences: 

(a)   

Joint and Survivor Annuity Option – A monthly benefit payable to the 
Member for life, and after his or her death in 100%, 75% or 50% of such 
amount as specified by the Member, to the joint annuitant for life.  Should 
the joint annuitant die prior to the Member’s Benefit Commencement 
Date, any election of this option shall be automatically canceled and the 
benefit hereunder shall be payable in the normal form as described in 
Section 8.3 of the Plan.

(b)   Years Certain and Life Income Annuity Option – A monthly benefit which 

provides benefit payments to the Member for his or her lifetime with a 
guaranteed minimum period of ten or fifteen years, as specified by the 

-29-

 
Member.  In the event of the death of the Member after the Benefit 
Commencement Date, but prior to the Member’s receiving benefit 
payments for the entire guaranteed minimum period, the remaining 
payments for the minimum term of years will be paid to the Member’s 
Beneficiary.  In the event of the death of the Member prior to the 
Member’s Benefit Commencement Date, the election of this option shall 
be automatically canceled and the benefit hereunder shall be payable in the 
normal form as described in Section 8.3 of the Plan.

Straight Life Annuity Option – A single life annuity payable in equal 
unreduced monthly payments during the Member’s lifetime, with no 
further payments to any other person after the Member’s death.

Level Income Annuity Option – A Member retiring on an Early 
Retirement Date may elect a monthly benefit providing for a level 
combined income from the Plan and the Member’s primary Social 
Security benefit, both before and after the date Social Security benefits are 
payable.  For purposes of this option, Benefit Commencement Date for his 
or her primary Social Security Benefits shall be the first day of the month 
next following his or her attainment of Age 62.  A Member may not 
revoke his or her election of this option or otherwise change the provisions 
of his or her election in any way after his or her Benefit Commencement 
Date.  A Level Income Option may be elected in the form of a Joint and 
Survivor Annuity Option or a Straight Life Annuity Option.

Solely for Members who have attained Age 55 and completed 10 years of 
Vesting Service at the time of his or her retirement, a reduced retirement 
benefit payable during the Member’s life after retirement, with the 
provision that after his or her death a benefit of 50% of such reduced 
amount will be continued during the life of and paid monthly to the spouse 
of such Member, but only if such spouse survives the Member.  Such 
reduced amount shall be one half of the reduction which would have been 
determined to provide a 50% Joint and Survivor Annuity Option which is 
of the same Actuarial Equivalent Value as the Straight Life Annuity 
Option.

Lump Sum Option – Effective June 3, 2009, if the Actuarial Equivalent 
Value of the Member’s Accrued Benefit upon such Member’s termination 
of employment exceeds $1,000 but does not exceed $5,000, the Member 
(or, in the case of the Member’s death, Beneficiary) may elect distribution 
of such benefit in the form of a lump sum that is the Actuarial Equivalent 
Value of the normal form of benefit payable to such Member pursuant to 
Section 8.3 of the Plan.  Notwithstanding Section 8.5(c) to the contrary, 
the consent of the Member’s spouse to such distribution shall not be 
required.

(c)  

(d) 

(e) 

(f) 

Effective as of March 28, 2005, anything in this Article 8 to the contrary 
notwithstanding, if the Actuarial Equivalent Value of the Member’s Accrued 
Benefit is equal to or less than $1,000 upon such Member’s termination of 
employment, distribution of such Accrued Benefit to such Member or such 
Member’s Beneficiary, as the case may be, shall be made as soon as practicable in 
a lump sum that is the Actuarial Equivalent Value of the normal form of benefit 
payable to such Member pursuant to Section 8.3 of the Plan.

-30-

 
Beneficiary – A Member may name his or her Spouse or another individual to be 

8.7 
the joint annuitant for a Joint and Survivor Annuity Option.  For the Years Certain and 
Life Income Option, the Member may designate in writing as Beneficiary any individual 
or any entity, including a corporation, partnership or trust, provided that such individual 
and entity is ascertainable.  In the event a Beneficiary predeceases the Member or is not 
in existence, or cannot be located at the date benefits become payable to such 
Beneficiary, such benefits shall be paid to the Member’s estate.

8.8 

Rollover of Eligible Distributions

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise 

(a) 
limit a distributee’s election under this Section, a distributee may elect, at the time and in 
the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to have any portion of an eligible 
rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the 
distributee in a direct rollover.

Prior to the distributee’s election, the distributee shall be provided with the 
explanation required by Code Section 402(f) and Section 
1.411(a)-11(c)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.  Such notice shall be 
provided no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days (180 days for 
Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2006) before the date 
distribution is to commence.  

For any distribution notice issued in Plan Years beginning after December 
31, 2006, the description of a distributee’s right, if any, to defer receipt of 
a distribution also will describe the consequences of failing to defer receipt 
of the distribution.

(b) 
as follows:

Definitions.  For purposes of this Section 8.8, the following terms shall be defined 

(1) 
Eligible rollover distribution:  An eligible rollover distribution is any distribution 
of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the distributee, except that an eligible 
rollover distribution does not include:  any distribution that is one of a series of 
substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life 
(or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the 
distributee and the distributee’s designated Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten 
(10) years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under 
Section 401(a)(9) of the Code; the portion of any distribution that is not includible in 
gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation 
with respect to employer securities).

For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2006, a Member 
may elect to transfer employee after-tax contributions, if any, by 
means of a direct rollover to a qualified plan or to a 403(b) plan 
that agrees to account separately for amounts so transferred 
(including interest thereon), including accounting separately for the 
portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income 
and the portion of such distribution which is not includible in gross 
income.

Eligible Retirement Plan:   An eligible retirement plan is an 
individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the 
Code, an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) 

-31-

 
of the Code (other than an endowment contract), an annuity plan 
described in Section 403(a) of the Code, a qualified trust described 
in Section 401(a) of the Code, or, effective for distributions made 
from the Plan after December 31, 2001, an annuity contract 
described in Section 403(b) of the Code or an eligible plan under 
Section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, political 
subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or 
political subdivision of a state that agrees to separately account for 
amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan, and effective for 
distributions made after December 31, 2007, a Roth IRA described 
in Section 408A(b) of the Code.  This definition of eligible 
retirement Plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a 
surviving Spouse, or, to a spouse or former spouse who is the 
alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as 
defined in Section 414(p) of the Code.  Notwithstanding the 
foregoing, with respect to a distributee who is a non-Spouse 
Beneficiary, this definition of eligible retirement plan shall be 
restricted to an eligible retirement plan that is an individual 
retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code or an 
individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the 
Code (other than an endowment contract).

For distributions made from the Plan after December 31, 2009, in 
the case of an eligible rollover distribution to a non-spouse 
beneficiary, an “eligible retirement plan” is an individual 
retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code or an 
individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the 
Code (other than an endowment contract), provided the “direct 
rollover” is made in accordance with Section 402(c)(11) of the 
Code.

Distributee:  A distributee includes an Employee or former 
Employee.  In addition, the Employee’s or former Employee’s 
surviving Spouse and the Employee’s or former Employee’s 
Spouse or former Spouse who is the alternate payee under a 
qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of 
the Code, are distributees with regard to the interest of the Spouse 
or former Spouse.  Effective for distributions made from the Plan 
after December 31, 2009, a “distributee” also includes a non-
Spouse beneficiary who is a “designated beneficiary” under 
Section 401(a)(9)(E) of the Code and the Regulations thereunder 
and who is entitled to receive an eligible rollover distribution by 
reason of the Member’s death.  

Direct rollover:  A direct rollover is a payment by the Plan to the 
eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.

Although a non-Spouse Beneficiary may roll over directly a distribution as 
provided above, the distribution, if made prior to January 1, 2010, is not 
subject to the direct rollover requirements of Section 401(a)(31) of the 
Code (including Section 401(a)(31)(B) of the Code), the notice 
requirements of Section 402(f) of the Code or the mandatory withholding 
requirements of Section 3405(c) of the Code. If a non-Spouse Beneficiary 

-32-

 
receives a distribution from the Plan, the distribution is not eligible for a 
60-day (non-direct) rollover.

If the Member's named Beneficiary is a trust, the Plan may make a direct 
rollover to an individual retirement account (“IRA”)” on behalf of the 
trust, provided the trust satisfies the requirements to be a designated 
beneficiary within the meaning of Code Section 401(a)(9)(E).

A non-Spouse Beneficiary may not roll over an amount that is a required 
minimum distribution, as determined under applicable Treasury 
Regulations and other Internal Revenue Service guidance. If the Member 
dies before his or her required beginning date and the non-Spouse 
Beneficiary rolls over to an IRA the maximum amount eligible for 
rollover, the beneficiary may elect to use either the 5-year rule or the life 
expectancy rule, pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)(9)-3, 
Q&A-4(c), in determining the required minimum distributions from the 
IRA that receives the non-Spouse Beneficiary's distribution.

-33-

 
ARTICLE 9

FUNDING

Funding Policy – All contributions under the Plan shall be made by the Company 

9.1 
and shall only be made if such contributions are deductible by the Company under Code 
Section 404 of the Code.  Such contributions shall be determined on the basis of actuarial 
valuations of the assets and liabilities of the Plan by an independent actuary, who also 
may perform actuarial or consulting services for the Company.  Such contributions shall 
be voluntary and the Company shall be under no legal obligation to (except as otherwise 
rendered in this Plan or under ERISA) any person interested in the Plan to make or 
continue them.  Contributions made by the Company to the Plan shall be used by the 
Company for the purposes of the payment of any benefits, and subject to applicable laws, 
the proper expenses of administering the Plan.

9.2 
Trust Fund – The assets of the Plan shall be held in Trust by one or more 
corporate trustees pursuant to the terms of a trust agreement or trust agreements between 
the Company and each corporate trustee.  Such trust agreement or agreements shall 
provide that the assets of the Plan shall be invested and reinvested in such investments as 
either the corporate trustee or an investment manager or managers appointed by the Plan 
Administrator may deem advisable.  Any investment manager appointed by the Plan 
Administrator shall be an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers 
Act of 1940, a bank as defined in that Act, or an insurance company qualified to perform 
investment management services under the laws of more than one State, which 
investment manager shall have acknowledged in writing that it is a fiduciary with respect 
to the Plan.  Investment decisions with respect to the Fund, including the authority to 
acquire and dispose of Plan assets, shall, to the extent determined by the Plan 
Administrator, be the exclusive responsibility of the corporate trustee or the investment 
manager having discretionary investment authority under the terms of the governing trust 
agreement.

-34-

 
ARTICLE 10

PLAN ADMINISTRATION

10.1  Powers and Duties of the Plan Administrator.

The Plan Administrator shall have full power, discretion, and authority to 

(a) 
administer the Plan and to construe and apply all of its provisions.  The Plan 
Administrator is the Named Fiduciary within the meaning of Section 402(a) of ERISA for 
purposes of Plan administration.  The Plan Administrator’s powers and duties, unless 
properly delegated, shall include, but shall not be limited to:

(1) 
fiduciary responsibilities.

Designating agents to carry out responsibilities relating to the Plan, other than 

(2) 
of benefits.

Deciding questions relating to eligibility, continuity of employment, and amounts 

(3) 
Deciding disputes that may arise with regard to the rights of Employees, Members 
or Beneficiaries and their legal representatives, under the terms of the Plan.  Decisions by 
the Plan Administrator shall be deemed final in each case.

Obtaining information from the Employer with respect to its Employees as 

(4) 
necessary to determine the rights and benefits of Members under the Plan.  The Plan 
Administrator may rely conclusively on such information furnished by the Employer.

(5) 

Compiling and maintaining all records necessary for the Plan.

(6) 
under the Plan.

Authorizing the Trustee to make payment of all benefits as they become payable 

(7) 
other professional services as the Plan Administrator deems proper.

Engaging such legal, administrative, consulting, investment, accounting, and 

Adopting rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan that are not 

(8) 
inconsistent with the Plan.  The Plan Administrator may, in a nondiscriminatory manner, 
waive the timing requirements of any notice or other requirements described in the Plan 
unless prohibited by applicable law.  Any such waiver will not obligate the Plan 
Administrator to waive any subsequent timing or other requirements for other Members.

(9) 
Section 414(p) of the Code.

Interpreting and approving qualified domestic relations orders, in accordance with 

(10)  Performing other actions provided for in other parts of this Plan.

(11)  Selection of the funding media for the Plan, including the power to direct 
investments and to appoint an investment manager or managers pursuant to Section 
402(c) of ERISA.

(12)  Entering into trust or other agreements with the asset managers on behalf of the 
Plan Sponsor upon such terms and conditions as the Plan Administrator shall deem 
advisable.

-35-

 
(13)  Determining and implementing by asset allocation and investment guidelines, the 
investment policy of the Fund and the portfolio objectives applicable to each asset 
manager.

(14)  Allocating fiduciary responsibilities, other than trustee responsibilities as defined 
in Section 405(c) of ERISA, among fiduciaries, and designation of additional fiduciaries.

To the extent provided in the applicable trust agreement, the trustee, if any, shall 

(b) 
have responsibility for, and shall be the Named Fiduciary for the management of Plan 
assets.

Indemnification. In each case in which a director, officer or Employee of an 

10.2 
Employer is or was acting by authority of the Board to carry out duties of the Plan 
Administrator either individually or as a member of a committee, the Employer, by the 
adoption of this Plan, shall indemnify and hold such person or the members of such 
committee, jointly and severally, harmless from the effects and consequences of their 
acts, omissions, and conduct in their official capacities, except to the extent that the 
effects and consequences result from their own willful misconduct or gross negligence in 
the performance of their duties.  The foregoing right of indemnification will not be 
exclusive of other rights to which each such individual may be entitled by any contract or 
other instrument or as a matter of law.

10.3  Conclusiveness of Action.  Any action on matters within the discretion of the 
Plan Administrator will be conclusive, final, and binding upon all Members in the Plan 
and upon all persons claiming any rights under the Plan, including Beneficiaries.

10.4  Payment of Expenses. The compensation or fees of consultants, actuaries, 
accountants, counsel and other specialists and any other reasonable costs of administering 
the Plan or Fund will be paid by the Fund or the Fund may reimburse the Employer for 
any such costs that the Employer may have paid on behalf of the Plan or Fund unless, at 
the discretion of the Employer, such expenses are paid by the Employer.

10.5  Claims Procedure.  All decisions under the Plan resulting in the denial of 
benefits under the Plan to any Member or Beneficiary shall be made by the Plan 
Administrator. In connection therewith, the Plan Administrator shall provide written or 
electronic notice to any such Member or Beneficiary whose claim for a benefit under the 
Plan has been wholly or partially denied.  Such notice shall be written in a manner 
calculated to be understood by such Member or Beneficiary and will contain (a) specific 
reasons for the denial, (b) specific reference to pertinent provisions of the Plan on which 
the decision was based, (c) a description of any additional material or information 
necessary for such Member or Beneficiary to perfect such claim and an explanation of 
why such material or information is necessary, and (d) a description of the Plan’s review 
procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement that 
the Member or Beneficiary has the right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of 
ERISA following an adverse benefit determination on review.  Such notification shall be 
provided within ninety (90) days after the date the claim is received by the Plan 
Administrator (or within one hundred eighty (180) days if special circumstances require 
an extension of time for processing the claim and if written notice of such extension and 
circumstances is given to such Member or Beneficiary within the initial ninety (90)-day 
period).

A Member or Beneficiary may appeal the denial of a claim to the Plan 
Administrator by submitting a written request for review to the Plan 
Administrator within sixty (60) days after the date on which such denial is 

-36-

 
received.  Such period may be extended by the Plan Administrator for good cause 
shown.  The person making the request for review may submit written comments, 
documents, records and other information relating to the claim, including 
requesting a hearing, to the Plan Administrator. The claim for review shall be 
given a full and fair review that takes into account all comments, documents, 
records and other information submitted that relates to the claim, without regard 
to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit 
determination.  

The Plan Administrator shall provide the Member or Beneficiary with written or 
electronic notice of the decision on review. Such notification shall be written in a 
manner calculated to be understood by such Member or Beneficiary and will 
contain (a) specific reasons for the denial, (b) specific references to pertinent 
provisions of the Plan on which the decision is based, (c) a statement that the 
Member or Beneficiary has the right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) 
of ERISA, and (d) a statement that the Member or Beneficiary is entitled to 
receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of, all 
documents, records and other information relevant to the claim for benefits. A 
document is relevant to the claim for benefits if it was relied upon in making the 
determination, was submitted, considered or generated in the course of making the 
determination or demonstrates that benefit determinations are made in accordance 
with the Plan and that Plan provisions have been applied consistently with respect 
to similarly situated claimants.

Written or electronic notice of the decision on review shall be provided to the 
Member or Beneficiary within sixty (60) days after the request for review is 
received by the Plan Administrator (or within one hundred twenty (120) days, if 
special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the request and 
if written notice of such extension and circumstances is given to the Member or 
Beneficiary within the initial sixty (60)-day period).  The Plan Administrator’s 
decision shall be final and binding on all persons.

In the event of any dispute over benefits under this Plan, all remedies available to 
the disputing individual under this Section must be exhausted within the specified 
deadlines before legal recourse of any type is sought.  A claimant may not bring a 
legal action against the Plan, the Employer or any Affiliated Employer, the Board, 
the Plan Administrator or any other fiduciary, or the employees or agents of these 
entities, more than three (3) years after the final disposition of the claim under this 
Section 10.5.  The three (3)-year limitation period shall also apply in accordance 
with ERISA Section 413 with respect to a claimant’s initial decision to file a 
claim, beginning with the earliest date on which the claimant had actual or 
constructive knowledge of a breach or violation resulting in a claim.

-37-

 
 
ARTICLE 11

MERGERS, CONSOLIDATIONS AND ASSETS OR LIABILITY TRANSFERS

11.1  Mergers, Consolidations and Transfers – The merger or consolidation with, or 
transfer of the allocable portion of the assets and liabilities of the Fund to any other 
qualified retirement plan trust shall be permitted in the sole discretion of the Company, 
provided, however, that such merger, consolidation or transfer shall occur only if the 
benefit each Member would receive, if the Plan were terminated immediately after such 
merger or consolidation, or transfer of the allocable portion of the assets and liabilities, 
would be at least as great as the benefit he or she would have received had the Plan been 
terminated immediately before the date of such merger, consolidation or transfer.

-38-

 
ARTICLE 12

AMENDMENT OF PLAN

12.1  Right to Amend the Plan – The Board has delegated to the Employee Benefits 
Committee appointed by the Board the right at any time to amend the Plan, provided that 
any such amendment could not significantly affect the cost of the Plan.  If an amendment 
could significantly affect the cost of the Plan, then such amendment may only be adopted 
by the Board.  Any amendment adopted by the Employee Benefits Committee or the 
Board shall be binding upon each Employer as provided in Article 17.  Except as 
provided in Section 13.1 or 18.2, no such amendment(s) shall have the effect of reverting 
to the Employer the whole or any part of the principal or income for purposes other than 
for the exclusive benefit of Members or Beneficiaries at any time prior to the satisfaction 
of all the liabilities under the Plan with respect to such persons.  No amendment shall 
reduce a Member’s Accrued Benefit as of the effective date of the Plan amendment or 
eliminate an optional form of benefit under the Plan with respect to the Member’s 
Accrued Benefit on the date of the amendment except as may be permitted by law.

-39-

 
ARTICLE 13

TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

13.1  Right to Terminate The Plan – By action of its Board (but subject to ERISA and 
the Code), the Company shall have the right to terminate or permanently discontinue 
contributions under the Plan at any time on behalf of itself and any Employer.  The assets 
of the Plan shall not inure to the benefit of any Employer and shall be held for the 
exclusive purposes of providing benefits to Members and their Beneficiaries and subject 
to applicable law defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan; provided, 
however, assets of the Plan may revert to an Employer in the event of a Plan termination 
to the extent that assets of the Plan exceed all liabilities of the Plan or pursuant to Section 
19.2 of the Plan.

13.2  Vesting Upon Plan Termination or Partial Termination – In the event of 
termination of the Plan, (a) no further contributions shall be made hereunder, (b) the right 
of each Member to benefits accrued to the date of termination to the extent funded shall 
be nonforfeitable, and (c) the assets of the Plan shall be allocated among Members and 
their Beneficiaries in accordance with the provisions of Section 4044 of ERISA.  In the 
event of partial termination, the right of each affected Member to benefits accrued to the 
date of partial termination to the extent funded shall be nonforfeitable.

13.3  Residual Assets Returned to Plan Sponsor – The residual assets of the Plan 
shall be returned to the Company after all liabilities of the Plan to Members and their 
Beneficiaries have been satisfied.

13.4  Settlement of Termination Liabilities – Upon termination of the Plan, and 
subject to regulations of the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or other applicable 
laws, any amount allocated for the benefit of a Member or Beneficiary shall be applied 
for his or her benefit, as the Plan Administrator determines in its sole discretion, either by 
cash payment or by the purchase of an insurance company contract or by any 
combination of the foregoing.

13.5  Other Plan Termination Requirements.  In the event of the termination of the Plan, 
notwithstanding any other provision under the Plan to the contrary, effective as of 
the date of the Plan’s termination:

(a) 

(b) 

The rate of interest to determine the Investment Credit for purposes of 
determining the Accrued Benefit of a Member with a Retirement Account 
shall, to the extent required under Section 411(b)(5)(B)(vi)(I) of the Code, 
equal the average rate of interest used to determine the Investment Credit 
during the five-year period ending on the Plan termination date.

The mortality table and interest rate in effect on that date shall be used in 
determining the Actuarial Equivalency of benefits payable in the form of 
an annuity; provided, that if a variable interest rate is used for purposes of 
converting a Retirement Account to any annuity form hereunder, the 
interest rate shall, to the extent required under Section 411(b)(5)(B)(vi)(II) 
of the Code, be equal to the average of such rates used under the Plan 
during the five-year period ending on the Plan termination date.

-40-

 
ARTICLE 14

SPECIAL LIMITATION FOR TWENTY-FIVE HIGHEST PAID

14.1  Special Limitation – The provisions of this Article 14 shall apply (a) in the event 
the Plan is terminated, to any Member who is a Highly Compensated Employee or 
Highly Compensated Former Employee of any Affiliated Employer and (b) in any other 
event, to any Member who is one of the twenty-five highest compensated Employees or 
former Employees of any Affiliated Employer for a Plan Year.  The amount of the annual 
payments under the Plan to any Member to whom this Article 14 applies shall not exceed 
an amount equal to the payment that would be made under the Plan during the Plan Year 
on behalf of the Member under a single life annuity which is the Actuarial Equivalent to 
the sum of the Member’s Accrued Benefit and any other benefits under the Plan.

14.2  Exception To Special Limitations – The provisions of Section 14.1 shall not 
apply if (a) the value of the benefits which would be payable under the Plan to a Member 
described in Section 14.1 is less than one percent (1%) of the value of the current 
liabilities (as defined in Section 412(l)(7) of the Code) under the Plan or (b) the value of 
the Plan’s assets equals or exceeds, immediately after payment of a benefit under the Plan 
to a Member described in Section 14.1, one hundred ten percent (110%) of the value of 
the current liabilities under the Plan.

14.3  Plan Termination Limit – Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 14.1 and 
14.2, in the event the Plan is terminated, the restrictions contained in Section 14.1 shall 
not be applicable if the benefits payable under the Plan to any Member who is a Highly 
Compensated Employee or a Highly Compensated Former Employee are limited to 
benefits which are non-discriminatory under Section 401(a)(4) of the Code.

Interpretation – The foregoing provisions of this Article 14 are intended to 

14.4 
conform the Plan to the requirements of Section 1.401(a)(4)-5(b) of the Treasury 
Regulations, and shall be construed accordingly.  In the event that under any statute, 
regulation or ruling the conditions of this Section are no longer required for the Plan to 
comply with the requirements of Section 401 (or any other provisions with respect to 
qualification for tax exemption of retirement plans and trusts) of the Code, such 
conditions shall immediately become void and shall no longer apply without the necessity 
of an amendment to the Plan.

-41-

 
ARTICLE 15

LIMITATIONS ON BENEFITS

The terms used in this Article XV shall have the same meanings as set forth in Article I 
of the Plan, except as set forth herein. Except as otherwise stated herein, this Article XV 
shall be effective for Limitation Years beginning on or after July 1, 2007.

15.1  Annual Limitation.   Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, 
the Annual Benefit payable with respect to a Member under the Plan at any time shall not 
exceed the lesser of –

(a) 

(b) 

One Hundred Sixty Thousand Dollars ($160,000) for Limitation Years 
ending after December 31, 2001; or

One hundred percent (100%) of the Member’s Highest Average 
Compensation.

The One Hundred Sixty Thousand Dollar ($160,000) limitation in subsection (a) is 
effective for Limitation Years ending after December 31, 2001.  This limitation shall not 
apply to a Member who experienced a severance from employment with the Employer 
(or, if earlier, an annuity starting date) and whose date of severance (or annuity starting 
date) was before the first day of the first Limitation Year ending after December 31, 
2001.

15.2  Adjustment to Dollar Limitation. 

(a) 

Effective January 1, 2002 and each January 1 thereafter, the dollar 
limitation in effect under Section 15.1(a) shall be automatically adjusted 
for increases in the cost of living in accordance with Section 415(d) of the 
Code and official guidance issued thereunder. Such adjustment shall apply 
to the Limitation Year ending with or within the calendar year of the 
effective date of such adjustment, but the Member’s benefit shall not 
reflect the adjusted limit prior to January 1 of that calendar year. The 
adjusted limit for a Limitation Year shall not apply to a Member who has 
experienced a severance from employment with the Employer (or if 
earlier, an annuity starting) and whose date of severance (or annuity 
starting date) is before the first day of the Limitation Year for which the 
adjustment is effective.

(b) 

 The dollar limitation under Section 15.1(a) shall be adjusted for age, 
service, and other factors in accordance with Code Section 415 and the 
Treasury Regulations thereunder, which are specifically incorporated by 
reference pursuant to Section 15.8.

15.3  Adjustment for Other Benefit Forms. 

(a) 

If a benefit is payable in a form that is subject to Code Section 417(e), the 
form of  benefit shall be adjusted to  an actuarially equivalent straight life 
annuity  commencing  at  the  same  annuity  starting  date,  computed  in 
accordance with subsections (i) and (ii)  below. 

-42-

 
(i) 

(ii) 

If the annuity starting date of the Member’s form of benefit is in a 
Plan  Year  beginning  in  2004  or  2005,  the  greater  of  the  amount 
determined  using  (A)  the  interest  rate  specified  in  Section  1.2  of 
the Plan and the mortality table (or other tabular factor) specified 
in Section 1.2 of the Plan for actuarial equivalence or (B) a 5.5% 
interest  rate  and  the  applicable  mortality  table  prescribed  by 
Revenue Ruling 2001-62.  

If the annuity starting date of the Member’s form of benefit is in a 
Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2006, the greatest of the 
amount determined using: (A) the interest rate specified in Section 
1.2 of the Plan and the mortality table (or other tabular factor) 
specified in Section 1.2 of the Plan for actuarial equivalence; (B) a 
5.5% interest rate and the applicable mortality table specified in 
Section 1.2 of the Plan; or (C) the applicable interest rate specified 
in Section 1.2 of the Plan and the applicable mortality table 
specified in Section 1.2 of the Plan, divided by 1.05.

(b) 

If a benefit is payable in a form that is not subject to Code Section 417(e), 
then such form of benefit shall be adjusted to an actuarially equivalent 
straight life annuity commencing at the same annuity starting date in 
accordance with Code Section 415 and the Treasury Regulations issued 
thereunder. 

15.4  Automatic Freeze or Reduction in Benefit Accrual.   If the benefit that a 
Member would otherwise accrue in a Limitation Year would produce an Annual Benefit 
in excess of the limitation prescribed by Section 15.1, then the rate of accrual shall be 
frozen or reduced to the extent necessary to comply with said limitation.

15.5  Combined Plan Limits. 

(a) 

If a Member is or has ever been covered under more than one qualified 
defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer or a predecessor 
employer, then the sum of the Member’s benefits from all such plans 
(whether or not terminated), when expressed as an Annual Benefit, shall 
not exceed the limitation prescribed by Section 15.1.  If the sum of the 
benefits that a Member would otherwise accrue would exceed the 
limitation prescribed by Section 15.1, then the Annual Benefit under this 
Plan shall be reduced to the extent necessary to satisfy the limitation in 
Section 15.1.

(b) 

Effective for Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 1999, the 
combined limitation for defined contribution plans and defined benefit 
plans in former Code Section 415(e) shall cease to apply.

15.6  Compensation. 

(a) 

The term “Compensation” shall mean the automatic definition of 
compensation under Code Section 415, which includes all remuneration 
described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c)-2(b) and excludes all 
amounts described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c)-2(c).

(b) 

For any self-employed individual, the term “Compensation” shall mean 
earned income.

-43-

 
(c) 

Except as set forth in this Section 15.6, Compensation for a Limitation 
Year is the Compensation actually paid or made available during such 
Limitation Year. For Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 
1997, this includes amounts that would be included in income but for an 
election under Section 125(a), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 402(k), or 457(b) 
and for Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 2000, this includes 
amounts not includible in income by reason of Section 132(f)(4). For 
Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 2001, amounts under 
Code Section 125 shall not include any amounts not available to a 
Member in cash in lieu of group health coverage because the Member is 
unable to certify that he or she has other health coverage.  An amount will 
be treated as an amount under Code Section 125 only if the Employer does 
not request or collect information regarding the Member’s other health 
coverage as part of the enrollment process for the Employer’s health plan. 
For Limitation Years beginning on or after July 1, 2007, “Compensation” 
includes the following additional amounts paid after the Limitation Year:

(i) 

(ii) 

Amounts earned but not paid during the Limitation Year, solely 
because of the timing of pay periods and pay dates, until the first 
few weeks of the next Limitation Year, provided such amounts are 
not included in the following Limitation Year.

Amounts paid to an Employee within 2½ months after the 
Employee’s severance from employment date, or, if later, the end 
of the Limitation Year that includes the Employee’s severance 
from employment date, that would have been Compensation if paid 
during the Limitation Year, provided that (A) the payment is 
regular compensation for services that would have been paid to the 
Employee if he or she had continued in employment with the 
Employer, (B) the payment is for unused accrued bona fide sick, 
vacation or other leave that the Employee would have been able to 
use if employment had continued, or (C) the payment is received 
by the Employee pursuant to a nonqualified unfunded deferred 
compensation plan and would have been paid at the same time if 
employment had continued, but only to the extent includible in 
gross income.

(iii)  Amounts paid to: (A) an individual who does not currently perform 

services for the Employer by reason of qualified military service 
(as defined in Code Section 414(u)(1)) to the extent these 
payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have 
received if he or she had continued to perform services for the 
Employer rather than entering qualified military service; or (B) a 
Member who is permanently and totally disabled, as defined in 
Code 22(e)(3), provided that salary continuation applies to all 
Members who are permanently and totally disabled for a fixed or 
determinable period, or the Member was not a highly compensated 
employee, as defined in Code Section 414(q), immediately before 
becoming disabled.

-44-

 
(iv) 

Back pay, as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 
1.415(c)-2(g)(8), shall be treated as compensation for the 
Limitation Year to which the back pay relates to the extent the 
back pay represents wages and compensation that would otherwise 
be included in the definition of Compensation.

(d) 

(e) 

Compensation shall not include amounts paid as compensation to a 
nonresident alien, as defined in Code Section 7701(b)(1)(B), who is not a 
Member in the Plan, to the extent the compensation is excludable from 
gross income and is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade 
or business within the United States.

The term “Compensation” for any Limitation Year shall not reflect 
compensation in excess of the limitation under Code Section 401(a)(17) 
that applies to such Limitation Year.

15.7  Other Definitions. 

(a) 

“Annual Benefit” shall mean a benefit that is payable annually in the form 
of a straight life annuity, and shall include social security supplements 
described in Code Section 411(a)(9) and benefits transferred from another 
defined benefit plan (other than transfers of distributable benefits from a 
plan not maintained by the Employer), and shall exclude Employee 
contributions and rollover contributions. A benefit payable in any form 
other than a straight life annuity shall be adjusted to a straight life annuity 
that begins at the same time as such other form and is payable on the first 
day of each month as set forth in Section 15.3, before applying the 
limitations of this Article XV, provided that no adjustment shall be made 
for (i) survivor benefits payable under a qualified joint and survivor 
annuity (as defined in Code Section 417(b)) to the extent not payable if the 
Member’s benefit were paid in another form, (ii) ancillary benefits not 
directly related to retirement benefits, or (iii) automatic benefit increases 
defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(b)-1(c)(5). For a Member 
with benefits commencing on more than one annuity starting date, the 
Annual Benefit (and satisfaction of this Article XV) shall be determined as 
of each such annuity starting date, actuarially adjusted for past and future 
distributions commencing at other annuity starting dates.  The existence of 
multiple annuity starting dates shall be determined in accordance with 
Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(b)-1(b)(1)(iii), and without regard to 
Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)-20, Q&A 10(d).

(b) 

“Highest Average Compensation” shall mean the average of a Member’s 
Compensation for the period of consecutive calendar years up to three (3) 
during which the Member had the greatest aggregate compensation from 
the Employer.

(c) 

“Limitation Year” shall mean the calendar year.

15.8 

Incorporation By Reference. 

 Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan, the Annual Benefit accrued, 
distributed, or otherwise made payable in any form under the Plan with respect to 
a Member, in any Limitation Year, shall not exceed the applicable limitations 
under Section 415 of the Code and Treasury Regulations and other official 

-45-

 
guidance issued thereunder, the terms of which are expressly incorporated herein 
by reference. Default provisions shall apply to the extent an optional provision is 
not specified in this Article XV. This Section 15.8 shall supersede any and all 
provisions of the Plan that are inconsistent with this Section 15.8.

-46-

 
ARTICLE 16

BENEFIT RESTRICTIONS

16.1  Restrictions on Benefits.

Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Plan to the contrary, for each Plan 
Year the Plan must observe the restrictions described in subsections (a) and (b).

(a) 

(b) 

Restrictions on Benefits.  In the event of a Plan termination, the benefit 
payable to any Participant who is a “highly compensated employee” or 
“highly compensated former employee” (as defined in Code 
Section 414(q)) must be nondiscriminatory under Code Section 401(a)(4).

Restrictions on Distributions. Annual benefits payable to Participants 
described in subsection (a) who are also among the 25 most highly 
compensated Employees or former Employees are limited to the amount 
that could be paid out as a single life annuity under the Plan unless—

(1) 

(2) 

After the payment of such benefit, the value of Plan assets equals 
or exceeds 110 percent of the value of the Plan’s “current 
liabilities” (as defined in Code Section 412(l)(7)); or

The value of such benefit is less than 1 percent of the value of the 
Plan’s “current liabilities” (as defined in Code Section 412(l)(7)).

16.2  Limitations Applicable If the Plan’s Adjusted Funding Target Attainment 

Percentage Is Less Than 80 Percent or If the Plan Sponsor Is In Bankruptcy.

(a) 

Limitations Applicable If the Plan’s Adjusted Funding Target Attainment 
Percentage Is Less Than 80 Percent, But Not Less Than 60 Percent.  
Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, if the Plan’s adjusted 
funding target attainment percentage for a Plan Year is less than 80 
percent (or would be less than 80 percent to the extent described in 
subsection (a)(2) below) but is not less than 60 percent, then the 
limitations set forth in this subsection (a) apply.

(1) 

A Participant or Beneficiary is not permitted to elect, and the Plan 
shall not pay, a single sum payment or other optional form of 
benefit that includes a prohibited payment with an annuity starting 
date on or after the applicable Code Section 436 measurement 
date, and the Plan shall not make any payment for the purchase of 
an irrevocable commitment from an insurer to pay benefits or any 
other payment or transfer that is a prohibited payment, unless the 
present value of the portion of the benefit that is being paid in a 
prohibited payment does not exceed the lesser of:

(A)  

(B)  

50 percent of the present value of the benefit payable in the 
optional form of benefit that includes the prohibited 
payment; or

100 percent of the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation 
(PBGC) maximum benefit guarantee amount (as defined in 
Treasury Regulations Section 1.436-1(d)(3)(iii)(C)).

-47-

 
The limitation set forth in this subsection (a)(1) does not apply to any 
payment of a benefit which under Code Section 411(a)(11) may be 
immediately distributed without the consent of the Participant. If an 
optional form of benefit that is otherwise available under the terms of the 
Plan is not available to a Participant or Beneficiary as of the annuity 
starting date because of the application of the requirements of this 
subsection (a)(1), the Participant or Beneficiary is permitted to elect to 
bifurcate the benefit into unrestricted and restricted portions (as described 
in Treasury Regulations Section 1.436-1(d)(3)(iii)(D)).  The Participant or 
Beneficiary may also elect any other optional form of benefit otherwise 
available under the Plan at that annuity starting date that would satisfy the 
50 percent/PBGC maximum benefit guarantee amount limitation 
described in this subsection (a)(1), or may elect to defer the benefit in 
accordance with any general right to defer commencement of benefits 
under the Plan.

(2)   No amendment to the Plan that has the effect of increasing 

liabilities of the Plan by reason of increases in benefits, 
establishment of new benefits, changing the rate of benefit accrual, 
or changing the rate at which benefits become nonforfeitable shall 
take effect in a Plan Year if the adjusted funding target attainment 
percentage for the Plan Year is:

(A)   Less than 80 percent; or

(B)  

80 percent or more, but would be less than 80 percent if the 
benefits attributable to the amendment were taken into 
account in determining the adjusted funding target 
attainment percentage.

The limitation set forth in this subsection (a)(2) does not apply to any 
amendment to the Plan that provides a benefit increase under a Plan 
formula that is not based on Covered Compensation, provided that the rate 
of such increase does not exceed the contemporaneous rate of increase in 
the average wages of participants covered by the amendment.

(b) 

Limitations Applicable If the Plan’s Adjusted Funding Target Attainment 
Percentage Is Less Than 60 Percent.  Notwithstanding any other 
provisions of the Plan, if the Plan’s adjusted funding target attainment 
percentage for a Plan Year is less than 60 percent (or would be less than 
60 percent to the extent described in subsection (b)(2) below), then the 
limitations in this subsection (b) apply. 

(1)   A Participant or Beneficiary is not permitted to elect, and the Plan 

shall not pay, a single sum payment or other optional form of 
benefit that includes a prohibited payment with an annuity starting 
date on or after the applicable Code Section 436 measurement 
date, and the Plan shall not make any payment for the purchase of 
an irrevocable commitment from an insurer to pay benefits or any 
other payment or transfer that is a prohibited payment. The 
limitation set forth in this subsection (b)(1) does not apply to any 
payment of a benefit which under Code Section 411(a)(11) may be 
immediately distributed without the consent of the Participant.

-48-

 
(2)   An unpredictable contingent event benefit with respect to an 

unpredictable contingent event occurring during a Plan Year shall 
not be paid if the adjusted funding target attainment percentage for 
the Plan Year is:

(A)   Less than 60 percent; or 

(B)  

60 percent or more, but would be less than 60 percent if the 
adjusted funding target attainment percentage were 
redetermined applying an actuarial assumption that the 
likelihood of occurrence of the unpredictable contingent 
event during the Plan Year is 100 percent.

(3)  

Benefit accruals under the Plan shall cease as of the applicable 
Code Section 436 measurement date. In addition, if the Plan is 
required to cease benefit accruals under this subsection (b)(3), then 
the Plan is not permitted to be amended in a manner that would 
increase the liabilities of the Plan by reason of an increase in 
benefits or establishment of new benefits.

Limitations Applicable If the Plan Sponsor Is In Bankruptcy.  
Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, a Participant or 
Beneficiary is not permitted to elect, and the Plan shall not pay, a single 
sum payment or other optional form of benefit that includes a prohibited 
payment with an annuity starting date that occurs during any period in 
which the Employer is a debtor in a case under title 11, United States 
Code, or similar Federal or State law, except for payments made within a 
Plan Year with an annuity starting date that occurs on or after the date on 
which the Plan’s enrolled actuary certifies that the Plan’s adjusted funding 
target attainment percentage for that Plan Year is not less than 100 
percent. In addition, during such period in which the Employer is a debtor, 
the Plan shall not make any payment for the purchase of an irrevocable 
commitment from an insurer to pay benefits or any other payment or 
transfer that is a prohibited payment, except for payments that occur on a 
date within a Plan Year that is on or after the date on which the Plan’s 
enrolled actuary certifies that the Plan’s adjusted funding target attainment 
percentage for that Plan Year is not less than 100 percent. The limitation 
set forth in this subsection (c) does not apply to any payment of a benefit 
which under Code Section 411(a)(11) may be immediately distributed 
without the consent of the Participant.

(c)  

(d)  

Provisions Applicable After Limitations Cease to Apply. 

(1)  

If a limitation on prohibited payments under subsection (a)(1), 
subsection (b)(1), or subsection (c) applied to the Plan as of a Code 
Section 436 measurement date, but that limit no longer applies to 
the Plan as of a later Code Section 436 measurement date, then that 
limitation does not apply to benefits with annuity starting dates that 
are on or after that later Code Section 436 measurement date.

(2)  

If a limitation on benefit accruals under subsection (b)(3) applied 
to the Plan as of a Code Section 436 measurement date, but that 
limitation no longer applies to the Plan as of a later Code Section 

-49-

 
(3)  

(4)  

436 measurement date, then benefit accruals shall resume 
prospectively and that limitation does not apply to benefit accruals 
that are based on service on or after that later Code Section 436 
measurement date, except as otherwise provided under the Plan. 
The Plan shall comply with the rules relating to partial years of 
participation and the prohibition on double proration under 
Department of Labor regulation 29 CFR § 2530.204-2(c) and (d).

If an unpredictable contingent event benefit with respect to an 
unpredictable contingent event that occurs during the Plan Year is 
not permitted to be paid after the occurrence of the event because 
of the limitation of subsection (b)(2), but is permitted to be paid 
later in the same Plan Year (as a result of additional contributions 
or pursuant to the enrolled actuary’s certification of the adjusted 
funding target attainment percentage for the Plan Year that meets 
the requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 
1.436-1(g)(5)(ii)(B)), then that unpredictable contingent event 
benefit shall be paid, retroactive to the period that benefit would 
have been payable under the terms of the Plan (determined without 
regard to Section (b)(2)). If the unpredictable contingent event 
benefit does not become payable during the Plan Year in 
accordance with the preceding sentence, then the Plan is treated as 
if it does not provide for that benefit.

If a Plan amendment does not take effect as of the effective date of 
the amendment because of the limitation of subsection (a)(2) or 
subsection (b)(3), but is permitted to take effect later in the same 
Plan Year (as a result of additional contributions or pursuant to the 
enrolled actuary’s certification of the adjusted funding target 
attainment percentage for the Plan Year that meets the 
requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 
1.436-1(g)(5)(ii)(C)), then the Plan amendment must automatically 
take effect as of the first day of the Plan Year (or, if later, the 
original effective date of the amendment). If the Plan amendment 
cannot take effect during the same Plan Year, then it shall be 
treated as if it were never adopted, unless the Plan amendment 
provides otherwise.

(e)   Notice Requirement. The Plan Administrator shall provide written notice 

to Participants and Beneficiaries within 30 days after certain specified 
dates if the Plan has become subject to a limitation described in subsection 
(a)(1), subsection (b), or subsection (c) in accordance with section 101(j) 
of ERISA.

(f)   Methods to Avoid or Terminate Benefit Limitations. The Employer may 
avoid or terminate the application of the limitations set forth in 
subsections (a) through (c) for a Plan Year by any method permitted under 
Code Section 436(b)(2), (c)(2), (e)(2), and (f) and Treasury Regulations 
Section 1.436-1(f).

(g)  

Special Rules. 

(1) 

Rules of Operation for Periods Prior to and After Certification of 
Plan’s Adjusted Funding Target Attainment Percentage. 

-50-

 
(A)   Code Section 436(h) and Treasury Regulations Section 

1.436-1(h) set forth a series of presumptions that apply (1) 
before the Plan’s enrolled actuary issues a certification of 
the Plan’s adjusted funding target attainment percentage for 
the Plan Year and (2) if the Plan’s enrolled actuary does not 
issue a certification of the Plan’s adjusted funding target 
attainment percentage for the Plan Year before the first day 
of the 10th month of the Plan Year (or if the Plan’s enrolled 
actuary issues a range certification for the Plan Year 
pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.436-1(h)(4)(ii) 
but does not issue a certification of the specific adjusted 
funding target attainment percentage for the Plan by the last 
day of the Plan Year). For any period during which a 
presumption under Code Section 436(h) and Treasury 
Regulations Section 1.436-1(h) applies to the Plan, the 
limitations under subsections (a) through (c) are applied to 
the Plan as if the adjusted funding target attainment 
percentage for the Plan Year were the presumed adjusted 
funding target attainment percentage determined under the 
rules of Code Section 436(h) and Treasury Regulations 
Section 1.436-1(h)(1), (2), or (3), as set forth in subsections 
(g)(1)(B) through (D) below.

(B) 

If a limitation under subsection (a), (b), or (c) applied to the 
Plan on the last day of the preceding Plan Year, then, 
commencing on the first day of the current Plan Year and 
continuing until the Plan’s enrolled actuary issues a 
certification of the adjusted funding target attainment 
percentage for the Plan for the current Plan Year, or, if 
earlier, the date subsection (g)(1)(C) or subsection 
(g)(1)(D) applies to the Plan:

(C)  

(i)  

The adjusted funding target attainment percentage 
of the Plan for the current Plan Year is presumed to 
be the adjusted funding target attainment percentage 
in effect on the last day of the preceding Plan Year; 
and

(ii)  

The first day of the current Plan Year is a Code 
Section 436 measurement date.

If the Plan’s enrolled actuary has not issued a certification 
of the adjusted funding target attainment percentage for the 
Plan Year before the first day of the 4th month of the Plan 
Year and the Plan’s adjusted funding target attainment 
percentage for the preceding Plan Year was either at least 
60 percent but less than 70 percent or at least 80 percent but 
less than 90 percent, or is described in Treasury 
Regulations Section 1.436-1(h)(2)(ii), then, commencing 
on the first day of the 4th month of the current Plan Year 
and continuing until the Plan’s enrolled actuary issues a 
certification of the adjusted funding target attainment 

-51-

 
(D)  

percentage for the Plan for the current Plan Year, or, if 
earlier, the date subsection (g)(1)(D) applies to the Plan: 

(i)  

The adjusted funding target attainment percentage 
of the Plan for the current Plan Year is presumed to 
be the Plan’s adjusted funding target attainment 
percentage for the preceding Plan Year reduced by 
10 percentage points; and 

(ii)  

The first day of the 4th month of the current Plan 
Year is a Code Section 436 measurement date.

If the Plan’s enrolled actuary has not issued a certification 
of the adjusted funding target attainment percentage for the 
Plan Year before the first day of the 10th month of the Plan 
Year (or if the plan’s enrolled actuary has issued a range 
certification for the Plan Year pursuant to Treasury 
Regulations Section 1.436-1(h)(4)(ii) but has not issued a 
certification of the specific adjusted funding target 
attainment percentage for the Plan by the last day of the 
Plan Year), then, commencing on the first day of the 10th 
month of the current Plan Year and continuing through the 
end of the Plan Year: 

(i)  

The adjusted funding target attainment percentage 
of the Plan for the current Plan Year is presumed to 
be less than 60 percent; and 

(ii)  

The first day of the 10th month of the current Plan 
Year is a Code Section 436 measurement date.

(2)   New Plans, Plan Termination, Certain Frozen Plans, and Other 

Special Rules. 

(A)   The limitations in subsection (a)(2), subsection (b)(2), and 
subsection (b)(3) do not apply to a new plan for the first 5 
plan years of the plan, determined under the rules of Code 
Section 436(i) and Treasury Regulations Section 
1.436-1(a)(3)(i).

(B)   The limitations on prohibited payments in subsection 

(a)(1), subsection (b)(1), and subsection (c) do not apply to 
prohibited payments that are made to carry out the 
termination of the Plan in accordance with applicable law. 
Any other limitations under this Section 16.2 of the Plan do 
not cease to apply as a result of termination of the Plan. 

(C)   The limitations on prohibited payments set forth in 

subsections (a)(1), (b)(1), and (c) do not apply for a Plan 
Year if the terms of the Plan, as in effect for the period 
beginning on September 1, 2005, and continuing through 
the end of the Plan Year, provide for no benefit accruals 
with respect to any Participants. This subsection (g)(2)(C) 
shall cease to apply as of the date any benefits accrue under 

-52-

 
the Plan or the date on which a Plan amendment that 
increases benefits takes effect. 

(D)   During any period in which none of the presumptions under 

subsection (g)(1) apply to the Plan and the Plan’s enrolled 
actuary has not yet issued a certification of the Plan’s 
adjusted funding target attainment percentage for the Plan 
Year, the limitations under subsection (a)(2) and subsection 
(b)(2) shall be based on the inclusive presumed adjusted 
funding target attainment percentage for the Plan, 
calculated in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 
1.436-1(g)(2)(iii).

(3)  

Special Rules Under PRA 2010. 

(A)  

(B)  

For purposes of determining whether the limitations under 
subsections (a)(1) or (b)(1) apply to payments under a 
social security leveling option, within the meaning of Code 
Section 436(j)(3)(C)(i), the adjusted funding target 
attainment percentage for a Plan Year shall be determined 
in accordance with the “Special Rule for Certain Years” 
under Code Section 436(j)(3) and any Treasury Regulations 
or other published guidance thereunder issued by the 
Internal Revenue Service.

For purposes of determining whether the accrual limitation 
under subsection (b)(3) applies to the Plan, the adjusted 
funding target attainment percentage for a Plan Year shall 
be determined in accordance with the “Special Rule for 
Certain Years” under Code Section 436(j)(3) (except as 
provided under section 203(b) of the Preservation of 
Access to Care for Medicare Beneficiaries and Pension 
Relief Act of 2010, if applicable).

(4)  

Interpretation of Provisions. The limitations imposed by this 
Section 16.2 of the Plan shall be interpreted and administered in 
accordance with Code Section 436 and Treasury Regulations 
Section 1.436-1. 

(h)   Definitions. For purposes of this Section 16.2 the definitions in the 

following Treasury Regulation Sections apply:

Regulation Section 
1.436-1(j)(1)    
1.436-1(j)(2) 
1.436-1(j)(6) 
1.436-1(j)(8) 
1.436-1(j)(9) 

Term

“Adjusted funding target attainment percentage”
“Annuity starting date
“Prohibited payment”
“Code Section 436 measurement date”
“Unpredictable contingent event” and
“Unpredictable contingent event benefit”

(i)     

Effective  Date.  The  provisions  in  this  Section  16.2  apply  to  Plan  Years 
beginning after December 31, 2007. 

-53-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE 17

TOP-HEAVY CONTINGENCY

17.1  General Rule – The provisions of this Article 16 shall apply only in a Plan Year 
in respect of which the Plan becomes top-heavy (as herein defined) and thereafter to the 
extent provided herein.

17.2  Aggregation Group – The Plan shall be considered to be top-heavy in any Plan 
Year if the aggregation group of which the Plan is required to be a part becomes top-
heavy for such year; provided, however, the Plan shall not be considered to be top-heavy 
in such Plan Year if by the inclusion of additional plans permitted to be included in such 
required aggregation group the resulting permissive aggregation group is not top-heavy 
for such year.

(a) 
The required aggregation group as to the Plan shall include the Plan and any 
pension, profit sharing or stock bonus plan of the Employer, or Affiliated Employer 
under common control by or with the Employer if such plan is intended to be a qualified 
plan under Section 401(a) of the Code, and either (i) includes or has included any Key 
Employee as a participant in this Plan Year or in the 5 preceding Plan Years or (ii) 
enables the Plan or any such plan to meet the antidiscrimination requirements and 
minimum participation standards applicable to qualified plans under the Code.

(b)  The permissive aggregation group shall include plans in the required 
aggregation group and any other comparable plan of an Employer of 
Affiliated Employer in the controlled group specified in subparagraph (a) 
or to which such Employer contributes if such plan is intended to be 
qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and continues to meet the 
antidiscrimination requirements and minimum participation standards of 
the Code when considered together with the plans in the required 
aggregation group.

A terminated or frozen plan shall be treated as part of the required or 
permissive aggregation group only in accordance under Section 416 of the 
Code and regulations promulgated thereunder.

17.3  Top-Heavy Definition – A required aggregation group or a permissive 
aggregation group shall be considered to be top-heavy, if as of the applicable 
determination dates, the sum of the present value of the cumulative accrued benefits for 
Key Employees under all defined benefit plans in such group and the aggregate value of 
the accounts of Key Employees under all defined contribution plans in such group exceed 
sixty percent (60%) of the sum of such values for all Employees participating in or 
eligible for participation in such plans.

The applicable determination date for each plan shall be the last day of its plan 

(a) 
year which immediately precedes the plan year for which such plan is being tested or, in 
the case of a new plan, the last day of its first plan year.

The present value of accrued benefits of Employees under each defined benefit 
(b) 
plan shall be determined as of the plan’s most recent valuation date within the twelve-
month period ending on the determination date (or, in the case of a new plan, as of the 

-54-

 
determination date) and shall be based upon the assumption that each Employee 
terminated his or her Service on the determination date with a fully vested accrued 
benefit on such date and elected a lump sum distribution in an amount equal to the 
present value of such benefit based upon the actuarial assumptions, mortality rates and 
assumed earnings used to maintain the plan’s minimum funding account as defined in 
Section 412 of the Code.  If the plans in the required aggregation group use different 
actuarial assumptions for purposes of determining the present value of cumulative 
accrued benefits, (i) for Key Employees, the actuarial assumptions used shall be the 
actuarial funding assumptions used to maintain the funding standard account under a 
selected plan in the required aggregation group, computed as if the Member voluntarily 
terminated Service as of the most recent valuation date, and (ii) for Members who are not 
Key Employees, the actuarial assumptions used shall be such assumptions so that the 
benefit shall accrue not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under 
Section 411(b)(l)(C) of the Code.

(c)  With respect to a defined contribution plan which is included in the required 
aggregation group or permissive aggregation group, the sum of a member’s aggregate 
value of account balances attributable to employer and employee contributions under 
such plans as of the most recent valuation date under the plan ending within the 12-month 
period ending on the applicable determination date shall be adjusted for contributions due 
as of such determination date.  If the Plan is not subject to the funding requirements of 
Section 412 of the Code, the adjustment is the amount of contributions actually made 
after the valuation date and on or before the determination date and, in the first plan year 
of any plan, also shall include contributions allocated as of a date in such plan year but 
made after the determination date.  If a plan is subject to the funding requirements of 
Section 412 of the Code, a Member’s account balance shall include contributions not yet 
required to be contributed, but which would be allocated as of a date not later than the 
determination date, and the adjustment shall reflect any contributions made or due after 
the valuation date but prior to the expiration of the extended payment period of Section 
412(c)(l0) of the Code.

Present value shall also include any related rollovers and transfers.  A 

(d) 
determination as to whether a rollover or transfer is related or unrelated shall be made in 
accordance with applicable Treasury Regulations.

The present values of accrued benefits and the values of accounts used in the sixty 

(e) 
percent (60%) calculation described herein shall be increased by all distributions made 
within the five (5) year period ending on the determination date to Employees covered by 
plans in the aggregation group.

17.4  Key Employee – A “Key Employee” shall include any Employee, former 
Employee (or a Beneficiary) who at any time during the Plan Year or any of the four (4) 
preceding Plan Years is or was:

an officer of his or her Employer having an annual compensation from the 

(a) 
Employer and all Affiliated Employers in a controlled group greater than fifty percent 
(50%) of the amount in effect for the calendar year ending with the plan year or within 
which such plan year ends under Section 415(b)(l)(A) of the Code, except that the 
number of officers included herein shall not exceed the lesser of 50 officers or 10% of the 
maximum number of Employees in the aggregation group in any year of the five-year 
period and that in such case the highest paid officers shall be the Key Employees; or

an Employee who owns directly or indirectly more than five percent (5%) of the 

(b) 
outstanding stock of his or her Employer; or

-55-

 
one of the ten Employees having an annual compensation greater than the dollar 
(c) 
limit in effect under Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code for the Plan Year and who owns 
(or is considered as owning within the meaning of Section 318 of the Code) both more 
than a 0.5% interest and the largest interests in the Employer; or

(d) 
more than $150,000.

a one percent owner of his or her Employer who has an annual compensation of 

17.5  Non-Key Employee – A “Non-Key Employee” shall be any Employee who is not 
a “Key Employee.”

17.6  Minimum Benefit Provision – In the event the Plan becomes top-heavy for any 
Plan Year, all plans in the required aggregation group will also be top-heavy for such 
year and all Non-Key Employees will be participating in more than one top-heavy plan.  
In such event there shall be provided to each “Non-Key Employee” a minimum benefit 
under this Plan equal to:

an annual retirement benefit (with no ancillary benefits) commencing at Normal 
(a) 
Retirement at or after Age 65 equal to 3% of his or her average annual compensation for 
each Year of Service from and after December 31, 1983 during which this Plan was top-
heavy, excluding any such service including D&B Service (if assets and liabilities in 
respect of such Non-Key Employee were transferred from the Cognizant Plan and such 
assets and liabilities were not subsequently returned to the Cognizant Plan for any reason) 
in excess of ten (10) years; minus

the amount of such retirement benefit which could be purchased for such 

(b) 
Employee by application of all amounts allocated to his or her accounts under each 
defined contribution plan of the Employer as the result of Employer contributions, tax-
deferred Employee salary reductions and forfeitures for all plan years during which such 
Employee was a participant, but excluding any such allocations which were forfeited by 
such Employee.  The determination of the amount of such retirement benefit which could 
be purchased for each “Non-Key Employee” shall be made by the Plan Sponsor’s 
independent actuaries as of the date of such Employee’s termination of Service and shall 
utilize the earnings and actuarial assumptions most recently published by the Pension 
Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

Average annual compensation of a “Non-Key Employee” for purposes of the 
foregoing shall mean his or her average annual aggregate compensation, as 
determined under Section 415(c)(3) of the Code, for the five (5) consecutive years 
of his or her Service resulting in the highest such average, or if fewer than five (5) 
consecutive years for the actual years of his or her Service.  For purposes hereof, 
the term average annual compensation shall not include such compensation after 
the last Plan Year in which a Plan is a top-heavy plan or a super top-heavy plan.

Any benefit which is payable as other than a life annuity, or which commences at 
other than the Member’s normal retirement shall be adjusted to an amount which 
is actuarially equivalent to such benefit.  For purposes hereof, such actuarially 
equivalent determination shall be based on such actuarial assumptions set forth in 
Section 1.2.

17.7  Vesting Provision – Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, if 
the Plan becomes top-heavy in any Plan Year, the accrued benefits of all Employees in 
active service from and after such year shall vest and become nonforfeitable after three 
(3) Years of Vesting Service.  If the Plan is no longer top-heavy in a later Plan Year, the 

-56-

 
foregoing vesting schedule shall continue to apply with respect to all Employees having 
three (3) or more Years of Vesting Service, but shall no longer apply to Employees with 
less than three (3) Years of Vesting Service except to the extent their benefits have 
already vested by application of such schedule.

17.8  Change in 415(e) Limits – In the event the Plan becomes super top-heavy in any 
Plan Year, the combined benefit limitation applicable to any Employee participating in a 
defined benefit plan and a defined contribution plan of one or more Employing 
Companies in a controlled group shall be reduced for such year from 1.25 to 1.0 for 
purposes of Sections 416(e)(2)(B) and (3)(B) of the Code.  The Plan shall be considered 
to be super top-heavy in any Plan Year if the percentage determined under Section 17.3 
of the Plan for such year equals or exceeds ninety percent (90%).

Effective for Plan Years after December 31, 1999, this Section 17.8 shall become 
void and shall no longer apply.

17.9  Modification Of Top-Heavy Rules After 2001 

(a) 

This Section shall apply for purposes of determining whether the Plan is a 
top-heavy plan under Section 416(g) of the Code for Plan Years beginning 
after December 31, 2001, and whether the Plan satisfies the minimum 
benefits requirements of Section 416(c) of the Code for such years, 
notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan.

(b) 

Determination of top-heavy status.

(1) 

“Key Employee” means any Employee or former Employee 
(including any deceased Employee) who at any time during the 
Plan Year that includes the determination date was an officer of the 
Employer having annual Compensation greater than $130,000 (as 
adjusted under Section 416(i)(1) of the Code for Plan Years 
beginning after December 31, 2002), a 5-percent owner of the 
Employer within the meaning of Section 416(i)(1)(B)(i) of the 
Code, or a 1-percent owner of the Employer having annual 
Compensation of more than $150,000.  For this purpose, annual 
Compensation means Compensation within the meaning of Section 
415(c)(3) of the Code.  

The determination of who is a Key Employee will be made in 
accordance with Section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the applicable 
regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued 
thereunder.

(2) 

This Section 17.9(b)(2) shall apply for purposes of determining the 
present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account 
balances of Members as of the determination date.

(A) 

The present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of 
account balances of a Member as of the determination date 
shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to 
the Member under the Plan and any Plan aggregated with 
the Plan under Section 416(g)(2) of the Code during the 
one-year period ending on the determination date.  The 
preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a 

-57-

 
terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would 
have been aggregated with the Plan under Section 
416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code.  In the case of a distribution 
made for a reason other than severance from employment, 
death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by 
substituting “five-year period” for “one-year period.”

Employees not performing services during the year ending 
on the determination date.  The accrued benefits and 
accounts of any individual who has not performed services 
for the Employer during the one-year period ending on the 
determination date shall not be taken into account.

For purposes of satisfying the minimum benefit 
requirements of Section 416(c)(1) of the Code and the Plan, 
in determining Years of Service with the Employer, any 
service with the Employer shall be disregarded to the extent 
that such service occurs during a Plan Year when the Plan 
benefits (within the meaning of Section 410(b) of the Code) 
no Key Employee or former Key Employee.

(B) 

(C) 

17.10  Interpretation – The foregoing provisions of this Article 17 are intended to 
conform the Plan to the requirements of Section 416 of the Code and any regulations, 
rulings or other pronouncements issued pursuant thereto, and shall be construed 
accordingly.  In the event that under any statute, regulation or ruling all or a portion of the 
conditions of this Section are no longer required for the Plan to comply with the 
requirements of Section 401 of the Code (or any other provisions with respect to 
qualification for tax exemption of retirement plans and trusts), to the extent possible such 
conditions shall become void and shall no longer apply without the necessity of an 
amendment to the Plan.

-58-

 
 
ARTICLE 18

PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS

18.1  Designation of Participating Employers.  The Company, acting through any 
committee or person(s) duly authorized by the Board to serve as Plan Administrator, shall 
designate the Affiliated Employers that shall participate in the Plan with respect to some 
or all of their designated Employees.    

18.2  Requirements of Participating Employers.

(a) 
in the Plan.

Each Participating Employer shall be required to use the same Trustee as provided 

The Trustee may commingle, hold and invest in one or more Funds all 

(b) 
contributions made by the Employer and all Participating Employers, as well as all 
increments thereof.  The assets of the Plan shall, on an ongoing basis, be available to pay 
benefits to all Members of the Plan without regard to the Employer or Participating 
Employer who contributed such assets. 

On the basis of information furnished by the Plan Administrator, the Trustee shall 

(c) 
keep separate books and records concerning the affairs of each Participating Employer 
and as to the benefits of the Members of each Participating Employer.  

Each Participating Employer shall pay to the Trustee its proportionate share of the 

(d) 
contributions to the Plan, as determined by the Trustee.  Each Participating Employer 
shall also pay to the Company its proportionate share of any administrative expenses of 
the Plan which are to be paid by the Employer.

18.3  Delegation of Authority by Participating Employers.  Each Participating 
Employer shall be deemed to have irrevocably granted to the Company, the Board, the 
Employee Benefits Committee appointed by the Board, the Plan Administrator and the 
Funding Agent(s) exclusive authority to exercise all the powers conferred on them by the 
terms of the Plan and any trust arrangement, including the power vested in the Board and 
in the Employee Benefits Committee appointed by the Board to amend the Plan, the 
power vested in the Board to terminate the Plan, and the power vested in the Company to 
amend or terminate any trust arrangement, and each Participating Employer  shall be 
deemed to have irrevocably appointed the Company, the Board, the Employee Benefits 
Committee appointed by the Board, the Plan Administrator and any Funding Agent(s) as 
its agents for such purposes.  In addition, each Participating Employer shall automatically 
become a party to any trust arrangement without further action on its part.

18.4  Employee Transfers.  In the event of a transfer of an Employee from or to the 
Employer or a Participating Employer, the Employee shall receive credit for Service with 
the transferor or predecessor in accordance with Article 2.  The transfer of any Member 
from or to the Employer or a Participating Employer shall not affect such Member’s 
rights under the Plan, and the Member’s benefits as well as the Member’s accumulated 
Service with the transferor or predecessor shall continue to the credit of such Member.  
No such transfer shall effect a termination of employment under the Plan, and the 
Participating Employer to which the Member is transferred shall thereupon become 
obligated under the Plan with respect to such Member in the same manner as was the 
Employer or Participating Employer from whom the Member was transferred.

-59-

 
18.5  Withdrawal of a Participating Employer.

A Participating Employer may terminate its participation in the Plan by giving the 

(a) 
Plan Administrator prior written notice specifying a termination date which shall be the 
last day of a month at least thirty (30) days subsequent to the date such notice is delivered 
to the Plan Administrator, unless the Plan Administrator shall have waived its right to 
such notice.  The Plan Administrator may terminate a Participating Employer’s 
participation in the Plan as of any termination date by giving the Participating Employer 
prior written notice specifying a termination date which shall be the last day of a month at 
least thirty (30) days subsequent to the date such notice is delivered to the Participating 
Employer, unless the Participating Employer shall have waived its right to such notice.  

The benefits provided under the Plan with respect to each Member employed by a 

(b) 
former Participating Employer as of the termination date will be paid or forfeited in 
accordance with the Plan as if such termination had not occurred.  Notwithstanding the 
foregoing, the Plan Administrator may direct the Trustee to segregate such portion of the 
assets of the Plan as the Trustee shall determine to be properly allocable in accordance 
with ERISA to the Members of such Participating Employer and direct the Trustee to 
apply said assets for the benefit of the Members employed by a former Participating 
Employer as of the termination date in such manner as the Plan Administrator shall 
determine including, without limitation, payment to such Members or a transfer to a 
successor employee benefit plan which is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, or 
any combination thereof.  Any such payments or transfers of said assets shall constitute a 
complete discharge of all liabilities under the Plan with respect to such Participating 
Employer’s participation in the Plan and any Member employed by such Participating 
Employer.  To the maximum extent permitted by ERISA and the Code, the termination of 
a Participating Employer’s participation in the Plan shall not in any way affect any other 
Participating Employer’s participation in the Plan.  

18.6  Administrator’s Authority.  The Plan Administrator shall have all of the duties 
and responsibilities authorized by the Plan and shall have the authority to make any and 
all rules, regulations and decisions necessary or appropriate to effectuate the terms of the 
Plan, which shall be binding upon each Participating Employer and all Members.  

-60-

 
ARTICLE 19

MISCELLANEOUS

19.1  Limitation on Distributions.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan 
regarding payment to Beneficiaries or Members, or any other person, the Plan 
Administrator may withhold payment to any person if the Plan Administrator determines 
that such payment may expose the Plan to conflicting claims for payment.  As a condition 
for any payments, the Plan Administrator may require such consent, representations, 
releases, waivers or such other information as it deems appropriate.  To the extent 
required by law, the Plan Administrator shall comply with the terms of any judgment or 
other judicial decree, order, settlement or agreement including, but not limited to, a 
qualified domestic relations order as defined in Section 4l4(p) of the Code.

19.2  Exclusive Benefit; Limitation on Reversion of Contributions.  Except as 
provided in subsections (a) through (c) below and Section 13.1 hereof, Employer 
contributions made under the Plan will be held for the exclusive benefit of Members or 
Beneficiaries and for defraying the reasonable expenses of administering the Plan and 
may not revert to the Employer.

(a) 
the Employer within one (1) year after it is contributed to the Plan.

A contribution made by the Employer under a mistake of fact may be returned to 

(b) 
A contribution conditioned on the Plan’s initial qualification under Sections 
401(a) and 501(a) of the Code may be returned to the Employer, within one (1) year after 
the date the Plan is denied qualification.

A contribution conditioned upon its deductibility under Section 404 of the Code 

(c) 
may be returned, to the extent the deduction is disallowed, to the Employer within one (1) 
year after the disallowance.  Unless the Employer notifies the Plan Administrator and the 
Trustee to the Company in writing, all contributions made to this Plan are expressly 
conditioned upon their deductibility under Section 404 of the Code.

The maximum contribution that may be returned to the Employer shall not exceed 
the amount actually contributed to the Plan, or, if less, the value of such 
contribution on the date it is returned to the Employer.

19.3  Voluntary Plan.  The Plan is purely voluntary on the part of the Employer and 
neither the establishment of the Plan nor any Plan amendment nor the creation of any 
fund or account, nor the payment of any benefits will be construed as giving any 
Employee or any person legal or equitable right against the Employer, any trustee or 
other agent, or the Plan Administrator unless specifically provided for in this Plan or by 
applicable law or conferred by affirmative action of the Plan Administrator or the 
Employer according to the terms and provisions of this Plan.  Such actions will not be 
construed as giving any Employee or Member the right to be retained in the service of the 
Employer.  All Employees and/or Members will remain subject to discharge to the same 
extent as though this Plan had not been established.

19.4  Nonalienation of Benefits.  No benefit or interest available hereunder will be 
subject to assignment or alienation, either voluntarily or involuntarily.  The preceding 
sentence shall not apply to (a) domestic relations orders, as defined in Section 414(p) of 
the Code and Section 206(d)(3) of ERISA, or entered before January 1, 1985; or 
(b) assignments pursuant to court orders arising from a fiduciary crime involving the Plan 

-61-

 
and settlements entered into with the Department of Labor or the Pension Benefits 
Guaranty Corporation for correct of fiduciary breaches.

Effective on or after April 6, 2007, a domestic relations order that otherwise 
satisfies the requirements for a qualified domestic relations order (QDRO) will 
not fail to be a QDRO: (a) solely because the order is issued after, or revises, 
another domestic relations order or QDRO; or (b) solely because of the time at 
which the order is issued, including issuance after the annuity starting date or after 
the Member's death.  A domestic relations order described in this paragraph is 
subject to the same requirements and protections that apply to QDROs.

Inability to Receive Benefits.  If the Plan Administrator receives evidence that 

19.5 
(a) a person entitled to receive any payment under the Plan is physically or mentally 
incompetent to receive payment and to give a valid release, (b) and another person or any 
institution is maintaining or has custody of such person, and (c) no guardian, committee, 
or other representative of the estate of such person has been duly appointed by a court of 
competent jurisdiction, then any distribution made under the Plan may be made to such 
other person or institution.  The release of such other person or institution will be a valid 
and complete discharge for the payment of such distribution.

19.6  Missing Persons.  If the Plan Administrator is unable, after reasonable and 
diligent effort, to locate a Member or Beneficiary who is entitled to a distribution under 
the Plan where no contingent beneficiary is provided under the Plan, the distribution due 
such person may be forfeited as permitted under applicable laws and regulations.  If, 
however, such a person later files a claim for such benefit, it will be reinstated without 
any interest earned thereon.  In the event that a distribution is due to a Beneficiary where 
a contingent beneficiary is provided under the Plan (including the situation in which the 
contingent beneficiary is the Member’s estate), and the Plan Administrator is unable, 
after reasonable and diligent effort, to locate the Beneficiary, the benefit shall be payable 
to the contingent beneficiary, and such non-locatable Beneficiary shall have no further 
claim or interest hereunder.  Notification by certified or registered mail to the last known 
address of the Member or Beneficiary will be deemed a reasonable and diligent effort to 
locate such person.

19.7  Limitation of Third-Party Rights.  Nothing expressed or implied in the Plan is 
intended or will be construed to confer upon or give to any person, firm, or association 
other than the Employer, the Members or Beneficiary, and their successors in interest, 
any right, remedy, or claim under or by reason of this Plan except pursuant to a qualified 
domestic relations order as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code.

19.8 
Invalid Provisions.  In case any provision of this Plan is held illegal or invalid for 
any reason, the illegality or invalidity will not affect the remaining parts of the Plan.  The 
Plan will be construed and enforced as if the illegal and invalid provisions had never been 
included.

19.9  Use and Form of Words.  Whenever any words are used herein in the singular 
form, they will be construed as though they were also used in the plural form in all cases 
where the plural form would apply, and vice versa.

19.10  Headings.  Headings to Articles and Sections are inserted solely for convenience 
and reference.  In the case of any conflict, the text, rather than the headings, shall control.

-62-

 
19.11  Governing Law.  The Plan shall be governed by and construed according to 
ERISA, the Code and according to the laws of the state of New York (but only where 
such state laws are not preempted by federal law).

19.12  Information Required in Writing.  All notices, elections, designations of 
Beneficiaries and waivers of rights under the Plan shall be in writing and in such form as 
required by the Plan Administrator.

19.13  USERRA – Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, effective 
as of the Initial Effective Date of the Plan, benefits and Service credit with respect to 
military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

Death  benefits.  In  the  case  of  a  death  occurring  on  or  after  January  1, 
2007,  if  a  Member  dies  while  performing  qualified  military  service  (as 
defined  in  Section  414(u)(5)  of  the  Code),  the  Member’s  Beneficiary  is 
entitled  to  any  additional  benefits  provided  under  the  Plan  as  if  the 
Member  had  resumed  employment  and  then  terminated  employment  on 
account  of  death.  Moreover,  the  Plan  will  credit  the  Member’s  qualified 
military service as service for vesting purposes, as though the Member had 
resumed  employment  under  the  Uniformed  Services  Employment  and 
Reemployment Rights Act of 1994 (“USERRA”) immediately prior to the 
Member’s death.

Benefit  accrual.  Effective  as  of  January  1,  2011,  for  benefit  accrual 
purposes,  the  Plan  treats  an  individual  who  dies  or  becomes  disabled  (as 
defined  under  the  terms  of  the  Plan)  while  performing  qualified  military 
service  with  respect  to  the  Employer  as  if  the  individual  had  resumed 
employment  in  accordance  with  the  individual’s  reemployment  rights 
under USERRA, on the day preceding death or disability (as the case may 
be) and terminated employment on the actual date of death or disability. 

Differential  wage  payments.  For  years  beginning  after  December  31, 
2008: (1) an individual receiving a differential wage payment, as defined 
by  Section  3401(h)(2)  of  the  Code,  is  treated  as  an  employee  of  the 
employer making the payment; (2) the differential wage payment is treated 
as  compensation  for  purposes  of  Section  415(c)(3)  of  the  Code  and 
Treasury Reg. Section 1.415(c)-2; and (3) the Plan is not treated as failing 
to  meet  the  requirements  of  any  provision  described  in  Section 
414(u)(1)(C) of the Code (or corresponding Plan provisions) by reason of 
any  contribution  or  benefit  which  is  based  on  the  differential  wage 
payment.  Differential  wage  payments  (as  described  herein)  will  also  be 
considered compensation for all Plan purposes.

This  subsection  (c)  applies  only  if  all  Employees  of  the  Employer 
performing  service  in  the  uniformed  services  described  in  Section 
3401(h)(2)(A)  of  the  Code  are  entitled  to  receive  differential  wage 
payments  (as  defined  in  Section  3401(h)(2))  of  the  Code  on  reasonably 
equivalent  terms  and,  if  eligible  to  participate  in  a  retirement  plan 
maintained  by  the  Employer,  to  make  contributions  or  receive  benefits 
based  on  the  payments  on  reasonably  equivalent  terms  (taking  into 
account Sections 410(b)(3), (4), and (5)) of the Code.

-63-

 
NOW,  THEREFORE,  the  Company  has  caused  this  Plan  document  to  be 

executed by its duly authorized officer on this _____ day of August, 2020.

IQVIA Inc.

By:________________________________

Title:_______________________________       

-64-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
APPENDIX A 

MORTALITY RATES

Age

Participant

Beneficiary

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

.000581

.000610

.000644

.000681

000720

.000763

.000811

.000866

.000923

.000988

.001059

.001136

.001223

.001318

.001423

.001539

.001682

.001869

.002097

.002364

.002670

.003011

.003388

.003797

.004241

.004717

.005216

.000470

.000497

.000526

.000557

.000591

.000629

.000669

.000714

.000762

.000814

.000873

.000936

.001077

.001084

.001168

.001261

.001369

.001497

.001647

.001815

.002005

.002216

.002449

.002705

.002983

.003289

.003594

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

.005746

.006310

.006907

.007538

.008206

.008916

.009679

.010510

.011426

.012449

.013608

.014928

.016449

.018207

.020245

.022388

.024559

.026871

.029559

.032952

.036762

.040907

.045427

.050298

.055809

.062080

.069068

.076746

.084955

.003926

.004288

.004683

.005112

.005588

.006123

.006729

.007415

.008190

.009063

.010042

.011131

.012338

.013671

.015129

·016662

.018359

.020335

.022766

.025919

.029529

.033496

.037808

.042428

.047551

.053217

.059419

.066152

.073330

 
81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

109

110

.093582

.102603

.111984

.121754

.131910

.142522

.153693

.165518

.178093

.191529

.203702

.216646

.230478

.245331

.261353

.278704

.297562

.318124

.340598

.365204

.392179

.421772

.455805

.496440

.545840

.606167

679585

.768255

.874340

.999999

.080901

.088868

.097236

.106074

.115436

.125403

.136075

.147557

.159954

.173397

.185997

.199614

.214387

.230463

.248008

.267202

.288242

.311344

.336741

.364688

.395460

.429358

.467222

.510917

.562310

.623265

.695646

.781319

.882150

.999999

-2-

 
APPENDIX B 

1. 

The Grandfathered Benefit Amount: (Normal Retirement).  The amount of the 
Grandfathered Benefit, under Section 4.9 of this Plan payable to a Member as of 
his or her Normal Retirement Date in the form of a single life annuity shall equal 
the greater of:

(a) 

the sum of 1.7% of his or her Average Final Compensation multiplied by 
his or her years of Credited Service (as defined below) not in excess of 25, 
plus 1.0% of his or her Average Final Compensation multiplied by his 
years of Credited Service in excess of 25, minus the sum of 1.7% of his or 
her Primary Insurance Benefit multiplied by his or her years of Credited 
Service not in excess of 25, plus 0.5% of his or her Primary Insurance 
Benefit multiplied by his or her years of Credited Service in excess of 25 
(but, in any event, not to exceed 50% of the Primary Insurance Benefit); or

(b) 

$100 for each year of his or her Credited Service.

2. 

The Grandfathered Benefit Amount: (Early Retirement).  The amount of the 
Grandfathered Benefit under Section 4.9 of this Plan payable to a Member as of 
his or her Early Retirement Date in the form of a single life annuity shall equal:

(a) 

(b) 

if such Early Retirement Date is after the Member attains Age 55 and 
completes ten years of Vesting Service, the Grandfathered Benefit amount 
payable as of the Normal Retirement Date in 1(a) above, reduced 3/12% 
for each month by which the Early Retirement Date precedes the Normal 
Retirement Date (or precedes Age 60 if the Member has 35 Years of 
Vesting Service on his Early Retirement Date); or

if such Early Retirement Date is prior to the date the Member attains Age 
55 and completes ten years of Vesting Service, the Actuarial Equivalent 
Value of the Grandfathered Benefit amount payable as of his or her 
Normal Retirement Date.

Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, any Member whose participation 
in this Plan terminated effective August 1, 2000 by reason of the termination of 
participation in this Plan by Clark-O’Neill, Inc. effective August 1, 2000 and/or 
such Member’s transfer of employment to SYNAVANT Inc. effective August 1, 
2000 or any Member whose participation in this Plan terminated effective October 
3, 2000 by reason of the termination of participation in this Plan by ERISCO 
Managed Care Technologies, Inc. effective October 3, 2000 shall be deemed to 
have completed ten (10) years of Vesting Service for purposes of this Section 2.

3. 

The Frozen Accrued Benefit Amount: (Normal Retirement).  The amount of the 
Frozen Accrued Benefit under Section 4.8 of this Plan payable to a Member as of 
his or her Normal Retirement Date in the form of a single life annuity shall equal 
the greater of:

(a) 

the sum of 1.7% of his or her Average Final Compensation multiplied by 
his or her years of Credited Service (as defined below) not in excess of 25, 
plus 1.0% of his or her Average Final Compensation multiplied by his or 
her years of Credited Service in excess of 25, minus the sum of 1.7% of 
his or her Primary Insurance Benefit multiplied by his or her years of 
Credited Service not in excess of 25, plus and 0.5% of his or her Primary 

 
Insurance Benefit multiplied by his or her years of Credited Service in 
excess of 25 (but, in any event, not to exceed 50% of the Primary 
Insurance Benefit); or

(b) 

$100 for each year of his or her Credited Service.

For purposes of the Frozen Accrued Benefit, no Credited Service after October 
31, 1996 shall be considered, and no Compensation after October 31, 1996 shall 
be considered.

4. 

The Frozen Accrued Benefit Amount: (Early Retirement).  The amount of the 
Frozen Accrued Benefit under Section 4.8 of this Plan payable to a Member as of 
his or her Early Retirement Date in the form of a single life annuity shall equal:

(a) 

(b) 

if such Early Retirement Date is after the Member attains Age 55 and 
completes ten years of Vesting Service, the Frozen Accrued Benefit 
amount payable as of the Normal Retirement Date in 4(a) above, reduced 
3/12% for each month by which the Early Retirement Date precedes the 
Normal Retirement Date (or precedes Age 60 if the Member has 35 Years 
of Vesting Service on his Early Retirement Date); or

if such Early Retirement Date is prior to the date the Member attains Age 
55 and completes ten years of Vesting Service, the Actuarial Equivalent 
Value of the Frozen Accrued Benefit amount payable as of his or her 
Normal Retirement Date.

Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, this Section 4. shall not apply to 
any Member whose participation in this Plan terminated effective August 1, 2000 
by reason of the termination of participation in this Plan by Clark-O’Neill, Inc. 
effective August 1, 2000 and/or such Member’s transfer of employment to 
SYNAVANT Inc. effective August 1, 2000 or any Member whose participation in 
this Plan terminated effective October 3, 2000 by reason of the termination of 
participation in this Plan by ERISCO Managed Care Technologies, Inc. effective 
October 3, 2000. 

5. 

Credited Service.  For the purpose of calculating the Grandfathered Benefit or the 
Frozen Accrued Benefit, “Credited Service” shall mean Years of Service as an 
Employee and a Member (including service with Cognizant, D&B and an 
Affiliated Employer(s) for purposes of the Grandfathered Benefit, but service with 
D&B only for purposes of the Frozen Accrued Benefit); provided, however, 
Credited Service shall not include any period of service with respect to which a 
distribution shall have been made, as follows:

(a) 

For service rendered on or after January 1, 1976 and before January 1, 
1988, a Year of Service shall mean that twelve consecutive month period 
coincident with the calendar year during which an Employee completes 
1,800 or more hours of service.  Pro rata credit shall be given for service 
rendered during such period: (i) if a Member completed at least 1,000 
hours of service during such period; (ii) if a Member transferred to a non-
participating affiliated company, died or retired under the D&B Plan 
during such period; or (iii) if an Employee became eligible for 
membership in the D&B Plan during such period; provided, however, if an 
Employee became a Member of the D&B Plan on or after July 1, he or she 
shall not be entitled to any credit hereunder unless he or she completed 

-2-

 
500 or more hours of service prior to the end of the calendar year, and 
provided that such Employee shall be entitled to no more than one-half 
year of Credited Service if he completed 900 hours or more of service 
during such period.

(b) 

For service rendered after December 31, 1987, an Employee who is a full-
time Employee will be entitled to 1/12th of a year of Credited Service for 
each calendar month or part thereof during which he or she was a Member 
under the D&B Plan, the Cognizant Plan or this Plan and (b) an Employee 
who is a part-time or temporary Employee will be entitled to a full or 
fractional year of Credited Service for each year during which he or she is 
a Member under the D&B Plan, the Cognizant Plan or this Plan, 
determined as follows:

Hours of Service

1,800 and over

1,600 – 1,799

1,400 – 1,599

1,200 – 1,399

1,000 – 1,199

less than 1,000

Credited Service

1.0

0.9

0.8

0.7

0.6

0.0

An employee shall not be entitled to more than one year of Credited Service for any year.

6. 

Primary Insurance Benefit shall mean for this purpose, the estimated annual 
benefit to which a Member will be entitled at Age 65 under the Federal Social 
Security Act as in effect at the earlier of his or her attaining his or her Normal 
Retirement Age, retirement or termination, whether or not such Member shall 
have forfeited his right to receive such benefit through his or her acceptance of 
covered employment or failure to apply for such benefit or otherwise.  In the 
event that a Member retires under this Plan or his or her Service is terminated 
prior to Age 65, the amount of such estimated benefit shall be based upon the 
assumption that the Member shall receive no wages for Social Security purposes 
after such early retirement or termination.  The amount of such estimated benefit 
shall be based upon the Member’s wage history with the Employer and Cognizant 
(if such Member was in active service on October 31, 1996 and assets and 
liabilities were transferred to the Plan with respect to such Member, and such 
assets and liabilities were not subsequently returned to the Cognizant Plan for any 
reason) and upon the assumption that the Member had no wages prior to 
commencement of Service with the Employer or D&B.

-3-

 
Exhibit 10.27

IQVIA INC.
IQVIA SAVINGS EQUALIZATION PLAN

Effective January 1, 2018

I. 

Purpose of the Plan

The purpose of the IQVIA Savings Equalization Plan (the “Plan”) is to provide a means 

of equalizing the benefits of those employees participating in the IQVIA 401(k) Plan (the 
“401(k) Plan”) whose matching contributions under the 401(k) Plan are or will be limited by the 
application of Sections 401(a)(17) or 415 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the 
“Code”), or by reason of the exclusion from the definition of compensation under the 401(k) 
Plan of amounts deferred under any nonqualified deferred compensation plan maintained by 
IQVIA Inc. (the “Corporation”).  The Plan is intended to be an “excess benefit plan” as that term 
is defined in section 3(36) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as 
amended (“ERISA”) with respect to those participants whose benefits under the 401(k) Plan have 
been limited by Section 415 of the Code, and a plan which is unfunded and is maintained by an 
employer primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of 
management or highly compensated employees for purposes of ERISA.

II. 

Participation in the Plan

All members of the 401(k) Plan shall be eligible to participate in this Plan whenever their 

benefits under the 401(k) Plan as from time to time in effect would exceed the limitations on 
benefits and contributions imposed by Sections 401(a)(17) or 415 of the Code or would be 
limited by reason of the exclusion from the definition of compensation under the 401(k) Plan of 
amounts deferred under any nonqualified deferred compensation plan maintained by the 
Corporation.  For purposes of this Plan, benefits of a participant in this Plan shall be determined 
as though no provisions were contained in the 401(k) Plan incorporating limitations imposed by 
Sections 401(a)(17) or 415 of the Code or excluding from the definition of compensation under 
the 401(k) Plan amounts deferred under any nonqualified deferred compensation plan maintained 
by the Corporation.

III. 

Equalized Benefits

If member participating contributions or Corporation contributions to the 401(k) 

Plan for any calendar year are limited by reason of the application of Sections 401(a)(17) 
or 415 of the Code or the exclusion from the definition of compensation under the 401(k) 
Plan of amounts deferred under any nonqualified deferred compensation plan maintained 
by the Corporation, the Corporation shall pay the participant in this Plan, in a single lump 
sum, on or after January 1st and on or before March 15th of the immediately following 
year, provided such participant is actively employed by the Corporation on such payment 
date, an amount equal to:  

(1) 

the Corporation matching contributions that otherwise would have been 
credited to such participant’s account under the 401(k) Plan if the 
limitations imposed by Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 of the Code and the 
exclusion from the definition of compensation under the 401(k) Plan of 
amounts deferred under any nonqualified deferred compensation plan 
maintained by the Corporation did not apply, plus 

(2) 

an interest factor equal to one-half of the annual return which would have 
been received by the participant had such payment been invested eighty 
percent (80%) in the fixed income fund and twenty percent (20%) in the 

 
 
equity index fund available as investment funds under the 401(k) Plan 
during the year prior to the year of payment, less 

(3) 

any applicable withholding taxes.

IV. 

Death

Upon the death of a participant in this Plan, the benefits otherwise payable to such 

participant pursuant to Article III shall be paid at the time provided in Article III to such 
participant’s designated beneficiary as determined under the 401(k) Plan.

V. 

Administration of the Plan

The Corporation shall administer the Plan, except that any action authorized to be taken 
by the Corporation hereunder may also be taken by any committee or person(s) duly authorized 
by the Board of Directors of IQVIA Holdings Inc. or the duly authorized delegees of such duly 
authorized committee or person(s).  The Corporation shall have full authority to determine all 
questions arising in connection with the Plan, including interpreting its provisions and construing 
all of its terms; may adopt procedural rules; and may employ and rely on such legal counsel, 
such actuaries, such accountants and such agents as it may deem advisable to assist in the 
administration of the Plan.  All of its rules, interpretations and decisions shall be applied in a 
uniform manner to all participants similarly situated and decisions of the Corporation shall be 
conclusive and binding on all persons.

VI. 

Claims

(1) 

Presentation of Claims.  Claims for benefits shall be filed in writing with the Plan 
Administrator.  Written or electronic notice of the disposition of a claim shall be furnished to the 
claimant within 90 days after the claim is filed (or within 180 days if special circumstances 
require an extension of time for processing the claim and if notice of such extension and 
circumstances is provided to the claimant within the initial 90-day period.)

(2) 

Claims Denial Notification.  If a claim is wholly or partially denied, the Plan 

Administrator shall furnish to the claimant a written notice setting forth in a manner calculated to 
be understood by the claimant:

•

•

•

•

•

the specific reason(s) for denial;

specific reference(s) to pertinent Plan provisions on which any denial is based;

a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant 
to perfect the claim, and an explanation of why such material or information is 
necessary;

an explanation of the Plan’s claims review procedures and the applicable time 
limits for such procedures; and

a statement that the claimant has a right to bring a civil action under Section 
502(a) of ERISA following an adverse determination on review. 

(3) 

Claims Review Procedure.  Upon a denial, the claimant is entitled (either in 

person or by his duly authorized representative) to:

•

request a subsequent review of the claim by the Plan Administrator upon written 
application for review made to the Plan Administrator. Any such request for 
review of the claim must be made within 60 days after receipt by the claimant of 

2

 
 
 
 
 
such notice.  A claimant must submit a written application for review before the 
claimant is permitted to bring a civil action for benefits;

•

•

review pertinent documents relating to the denial; and

submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to 
the claim.

Timing.  The Plan Administrator shall make its decision and notify the claimant with 

respect to a claim not later than 60 days after receipt of the request.  Such 60-day period may be 
extended for another period of 60 days if the Plan Administrator finds that special circumstances 
require an extension of time for processing and notice of the extension and special circumstances 
is provided to the claimant within the initial 60-day period.

Final Decision.  The claim for review shall be given a full and fair review that takes into 

account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted that relates to the 
claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial 
benefit determination.  The Plan Administrator shall provide the claimant with written or 
electronic notice of the decision in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant.  The 
notice shall include specific reasons for the decision, specific references to the pertinent Plan 
provisions on which the decision is based, a statement that the claimant has a right to bring a 
civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA, and a statement that the claimant is entitled to 
receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, 
records and other information relevant to the claim.  A document is relevant to the claim if it was 
relied upon in making the determination, was submitted, considered or generated in the course of 
making the determination or demonstrates that benefit determinations are made in accordance 
with the Plan and that Plan provisions have been applied consistently with respect to similarly 
situated claimants.

Delayed Payments.  If the Plan Administrator shall approve the payment of a claim for 

benefits filed in accordance with the claims procedures set forth hereinabove, any payment 
delayed pending the resolution of such claim will be adjusted to reflect the deferred payment date 
by multiplying the payment by the product of the six-month CMT Treasury Bill annualized yield 
rate as published by the U.S. Treasury for the date on which such payment would have been 
made but for the delay multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days by 
which such payment was delayed and the denominator of which is 365.

Arbitration. Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with the Plan shall 

be settled exclusively by arbitration in Parsippany, New Jersey in accordance with the rules of 
the American Arbitration Association in effect at the time of such arbitration. The Corporation 
shall promptly pay or reimburse on a fully grossed-up and after-tax basis (so that the recipient of 
such reimbursement is held economically harmless) all reasonable costs and expenses (including 
fees and disbursements of counsel and pension experts) incurred by a participant or beneficiary 
to assert rights under this Plan, for so long as such rights may exist, or in any proceeding in 
connection therewith brought by a participant or beneficiary, whether or not such participant or 
beneficiary is ultimately successful in enforcing such rights or in such proceeding; provided, 
however, that no reimbursement shall be owed with respect to expenses relating to any 
unsuccessful assertion of rights or proceeding if and to the extent that such assertion or 
proceeding was initiated or maintained in bad faith or was frivolous as determined by the 
arbitrators or a court having jurisdiction over the matter.  The amount of expense eligible for 
reimbursement in any one taxable year of the participant or beneficiary shall not affect the 
amount of expense eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year of the participant or 
beneficiary.  The reimbursement of expenses shall be made each calendar quarter and not later 
than the last day of the taxable year of the participant or beneficiary in which the expense was 

3

incurred.  The right to reimbursement of any expense hereunder shall not be subject to 
liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

VII.  Miscellaneous

This Plan may be terminated at any time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, in 
which event the rights of participants to their accrued benefits shall become nonforfeitable.  This 
Plan may also be amended at any time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the 
Benefits Committee of IQVIA Holdings Inc. may amend the Plan without the approval of the 
Board of Directors of the Corporation with respect to amendments that such Committee 
determines do not have a significant effect on the cost of the Plan; provided, however, that no 
such amendment of the Plan may (1) adversely affect a participant’s benefit under the Plan to 
which he or she has become entitled in accordance with the Plan as in effect on the date 
immediately preceding the date of such amendment, or (2) adversely affect a participant’s right 
or the right of a participant’s beneficiary to receive a benefit in accordance with the Plan as in 
effect on the date immediately preceding the date of such amendment, or (3) cause any payment 
that a participant or beneficiary is entitled to receive under this Plan to become subject to an 
income tax penalty or interest payable under Section 409A of the Code.

Benefits payable under this Plan shall not be funded and shall be made out of the general 
funds of the Corporation; provided, however, that the Corporation reserves the right to establish 
a trust fund as an alternate source of benefits payable under the Plan and to the extent payments 
are made from such trust, such payments will satisfy the Corporation’s obligations under this 
Plan.

No right to payment or any other interest under this Plan may be alienated, sold, 

transferred, pledged, assigned, or made subject to attachment, execution, or levy of any kind.

Nothing in this Plan shall be construed as giving any employee the right to be retained in 

the employ of the Corporation.  The Corporation expressly reserves the right to dismiss any 
employee at any time without regard to the effect which such dismissal might have upon him 
under the Plan.

The Corporation may withhold from any benefits under the Plan an amount sufficient to 

satisfy its tax withholding obligations.

This Plan shall be construed, administered and enforced according to the laws of the State 

of Connecticut applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such state to the extent not 
preempted by federal law. Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, the terms of this 
Plan shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 
409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder including the exception for short-
term deferrals under Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations so as not to subject any 
participant or beneficiary to the payment of any tax penalty or interest which may be imposed by 
Section 409A of the Code and the Corporation shall have no right to accelerate, defer or make 
any payment under this Plan except to the extent such action would not subject any participant or 
beneficiary to the payment of any tax penalty or interest under Section 409A of the Code.  If a 
participant or beneficiary becomes subject to any tax penalty or interest under Section 409A of 
the Code by reason of his or her participation in this Plan, the Corporation shall reimburse such 
participant or beneficiary, as the case may be, on a fully grossed-up and after-tax basis for any 
such tax penalty or interest (so that the recipient of such reimbursement is held economically 
harmless) ten business days prior to the date such tax penalty or interest is due and payable by 
such participant or beneficiary to the government.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
The Corporation shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, 

merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the 
Corporation to expressly assume and agree to perform the obligations of the Corporation under 
this Plan in the same manner and to the same extent that the Corporation would have been 
required to perform such obligations if no such succession had taken place and such assumption 
shall be an express condition to the consummation of any such purchase, merger, consolidation 
or other transaction.

Date: _____________________ 

IQVIA Inc.

By:  ___________________________
Its: ____________________________

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 10.28

IQVIA ELECTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN (POST 409A) 

(Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2018)

The purpose of this IQVIA Elective Deferred Compensation Plan (Post-409A) (the 

“Plan”) is to further the success of IQVIA Inc. (the “Company”) and its affiliates by providing 
deferred compensation for a select group of management and highly compensated employees, 
thereby giving such persons an additional incentive to continue in the employ of the Company 
and its subsidiaries. The Plan is an unfunded, nonqualified deferred compensation plan governed 
by Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and a “top hat” 
plan under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). The 
Plan, which was originally named the Quintiles Transnational Corp. Elective Deferred 
Compensation Plan, was originally adopted effective for compensation deferred on or after 
January 1, 2005 and earnings thereon following enactment of Code Section 409A and was 
previously amended and restated effective November 6, 2008, January 1, 2014, and September 
15, 2015, and further amended on or about September 30, 2016, when it was renamed the 
“Quintiles Elective Deferred Compensation Plan (Post-409A).” The Plan is a successor to a plan 
also named the Quintiles Transnational Corp. Elective Deferred Compensation Plan (as 
Amended November 6, 2003), which is maintained as a separate plan that was renamed the 
“Quintiles Elective Deferred Compensation Plan (Pre-409A)” (the “Pre-409A Plan”). 
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Pre-409A Plan shall continue to govern the 
compensation of legacy employees of Quintiles Transnational Corp. and its subsidiaries deferred 
through December 31, 2004 and earnings thereon (“Pre-2005 Deferrals”). This amendment and 
restatement of the Plan shall be effective as of January 1, 2018.

ARTICLE I
ADMINISTRATION

The Plan shall be administered by the Leadership Development and Compensation 
Committee (the “Committee”) of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of IQVIA Holdings, Inc. 
(“Holdings”), the Company’s corporate parent. Except as otherwise provided herein, the 
Committee shall have absolute discretionary authority to interpret and construe the provisions of 
the Plan as it deems appropriate, including the absolute discretionary authority to determine 
eligibility for benefits under the Plan. The Company shall have the duty and responsibility of 
maintaining records, making the requisite calculations and disbursing the payments hereunder. 
The interpretations, determinations, regulations and calculations of the Committee and the 
Company shall be final and binding on all persons and parties concerned. The Company shall 
furnish individual statements of accrued benefits to each participant or current beneficiary no 
less frequently than annually, in such form as may be determined by the Committee or the 
Company or required by law. In order to discharge its duties hereunder, the Committee shall 
have the power and authority to delegate its duties hereunder as it deems appropriate and to 
employ such outside professionals as may be required for the prudent administration of the Plan. 
In the case of any such delegation, references herein to the Committee shall be construed to 
refer to the Committee’s delegate to the extent of such delegation. No member of the Board or 
the Committee, and no officer or employee of the Company or other delegate of the Committee, 
shall be liable to any person for any action or determination that he or she makes in good faith in 
connection with the administration of the Plan.

-1-

ARTICLE II
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

Section 2.1.   Eligibility. All executive officers of Holdings who primarily provide 
services to Holdings or its subsidiaries within the United States, as well as such members of 
management and/or highly compensated employees of Holdings and its subsidiaries (including 
the Company) as are designated from time to time by the Committee, shall be eligible to 
participate in the Plan. In no event shall non-resident aliens who receive no earned income from 
the Company that constitutes income from sources within the United States be eligible to 
participate in the Plan.

Section 2.2. 

Election to Participate. The individuals described in Section 2.1 may elect

to participate in the Plan each calendar year by submitting a written election to the Company in 
such form, and at such time (subject to the limitations below), as may be determined by the 
Committee (the “Deferral Election Form”). Participants may make two separate elections to 
defer the payment of compensation, one with respect to base salary and one with respect to any 
amounts payable to the participant pursuant to a short-term incentive plan (excluding any 
commission or other similar plan or arrangement), as and to the extent permitted by the Deferral 
Election Form (each a “Deferral Source”); provided that with respect to any commissions 
deferred prior to January 1, 2018 (which was then permitted by the Plan), such deferred 
commissions shall remain deferred as of January 1, 2018 in accordance with their terms, subject 
to the terms of the Plan. Except as otherwise provided herein, deferral elections with respect to 
compensation must be made before the beginning of the calendar year in which the services for 
which such compensation is payable are performed. In the first year in which a participant 
becomes eligible to participate in the Plan, the newly eligible participant may make an election to 
defer payment of compensation for services to be performed subsequent to the election within 30 
days after the date the participant becomes eligible. Except as provided in Section 2.4, deferral 
elections shall be irrevocable as to the compensation for which they are made. In addition to the 
participant’s deferral elections, the Deferral Election Form for each calendar year (or portion of a 
calendar year in the event of a newly-eligible participant) shall specify the participant’s election 
with respect to the time and form of distribution of the amounts deferred from each Deferral 
Source for such year as permitted in Article IV. For purposes of this Plan, the term 
“compensation” shall mean, for any calendar year (or portion of a calendar year in the event of a 
newly-eligible participant), the sum of the participant’s base salary plus any amounts payable to 
the participant pursuant to a short-term incentive plan (excluding any commission or other 
similar plan or arrangement) for services rendered in such year or partial year. In the event a 
participant ceases to be eligible to participate in the Plan (including, without limitation, due to 
the Committee exercising its discretion to change the eligibility criteria for participation in the 
Plan) during a calendar year other than by reason of a “separation from service”, such 
participant’s deferral elections in respect of base salary for such calendar year and/or amounts 
payable pursuant to a short-term incentive plan for services rendered in such calendar year shall 
continue in effect; provided, however, that such participant shall be ineligible to participate in the 
Plan with respect to any compensation for any subsequent calendar years unless and until such 
time he or she again meets the eligibility requirements described in Section 2.1 hereof.

Section 2.3.   Minimum and Maximum Deferrals. The maximum amount of 
compensation that may be deferred with respect to any calendar year (or portion of a calendar 
year in the event of a newly-eligible participant) shall be 80% of the participant’s base salary 
in such year or partial year and 100% of any amounts payable to the participant pursuant to a 
short-term incentive plan (excluding any commission or other similar plan or arrangement) 
for services rendered in such year or partial year.

-2-

Section 2.4.   Change or Cancellation of Deferrals. Notwithstanding any other provision 

of this Plan to the contrary, the Committee may, in its discretion, permit a participant to revoke 
an existing deferral election mid-year and cease future deferrals for the remainder of the calendar 
year (i) due to an unforeseeable emergency as defined in Section 4.4 below or a hardship 
distribution pursuant to Treas. Reg. § 1.401(k)-1(d)(3) or (ii) due to a participant’s disability (as 
defined below), where such cancellation occurs by the later of the end of the calendar year or the 
15th day of the third month following the date the participant incurs a disability. For purposes of 
this paragraph, a “disability” refers to any medically determinable physical or mental impairment 
resulting in the participant’s inability to perform the duties of his or her position or any 
substantially similar position, where such impairment can be expected to result in death or can be 
expected to last for a continuous period of not less than six months.

Section 2.5.   Deferred Compensation Account; Reporting on Form W-2. For each 

individual electing to participate in the Plan, the Company shall establish and maintain an 
account (a “Deferred Compensation Account”) on the Company’s books and records. The 
amounts deferred by a participant shall be credited to this account as of the date such 
compensation otherwise would be payable. No amount shall actually be set aside for payment 
under the Plan. Any participant to whom an amount is credited under the Plan shall be deemed a 
general, unsecured creditor of the Company. To the extent required by Code Section 6051 and 
the regulations thereunder or other applicable law or regulation, the Company or its subsidiary 
shall report on Form W-2 for each participant the total amount of the participant’s deferrals for 
each calendar year under the Plan.

ARTICLE III
DEFERRED COMPENSATION

Section 3.1. 

Investment Election. Each participant shall be entitled to make an initial 

investment election with respect to his or her Deferred Compensation Account as set forth in the 
Deferral Election Form and submit this election to the Company. A participant may change an 
investment election at any time by submitting election changes online as directed by the 
Company. Changes in investment elections shall become effective as soon as practicable after 
they have been properly submitted. The investments from which participants may choose shall 
be subject to change at the discretion of the Committee. The Committee reserves the right to 
shift any amount designated for an investment option eliminated by the Committee to the 
investment that the Committee determines, in its discretion, most closely resembles the 
eliminated investment.

Section 3.2.   Rate of Return. All amounts credited under the terms of the Plan to a 
Deferred Compensation Account maintained in the name of a participant shall be deemed to have 
been invested pursuant to the participant’s investment election as then in effect. Each 
participant’s Deferred Compensation Account shall be credited or debited on each day securities 
are traded on a national stock exchange, with the amount of deemed investment gain or loss 
resulting from the performance of the investment funds elected by the participant under Section 
3.1 above until such time as the entire account has been distributed to the participant or to the 
participant’s beneficiary. In the case of a lump-sum distribution, as provided under Section 4.1 
below, investment gains and losses shall cease to accrue as to the portion of a participant’s 
Deferred Compensation Account to be paid in a lump sum as of a valuation date prior to the date 
of payment determined under Section 4.1 below. Although the performance of the investments 
selected by a participant shall be used to determine the rate of return on the participant’s 
Deferred Compensation Account, deferrals will not necessarily be invested by the Company in 
the investments selected by the participant.

-3-

ARTICLE IV
DISTRIBUTION

Section 4.1.   Separation from Service. Except in the case of a participant who is a 

Specified Employee (as defined below) or as otherwise provided in Section 4.2, within 60 days 
after the date of a participant’s “separation from service” (as defined in Treas. Reg. § 
1.409A-1(h)) for any reason, including disability or death, distribution of the amount credited to 
the participant’s Deferred Compensation Account in accordance with this Plan shall be made or 
shall commence in accordance with the alternative forms of distribution set forth below as 
elected by the participant in his or her Deferral Election Form for each deferral year.

In the case of a participant who is a Specified Employee, distribution of any portion of 
the participant’s Deferred Compensation Account to be paid in a lump sum shall be made, and 
the distribution of any portion of the participant’s account to be paid in installments shall 
commence, on the first day of the month immediately following the 6-month anniversary of the 
participant’s separation from service. For purposes of this Plan, a “Specified Employee” means 
an individual determined by the Company to be a specified employee under Treasury regulation 
Section 1.409A-1(i).

Participants may elect an alternative form of distribution with respect to amounts deferred 
from each Deferral Source each year, as permitted by the Deferral Election Form. The alternative 
forms of distribution shall be:

(a)

(b)

lump sum; or

annual installments over a period not to exceed 15 years.

Where a participant has elected installments, the annual payment amount shall be 
determined each year by dividing the portion of the participant’s Deferred Compensation 
Account to be paid in installments, determined as of a valuation date prior to the date of payment 
that the Company has determined to be administratively feasible, by the number of remaining 
annual installments. The unpaid balance of such portion of the Deferred Compensation Account 
shall continue to earn a rate of return as specified in Section 3.2 above. The final installment 
shall be the balance of the portion of the participant’s Deferred Compensation Account to be paid 
in installments, including gains or losses credited to such portion of the account during the last 
year of the payout period. Once a distribution of a participant’s Deferred Compensation Account 
has been triggered due to a separation from service, the participant’s subsequent reemployment 
by the Company shall not stop or delay the ongoing distribution of the participant’s account 
under the Plan in accordance with this Section 4.1.

Once made, a participant’s election with respect to the time and form of distribution as 

described in this Section 4.1 shall be irrevocable; provided, however, that: (i) except in the case 
of an account of a Specified Employee, if at any time the balance of a participant’s Deferred 
Compensation Account that is in the process of an installment distribution falls below $10,000, 
the Committee may, in its sole discretion and without obligation to do so, pay out the remaining 
balance in the form of a lump sum to the extent permitted by Code Section 409A and Treas. Reg. 
§ 1.409A-3(j)(4)(v) and (ii) if permitted by the Committee in the Committee’s sole discretion, a 
participant may make a subsequent election to delay the timing of a previously selected 
distribution provided that such subsequent election complies with all applicable laws and:

(i)

the election may not take effect until at least 12 months after the date on 

which the election is made;

(ii)

the first payment with respect to which the election is made is deferred not 

less than 5 years from the date the payment would otherwise have been made; and

-4-

(iii)

the election may not be made less than 12 months prior to the date of the 

first previously scheduled distribution.

Section 4.2.   Scheduled In-Service Distributions. Although distribution of the amount 

credited to a participant’s account shall in all cases begin not later than 60 days following the 
participant’s separation from service for any reason (or beginning on the first day of the month 
following the 6-month anniversary of a Specified Employee’s separation from service), as 
described in Section 4.1 above, a participant may, with respect to amounts deferred from each 
Deferral Source each year, elect to take an in-service distribution of such amounts deferred and 
subsequent earnings thereon commencing on a certain date, in the form of a lump sum or annual 
installments over a period not to exceed 15 years (as provided in Section 4.1 above), as specified 
by the participant in his or her Deferral Election Form for that deferral year.

In no event may an in-service distribution be made before the date that is two years after 

the first day of the year in which any related deferral election became effective.

Once made, a participant’s elections with respect to scheduled in-service distributions for 

a particular year as described in this Section 4.2 shall be irrevocable except as follows: A 
participant may make a subsequent election to delay an in-service distribution payment, provided 
that:

(i)

the election may not take effect until at least 12 months after the date on 

which the election is made;

(ii)

the first payment with respect to which the election is made is deferred not 

less than 5 years from the date the payment would otherwise have been made; and

(iii)

the election may not be made less than 12 months prior to the date of the 

first scheduled in-service distribution.

With respect to all amounts deferred prior to January 1, 2018 (and earnings thereon) other 

than Pre-2005 Deferrals (“Pre-2018 Deferrals”), in the event of a participant’s separation from 
service with the Company for any reason or death, any remaining in-service distribution amounts 
shall instead be distributed as elected for payments on separation from service or death in 
accordance with the Section 4.1 above and paid in accordance with the participant’s Deferral 
Election Form governing the year in which the amounts were deferred. With respect to deferrals 
other than Pre-2018 Deferrals, a separation from service or death shall have no impact on the 
distribution schedule of such amounts.

-5-

Section 4.3.   Death. If a participant should die before distribution of the full amount of 
any account described in this Plan has been made to the participant, any remaining amounts shall 
be distributed to the beneficiary designated by the participant on such beneficiary designation 
form as may be determined by the Committee (the “Beneficiary Designation Form”). Such 
unpaid deferred amounts shall be distributed to the participant’s designated beneficiary in the 
same form and on the same schedule as designated by the participant in his or her Deferral 
Election Form as if such death had not occurred. A participant may change his or her beneficiary 
designation at any time by submitting a new Beneficiary Designation Form to the Company but 
may not revoke a Beneficiary Designation Form once made so that no beneficiary is designated. 
With respect to Pre-2018 Deferrals only, if a participant has not designated a valid beneficiary, or 
if no designated beneficiary is living at the time of the participant’s death, then the portion of his 
or her account attributable to such deferral shall be distributed to the participant’s estate (or the 
person to whom the right to receive payment has been duly assigned by such estate) in a lump-
sum distribution following the participant’s death but not later than December 31 of the first 
calendar year following the calendar year in which the death occurs (or, if applicable, the latest 
date permitted by regulations under Code Section 409A consistent with timely payment 
thereunder). With respect to deferrals other than Pre-2018 Deferrals, in all cases, (i) in the event 
that a participant dies prior to the commencement of distribution of the portion of his or her 
account attributable to such deferral, his or her account shall be distributed to the participant’s 
estate (or the person to whom the right to receive payment has been duly assigned by such estate) 
in a lump-sum distribution following the participant’s death but not later than December 31 of 
the first calendar year following the calendar year in which the death occurs (or, if applicable, the 
latest date permitted by regulations under Code Section 409A consistent with timely payment 
thereunder), and (ii) in the event that a participant dies after the commencement of distribution of 
the portion of his or her account attributable to such deferral shall be distributed to the 
participant’s designated beneficiary in the same form and on the same schedule as designated by 
the participant in his or her Deferral Election Form as if such death had not occurred.

Section 4.4.   Unforeseeable Emergencies. In the event a participant incurs an 
unforeseeable emergency, the participant may make a written request to the Committee for a 
hardship distribution from his or her accounts established under the Plan. For purposes of this 
Plan, an unforeseeable emergency shall have the meaning provided in Treas. Reg. § 
1.409A-3(i)(3)(i) and shall include a severe financial hardship to the participant resulting from 
an illness or accident of the participant, the participant’s spouse or participant’s dependent (as 
defined in Code Section 152(a) without regard to Sections 152(b)(1), (b)(2) and (d)(1)(B)); loss 
of the participant’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable 
circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the participant. A hardship 
distribution because of an unforeseeable emergency shall be permitted only to the extent 
reasonably needed to satisfy the emergency need plus amounts necessary to pay taxes 
reasonably anticipated as a result of the distribution as determined in accordance with Treas. 
Reg. § 1.409A-3(i)(3)(ii) (or the comparable provisions of any successor Treasury regulation).

Section 4.5.   Other Withdrawals. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, if at 

any time a court or the Internal Revenue Service determines that an amount in a participant’s 
account is includable in the gross income of the participant and subject to tax due to the failure of 
the Plan to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder, the 
Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit a lump-sum distribution of an amount equal to the 
amount determined to be includable in the participant’s gross income to the extent permitted by 
Code Section 409A and applicable regulations thereunder.

-6-

Section 4.6.   Limit on Distributions. Except as otherwise provided by the Committee, 

the total distributions under the Plan in any calendar year shall be limited to such amount as may 
be deductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes under the Code in accordance 
with Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-2(b)(7)(i) (related to the delay of payments where the deduction is 
limited by Code Section 162(m)) (or the comparable provisions of any successor Treasury 
regulations). Payment will also be delayed to the extent the Company reasonably anticipates that 
making the payment will violate Federal securities laws or other applicable laws, provided that 
the payment is made at the earliest date at which the service recipient reasonably anticipates that 
the making of the payment will not cause such violation in accordance with Treas. Reg.
§ 1.409A-2(b)(7)(ii).

Section 4.7.   Tax Withholding. To the extent required by law, the Company shall 

withhold from all amounts hereunder all taxes, if any, required to be withheld by the federal 
and applicable state or local taxing authorities at such times, and in such amounts, as 
determined by the Company.

Section 4.8.   Distributions Under Domestic Relations Orders. Notwithstanding 

anything herein to the contrary, subject to Code Section 409A and Treas. Reg. § 
1.409A-3(j)(4)(ii) (or the comparable provisions of any successor Treasury regulations), 
distributions from participants’ accounts shall be permitted to alternate payees pursuant to 
domestic relations orders (as defined in Code Section 414(p)), irrespective of whether 
participants are then entitled to distributions under the Plan. A distribution to an alternate payee 
prior to the participant’s entitlement to a distribution is available only if the distribution is 
pursuant to a domestic relations order that is in a form acceptable to the Committee and entered 
by a court of competent jurisdiction. Upon receipt of such an order, a lump-sum distribution 
shall be made to the alternate payee. In no case may an alternate payee maintain an ongoing 
interest in the Plan. Nothing in this Section 4.8 gives a participant a right to receive a 
distribution at a time not otherwise permitted by the Plan.

ARTICLE V
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN

The Committee reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan at any time. Any such 

amendment or termination shall be effective as of the end of the calendar year during which 
notification is given to each participant or such other time determined by the Committee, to the 
extent consistent with Code Section 409A. Notification shall be by first class mail, addressed 
to each participant at the participant’s last known address, or by such other method as may be 
commonly used by the Company to communicate similar information if such notice is 
acknowledged by the participant. Any amounts credited to an account of any participant shall 
remain subject to the provisions of the Plan, and distribution shall not be accelerated because 
of the termination of the Plan unless such termination qualifies as a plan termination and 
liquidation in accordance with the requirements of Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix) (or any 
comparable successor Treasury regulation). No amendment or termination shall directly or 
indirectly reduce any participant’s accrued benefit under the Plan as of the effective date of 
such amendment or termination.

ARTICLE VI
CLAIMS PROCEDURE

Section 6.1.   Claims Reviewer. For purposes of handling claims with respect to this 

Plan, the “Claims Reviewer” shall be the Committee, unless another person or 
organizational unit is designated by the Company as Claims Reviewer.

-7-

Section 6.2.   Claims Procedure. An initial claim for benefits under the Plan must be 

made by the participant or his or her beneficiary in accordance with the terms of the Plan through 
which the benefits are provided. Not later than 90 days after receipt of such a claim, the Claims 
Reviewer shall render a written decision on the claim to the claimant, unless special 
circumstances require the extension of such 90-day period. If such extension is necessary, the 
Claims Reviewer shall provide the participant or the participant’s beneficiary with written 
notification of such extension before the expiration of the initial 90-day period. Such notice shall 
specify the reason or reasons for such extension and the date by which a final decision can be 
expected. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of 90 days from the end of the initial 
90-day period. In the event the Claims Reviewer denies the claim of a participant or the 
beneficiary in whole or in part, the Claims Reviewer’s written notification shall specify, in a 
manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, the reason for the denial, a reference to the 
Plan or other document or form that is the basis for the denial, a description of any additional 
material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim, an explanation as to why 
such information or material is necessary, and an explanation of the applicable claims procedure. 
Should the claim be denied in whole or in part and should the claimant be dissatisfied with the 
Claims Reviewer’s disposition of the claimant’s claim, the claimant may have a full and fair 
review of the claim by the Company upon written request therefore submitted by the claimant or 
the claimants duly authorized representative and received by the Company within 60 days after 
the claimant receives written notification that the claimant’s claim has been denied. In 
connection with such review, the claimant or the claimant’s duly authorized representative shall 
be entitled to review pertinent documents and submit the claimant’s views as to the issues, in 
writing. The Company shall act to deny or accept the claim within 60 days after receipt of the 
claimant’s written request for review unless special circumstances require the extension of such 
60-day period. If such extension is necessary, the Company shall provide the claimant with 
written notification for such extension before the expiration of such initial 60-day period. In all 
events, the Company shall act to deny or accept the claim within 120 days of the receipt for the 
claimant’s written request for review. The action of the Company shall be in the form of a 
written notice to the claimant and its contents shall include all of the requirements for action on 
the original claim. In no event may a claimant commence legal action for benefits the claimant 
believes are due the claimant until the claimant has exhausted all of the remedies and procedures 
afforded the claimant by this Article.

-8-

ARTICLE VII
MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.1.   Unfunded Plan. The Company has established and intends to continue 

funding the IQVIA Elective Deferred Compensation Trust (the “Rabbi Trust”), provided that the 
Company may at any time discontinue the use of the Rabbi Trust if so directed by the 
Committee. The assets of the Rabbi Trust shall be subject to the claims of the Company’s 
creditors and shall be located within the geographic United States. To the extent any benefits 
provided under the Plan are actually paid from the Rabbi Trust, the Company shall have no 
further obligation with respect thereto, but to the extent not so paid, such benefits shall remain 
the obligation of, and shall be paid by, the Company. Participants and their beneficiaries, heirs, 
successors and assigns shall have no legal or equitable rights, interest or claims in any specific 
property or assets of the Company, nor shall they be beneficiaries of, or have any rights, claims 
or interests in any life insurance policies, annuity contract, or the proceeds therefrom owned or 
which may be acquired by the Company (the “Policies”). Apart from the Rabbi Trust, such 
Policies or other assets of the Company shall not be held under any trust for the benefit of 
participants, their beneficiaries, heirs, successors or assigns, or held in any way as collateral 
security for the fulfilling of the obligations of the Company under this Plan. Any and all of the 
Company’s assets and Policies shall be, and remain, the general, unpledged, unrestricted assets 
of the Company and available to its general creditors in the event of bankruptcy or insolvency. 
The Company’s obligation under the plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured 
promise of the Company to pay money in the future, and the Plan shall at all times be 
considered entirely unfunded both for tax purposes and for purposes of ERISA.

Section 7.2.   Expenses. Expenses of administration shall be paid by the Company. The 

Committee shall be entitled to rely on all tables, valuations, certificates, opinions, data and 
reports furnished by any actuary, accountant, controller, counsel or other person employed or 
retained by the Company with respect to the Plan.

Section 7.3.   Rights Under Plan. The sole rights of a participant or beneficiary under 

this Plan shall be to have this Plan administered in accordance with its terms, to receive whatever 
benefits he or she may be entitled to hereunder, and nothing in the plan shall be interpreted as a 
guaranty that any funds in any trust which may be established in connection with the Plan or 
assets of the Company shall be sufficient to pay any benefit hereunder. Further, the adoption and 
maintenance of this Plan shall not be construed as creating any contract of employment between 
the Company and any participant. The Plan shall not affect the right of the Company to deal with 
any participants in employment respects, including their hiring, discharge, discipline, 
compensation, and conditions of employment.

Section 7.4.   Distributions to Incompetent Persons. The Committee may from time to 

time establish rules and procedures which it determines to be necessary for the proper 
administration of the Plan and the benefits payable to an individual in the event that individual is 
declared incompetent and a conservator or other person legally charged with that individual’s 
care is appointed. Except as otherwise provided herein, when the Committee determines that 
such individual is unable to manage his or her financial affairs, the Committee may pay such 
individual’s benefits to such conservator or other person legally charged with such individual’s 
care, or institution then contributing toward or providing for the care and maintenance of such 
individual. Any such payment shall constitute a complete discharge of any liability of the 
Company and the Plan for such individual.

-9-

Section 7.5.   Forfeiture and Clawback. Payments with respect to a participant’s 

Deferred Compensation Account are subject to forfeiture, termination and rescission, and a 
participant and his or her beneficiaries will be obligated to return to the Company payments 
received with respect to such Deferred Compensation Account as required by law, regulation or 
applicable stock exchange listing standards, including, without limitation, Section 10D of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or in accordance with any clawback or similar 
policy maintained by the Company, as in effect from time to time.

Section 7.6.   Nonassignability. Neither a participant, nor his or her designated 
beneficiary, nor any other person shall have any power or right to transfer, assign, anticipate, 
hypothecate or otherwise encumber all or any part of the amounts payable hereunder. No such 
amounts shall be subject to seizure by any creditor of such beneficiary or otherwise, by a 
proceeding at law or in equity, nor shall such amounts be transferable by operation of law in the 
event of bankruptcy, insolvency or death of the participant, his or her designated beneficiary, or 
any other person. Any such attempted assignment or transfer shall be void.

Section 7.7.   Notice. Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the 
Committee or the Company under the Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand delivered, or 
sent by registered or certified mail, to the principal office of the Company directed to the 
attention of the Secretary of the Company. Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of 
delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for 
registration or certification.

Section 7.8.   Current Address. Each participant shall keep the Company informed of 

his or her current address and the current address of his or her designated beneficiary. The 
Company shall not be obligated to search for any person. If such person is not located within 3 
years after the date on which payment of the participant’s benefits payable under this Plan may 
first be made, payment may be made as though the participant or his or her beneficiary had died 
at the end of such 3-year period, unless otherwise determined by the Committee.

Section 7.9.   Governing Law. All questions pertaining to the construction, validity and 

effect of the Plan shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the United States and to 
the extent not preempted by such laws, by the laws of the State of Delaware, in each case, 
without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

Section 7.10.   Administration and Interpretation Consistent with Code Section 409A. 

This Plan is intended to comply with Code Section 409A and all provisions of this Plan shall, to 
the maximum extent possible, be construed and interpreted in a manner consistent with Code 
Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the participant shall be solely responsible for the 
payment of any taxes and penalties incurred under Code Section 409A or any corresponding 
state or local law. A separation from service or termination of employment shall not be deemed 
to have occurred for purposes of providing for the payment of benefits under the Plan unless 
such termination constitutes, and references to “termination of employment” and similar terms 
shall be construed to require, a “Separation from Service” within the meaning of Code Section 
409A and Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(h) (after giving effect to the presumptions contained therein). 
With respect to all amounts deferred under the Plan other than Pre-2018 Deferrals, each 
payment made under this Plan shall be treated as a separate payment and the right to a series of 
installment payments under this Plan is to be treated as a right to a series of separate payments. 
For purposes of this Plan, unless the context requires otherwise, the term “Company” shall 
include IQVIA Inc. and all affiliated entities classified as a single employer with IQVIA Inc. 
under Code Sections 414(b) and (c) in accordance with the definition of Service Recipient set 
forth in Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(g). For the avoidance of doubt, eligible participants under the 
Plan shall include select management and highly compensated employees of IQVIA Inc. as 
well as all affiliated entities classified as a single employer with IQVIA Inc. under Code 
Sections 414(b) and (c).

26015012_1

-10-

Exhibit 10.29

___________________________________

IQVIA HOLDINGS INC.
Non-Employee Director Deferral Plan
Effective January 1, 2017
(Amended November 9, 2023)
___________________________________ 

1.    Purpose of the Plan; Status as Sub-Plan.

The purpose of this Non-Employee Director Deferral Plan (the “Plan”) is to 
provide  a  convenient  means  for  non-employee  directors  to  increase  their 
proprietary  interest  in  IQVIA  Holdings  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the 
“Company”),  in  order  to  further  align  their  interests  with  the  interests  of 
stockholders  of  the  Company  and  to  help  the  Company  attract  and  retain 
qualified directors.  The Plan allows non-employee directors to defer the receipt 
of  cash  compensation  and/  or  share-based  equity  compensation,  with  the 
ultimate  payout  of  such  deferred  compensation  to  be  in  the  form  of  shares  of 
Company common stock.   

The  Plan  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  subplan  implementing  the  Company’s 
2013  Stock  Incentive  Plan  (the  “2013  Plan”)  or  any  other  legally  permissible 
successor plan, including the Company’s 2017 Incentive and Stock Award Plan. 
All  references  herein  to  the  2013  Plan,  shall  also  include  references  to  the 
applicable  sections  of  any  legally  permissible  successor  plans.    Accordingly, 
Deferred Shares shall be deemed to be Awards governed by the 2013 Plan, and 
any  Shares  delivered  in  connection  with  such Awards  shall  be  drawn  from  the 
2013  Plan.    The  provisions  of  the  2013  Plan  are  incorporated  herein  by 
reference.    The  effective  date  of  the  Plan  is  January  1,  2017  (the  “Effective 
Date”).

2.    Definitions.

Capitalized  terms  used  herein  have  the  definitions  specified  in  the  2013 
Plan,  (including  “Award,”  “Board,”  “Exchange  Act,”  “Fair  Market  Value”  and 
“Share”).    In  addition,  certain  capitalized  terms  are  defined  in  Section  1  above 
and  in  other  Sections  below,  and  the  terms  set  forth  in  this  Section  2  have 
definitions as follows:

(a) 

Administrator:    The  Company’s  Chief  Human  Resources  Officer, 
and/or any other officer or committee of employees designated by the Committee 
to serve individually or by committee as Administrator.

(b) 

Change in Control:  The occurrence of any of the following events 

after the Effective Date:

 
 
 
 
(i)   

(ii)   

Any  “person,”  as  such  term  is  used  in  Section  13(d)  and  14(d)  of 
the  Exchange  Act  (other  than  the  Company,  any  trustee  or  other 
fiduciary  holding  securities  under  an  employee  benefit  plan  of  the 
Company,  or  any  company  owned,  directly  or  indirectly,  by  the 
stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions 
as  their  ownership  of  stock  of  the  Company),  acquires  voting 
securities  of  the  Company  and  immediately  thereafter  is  the 
“beneficial  owner”  (as  defined  in  Rule  13d-3  under  the  Exchange 
Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 
50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then-
outstanding voting securities;

Individuals  who  on  January  1  of  any  year  constitute  the  Board  of 
Directors, and any new director (other than a director whose initial 
assumption  of  office  is  in  connection  with  an  actual  or  threatened 
election  contest,  including  but  not  limited  to  a  consent  solicitation, 
relating to the election of directors of the Company) whose election 
by  the  Board  or  nomination  for  election  by  the  Company’s 
stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of 
the  directors  then  still  in  office  who  either  were  directors  on  that 
January  1  or  whose  election  or  nomination  for  election  was 
previously so approved or recommended, cease for any reason to 
constitute at least a majority thereof;

(iii)   There is consummated a merger, consolidation, recapitalization, or 
reorganization of the Company, or a reverse stock split of any class 
of  voting  securities  of  the  Company,  if,  immediately  following 
consummation  of  any  of  the  foregoing,  either  (A)  individuals  who, 
immediately  prior  to  such  consummation,  constitute  the  Board  do 
not  constitute  at  least  a  majority  of  the  members  of  the  board  of 
directors  of  the  Company  or  the  surviving  or  parent  entity,  as  the 
case  may  be,  or  (B)  the  voting  securities  of  the  Company 
outstanding immediately prior to such event do not represent (either 
by  remaining  outstanding  or  by  being  converted  into  voting 
securities of a surviving or parent entity) at least 50% or more of the 
combined  voting  power  of  the  outstanding  voting  securities  of  the 
Company or such surviving or parent entity; or

(iv)    The  stockholders  of  the  Company  have  approved  a  plan  of 
complete liquidation of the Company and there occurs a distribution 
pursuant  to  such  plan  of  complete  liquidation,  and  all  material 
contingencies  to  the  completion  of  the  transaction  have  been 
satisfied or waived, or there is consummated an agreement for the 
sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the 
Company’s assets (or any transaction have a similar effect).

(c) 

Committee:    The  Leadership  Development  and  Compensation 

Committee of the Board.

(d)      Deferred  Share:  A  bookkeeping  entry,  equivalent  in  value  to  one 
Share, credited to a Participant’s Plan Account under the Plan.  A Deferred Share 
represents  an  Other  Stock-Based Award  under  Section  10.2  of  the  2013  Plan, 
(the terms of which are similar to a fully vested Restricted Stock Unit under 2013 
Plan Article 8).

2

(e)    Determination Date: As such term is defined in Section 6(b) of the 

Plan.

(f)      Participant:  Any  director  of  the  Company  who  is  eligible  to 
participate under Section 4 and has validly elected to participate in the Plan, from 
the  earliest  service  period  that  is  subject  to  the  Participant’s  initial  deferral 
election  and  for  so  long  as  such  person  continues  to  have  Deferred  Shares  or 
other amounts credited to the Participant’s Plan Account.

(g) 

Plan Account: A  bookkeeping  account  to  which  cash  amounts  and 

Deferred Shares may be credited as deferred compensation.

(h) 

Plan  Rights:    Fees  and  other  compensation  subject  to  a  valid 
election  to  defer  under  the  Plan,  any  Plan  Account  and  Deferred  Shares  and 
cash credited thereto, any rights to future distribution and any related rights of a 
Participant or a Beneficiary.

3.    Administration

The  Plan  will  be  administered  by  the  Committee.    The  Committee  is 
authorized  to  interpret  the  Plan,  to  establish,  amend  and  rescind  any  rules  and 
regulations  relating  to  the  Plan,  and  to  make  any  other  determinations  that  it 
deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.  The Committee 
may correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in 
the  Plan  in  the  manner  and  to  the  extent  the  Committee  deems  necessary  or 
desirable. Any decision of the Committee in the interpretation and administration 
of the Plan, as described herein, shall lie within its sole and absolute discretion 
and shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties concerned (including, but 
not limited to, Participants and their beneficiaries or successors).  The foregoing 
notwithstanding,  the  Board  may  exercise  any  power  or  perform  any  function  of 
the  Committee,  in  which  case  any  applicable  reference  to  "Committee"  herein 
shall  be  deemed  to  refer  to  the  Board.      No  Participant  shall  participate  in  any 
determination  relating  solely  or  primarily  to  the  Participant’s  Plan  Rights.    The 
foregoing  notwithstanding,  the Administrator  will  perform  the  functions  assigned 
to it in the Plan together with all other ministerial functions under the Plan. 

4.    Eligibility

A  person  serving  as  a  director  who,  at  the  date  an  election  to  defer 
compensation  may  be  validly  filed,  is  not  an  employee  of  the  Company  or  its 
subsidiaries, is eligible to become a Participant under this Plan.

5.    Voluntary Deferral of Compensation

A  person  eligible  under  Section  4  may  voluntarily  elect  to  defer  the 
Participant’s  cash  and/or  share-based  equity  compensation  for  services  as  a 
Company director, in accordance with the Plan.  

(a)    Compensation  that  May  be  Deferred.    Compensation  that  may  be 
deferred  includes  annual  retainer  fees  for  service  on  the  Board  or  Board 
committees, including service as a Board or committee chair or in any leadership 
capacity, meeting fees for service on the Board or committees (if any), and any 

3

 
 
other  cash  fees  or  share-based  equity  paid  for  service  as  a  director.    The 
following items may not be deferred hereunder:
• Any reimbursement for expenses; and
• Any compensation paid for services as an employee or consultant.  

(b)  Method  Of  Election.    To  elect  to  participate  in  the  Plan,  the 
Participant must complete and deliver to the Administrator a written election, not 
later  than  the  latest  of  (1)  30  days  after  the  date  on  which  the  Participant 
commences service as a director of the Company, (2) 30 days after the Effective 
Date or (3), for deferrals to occur in the year following the filing of the election to 
defer,  not  later  than  December  31  of  the  year  preceding  that  following  year; 
provided  that  the Administrator  may  specify  any  other  deadline  (earlier  or  later 
than specified in (1) – (3) above) so long as such deadline ensures effective tax 
deferral  by  the  Participant  and  conforms  to  all  applicable  requirements  of  Code 
Section 409A.  The written election:

(i)  

(ii) 

(iii) 

Shall be on a form specified by the Administrator.

Shall  permit  Participant  to  designate  all  or  a  portion  of  the 
Participant’s cash and/or share-based equity compensation for the 
applicable  year  of  service  as  a  director  as  the  amount  to  be 
this 
deferred. 
designation shall be as a dollar amount, a percentage or any other 
manner of designation.

  The  Administrator  may  determine  whether 

Shall  permit  the  Participant  to  elect  the  time  of  distribution  of 
Deferred  Shares  (subject  to  Section  6),  which  may  be  specific  to 
the Deferred Shares resulting from deferral in a specified year (i.e., 
a  different  distribution  election  may  apply  to  deferrals  in  different 
years). 

(iv)  With respect to elections under both (ii) and (iii) above, shall remain 
effective for all future years of service unless the Participant makes 
a  new  valid  election  in  a  subsequent  year  by  the  applicable 
deadline  for  such  elections  or  unless  the  Administrator  has 
determined, and advised the Participant before such deadline, that 
the prior election will not remain in effect. 

(v) 

Shall  apply  only  to  director  compensation  that  is  payable  for 
services performed after the filing of such election.  Accordingly, if a 
new  director  were  to  elect  to  participate  within  the  30-day  period 
after  becoming  a  director,  any  fees  paid  after  the  date  of  the 
election  allocable  (as  provided  under  Code  Section  409A)  to 
services performed during the 30-day period and before the date of 
the  election  would  not  be  deferrable.    This  restriction  may  also 
apply  to  directors  electing  to  participate  within  30  days  after  the 
Effective Date.

(vi) 

Shall  be  irrevocable  to  the  extent  provided  under  Code  Section 
409A; modifications to distribution elections are not permitted.

(c) 

  Crediting  of  Deferred  Shares;  Dividend  Equivalents  and 
Adjustments.    Deferred  Shares  and  related  amounts  will  be  credited  to  a 
Participant’s Plan Account as follows:

4

 
(i) 

(ii) 

(iii) 

For  cash  and  share-based  equity  compensation  deferred,  the 
number  of  Deferred  Shares  to  be  credited  on  a  given  day  will  be 
determined by dividing (i) the amount of cash and/ or share-based 
equity  compensation  to  be  deferred  (and  other  cash  then  credited 
to  the  Plan Account)  by  (ii)  100%  of  the  Fair  Market  Value  of  one 
Share on that day.  

The Administrator may determine to credit fractional shares (subject 
to  reasonable  rounding),  or  not  to  credit  fractional  shares  but 
instead  to  carry  forward  in  the  Plan Account  as  a  cash  credit  any 
amount  that  would  have  resulted  in  the  crediting  of  a  fractional 
share.

The  crediting  of  Deferred  Shares  to  a  Participant’s  Account  will 
occur  on  one  or  more  days  in  each  calendar  quarter.    Unless 
otherwise determined by the Administrator, such crediting will occur 
on  the  regular  date  on  which  cash  and/or  share-based  equity 
compensation is paid to non-employee directors (or would be paid 
but for the director’s deferral election).  If, on a date other than such 
regular  quarterly  payment  date,  any  fees  subject  to  deferral  are 
payable  to  a  director  or  any  cash  amounts  are  credited  to  the 
Participant’s  Plan  Account  under  Section  5(c)(iv)  or  (v)  (dividend 
equivalents or adjustments), then, unless otherwise determined by 
the  Administrator,  those  credited  amounts  will  remain  as  cash  or 
equity  credits,  as  applicable  until  the  next  scheduled  date  for  the 
crediting of Deferred Shares. 

(iv)  Dividend equivalents will be credited on each Deferred Share, in a 
cash amount equal to the regular dividends (if any) or non-regular 
cash dividends (if any) paid on one Share.  Such crediting will take 
place as of the payment date of the corresponding dividend. 

(v) 

Deferred Shares will be adjusted as provided under Section 4.4 of 
the 2013 Plan, provided that the Participant will have a legal right to 
an adjustment in the event of an equity restructuring as that term is 
used  in  FASB ASC  718,  and  provided  further  that  any  adjustment 
will  take  into  account  the  extent  of  any  crediting  of  dividend 
equivalents  under  Section  5(c)(iv)  in  connection  with  the  events 
triggering the adjustment.  An adjustment may be effected through 
the crediting of additional cash to the Participant’s Plan Account, if 
so determined by the Committee.

6.    Distributions. 

(a)  Generally.  All distributions from a Participant’s Plan Account will be 
made after termination of the Participant’s service as a director of the Company 
as provided in Section 6(b), upon a Change in Control as provided in Section 6(c) 
or in the event of Participant’s death as provided in Section 6(d).  A distribution of 
Deferred  Shares  shall  be  in  the  form  of  whole  Shares  equal  to  the  number  of 
Deferred  Shares  being  distributed,  provided  that  any  distribution  on  a  final 
distribution date will include payment of the value of any fractional Share in cash 
based  on  the  Fair  Market  Value  of  a  Share  as  of  that  distribution  date  together 
with payment of any cash balance in the Participant’s Plan Account.  

5

 
(b) 

Distributions  Elected  by  the  Participant.    With  regard  to  Deferred 
Shares  or  other  Account  balances  resulting  from  deferrals  in  a  given  calendar 
year,  a  Participant  may  elect  distributions  as  follows,  subject  to  Section  6(d) 
(applicable in the event of Participant’s death): 

• As a lump sum on the first business day of the calendar year immediately 
following the date on which the Participant has a separation from service 
with the Company (the “Determination Date”);

• As a lump sum on the fifth anniversary of the Determination Date; or  
• As  annual  installments  payable  commencing  on  the  Determination  Date 
or  the  fifth  anniversary  of  the  Determination  Date  (and  in  subsequent 
years on the first day of the month in which the Determination Date fell), 
such  number  of  installments  (not  to  exceed  ten  if  commencing  on  the 
Determination  Date  or  five  if  commencing  on  the  fifth  anniversary  of  the 
Determination  date),  to  be  elected  by  the  Participant  in  accordance  with 
Section  5(b).    The  Shares  distributable  in  a  given  installment  will  be 
determined  by  dividing  the  number  of  Deferred  Shares  then  credited  to 
the  number  of  remaining  scheduled 
the  Participant’s  account  by 
installments (including the given installment), with the resulting number of 
Deferred  Shares  rounded  down  to  the  nearest  whole  Share,  with  no 
payment  in  lieu  of  a  fractional  share  until  the  final  installment  is 
distributed.    Any  cash  distributable  in  a  given  installment  will  be 
determined in a similar manner, reduced to the nearest whole cent.

The Participant shall elect the distribution date for deferrals at the same time as 
the Participant elects to participate in the Plan under Section 5(b), provided that, 
if  no  valid  election  relating  to  distribution  is  on  file,  the  Participant  shall  be 
deemed  to  have  elected  a  lump  sum  distribution  to  be  made  on  the 
Determination Date.

(c)    Change  In  Control.    In  the  event  of  a  Change  in  Control  that 
constitutes  (or  involves  related  transactions  that  constitute)  a  change  in  the 
ownership of the Company, a change in the effective control of the Company, or a 
change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets within 
the meaning of Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v) – (vii) and any successor 
thereto  (a  “409A  Change  in  Control”),  Deferred  Shares  will  be  distributed  in  a 
lump  sum  not  later  than  five  business  days  after  the  409A  Change  in  Control, 
provided  that  such  distribution  shall  be  simultaneous  with  the  409A  Change  in 
Control  if  necessary  to  permit  Participants  to  participate  in  a  transaction  that  is 
related to the 409A Change in Control, such as a merger or tender offer.  

(d) 

Death of the Participant.  In the event of the Participant’s death, all 
remaining  Deferred  Shares  and  any  other  amounts  credited  to  the  Participant’s 
Plan  Account  will  be  distributed  not  later  than  the  end  of  the  calendar  year 
following  the  year  of  death  in  accordance  with  applicable  regulations  (including 
proposed regulations) under Code Section 409A. 

(e) 

Effect  of  Participant  Becoming  an  Employee  or  Consultant.    If  a 
Participant  ceases  to  serve  as  a  director  but  becomes  or  has  become  an 
employee  of  or  consultant  to  the  Company  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries,  whether 
such Participant will be deemed to have a separation from service for purposes 
of  Section  6(b)  will  be  determined  in  accordance  with  Treasury  Regulation  § 
1.409A-1(h).

6

7.    Nontransferability of Plan Rights; Forfeiture. 

Plan Rights, including Deferred Shares and any other amounts credited to 
the  Participant’s  Plan  Account,  are  subject  to  the  restrictions  on  transferability 
applicable  to  an Award  as  set  forth  in  Section  11.1  of  the  2013  Plan,  including 
provisions  permitting  the  designation  of  a  Beneficiary.    No  provision  of  the  Plan 
imposes  any  risk  of  forfeiture  on  a  Participant’s  Plan  Rights,  except  that  those 
rights will remain forfeitable to the extent the compensation deferred that resulted 
in  the  Deferred  Shares  or  cash  credited  to  the  Plan Account  would  have  been 
forfeitable or subject to recoupment absent deferral.

8.    Other Provisions

(a) 

Unfunded  Plan.    The  Plan  is  subject  to  Section  20.11  of  the  2013 
Plan.  Accordingly, the interest of each Participant in Plan Rights shall be that of a 
general creditor of the Company, and Plan Rights shall at all times be maintained 
by  the  Company  as  bookkeeping  entries  evidencing  unfunded  and  unsecured 
general obligations of the Company.  The Plan shall be unfunded, and therefore 
no money or other assets of the Company shall be set aside for any Participant. 

(b)  Other  Applicable  2013  Plan  Provisions.    For  reference,  applicable 
provisions of the 2013 Plan include (but are not limited to) the provisions relating 
to  legal  compliance  (2013  Plan  Sections  20.4,  20.5  and  20.6),  governing  law 
(2013  Plan  Section  20.17),  limitation  on  rights  as  a  stockholder  or  rights  to 
continue  in  service  (2013  Plan Article  16),  and  severability  (2013  Plan  Section 
20.3).

(c) 

Successors  and  Assigns.    The  Plan  shall  be  binding  on  all 
successors  and  assigns  of  the  Company  and  each  Participant,  including  a 
Participant’s  Beneficiaries,  estate  and  any  executor,  administrator  or  trustee  of 
such  estate,  or  any  receiver  or  trustee  in  bankruptcy  or  representative  of  the 
Participant's creditors.

(d) 

Amendment  and  Termination.    The  Board  or  the  Committee  may 
amend, modify, suspend or terminate the Plan, but no such action may be taken 
if  it  would  materially  and  adversely  affect  the  rights  of  a  Participant  under  the 
Plan  without  such  Participant's  consent.    Unless  earlier  terminated  by  action  of 
the  Board,  the  Plan  will  remain  in  effect  until  such  time  as  no  Shares  remain 
available  for  delivery  under  the  Plan  and  the  Company  has  no  further  rights  or 
obligations under the Plan.

7

 
 
 
 
(e) 

Section 409A of the Code; Tax Obligations.  Other provisions of this 
Plan notwithstanding, if any distribution under the Plan could cause a Participant 
to  incur  an  accelerated  or  additional  tax  or  penalty  under  Code  Section  409A, 
such  payment  or  other  benefits  will  be  deferred  if  deferral  will  make  such 
payment  or  other  benefits  compliant  under  Section  409A  of  the  Code  (for 
instance,  if  the  Participant  is  a  "specified  employee"  within  the  meaning  of 
Section  409A  of  the  Code  and  would  receive  a  distribution  hereunder  within  six 
months  after  a  separation  from  service,  such  distribution  shall  be  delayed  until 
the  earlier  of  the  Participant’s  death  or  six  months  and  one  day  following  the 
Participant’s  separation  from  service),  or  otherwise  such  payment  or  other 
benefits will be restructured (but not reduced), to the extent possible, in a manner 
reasonably determined by the Administrator to not cause such an accelerated or 
additional  tax  or  penalty.    The  Plan,  in  its  terms  and  operation,  is  intended  to 
comply  with  Code  Section  409A  and  will  be  interpreted  accordingly,  and  will  be 
automatically modified to the extent necessary to so comply.  References herein 
to a Participant’s termination of employment or separation from service shall be 
deemed  to  refer  to  the  date  upon  which  the  Participant  has  a  "separation  from 
service" within the meaning of Code Section 409A.  Each distribution hereunder, 
including  each  installment  if  installments  are  elected,  constitutes  a  "separate 
payment”  for  purposes  of  Code  Section  409A.    The  Participant  remains 
responsible 
the 
compensation deferred under the Plan, Plan Rights and distributions hereunder, 
including any accelerated or additional tax or penalty under Code Section 409A, 
and  the  Company  will  not  indemnify,  “gross-up”  or  otherwise  reimburse  the 
Participant for any tax obligation resulting to the Participant from participation in 
the Plan or otherwise relating to the Participant’s compensation as a director of 
the Company. 

taxes  payable  by 

the  Participant 

in  respect  of 

for  all 

8

ADDENDUM FOR CANADA

In addition to the terms and conditions of the 2013 Plan and the Plan, as may be 
amended  from  time  to  time,  any  deferred  compensation  shall  be  subject  to  the 
following additional terms and conditions as set forth in this addendum, as may 
be  amended  from  time  to  time,  to  the  extent  the  Participant  resides  and  is 
employed or provides service primarily in Canada, or to the extent the Company 
or the Committee determines, or as otherwise set out herein (the “Addendum”). 
Capitalized  terms  used  in  this Addendum  but  not  defined  herein  shall  have  the 
same meaning as assigned to such terms in the Plan. If there is an inconsistency 
between  this  Addendum  and  the  Plan,  the  applicable  terms  of  this  Addendum 
shall prevail.

Distributions.  The  following  provision  replaces  Section  6  (Distributions)  of  the 
Plan:

(a)  Generally.  All distributions from a Participant’s Plan Account will be made 
after  termination  of  the  Participant’s  service  as  a  director  of  the  Company  as 
provided in Section 6(b), or in the event of the Participant’s death as provided in 
Section  6(c).    A  distribution  of  Deferred  Shares  shall  be  in  the  form  of  whole 
Shares equal to the number of Deferred Shares being distributed, provided that 
any  distribution  on  a  final  distribution  date  will  include  payment  of  the  value  of 
any fractional Share in cash based on the Fair Market Value of a Share as of that 
distribution  date  together  with  payment  of  any  cash  balance  in  the  Participant’s 
Plan Account.  

(b) 
Distributions Elected by the Participant.  With regard to Deferred Shares or 
other  Account  balances  resulting  from  deferrals  in  a  given  calendar  year,  a 
Participant may elect distributions as follows, subject to Section 6(c) (applicable 
in the event of Participant’s death): 

• As a lump sum on the first business day of the calendar year immediately 
following the date on which the Participant has a separation from service 
with the Company (the “Determination Date”); or

• As a lump sum on the last business day of the calendar year immediately 

following the Determination Date. 

The Participant shall elect the distribution date for deferrals at the same time as 
the Participant elects to participate in the Plan under Section 5(b), provided that, 
if  no  valid  election  relating  to  distribution  is  on  file,  the  Participant  shall  be 
deemed  to  have  elected  a  lump  sum  distribution  to  be  made  on  the 
Determination Date.

(c) 
Death  of  the  Participant.    In  the  event  of  the  Participant’s  death,  all 
remaining  Deferred  Shares  and  any  other  amounts  credited  to  the  Participant’s 
Plan  Account  will  be  distributed  not  later  than  the  end  of  the  calendar  year 
following the year of death. 

(d) 
Effect of Participant Becoming an Employee or Consultant.  If a Participant 
ceases  to  serve  as  a  director  but  becomes  or  has  become  an  employee  of  or 
consultant  to  the  Company  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries,  such  Participant  shall  be 
deemed to have a separation from service for purposes of Section 6(b).

******************************* 

9

Exhibit	10.35

Name: W. Richard Staub, III 

We are very pleased to extend this offer for the role of President, Research & Development Solutions.  
Except as otherwise provided herein, this Offer Letter (the “Offer Letter”) supersedes any terms of your 
November 30, 2016 Offer Letter (the “2016 Offer Letter”) that conflict with the terms of this Offer Letter.  
A copy of your November 30, 2016 Offer Letter is attached as Exhibit 1 to this Offer Letter.  To the 
extent that there is a conflict between this Offer Letter and the 2016 Offer Letter, the terms of this Offer 
Letter shall govern.  Except as stated above, any other prior offer letters, agreements or arrangements 
regarding the terms of your employment with IQVIA are hereby terminated or superseded by the terms 
of this Offer Letter.  You acknowledge and agree that your employment with IQVIA, which 
commenced when you accepted the 2016 Offer Letter, continues uninterrupted subject to the 
terms of this Offer Letter.  

*  Start date in new role: 

September 25, 2023

*  Position Title / Level: 

President, Research & Development Solutions / 210

*  Location:     

*  Manager / Title: 

*  FT / PT Status: 

*  Base Salary:   

RTP – Innovation Park

Ari Bousbib / Chairman & CEO 

Full Time

$800,000 (annualized). Pay is semi-monthly

*  AIP:                                     You are eligible to participate in IQVIA’s Annual Incentive Plan (AIP) 

subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable AIP in place at the time of any payout. You will 
be eligible to be considered for a bonus of 100% of your base salary. Your manager will 
communicate performance parameters at a later date. Employees are not guaranteed any payout 
under the AIP.

*  LTIP: 

You are eligible to participate in IQVIA’s Long-Term Incentive Plan.  You 

will be eligible to participate in future annual LTIP cycles based on the Company’s discretion.  All 
awards under the LTIP are subject to the discretion of the Leadership Development and 
Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of IQVIA Holdings Inc. and the rules of the Plan.

*  Time off during calendar year 2023

Vacation Days:                   Discretionary Time-off               
Company Holidays:           10 days 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing in this Offer Letter shall revoke, extinguish, or 
diminish your obligations or IQVIA’s and/or its affiliates’ rights and remedies under any agreements relating 
to trade secrets, confidential information, non-solicitation, non-competition and intellectual property which 
you have previously executed in the past, including without limitation the Non-Competition, Non  
Solicitation, Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement (the “2016 Restrictive Covenant 
Agreement”) that you agreed to and executed in connection with the 2016 Offer Letter.  For avoidance of 
doubt the 2016 Restrictive Covenant Agreement continues in full force and effect.

This Offer Letter shall not be construed as constituting a contract for employment, or otherwise set forth a 
length of employment.  You are an employee at-will, which means that either you or IQVIA may end the 
employment relationship without cause or notice.

You will be entitled to discretionary leave as you deem appropriate, consistent with applicable IQVIA policies 
and business needs and upon your manager's approval.

The next step is to indicate your agreement to these terms by electronically signing this offer letter. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
I accept the terms of this offer as stated and will start on September 25, 2023.

/s/ W. Richard Staub III

Sign to accept

September 25, 2023
Date

Approved:
Name: Trudy Stein

/s/ Trudy Stein

September 25, 2023
Date

EXHIBIT 1

November 30, 2016 

W. Richard Staub III
3210 Merriman Avenue
Raleigh, NC 27607

Dear Richard,

We are very pleased to extend this offer for the role of President, Research & Development Solutions, of Quintiles 
IMS  Incorporated  (the  “Company”),  a  subsidiary  of  Quintiles  IMS  Holdings,  Inc.  (“QuintilesIMS”).    Subject  to 
satisfaction  of  all  the  conditions  described  in  this  letter,  your  employment  in  this  new  role  will  commence  on 
December 1, 2016 (the “Start Date”).  

In consideration for your services and the execution of the Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation, Confidentiality and 
Intellectual Property Agreement set forth in Schedule A attached hereto (the “Restrictive Covenant Agreement”), 
you will be paid a base salary of $540,000 per year, subject to annual review.  The base salary shall be payable in 
periodic installments in accordance with the standard payroll practices of the Company and subject to all 
withholdings and deductions as required by law.  Your principal place of employment shall be at the Company’s 
offices in Raleigh-Durham, North Carolina, subject to business travel as needed to properly fulfill your employment 
duties and responsibilities.

During your employment, you will be eligible to participate in the Company’s Annual Incentive Plan (or such 
successor or additional plans, the “AIP”) on the same terms and conditions as other similarly situated executives. 
Your annual target bonus opportunity will be 85% of base salary.  You will continue to be eligible to participate in 
the employee benefit plans and programs generally available to the Company’s senior executives, subject to the 
terms and conditions of such plans and programs. The Company reserves the right to amend, modify or terminate 
any of its benefit plans or programs at any time and for any reason.

You will also be eligible to receive an annual equity award commensurate with amounts, terms and conditions 
applicable to similarly situated executive officers of the Company, subject to the applicable terms, conditions and 
eligibility requirements of the equity plans and programs of QuintilesIMS, as they may exist from time to time, and 
the approval of the Leadership Development and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of 
QuintilesIMS in its discretion.  

Effective on the Start Date, your employment will be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this letter, and 
any employment agreement between you and QuintilesIMS or any affiliate thereof, including the agreement 
executed as of August 13, 2013 between you and Novella Clinical, Inc. (“Employment Agreement”), shall 
terminate and have no further force or effect except as expressly described in this offer letter.

This offer of employment is contingent upon: (1) your agreement to the terms and conditions set forth in this offer 
letter and (2) your agreement to the terms and conditions set forth in the Restrictive Covenant Agreement. 

You acknowledge and agree you are receiving good, valuable and adequate consideration for your agreement to the 
terms  of  this  offer  letter,  including  the  promotion  and  increased  responsibility  reflected  in  your  new  role  in  the 
Company as described above.

This offer letter shall not be construed as constituting a contract for employment, or otherwise set forth a length of 
employment.    Rather,  your  employment  will  be  at-will,  meaning  that  you  or  the  Company  may  terminate  the 
employment  relationship  at  any  time,  with  or  without  cause,  and  for  any  reason  or  no  particular  reason  in 
accordance with the terms of this letter. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
If  your  employment  with  the  Company  is  terminated  by  the  Company  other  than  for  Cause,  subject  to  your 
execution and non-revocation of a release of claims in a form provided by the Company and your compliance with 
the Restrictive Covenant Agreement, you will be eligible to receive severance in an aggregate amount equal to the 
sum of(l) an amount equal to twenty-four (24) months of base salary in effect at the time of your termination, (2) an 
amount equal to your annual target bonus opportunity in effect for the year of termination, and (3) an amount equal 
to  the  projected  cost  of  the  continuation  of  your  group  health  insurance  coverage  for  you  and  your  eligible 
dependents  pursuant  to  COBRA  for  the  eighteen  (18)  months  following  the  termination  date  (together,  the 
"Severance Payment"). The Severance Payment shall be payable in equal monthly installments on the Company's 
regular payroll schedule during the twenty-four month non-competition period pursuant to the Restrictive Covenant 
Agreement,  with  the  first  installment  to  be  paid  on  the  first  regular  payroll  date  occurring  after  the  30th  day 
following  your  termination  date;  provided  that  if  the  review  and  revocation  period  for  the  release  begins  in  one 
taxable year and ends in another taxable year, payments shall not begin until the beginning of the second taxable 
year; and provided further that the first installment will include all amounts that would otherwise have been paid to 
you  since  the  period  beginning  on  the  termination  date  if  no  delay  had  been  imposed.  The  severance  payable 
pursuant to this paragraph shall be in lieu of any benefits under any other severance plan of the Company.

For purposes of this offer letter, "Cause" means the occurrence of any of the following: (i) any willful misconduct 
or omission or act of dishonesty by you, which as determined by the Company in its reasonable discretion, may 
cause  material  harm  to  the  Company  or  its  affiliates,  or  any  other  actions  that  are  materially  detrimental  to  the 
Company or any affiliates' interest; (ii) gross negligence or willful misconduct by you in the performance of your 
duties; (iii) any material act by you of fraud or intentional misrepresentation or embezzlement, misappropriation or 
conversion of assets, whether or not related to your employment with the Company; (iv) you being indicted for, 
convicted  of,  confessing  to,  pleading  nolo  contendere  or  becoming  the  subject  of  proceedings  that  provide  a 
reasonable  basis  for  the  Company  to  believe  that  you  have  engaged  in,  a  felony  or  in  any  other  crime  involving 
dishonesty or moral turpitude; (v) your material violation of a provision of the Company's code of conduct, ethics 
policy or other material policy of the Company, which as determined by the Company in its reasonable discretion 
may be materially detrimental to the Company or any affiliates' interest; (vi) your material breach of fiduciary duty 
to the Company or its affiliates which as determined by the Company in its reasonable discretion may be materially 
detrimental  to  the  Company  or  any  affiliates'  interest;  or  (vii)  your  material  breach  of  this  offer  letter,  the 
Restrictive  Covenant  Agreement  or  any  other  written  agreement  between  you  and  the  Company  which  as 
determined  by  the  Company  in  its  reasonable  discretion  may  be  materially  detrimental  to  the  Company  or  any 
affiliates' interest; provided that, "Cause" shall not be deemed to have occurred pursuant to subsections (v) and (vii) 
hereof  unless  you  have  first  received  written  notice  from  the  Company  specifying  in  reasonable  detail  the 
particulars  of  such  grounds  and  that  Company  intends  to  terminate  your  employment  hereunder  for  such  reason, 
and  if  such  ground  is  reasonably  capable  of  being  cured  within  fifteen  (15)  days,  you  have  failed  to  cure  such 
ground within a period of fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice. The Company may place you on paid leave 
while  it  is  determining  whether  there  is  a  basis  to  terminate  your  employment  for  Cause  or  during  the  above-
referenced cure period.

This offer letter shall be governed by the laws of North Carolina, without regard to conflict of law principles.  This 
offer letter may be signed in any number of counterparts (including via facsimile and electronic transmission), each 
of which will be deemed to be an original and all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.  No 
provision of this offer letter may be amended or modified unless agreed to in writing and signed by you and the 
Company.

Section 409A
This offer letter is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (“Section 409A”) or an 
exemption thereunder and shall be construed and administered in accordance with Section 409A. Notwithstanding 
any other provision of this offer letter, payments provided under this offer letter may only be made upon an event 
and in a manner that complies with Section 409A or an applicable exemption. Any payments under this offer letter 
that may be excluded from Section 409A either as separation pay due to an involuntary separation from service or as 
a short-term deferral shall be excluded from Section 409A to the maximum extent possible. For purposes of Section 
409A, each installment payment provided under this offer letter shall be treated as a separate payment. Any 
payments to be made under this offer letter upon a termination of employment shall only be made upon a 
“separation from service” under Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company makes no 
representations that the payments and benefits provided under this offer letter comply with Section 409A and in no 
event shall the Company be liable for all or any portion of any taxes, penalties, interest or other expenses that may 
be incurred by you on account of non-compliance with Section 409A.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this offer letter, if any payment or benefit provided to you in connection 
with termination of employment is determined to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the 
meaning of Section 409A and you are determined to be a “specified employee” as defined in Section 
409A(a)(2)(b)(i), then such payment or benefit shall not be paid until the first payroll date to occur following the 
six-month anniversary of your termination date (the “Specified Employee Payment Date”) or, if earlier, on the 
date of your death. The aggregate of any payments that would otherwise have been paid before the Specified 
Employee Payment Date shall be paid to you in a lump sum on the Specified Employee Payment Date and 
thereafter, any remaining payments shall be paid without delay in accordance with their original schedule.

We eagerly await your acceptance in writing and look forward to working with you in this role, where we are 
confident you will find enormous opportunity for growth and development.

Yours sincerely,

/s/ Ari Bousbib 
Ari Bousbib
On behalf of Quintiles IMS Incorporated

I have read, understood and accept all the terms of the offer of employment as set forth in the foregoing letter.  I 
have not relied on any agreements or representations, express or implied, that are not set forth expressly in this 
letter, and this letter supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings, agreements, representations and 
warranties, both written and oral, with respect to the subject matter of this letter, except as expressly set forth herein.

/s/ W. Richard Staub III 
W. Richard Staub  III 

November 30, 2016

Date

 
 
 
 
 
 
Schedule A

NON-COMPETITION, NON-SOLICITATION, CONFIDENTIALITY AND 
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AGREEMENT

This  Non-Competition,  Non-Solicitation,  Confidentiality  and  Intellectual  Property  Agreement  (the 
“Agreement”) is made by and between W. Richard Staub III (the “Executive”) and Quintiles IMS Incorporated 
(the “Company”), a subsidiary of Quintiles IMS Holdings, Inc. (“QuintilesIMS”).   This  Agreement  will 
become effective immediately upon the date Executive executes the letter agreement dated November 30, 2016 to 
which this Agreement is Exhibit A (the “Letter Agreement”).

WHEREAS, Executive has been employed by the Company and his employment is being continued in a senior 
executive position with the Company as of the Start Date set forth in the Letter Agreement. As an employee, he will 
have responsibilities that embrace all of the services provided by the Company and will have access to confidential 
information and trade secrets of the Company and its Affiliates, including but not limited to valuable information 
about  their  worldwide  business  operations  and  the  persons  and  entities  with  which  they  do  business  in  various 
locations throughout the world and he will develop relationships with their customers and others with which they do 
business in various locations throughout the world; and

WHEREAS,  Executive  is  already  obligated  under  existing  agreements  with  Affiliates  of  the  Company  to 
comply with restrictive covenants similar to those contained in this Agreement, but Executive agrees that because of 
the  information  and  relationships  to  which  Executive  will  be  exposed  in  anticipation  of  and  during  the  course  of 
Executive’s performance of his new role with the Company, it would be harmful to the Company, QuintilesIMS and 
its  Affiliates  for  Executive  to  compete  with  Company,  QuintilesIMS  or  its  Affiliates  or  solicit  their  clients, 
customers or employees in the manner prohibited by this Agreement and that the Company, QuintilesIMS and its 
Affiliates have legitimate business interests in protecting themselves from such competition and solicitation.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, promises and obligations set forth herein and 

in the accompanying Letter Agreement, the parties agree as follows:

1. Nondisclosure.

1.1. Recognition of Company’s Rights; Nondisclosure. Executive understands and acknowledges that during 
the  course  of  his  employment  by  the  Company,  Executive  will  have  access  to  and  learn  about  Confidential 
Information,  as  defined  below,  relating  to  the  Company  and  its  Affiliates,  and  the  Company  Business.  Executive 
further understands and acknowledges that this Confidential Information, and the Company’s ability to reserve it for 
the  exclusive  knowledge  and  use  of  the  Company  and  its  Affiliates,  is  of  great  competitive  importance  and 
commercial value to the Company, and that improper use or disclosure of the Confidential Information by Executive 
will cause irreparable harm to the Company and its Affiliates, for which remedies at law will not be adequate. At all 
times  during  Executive’s  employment,  and  thereafter,  Executive  will  hold  in  strictest  confidence  and  will  not 
disclose or use any Confidential Information, except as such disclosure or use may be required in connection with 
Executive’s work for the Company, or unless and to the extent the Company expressly authorizes such in writing. 
Executive will obtain the Company’s written approval before publishing or submitting for publication any material 
(written,  verbal,  or  otherwise,  including  without  limitation  presentations,  abstracts  or  posters)  that  relates  to 
Executive’s  work  at  the  Company,  relates  to  the  Company’s  Business,  and/or  incorporates  any  Confidential 
Information.

1.2.  Assignment.  Executive  agrees  to  assign  and  hereby  assigns  to  the  Company  any  rights  Executive  may 
have or acquire in any knowledge, data or information that is made, authored, conceived, developed, or reduced to 
practice  by  Executive  during  the  period  of  Executive’s  employment  with  the  Company  and  which  (but  for 
Executive’s rights therein) would constitute Confidential Information, and Executive recognizes that all Confidential 
Information shall be the sole property of the Company.  

1.3 

. Subpoena or Court Order. If Executive is required to disclose Confidential Information pursuant to a 
court order, subpoena or other government process or such disclosure is necessary to comply with applicable law or 
defend against claims, Executive shall: (i) notify the Company promptly before any such disclosure is made; (ii) at 
the Company’s request and expense take all reasonably necessary steps to defend against such disclosure, including 
defending  against  the  enforcement  of  the  court  order,  other  government  process  or  claims;  and  (iii)  permit  the 
Company  to  participate  with  counsel  of  its  choice  in  any  proceeding  relating  to  any  such  court  order,  subpoena, 
other government process or claims.  

1.4.  Duration  of  Confidentiality  Obligations.  Executive  understands  and  acknowledges  that  Executive’s 
obligations  under  this  Agreement  with  regard  to  any  particular  Confidential  Information  or  Trade  Secret  shall 
commence  immediately  upon  Executive  first  having  access  to  such  Confidential  Information  or  Trade  Secret  and 
shall  continue  during  and  after  Executive’s  employment  by  the  Company  until  such  time  as  such  Confidential 
Information  or  Trade  Secret  has  become  public  knowledge  other  than  as  a  result  of  Executive’s  breach  of  this 
Agreement  or  breach  by  those  acting  in  concert  with  Executive  or  on  Executive’s  behalf  and  shall  not  continue 
longer than ten (10) years after Executive’s separation from service as an employee.

1.5.  Confidential  Information.  The  term  “Confidential  Information”  includes,  but  is  not  limited  to:  (i)  all 
information not generally known to the public, in spoken, printed, electronic or any other form or medium, relating 
directly or indirectly to the Company Business, is of value and is treated as confidential, including, but not limited 
to,  future  business  plans,  financial  information,  business  plans,  strategic  plans,  pricing  information,  licensing 
strategies, advertising campaigns, information regarding executives and employees, and the terms and conditions of 
this  Agreement;  and  (ii)  information  of  the  Company,  or  its  Affiliates  and  its  and/or  their  licensors,  suppliers, 
customers,  or  prospective  licensors  or  customers,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  data,  formulas,  patterns, 
compilations,  programs,  devices,  methods,  techniques,  processes,  financial  data,  financial  plans,  product  plans,  or 
lists  of  actual  or  potential  customers  or  suppliers,  which:  (aa)  derives  independent  actual  or  potential  commercial 
value,  from  not  being  generally  known  to  or  readily  ascertainable  through  independent  development  or  reverse 
engineering by persons or entities who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use; and (bb) is the subject 
of  efforts  that  are  reasonable  under  the  circumstances  to  maintain  its  secrecy  (“Trade  Secret”).  Notwithstanding 
anything otherwise in this Agreement to the contrary, Confidential Information shall not include information that is 
generally known or available to the public unless such information became so known or available as a consequence 
of a breach by Executive of Executive’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement.  

1.6.  Third  Party  Information.  Executive  understands,  in  addition,  that  the  Company  has  received  and  in  the 
future will receive from third parties confidential or proprietary information (“Third Party Information”) subject 
to a duty on the Company’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain 
limited  purposes.  During  the  term  of  Executive’s  employment  and  thereafter,  Executive  will  hold  Third  Party 
Information in the strictest confidence and will not disclose to anyone or use the Third Party Information, except as 
and  to  the  extent  permitted  under  this  Agreement  with  respect  to  Confidential  Information  in  connection  with 
Executive’s work for the Company.

1.7. No Improper Use of Information of Prior Employers and Others. During Executive’s employment with the 
Company, Executive will not improperly use or disclose any Confidential Information of any former employer or 
any other person to whom Executive has an obligation of confidentiality. Executive will not bring onto the premises 
of the Company any unpublished documents or any property belonging to any former employer or any other person 
to whom Executive has an obligation of confidentiality unless consented to in writing by that former employer or 
person. Executive will use in the performance of Executive’s duties only information which is generally known and 
used by persons with training and experience comparable to Executive’s own, which is common knowledge in the 
industry or otherwise legally in the public domain, or which is otherwise provided or developed by the Company or 
Executive. Executive represents that Executive’s performance of all the terms of this Agreement and as an employee 
of the Company will be consistent with the obligations set forth in Section 1 of this Agreement.

1.8.  Acknowledgement  upon  Termination  of  Employment.  Executive  agrees  that  upon  termination  of 
Executive’s  employment,  without  limiting  Executive’s  obligations  hereunder,  and  if  requested  by  the  Company, 
Executive will acknowledge Executive’s possession of Confidential Information by signing an appropriate list of all 
Confidential Information of which Executive has knowledge or about which Executive has acquired information.

2. Competitive Business Activities. Executive acknowledges that by virtue of Executive’s employment by and senior 
position  with  the  Company,  (i)  Executive  will  have  responsibilities  that  embrace  each  of  the  services  provided 
within the Company Business (as defined in Section 2.7); (ii) the Company operates the Company Business through 
employees of Company as well as a network of entities subsidiary to or affiliated with the Company, or owned by 
subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Company located throughout the world; (iii) by virtue of Executive’s employment by 
and  senior  position  with  the  Company,  Executive  will  have  access  to  Confidential  Information  (as  defined  in  this 
Agreement)  of  the  Company  and  its  Affiliates,  including  but  not  limited  to  valuable  information  about  their 
worldwide  business  operations  and  the  persons  and  entities  with  which  they  do  business  in  various  locations 
throughout the world and will develop relationships with their customers and others with which they do business in 
various locations throughout the world; and (iv) the restrictions set forth in this Section 2 are reasonably necessary to 
protect  the  Company’s  legitimate  business  interests,  are  reasonable  as  to  time,  territory,  and  scope  of  prohibited 
activities, do not interfere with the public policy or public interest, and are described with sufficient accuracy and 
definiteness to enable Executive to understand the scope of the restrictions imposed.

2.1.  Covenant  Not  to  Compete.  During  Executive’s  employment  and  the  twenty-four  (24)  month  period 
following  the  end  of  Executive’s  employment,  Executive  shall  not,  within  the  geographic  territory  identified  in 
Section  2.4,  do  any  of  the  following,  whether  or  his  own  behalf  or  as  an  officer,  director,  stockholder,  partner, 
associate, owner, employee, consultant or independent contractor, nor shall Executive provide material assistance to 
any other person or entity to do so:

(a) 

engage in the Company Business in competition with the Company or any Restricted Affiliate;

(b) 

(c) 

engage in the Company Business in any role that is the same as or materially similar to the role that he 
performed for the Company, in competition with the Company or any Restricted Affiliate; or

engage in the Company Business in competition with the Company or any Restricted Affiliate, in any 
role the performance of which would be reasonably presumed to require or involve the use or disclosure 
of Confidential Information.

2.2.  Covenant  Not  to  Solicit  Customers.  During  Executive’s  employment  and  the  twenty-four  (24)  month 
period following the end of Executive’s employment, Executive shall not, within the geographic territory identified 
in  Section  2.4,  engage  in  any  of  the  following  activities,  whether  on  his  own  behalf  or  as  an  officer,  director, 
stockholder, partner, associate, owner, employee, consultant or independent contractor, nor shall Executive provide 
material assistance to any other person or entity to do so:

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

(e) 

(f) 

solicit any customer of the Company or any customer of any Restricted Affiliate, to obtain services that 
the  customer  had  obtained  from  the  Company  or  Affiliate  from  an  entity  in  competition  with  the 
Company or Restricted Affiliate;

solicit any person or entity which Executive serviced, contracted with or negotiated with on behalf of 
the Company or any Restricted Affiliate to obtain services that the person or entity had obtained from 
the  Company  or  a  Restricted  Affiliate  from  an  entity  in  competition  with  the  Company  or  Restricted 
Affiliate;

solicit  any  person  or  entity  which  any  employee  of  Company  or  any  Restricted  Affiliate  for  whom 
Executive  was  responsible,  serviced,  contracted  with  or  negotiated  with  on  behalf  of  the  Company  or 
any  Restricted  Affiliate,  to  obtain  services  that  the  customer  had  obtained  from  the  Company  or 
Affiliate from an entity in competition with the Company or Restricted Affiliate;

solicit  any  customer  of  the  Company  or  any  Restricted  Affiliate,  the  effective  solicitation  of  which 
would  reasonably  be  expected  to  benefited  by  the  knowledge  of  Confidential  Information,  to  obtain 
services that the customer had obtained from the Company or an Restricted Affiliate from an entity in 
competition with the Company or an Restricted Affiliate;

solicit any vendor or supplier of the Company or a Restricted Affiliate to cease doing business with the 
Company or Restricted Affiliate, or to provide services to an entity in competition with the Company or 
any Restricted Affiliate the effect of which would be to eliminate or diminish the provision of services 
to the Company or an Restricted Affiliate; or

encourage any customer of the Company or any Restricted Affiliate to cancel, terminate or refrain from 
renewing or continuing any contract or business relationship with the Company or a Restricted Affiliate 
or to otherwise diminish that Customer’s relationship with the Company or any Restricted Affiliate.

2.3.  Covenant  Not  to  Solicit  or  Hire  Employees.  During  Executive’s  employment  and  the  twenty-four 
(24) month period following the end of Executive’s employment, Executive shall not, engage in any of the following 
activities,  whether  or  his  own  behalf  or  as  an  officer,  director,  stockholder,  partner,  associate,  owner,  employee, 
consultant or independent contractor, nor shall Executive provide material assistance to any other person or entity to 
do so:

(a) 

(b) 

offer  employment  to,  solicit  for  employment  or  hire  any  employee  of  the  Company  or  any  Restricted 
Affiliate or any person who was employed by the Company or any Restricted Affiliate during the one 
year period prior to the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company;

offer  employment  to,  solicit  for  employment  or  hire  any  employee  of  Company  or  any  Restricted 
Affiliate with respect to whom Executive had responsibility at the time of the termination of Executive’s 
employment  with  the  Company  or  during  the  one  year  period  prior  to  the  termination  of  Executive’s 
employment with the Company;

(c) 

(d) 

offer  employment  to,  solicit  for  employment  or  hire  any  employee  of  Company  or  any  Restricted 
Affiliate who was personally known to Executive; or

offer  employment  to,  solicit  for  employment  or  hire  any  employee  of  Company  or  any  Restricted 
Affiliate with respect to whom Executive had responsibility at the time of the termination of Executive’s 
employment  with  the  Company  or  during  the  one  year  period  prior  to  the  termination  of  Executive’s 
employment with Company.

2.4. Geographic Territory. In recognition of the worldwide presence of the Company, the worldwide extent of 
Executive’s  responsibilities,  the  breadth  of  Executive’s  knowledge  of  Confidential  Information  relevant  to  the 
operations of the Company and its Affiliates worldwide, and the relationships with customers, potential customers 
and contacts important to the Company Business that Executive will develop and that will be available to him as a 
consequence of the goodwill of the Company worldwide, Executive agrees that the restrictions set forth in Sections 
2.1  and  2.2  above  will  apply  to  the  broadest  geographic  territory  possible,  including  the  following  geographical 
regions:  (a)  the  world;  (b)  the  United  States;  (c)  any  country  in  which  Executive  worked,  had  responsibility  or 
provided services on behalf of the Company or a Restricted Affiliate; (d) any country in which any employee of the 
Company or any Restricted Affiliate who was supervised by Executive, either directly or through other supervisors, 
had responsibility, provided services or worked; (e) any State of the United States, or similar political subdivision in 
a foreign country, in which Executive worked, had responsibility, or provided services on behalf of the Company or 
any Restricted Affiliate; (f) any State of the United States, or similar political subdivision of any foreign country in 
which  any  employee  of  the  Company  or  any  Restricted  Affiliate  who  was  supervised  by  Executive  had 
responsibility, provided services or worked; (g) any city, or any county or similar political subdivision in any foreign 
country,  in  which  Executive  had  responsibility,  worked  or  provided  services  on  behalf  of  the  Company  or  any 
Restricted Affiliate; (h) any city, or any county or similar political subdivision in any foreign country in which any 
employee of Company or any Restricted Affiliate who was supervised by Executive had responsibility, worked or 
provided services on behalf of Company or any Restricted Affiliate; (i) any State, city, metropolitan area or country 
(or similar political subdivisions in any foreign country) in which Company or any Restricted Affiliate is located or 
does business.

2.5. Exclusion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive’s ownership of not more than one (1) percent of the 
issued  and  outstanding  stock  of  a  corporation  the  shares  of  which  are  regularly  traded  on  a  national  securities 
exchange or in the over-the-counter markets shall not violate this Section 2.

2.6. Tolling. The period during which Executive must refrain from the activities set forth in Sections 2.1, 2.2 

and 2.3 shall be tolled during any period in which he fails to abide by those provisions.

2.7. Definitions. As used in this Agreement:

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

“Affiliate(s)”  shall  mean:  (i)  any  Company  parent,  subsidiary  or  related  entity;  and/or  (ii)  any  entity 
directly or indirectly controlled or beneficially owned in whole or part by Company’s parent, subsidiary 
or related entity.

“Company Business” shall mean the business engaged in by the Company, and its Restricted Affiliates, 
that  includes  but  is  not  limited  to  the  provision  of  contract  research,  sales  and  marketing  services, 
market  research  services,  technology  services,  information  services  and  consulting  services  to 
pharmaceutical, biotechnology, medical device and healthcare entities.

“Restricted  Affiliates”  shall  mean  any  Affiliate  of  the  Company  with  which  Executive  worked,  had 
responsibility or supervisory authority, or which uses Confidential Information of the Company about 
which Executive has knowledge.

 3. Assignment of Inventions.

3.1.  Proprietary  Rights;  Inventions.  The  term  “Proprietary  Rights”  shall  mean  all  trade  secret,  patent, 
copyright, mask work, trademark and other intellectual property rights throughout the world. The term “Inventions” 
shall mean any and all inventions, improvements, know-how, trade secrets, confidential and proprietary information, 
trademarks,  service  marks  and  other  indicia  of  origin,  websites,  URLs,  domain  names,  software  programs, 
discoveries, conceptions, preparations and developments, in all stages of development, whether or not eligible for or 
covered by patent, copyright or trade secret protection.

3.2.  Prior Inventions. Inventions, if any, patented or unpatented, which Executive made prior to the beginning 
of  Executive’s  employment  with  the  Company  are  excluded  from  the  scope  of  this  Agreement.  To  preclude  any 
possible uncertainty, Executive has provided to Company a complete list of all Inventions that Executive has, alone 
or jointly with others, made, authored, conceived, developed, or reduced to practice or caused to be made, authored, 
conceived, developed, or reduced to practice prior to the beginning of Executive’s employment with the Company, 
that Executive considers to be Executive’s property or the property of third parties and that Executive wish to have 
excluded  from  the  scope  of  this  Agreement  (collectively,  “Prior  Inventions”).  If  disclosure  of  any  such  Prior 
Invention  would  cause  Executive  to  violate  any  prior  confidentiality  agreement,  Executive  understands  that 
Executive is not to list such Prior Inventions in his disclosure to the Company but is only to disclose a cursory name 
for  each  such  Invention,  a  listing  of  the  party  to  whom  it  belongs  and  the  fact  that  full  disclosure  as  to  such 
Inventions has not been made for that reason. If no such disclosure is attached, Executive represents that there are no 
Prior Inventions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Executive agrees that Executive will 
not incorporate, or permit to be incorporated, any Inventions in which Executive or any third parties own any rights 
in any Company product, process, service, machine, or other Company Inventions (as defined below) without the 
Company’s prior written consent. Without limiting any other remedy to which the Company may be entitled, if in 
the  course  of  Executive’s  employment  with  the  Company,  (a)  Executive  incorporates  an  Invention  that  Executive 
owns or controls into a Company product, process, service, machine, or other Company Invention, Executive agrees 
to grant and hereby grants to the Company a nonexclusive, royalty-free, paid-up irrevocable, perpetual, transferable, 
worldwide  license  (with  rights  to  sublicense  through  multiple  tiers  of  sublicensees)  under  such  Inventions  and  all 
Proprietary Rights therein to make, have made, modify, use, sell, have sold, import, export and otherwise exploit any 
and  all  products,  processes,  services,  machines  or  other  Company  Inventions,  and  (b)  Executive  incorporates  an 
Invention  that  Executive  does  not  own  or  control  into  a  Company  product,  process,  service,  machine,  or  other 
Company  Invention,  Executive  shall  take  all  reasonable  action  necessary  to  cause  the  third  party  who  owns  or 
controls such Invention to grant to the Company the rights described in the foregoing sentence.

3.3. Assignment of Inventions. Executive agrees to assign and hereby assigns all Executive’s right, title and 
interest in and to any and all Inventions and all Proprietary Rights with respect thereto (except to the extent that such 
Inventions constitute works for hire or otherwise belong to the Company by operation of law), which (a) are related 
to  the  Company’s  Business  or  actual  or  demonstrably  anticipated  research  or  development  or  (b)  are  developed 
during Company time or using Company resources, and that in each case are made, authored, conceived, developed, 
or reduced to practice by Executive, either alone or jointly with others, during the period of Executive’s employment 
with the Company. Inventions assigned to the Company, or to a third party as directed by the Company pursuant to 
this Section 3.3, are hereinafter referred to as “Company Inventions”. Executive further agrees to waive and hereby 
waives and agrees never to assert any and all moral rights in any Company Inventions, such as the right to be named 
as  author,  the  right  to  modify,  the  right  to  prevent  mutilation  and  the  right  to  prevent  commercial  exploitation, 
whether  arising  under  the  Berne  Convention  or  otherwise,  and  all  other  similar  rights  regardless  of  whether  such 
right is denominated or generally referred to as a “moral right.”

3.4.  Obligation  to  Keep  Company  Informed.  Executive  will  promptly  disclose  to  the  Company  fully  and  in 
writing  all  Inventions  that  are  made,  authored,  conceived,  developed  or  reduced  to  practice  by  Executive,  either 
alone or jointly with others, during the period of Executive’s employment with the Company and for a two (2) year 
period  thereafter.  At  the  time  of  each  such  disclosure,  Executive  will  advise  the  Company  in  writing  of  any 
Inventions  that  Executive  believes  are  non-assignable  Inventions  under  the  provisions  of  applicable  law  (i.e., 
inventions  that  Executive  developed  entirely  on  Executive’s  own  time  without  using  the  Company’s  equipment, 
supplies, facility or trade secret information, unless such Invention (a) relates to the Company’s Business or actual 
or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (b) results from any work performed by Executive for the 
Company) and Executive will at that time provide to the Company in writing all evidence necessary to substantiate 
that conclusion.

3.5. Works for Hire. Executive acknowledges and agrees that all original works of authorship which are made 
by Executive (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of Executive’s employment and which are protectable 
by copyright are “works made for hire,” pursuant to the United States Copyright Act (17 U.S.C., Section 101).

3.6.  Enforcement  of  Proprietary  Rights.  Executive  agrees  that  Executive  will  assist  the  Company  in  every 
proper  way  to  obtain,  and  from  time  to  time  enforce,  United  States  and  foreign  Proprietary  Rights  relating  to 
Company Inventions in any and all countries. To that end Executive will execute, verify and deliver such documents 
and perform such other acts (including appearances as a witness) as the Company may reasonably request for use in 
applying for, obtaining, perfecting, evidencing, sustaining and enforcing such Proprietary Rights and the assignment 
thereof. In addition, Executive agrees that Executive will execute, verify and deliver assignments of such Proprietary 
Rights to the Company or its designee. Any such assistance provided during the term of Executive’s employment 
will  be  provided  without  additional  compensation.  Executive’s  obligation  to  assist  the  Company  with  respect  to 
Proprietary  Rights  relating  to  such  Company  Inventions  in  any  and  all  countries  shall  continue  beyond  the 
termination  of  Executive’s  employment,  but  the  Company  shall  compensate  Executive  at  a  reasonable  rate  after 
Executive’s termination for the time actually spent by Executive and for any reasonable expenses actually incurred 
by Executive thereafter at the Company’s request on such assistance. In the event the Company is unable for any 
reason,  after  reasonable  effort,  to  secure  Executive’s  signature  on  any  document  needed  in  connection  with  the 
actions  specified  in  the  preceding  paragraph,  Executive  hereby  irrevocably  designates  and  appoints  the  Company 
and each of its duly authorized officers and agents as Executive’s agent and attorney in fact, which appointment is 
coupled with an interest, to act for and on Executive’s behalf to execute, verify and file any such documents and to 
do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the purposes of the preceding paragraph with the same legal force and 
effect as if executed by Executive. Executive hereby waives and quitclaims to the Company any and all claims, of 
any  nature  whatsoever,  which  Executive  now  or  may  hereafter  have  for  infringement  of  any  Proprietary  Rights 
assigned hereunder to the Company.

3.7. Irrevocable Assignment. The Company’s ownership of all Company Inventions that are made, authored, 
conceived, developed or reduced to practice by Executive, either alone or jointly with others, during the period of 
Executive’s employment with the Company, as assigned to the Company pursuant to this Agreement or by operation 
of law, shall not be subject to revocation or rescission in the event of a dispute between the Company and Executive 
concerning payment of compensation or benefits to Executive, unless Executive proves that the Company acquired 
ownership thereof fraudulently.

4. Non-Disparagement. Executive agrees not to make any disclosures, issue any statements or otherwise cause to be 
disclosed any information which is designed, intended or might reasonably be anticipated to disparage the Company, 
its  officers  or  directors,  its  business,  services,  products,  technologies  and/or  personnel.  Nothing  in  this  Section  is 
intended,  nor  shall  be  construed,  to  (a)  prohibit  Executive  from  any  communications  to,  or  participation  in  any 
investigation  or  proceeding  conducted  by,  any  governmental  agency  with  jurisdiction  concerning  the  terms, 
conditions and privileges of employment or jurisdiction over the Company’s business, or (b) prevent Executive from 
otherwise engaging in any legally protected activity.

5.  Records.  Executive  agrees  to  keep  and  maintain  adequate  and  current  records  of  all  Confidential  Information 
learned or received by Executive and all Inventions made, authored, conceived, developed or reduced to practice by 
Executive during the period of Executive’s employment with the Company, which records shall be available to, and 
to  the  extent  constituting  Confidential  Information  or  Company  Inventions  shall  remain  the  sole  property  of,  the 
Company at all times.

6. No Conflicting Obligation. Executive represents that Executive’s performance of all the terms of this Agreement 
and as an employee of the Company do not and will not breach any (a) agreement to keep in confidence information 
acquired by Executive in confidence or in trust prior to Executive’s employment by the Company, or (b) agreement 
with  or  obligation  to  any  third  party  to  which  he  is  otherwise  bound,  or  faculty  or  staff  appointment  with  a 
university,  government  or  other  research  institution).  Executive  has  not  entered  into,  and  Executive  agrees  that 
Executive will not enter into, any agreement, either written or oral, in conflict herewith.

7.  Return  of  Company  Materials.  When  Executive  leaves  the  employ  of  the  Company,  Executive  agrees  that: 
(a) Executive will return all the Company property (including, but not limited to, credit cards; keys; company car; 
cell phone; air card; access cards; thumb drive(s), laptop(s), personal digital devices and all other computer hardware 
and  software;  records,  files,  documents,  manuals,  and  other  documents  in  whatever  form  they  exist,  whether 
electronic, hard copy or otherwise and all copies, notes or summaries thereof which Executive created, received or 
otherwise obtained in connection with Executive’s employment); (b) Executive will not delete any emails, files or 
other information from any Company computer or device prior to Executive’s return of the property except in strict 
accordance  with  Company  policy;  and  (c)  Executive  will  permanently  delete  any  Company  information  that  may 
reside  on  Executive’s  personal  computer(s),  other  devices  or  accounts  and  submit  all  personal  computers,  phones 
and  other  devices  which  Executive  used  for  Company  business,  and  will  identify  all  personal  accounts  on  which 
Company information has been placed and related passwords, to a third party vendor, as may be designated by the 
Company,  for  inspection  and  removal  of  any  Company-related  information.  Executive  further  agrees  that  any 
property situated on the Company’s premises and owned by the Company, including disks and other storage media, 
filing  cabinets  or  other  work  areas,  is  subject  to  inspection  by  Company  personnel  at  any  time  with  or  without 
notice.

8. Publicity. Executive hereby irrevocably consents to any and all uses and displays, by the Company and its agents, 
representatives and licensees, of Executive’s name, voice, likeness, image, appearance and biographical information 
in,  on  or  in  connection  with  any  pictures,  photographs,  audio  and  video  recordings,  digital  images,  websites, 
television  programs  and  advertising,  other  advertising  and  publicity,  sales  and  marketing  brochures,  books, 
magazines, other publications, CDs, DVDs, tapes and all other printed and electronic forms and media throughout 
the world, at any time during or after the period of his employment by the Company, for all legitimate commercial 
and business purposes of the Company without further consent from or royalty, payment or other compensation to 
Executive.

9. Legal and Equitable Remedies for Breach of Certain Provisions. Executive acknowledges that his failure to abide 
by Sections 1 (Nondisclosure), 2 (Competitive Business Activities), or 3 (Inventions) of this Agreement would cause 
irreparable harm to the Company and/or its Affiliates for which legal remedies would be inadequate. Therefore, in 
addition  to  any  legal  or  other  relief  to  which  the  Company  and/or  its  Affiliates  may  be  entitled  by  virtue  of 
Executive’s  failure  to  abide  by  these  provisions:  (a)  the  Company  and  its  Affiliates  may  seek  legal  and  equitable 
relief, including but not limited to preliminary and permanent injunctive relief, for Executive’s actual or threatened 
failure to abide by these provisions; (b) Executive will return all post-termination payments received, including but 
not  limited  to  those  received  pursuant  to  any  employment  contract  or  agreement  or  severance  plan  in  which 
Executive participates; and (c) if, as a result of Executive’s failure to abide by the Competitive Business Activities 
provisions, any commission or fee becomes payable to Executive or to any person, corporation or other entity with 
which  Executive  has  become  employed  or  otherwise  associated,  Executive  shall  pay  the  Company  or  cause  the 
person, corporation or other entity with whom he has become employed or otherwise associate to pay the Company 
an amount equal to such commission or fee.  In the event that the Company or its Affiliates exercises its right to 
require  Executive  to  return  all  post-termination  payments  received  pursuant  to  any  employment  contract  or 
agreement or severance plan in which Executive participates hereof, Executive shall remain obligated to abide by the 
terms  of  this  Agreement,  including  but  not  limited  to  Sections  1  (Nondisclosure),  2  (Competitive  Business 
Activities), and 3 (Inventions) set forth in this Agreement. 

10.  Notification  of  New  Employer.  In  the  event  that  Executive  leaves  the  employ  or  retention  of  the  Company, 
Executive  hereby  consents  to  the  notification  of  Executive’s  new  employer  of  Executive’s  rights  and  obligations 
under this Agreement.

11.  Governing  Law;  Consent  to  Personal  Jurisdiction  and  Forum.  This  Agreement  shall  be  construed,  interpreted, 
and  governed  in  accordance  with  and  by  North  Carolina  law,  without  regard  to  the  conflicts  of  laws  principles 
thereof. The parties agree that the state and federal courts in North Carolina shall have jurisdiction (non-exclusive) 
for the adjudication of all disputes arising out of this Agreement, and Executive consents to the exercise of personal 
jurisdiction over Executive in any such adjudication and hereby waives any and all objections and defenses to the 
exercise of such personal jurisdiction and such venue.

12. Severability. Executive agrees that the restrictions contained in this Agreement are reasonable and necessary, are 
valid  and  enforceable,  and  do  not  impose  a  greater  restraint  than  necessary  to  protect  the  Company’s  legitimate 
business interests. If any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held by a 
court to be excessively broad as to duration, geographical scope, activity or subject, the parties intend that such court 
would  reduce,  or  “blue  pencil”  such  provision  by  limiting  and  reducing  it,  so  as  to  be  enforceable  to  the  extent 
compatible with the applicable law as it shall then appear. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this 
Agreement  shall,  for  any  reason  (including  the  failure  of  a  court  to  “blue  pencil”  a  provision  pursuant  to  the 
foregoing  sentence),  be  held  to  be  invalid,  illegal  or  unenforceable  in  any  respect,  such  invalidity,  illegality  or 
unenforceability shall not affect the other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if 
such  invalid,  illegal  or  unenforceable  provision  had  never  been  contained  herein;  provided,  however,  that  if  the 
absence of such provision causes a material adverse change in either the risks or benefits of this Agreement to either 
the  Company  or  Executive,  the  Company  and  Executive  shall  negotiate  in  good  faith  a  commercially  reasonable 
substitute or replacement for the invalid or unenforceable provision.

13. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement will be binding upon Executive’s heirs, executors, administrators and 
other legal representatives and will be for the benefit of the Company, its Affiliates, its successors, and its assigns.

14.  Waiver.  No  waiver  by  the  Company  of  any  breach  of  this  Agreement  shall  be  a  waiver  of  any  preceding  or 
succeeding breach. No waiver by the Company of any right under this Agreement shall be construed as a waiver of 
any  other  right.  The  Company  shall  not  be  required  to  give  notice  to  enforce  strict  adherence  to  all  terms  of  this 
Agreement.

15. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Letter Agreement contain the entire agreement of Executive and the 
Company and its Affiliates with respect to the matters set forth herein and supersede all previous negotiations and 
discussions,  agreements  and  understandings  regarding  such  matters.  In  the  event  of  any  conflict  between  this 
Agreement and any other agreement with the Company or its Affiliates, the terms of the agreement which are most 
restrictive shall control. It is understood that this Agreement does not constitute an express or implied employment 

 
contract  for  any  definite  period  of  time  and  that  Executive’s  employment  with  the  Company  is  “at  will”  meaning 
that either the Company or Executive can end the employment relationship at any time, with or without cause.

16.  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  separate  counterparts,  each  of  which  shall  be  deemed  an 
original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date written below.

QUINTILES IMS INCORPORATED

By:

 /s/ Ari Bousbib
 Name: Ari Bousbib
 Title: Authorized Signatory

W. RICHARD STAUB III

/s/ W. Richard Staub III
 Name:
November 30, 2016

Date

 
 
	
																																												
IQVIA Holdings Inc.

Subsidiary Listing - as of 12/31/2023

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiary
159 Solutions, LLC
159 Technology Solutions Private Ltd
AECIO IT Solutions India Private Ltd.
AHM Global Services, LLC
AIT Bioscience LLC
Albatross Financial Solutions Limited
ALIMED Egeszsegugyi Szolgaltato Kft.
Allcare Plus Pharmacy LLC
Apuro.com K.K.
Ardentia International Limited
Ascott Sales Integration Pty Ltd
Asesorias IQVIA Solutions  Chile Limitada
Asserta Centroamerica Medicion de Mercados, S.A.
Avacare Clinical Research Network (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
Battaerd Mansley Pty. Ltd.
Benefit Holding, Inc.
Bioaxis Healthcare Southeast Europe Home Health Services Single Member 
Societe Anonyme
Biofortis, LLC
BITAC MAP S.L.U.
BuzzeoPDMA LLC 
Cambridge Pharma Consultancy Inc.
Cambridge Pharma Consultancy Limited
CDS - Centre de Service SAS
Cegedim Venezuela C.A.
Cenduit Limited
Centrix Innovations (Pty) Ltd.
CFS Clinical UK Limited
Clinical Financial Services, LLC
Clinical Lab Minority Shareholder Limited
Clintec CRO Services (India) Private Limited
Clintec International (Pty) Ltd.
Clintec International (Thailand) Limited
Clintec International Bulgaria OOD
Clintec International doo
Clintec International FZ-LLC
Clintec International Limited
Clintec International LLC

Jurisdiction or State of Organization
California
India
India
New Jersey
Indiana
United Kingdom
Hungary
Massachusetts
Japan
United Kingdom
Australia
Chile
Guatemala
China
Australia
North Carolina
Greece

Delaware
Spain
Delaware
Delaware
United Kingdom
France
Venezuela
United Kingdom
South Africa
United Kingdom
Pennsylvania
United Kingdom
India
South Africa
Thailand
Bulgaria
Serbia
United Arab Emirates
Kenya
Ukraine

Clintec International Ltd.
Clintec International Norway AS
Clintec International Off-Shore S.A.L.
Clintec International Pharmaceutical Services Ltd
Clintec International Pte Ltd.
Clintec International RUS LLC
Clintec Luxembourg S.A.
Clintec Turkey Medikal ve Farmasotik Hizmetler Ticaret Limited Sirketi
Cognitive Clinical Trials, LLC
Comline GmbH
Compliant Community Projects (Pty) Ltd.
Concentrics Research LLC
CoreZetta Co Ltd.
CROnos Clinical Consulting Services Inc.
CT Consulting Inc.
Data Niche Associates, Inc.
Dataline Software Limited
Datandina Ecuador S.A.
Datec Industria e Comercio, Distribudora Grafica e Mala Direta Ltda.
DAVASO GmbH
DAVASO Holding GmbH
Dimensions Healthcare Company Ltd
Dimensions Healthcare FZ-LLC
IQVIA Healthcare – Sole Proprietorship LLC
Doe Acquisition Sub Inc.
DrugDev Inc.
DrugDev Limited
Educom S.r.l.
Emerald Star Holdings LLC
Epernicus, LLC
EPG Communication Holdings Limited
EPS Research Limited
EPS Software Limited
Evigrade - Health Care Research Consulting, Unipessoal, LDA
Excel Life Sciences Inc.
Excel Life Sciences Private Limited
Farmacja.hr Spółka Z Ograniczoną Odpowiedzialnością
Farmacja.net Spółka Z Ograniczoną Odpowiedzialnością
Forcea NV
Foresight IT Solutions and Consulting India Private Limited
Foundry Health, LLC
GCE Clin Solutions Limited
GCE Global Solutions, LLC
GCE Solutions International, LLC
GCE Solutions, S. de R.L. de C.V.

United Kingdom
Norway
Lebanon
Israel
Singapore
Russia
Luxembourg
Turkey
Delaware
Germany
South Africa
Indiana
Republic of Korea
New Jersey
Philippines
Illinois
United Kingdom
Ecuador
Brazil
Germany
Germany
Palestine, State of
United Arab Emirates
United Arab Emirates
Delaware
Delaware
United Kingdom
Italy
Washington
Delaware
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
Portugal
Delaware
India
Poland
Poland
Belgium
India
Wisconsin
United Kingdom
Delaware
Delaware
Mexico

Global Crown Investment Limited
Grace Data Corp.
gradient.Systemintegration GmbH
Healthcare Business Information Limited
Hospital Marketing Services Ltd.
Hotel Lot C-8B, LLC
Iasist Holdco Limited
Iasist Portugal, Consultadoria na Área de Saúde, Unipessoal, Lda
Iasist SAU Agencia en Chile
IM Associates BV
ImmunXperts
Impact RX Data Management (Pty) Ltd.
IMR International (Australia) PTY Ltd
IMS (UK) Pension Plan Trustee Company Limited
IMS AB
IMS Health de Venezuela C.A.
IMS Health Group Limited
IMS Health Information Solutions Australia Pty. Ltd
IMS Health Information Solutions India Private Ltd.
IMS Health Networks Limited
IMS Health Paraguay Srl
IMS Health Surveys Limited
IMS Health Uruguay S.A.
IMS Hospital Group Limited
IMS Information Solutions Medical Research Limited
IMS Information Solutions UK Ltd.
IMS Meridian Limited
IMS Meridian Research Limited
IMS Software Services Ltd.
IMS Technology Solutions UK Limited
Incarnus Malaysia Sdn Bhd
Infocus Health Limited
Infopharm Ltd.
Innovex Merger Corp.
Innovex Saglik Urunleri Pazarlama ve Hizmet Danismanlik Anonim Sirketi
Innovex Sağlık Hizmetleri Araştırma Pazarlama Danışmanlık Sanayi ve Ticaret 
Limited Şirketi
Inteliquet, Inc.
Intercontinental Medical Statistics International, Ltd.
Intercontinental Medical Statistics Kenya Ltd.
Interface Clinical Services Ltd.
Interstatistik AG
IPP Informacion Promocional y Publicitaria S.A. de C.V.
IQVIA  Medical Development (Dalian) Co., Ltd.
IQVIA (Thailand) Co., Ltd.

Hong Kong
California
Germany
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
North Carolina
United Kingdom
Portugal
Chile
Belgium
Belgium
South Africa
Australia
United Kingdom
Sweden
Venezuela
United Kingdom
Australia
India
United Kingdom
Paraguay
United Kingdom
Uruguay
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
Hong Kong
British Virgin Islands
Delaware
United Kingdom
Malaysia
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
North Carolina
Turkey
Turkey

Delaware
Delaware
Kenya
United Kingdom
Switzerland
Mexico
China
Thailand

IQVIA AB
IQVIA Adriatic d.o.o. za Konzalting
IQVIA Afrique de l’Ouest Francophone
IQVIA AG
IQVIA Analytics Services Private Limited
IQVIA Asia Pacific Commercial Holdings LLC
IQVIA Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH
IQVIA BioSciences Holdings, LLC
IQVIA Biotech LLC
IQVIA Biotech Ltd.
IQVIA Cancer Research
IQVIA Chinametrik Inc.
IQVIA Clinical AB
IQVIA Clinical, Filial af IQVIA Clinical AB
IQVIA Commercial Consulting Sp. z.o.o.
IQVIA Commercial Deutschland Gmbh
IQVIA Commercial Finance Inc.
IQVIA Commercial GmbH & Co. OHG
IQVIA Commercial I LLC
IQVIA Commercial India Holdings Corp.
IQVIA Commercial Sp. z.o.o.
IQVIA Commercial Trading Corp.
IQVIA Consulting and Information Services India Private Limited
IQVIA CRM Korea Ltd.
IQVIA CSD Korea Ltd.
IQVIA CSMS GmbH
IQVIA CSMS US Inc.
IQVIA Finance Ireland Designated Activity Company
IQVIA Finance Ltd.
IQVIA Finland Oy
IQVIA FZ-LLC
IQVIA Government Solutions Inc.
IQVIA Health Transformation Foundation
IQVIA Hellas Technology Solutions Single Member S.A.
IQVIA Holdings (UK) Ltd.
IQVIA Holdings France Sas
IQVIA Holdings Inc.
IQVIA IES Brasil Ltda.
IQVIA IES Denmark ApS
IQVIA IES Europe Limited
IQVIA IES European Holdings
IQVIA IES Overseas Holdings Limited
IQVIA IES Oy
IQVIA IES Portugal Unipessoal LDA
IQVIA IES Puerto Rico Inc.

Sweden
Croatia
Cote d'Ivoire
Switzerland
India
North Carolina
Germany
Delaware
Delaware
United Kingdom
Belgium
Delaware
Sweden
Denmark
Poland
Germany
Delaware
Germany
Delaware
Delaware
Poland
Delaware
India
Republic of Korea
Republic of Korea
Germany
Delaware
Ireland
United Kingdom
Finland
United Arab Emirates
Delaware
India
Greece
United Kingdom
France
Delaware
Brazil
Denmark
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
Finland
Portugal
Puerto Rico

IQVIA IES South Africa (Pty) Limited
IQVIA IES UK Limited
IQVIA II Technology Solutions Portugal, Unipessoal LDA
IQVIA Inc.
IQVIA Information Medical Statistics (Israel) Ltd.
IQVIA Information Solutions (China) Co., Ltd.
IQVIA Information Solutions GmbH
IQVIA Information, S.A.
IQVIA Integrated Services NL
IQVIA Investment Holdings Limited
IQVIA Korea Co. Ltd.
IQVIA Lebanon S.a.r.l.
IQVIA Ltd.
IQVIA Marktforschung GmbH
IQVIA Maroc S.à r.l.
IQVIA Medical Communications & Consulting, Inc.
IQVIA Medical Development (Hefei) Co., Ltd.
IQVIA Medical Education Inc.
IQVIA Medical Radar AB
IQVIA MedTech Inc. 
IQVIA MedTech NV
IQVIA Operations France SAS
IQVIA Patients Solutions S.r.l.
IQVIA Pharma Inc.
IQVIA Pharma Services Corp.
IQVIA Pharmaceutical Marketing Services Ltd.
IQVIA Phase One Services LLC
IQVIA Quality Metric Inc.
IQVIA RDS (India) Private Ltd.
IQVIA RDS (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. 
IQVIA RDS and Integrated Services Belgium NV
IQVIA RDS Argentina S.R.L.
IQVIA RDS Asia Inc.
IQVIA RDS Austria GmbH
IQVIA RDS Brasil Ltda.
IQVIA RDS Bulgaria EOOD
IQVIA RDS Canada ULC
IQVIA RDS Chile
IQVIA RDS Clindata (Pty.) Ltd.
IQVIA RDS Clindepharm (Pty.) Ltd.
IQVIA RDS Colombia S.A.S.
IQVIA RDS Costa Rica S.A.
IQVIA RDS Czech Republic s.r.o.
IQVIA RDS d.o.o. Beograd
IQVIA RDS East Africa Limited 

South Africa
United Kingdom
Portugal
Delaware
Israel
China
Austria
Spain
Netherlands
United Kingdom
Republic of Korea
Lebanon
United Kingdom
Austria
Morocco
New Jersey
China
New York
Sweden
Delaware
Belgium
France
Italy
North Carolina
North Carolina
Slovenia
Kansas
Delaware
India
China
Belgium
Argentina
North Carolina
Austria
Brazil
Bulgaria
Canada
Chile
South Africa
South Africa
Colombia
Costa Rica
Czechia
Serbia
Kenya

IQVIA RDS East Asia Pte. Ltd.
IQVIA RDS Eastern Holdings GmbH
IQVIA RDS Egypt LLC
IQVIA RDS Estonia OU
IQVIA RDS Finland Oy
IQVIA RDS France SAS
IQVIA RDS Funding LLC
IQVIA RDS GesmbH 
IQVIA RDS GmbH
IQVIA RDS Guatemala S.A.
IQVIA RDS Hellas Single Member S.A.
IQVIA RDS Holdings
IQVIA RDS Hong Kong Limited
IQVIA RDS Hungary Pharmaceutical Development and Consulting Limited 
Liability Company
IQVIA RDS Inc.
IQVIA RDS Ireland (Finance) Ltd.
IQVIA RDS Ireland Ltd.
IQVIA RDS Israel Ltd.
IQVIA RDS Italy S.r.l.
IQVIA RDS Latin America LLC
IQVIA RDS Latvia SIA
IQVIA RDS Malaysia Sdn. Bhd.
IQVIA RDS Netherlands B.V.
IQVIA RDS Nigeria Limited
IQVIA RDS Norway
IQVIA RDS Panama Inc.
IQVIA RDS Peru S.r.l.
IQVIA RDS Philippines Inc.
IQVIA RDS Poland Sp. Zoo
IQVIA RDS Pty. Limited
IQVIA RDS Pty. Ltd.
IQVIA RDS Slovakia, s.r.o.
IQVIA RDS South Africa (Pty.) Ltd.
IQVIA RDS Spain S.L.
IQVIA RDS Taiwan Ltd.
IQVIA RDS UAB
IQVIA RDS UK Holdings Ltd.
IQVIA RDS Ukraine
IQVIA RDS Vietnam LLC
IQVIA Regional Headquarter
IQVIA Research and Development Solutions Saudi Arabia Limited
IQVIA Romania S.R.L.
IQVIA Services Japan LLC/IQVIA Services Japan G.K.
IQVIA Solutions (NZ) Limited

Singapore
Austria
Egypt
Estonia
Finland
France
North Carolina
Austria
Germany
Guatemala
Greece
United Kingdom
Hong Kong
Hungary

North Carolina
Ireland
Ireland
Israel
Italy
North Carolina
Latvia
Malaysia
Netherlands
Nigeria
Norway
Panama
Peru
Philippines
Poland
Australia
New Zealand
Slovakia
South Africa
Spain
Taiwan
Lithuania
United Kingdom
Ukraine
Vietnam
Saudi Arabia
Saudi Arabia
Romania
Delaware
New Zealand

IQVIA Solutions (Pty.) Ltd.
IQVIA Solutions a.s.
IQVIA Solutions Argentina S.A.
IQVIA Solutions Asia Pte. Ltd
IQVIA Solutions Australia Holdings Pty. Ltd.
IQVIA Solutions Australia Pty. Ltd.
IQVIA Solutions B.V.
IQVIA Solutions Bangladesh Limited
IQVIA Solutions Belgium BV
IQVIA Solutions Bolivia S.R.L.
IQVIA Solutions Bulgaria Eood
IQVIA Solutions Canada Inc. 
IQVIA Solutions Colombia S.A.
IQVIA Solutions Consulting Myanmar Company Limited
IQVIA Solutions del Peru S.A.
IQVIA Solutions Denmark AS
IQVIA Solutions do Brasil Ltda.
IQVIA Solutions Egypt Ltd.
IQVIA Solutions Enterprise Management Consulting (Hainan) Co., Ltd.
IQVIA Solutions Enterprise Management Consulting (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
IQVIA Solutions Finance B.V.
IQVIA Solutions Finance UK I Ltd.
IQVIA Solutions Finance UK II Ltd.
IQVIA Solutions Finance UK III Ltd.
IQVIA Solutions Finance UK V Ltd.
IQVIA Solutions Global Holdings UK Ltd.
IQVIA Solutions Holdings (Pty.) Ltd.
IQVIA Solutions Hong Kong Limited
IQVIA Solutions HQ Ltd.
IQVIA Solutions Ireland Limited
IQVIA Solutions Italy S.r.l.
IQVIA Solutions Japan LLC/IQVIA Solutions Japan G.K.
IQVIA Solutions Kazakhstan LLC
IQVIA Solutions Korea Ltd.
IQVIA Solutions Kuwait for Technical Consultations
IQVIA Solutions Lanka (Private) Limited
IQVIA Solutions LLC
IQVIA Solutions Malaysia Sdn. Bhd.
IQVIA Solutions Norway AS
IQVIA Solutions Operations Center Philippines Inc.
IQVIA Solutions Pakistan (Private) Limited
IQVIA Solutions Pharmaceutical Srl
IQVIA Solutions Philippines Inc.
IQVIA Solutions Portugal, Lda
IQVIA Solutions Puerto Rico Inc.

South Africa
Czechia
Argentina
Singapore
Australia
Australia
Netherlands
Bangladesh
Belgium
Bolivia
Bulgaria
Canada
Colombia
Myanmar
Peru
Denmark
Brazil
Egypt
China
China
Netherlands
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
South Africa
Hong Kong
United Kingdom
Ireland
Italy
Delaware
Kazakhstan
Republic of Korea
Kuwait
Sri Lanka
Russia
Malaysia
Norway
Philippines
Pakistan
Romania
Philippines
Portugal
Puerto Rico

IQVIA Solutions Regional Pte. Ltd.
IQVIA Solutions Republica Dominicana, S.R.L.
IQVIA Solutions s.r.o.
IQVIA Solutions Saudi Arabia Limited
IQVIA Solutions Services Ltd.
IQVIA Solutions Sweden AB
IQVIA Solutions Taiwan Ltd.
IQVIA Solutions Tunisia S.à r.l.
IQVIA Solutions UK Investments Ltd.
IQVIA Solutions UK Limited
IQVIA Soluções de Tecnologia do Brasil Ltda
IQVIA Technology Services Ltd.
IQVIA Technology Solutions (China) Co., Ltd.
IQVIA Technology Solutions Colombia Ltda.
IQVIA Technology Solutions Egypt LLC
IQVIA Technology Solutions Poland SP. z.o.o
IQVIA Technology Solutions Romania Srl
IQVIA Technology Solutions s.r.o.
IQVIA Technology Solutions s.r.o.
IQVIA Technology Solutions Ukraine LLC
IQVIA Technology Tunisia S.à r.l.
IQVIA Tibbi Istatistik Ticaret ve Musavirlik Ltd. Sirketi
IQVIA Trading Management Inc.
IQVIA Transportation Services Corp.
IQVIA West Africa
IQVIA World Publications Ltd.
IQVIA Zagreb d.o.o.
Kairos GmbH
Kun Tai Medical Development Hong Kong Limited
Kun Tuo Medical Research & Development (Beijing) Co. Ltd.
Laboratorio Commuq Pharma SLU
Lasso Marketing, Inc.
LH Perspectives Limited Sucursal en Espana
LH Perspectives Ltd
Linguamatics Limited
Linguamatics Solutions Limited
LSB Research Group, LLC
M&H Informatics (BD) Ltd.
Market Dynamics, L.L.C.
Med-Vantage, Inc.
Meddata Group, LLC
Medineos S.r.l.
Medpages International Proprietary Limited
Mercados Y Analisis, S.A.
Mercurial Insights Holding Pty. Ltd.

Singapore
Dominican Republic
Slovakia
Saudi Arabia
Hungary
Sweden
Taiwan
Tunisia
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
Brazil
United Kingdom
China
Colombia
Egypt
Poland
Romania
Slovakia
Czechia
Ukraine
Tunisia
Turkey
Delaware
Delaware
Senegal
United Kingdom
Croatia
Germany
Hong Kong
China
Spain
Delaware
Spain
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
Texas
Bangladesh
Tennessee
Delaware
Massachusetts
Italy
South Africa
Spain
Australia

Mercurial Insights Pty. Ltd.
Meridian Research Vietnam Ltd.
Metrika Business Intelligence Consulting, Inc.
MMK Communications Co., Ltd.
MTouch SRL
Nexelis Europe
Nexelis Group Inc.
Nexelis Laboratories Canada Inc.
Nexelis Marburg GmbH
Novasyte, LLC
Novex Pharma Laboratorio S.L. 
Novex Pharma Limited
Nuevo Health Pty Limited
Omni Care Consult
Open Applications Consulting Limited
Operaciones Centralizadas Latinoamericana Limitada
Optimum Contact Limited
Outcome Sciences, LLC
Penderwood Limited
Pharma Deals Limited
Pharma Strategy Group Limited
Pharmaforce, S.A. de C.V.
PharmaReview Inc.
PharmaReview Limited
Pharmaspectra Dollarco Ltd
Pharmaspectra Group Ltd.
Pharmaspectra Informatics Private Limited
Pharmaspectra Midco 1 Ltd.
Pharmaspectra Midco 2 Ltd.
Pharmaspectra Topco Ltd
Pharmaspectra US LLC
Phoenix Group Holdings, LLC
PhR BidCo Limited
PhR Lower Midco Limited
PHR Topco Limited
PhR Upper Midco Limited
PhR Warehouse Limited
Polaris Management Partners, LLC
Polaris Solutions Ltd.
Polaris Solutions, LLC
PR Editions S.A.S.
Prioritis Limited
PRIORITIS SAS
Privacy Analytics Inc.
Professional Pharmaceutical Marketing Services (Pty.) Ltd.

Australia
Vietnam
QC, Canada
Republic of Korea
Belgium
Belgium
Delaware
Canada
Germany
California
Spain
United Kingdom
Australia
Belgium
Ireland
Chile
United Kingdom
Delaware
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
Mexico
Delaware
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
India
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
Delaware
New Jersey
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
New Jersey
Hong Kong
New York
France
United Kingdom
France
Canada
South Africa

Prometheus Research, LLC
PT IQVIA RDS Indonesia
PT IQVIA Solutions Indonesia
Public Relations Algeria
Q Squared Solutions (Beijing) Co., Ltd.
Q Squared Solutions (Pty) Ltd
Q Squared Solutions (Quest) Limited
Q Squared Solutions (Quest) LLC
Q Squared Solutions B.V.
Q Squared Solutions BioSciences LLC
Q Squared Solutions China (Quest) Limited
Q Squared Solutions China Limited
Q Squared Solutions Expression Analysis LLC
Q Squared Solutions Group Inc.
Q Squared Solutions Holdings B.V.
Q Squared Solutions Holdings Limited
Q Squared Solutions Holdings LLC
Q Squared Solutions KK
Q Squared Solutions Limited
Q Squared Solutions LLC
Q Squared Solutions Pte. Ltd.
Q Squared Solutions S.A.
Qcare Site Services, Inc.
QH Research Limited
QIMS Pharma Services Sa De Cv
Quality Health Limited
QualityMetric Incorporated, LLC
QuarterMaster Blocker, LLC
QuarterMaster Holdco, LLC
QuarterMaster Intermediate Holdco, LLC
Quintiles Benin S.A.R.L.U.
Quintiles Commercial Laboratorio S.L.U.
Quintiles Commercial Rus LLC
Quintiles Finance Uruguay S.r.L.
Quintiles IMS Japan GK
Quintiles Lanka (Private) Limited
Quintiles Mauritius Holdings
Quintiles Medical Development (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
Quintiles Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V.
Quintiles West Africa Limited
Radar Acquisition Blocker, Inc.
RedPharma SA
Redsite Limited
Rules-Based Medicine, Inc.
RX India, LLC

Connecticut
Indonesia
Indonesia
Algeria
China
South Africa
United Kingdom
Delaware
Netherlands
Delaware
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
Delaware
Delaware
Netherlands
United Kingdom
Delaware
Japan
United Kingdom
North Carolina
Singapore
Argentina
North Carolina
United Kingdom
Mexico
United Kingdom
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Benin
Spain
Russia
Uruguay
Japan
Sri Lanka
Mauritius
China
Mexico
Ghana
Delaware
Belgium
United Kingdom
Delaware
Delaware

Secureconsent, LLC
Silverbullet A/S
Source Informatics Limited
StatFin Estonia OÜ
STI Technologies Limited
Targeted Molecular Diagnostics, LLC
Themis Limited
UAB IQVIA Commercial
Valuecentric Privacy Solutions LLC
Valuemedics Research, LLC
VCG&A, Inc.
VCG-BIO, Inc.
Vivacity Health Pty. Ltd.
ZhiWeiYunChuang Solutions Enterprise Management Consulting (Shanghai) 
Co., Ltd

Delaware
Denmark
United Kingdom
Estonia
Canada
Illinois
United Kingdom
Lithuania
Delaware
Delaware
Massachusetts
Delaware 
Australia
China

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-4 (No. 333-276404) 
and  Form S-8 (Nos. 333-213927, 333-193212, 333-188431) of IQVIA Holdings Inc. of our report dated 
February 15, 2024 relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedules and the effectiveness of internal 
control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.

Exhibit 23.1

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Raleigh, North Carolina
February 15, 2024

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF PERIODIC REPORT UNDER SECTION 302 OF

THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Ari Bousbib, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of IQVIA Holdings Inc. (the "registrant");

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material  respects  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  of  the  registrant  as  of,  and  for,  the  periods 
presented in this report;

4.  The  registrant's  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined 
in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report 
is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles;

(c) Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant's  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by 
this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 
the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has 
materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  registrant's  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting; and

5.  The  registrant's  other  certifying  officer  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant's  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the  registrant's  board  of  directors  (or  persons 
performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 

registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 15, 2024

/s/ Ari Bousbib
Ari Bousbib
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President

(Principal Executive Officer)

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF PERIODIC REPORT UNDER SECTION 302 OF

THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Ronald E. Bruehlman, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of IQVIA Holdings Inc. (the "registrant");

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material  respects  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  of  the  registrant  as  of,  and  for,  the  periods 
presented in this report;

4.  The  registrant's  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined 
in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report 
is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles;

(c) Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant's  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by 
this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 
the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has 
materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  registrant's  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting; and

5.  The  registrant's  other  certifying  officer  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant's  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the  registrant's  board  of  directors  (or  persons 
performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 

registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 15, 2024

/s/ Ronald E. Bruehlman 
Ronald E. Bruehlman 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Ari Bousbib, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of IQVIA Holdings Inc. (the "Company"), do hereby certify, 
pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of 
my knowledge:

(1) the  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  of  the  Company  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023  (the  "Report")  fully 

complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of 

operations of the Company for the periods presented therein.

Date: February 15, 2024

/s/ Ari Bousbib
Ari Bousbib
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President
(Principal Executive Officer)

This  certification  is  being  furnished  solely  to  accompany  the  Report  pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  §  1350,  as  adopted  pursuant  to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and shall not be deemed "filed" by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of 
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and shall not be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company 
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether made before or 
after the date of this Report, irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 has been provided to the 
Company  and  will  be  retained  by  the  Company  and  furnished  to  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  or  its  staff  upon 
request.  

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Ronald E. Bruehlman, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of IQVIA Holdings Inc. (the "Company"), do 
hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that 
to the best of my knowledge:

(1) the  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  of  the  Company  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023  (the  "Report")  fully 

complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of 

operations of the Company for the periods presented therein.

Date: February 15, 2024

/s/ Ronald E. Bruehlman 
Ronald E. Bruehlman 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

This  certification  is  being  furnished  solely  to  accompany  the  Report  pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  §  1350,  as  adopted  pursuant  to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and shall not be deemed "filed" by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of 
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and shall not be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company 
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether made before or 
after the date of this Report, irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 has been provided to the 
Company  and  will  be  retained  by  the  Company  and  furnished  to  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  or  its  staff  upon 
request.

Exhibit 97.1

RESTATEMENT RECOVERY POLICY

Section  1.  Introduction.    The  board  of  directors  (the  “Board”)  of  IQVIA  Holdings  Inc.  (the 
“Company”) has adopted this policy (the “Policy”) to provide for the recovery by the Company, in 
the  event  of  a  Recovery  Trigger  (as  defined  below),  of  certain  incentive-based  compensation 
received by certain current and former executive officers, as further specified in this Policy.

This Policy is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 303A.14 (Erroneously Awarded 
Compensation)  of  the  Listed  Company  Manual  of  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  (the  “NYSE”) 
relating to the recovery of incentive-based compensation. 

Section 2. Administration. The Board, or if delegated by the Board, the Leadership Development 
and  Compensation  Committee  of  the  Board  (the  “Committee”),  will  administer  and  interpret  this 
Policy and make all determinations for the administration of this Policy. Any determinations made 
by the Board and/or Committee, as applicable, will be final, binding, and conclusive on all affected 
individuals.  For  the  avoidance  of  doubt,  any  director  who  is  a  Covered  Individual  (as  defined 
below)  under  this  Policy  may  not  participate  in  discussions  related  to,  or  vote  on,  any  potential 
recovery of their Incentive-Based Compensation (as defined below) under this Policy. 

Section 3. Statement of Policy. Following the occurrence of a Recovery Trigger, the Company will 
recover reasonably promptly the Recoverable Compensation (as defined below) from the applicable 
Covered Individual(s), except as in accordance with this Policy.

Section 4. Covered Individuals Subject to this Policy. The Policy is applicable to any current or 
former  “executive  officer”  of  the  Company  as  defined  in  Section  303A.14  of  the  NYSE  Listed 
Company Manual who “received” (see Section 7 below) the subject Incentive-Based Compensation 
after  beginning  service  as  an  “executive  officer”  and  who  served  as  an  “executive  officer”  at  any 
time  during  the  performance  period  (for  that  Incentive-Based  Compensation)  covered  by  the 
Recovery Period (as defined below) (each, a “Covered Individual”).

Section  5.  Recovery  Trigger  for  Accounting  Restatements.  A  “Recovery  Trigger”  will  have 
occurred upon the earlier to occur of: (i) the date the Board, the Audit Committee of the Board, any 
other  designated  committee  of  the  Board,  or  the  officer  or  officers  of  the  Company  authorized  to 
take such action concludes, or reasonably should have concluded, that the Company is required to 
prepare  an  Accounting  Restatement  (as  defined  below),  or  (ii)  the  date  a  court,  regulator  or  other 
legally authorized body directs the Company to prepare an Accounting Restatement.  

For  the  purposes  of  this  Policy,  an  “Accounting  Restatement”  means  a  restatement  of  the  
consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  included  in  the  Company’s 
filings with U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) due to the material noncompliance 
of  the  Company  with  any  financial  reporting  requirement  under  the  U.S.  federal  securities  laws, 
including any required accounting restatement (i) to correct an error in previously issued financial 
statements that is material to the previously issued financial statements or (ii) that would result in a 
material  misstatement  if  the  error  were  corrected  in  the  current  period  or  left  uncorrected  in  the 
current period. 

For the avoidance of doubt, the Company’s obligation to recover Recoverable Compensation is not 
dependent on if or when the restated financial statements are filed with the SEC.

1

Section  6.  Recovery  Period.  The  Policy  will  apply 
to  Incentive-Based  Compensation 
“received” (see Section 7 below) during the three completed fiscal years immediately preceding the 
date  on  which  a  Recovery  Trigger  occurs  (the  “Recovery  Period”).  In  addition  to  these  last  three 
completed fiscal years, this Policy applies to any transition period (that results from a change in the 
Company’s  fiscal  year)  within  or  immediately  following  such  three  completed  fiscal  years. 
However, a transition period between the last day of the Company’s previous fiscal year end and the 
first  day  of  its  new  fiscal  year  that  comprises  a  period  of  nine  to  12  months  would  be  deemed  a 
completed fiscal year.

Section 7. Compensation “Received”. Incentive-Based Compensation is deemed “received” by a 
Covered Individual in the Company’s fiscal period during which the Financial Reporting Measure 
(as  defined  below)  specified  in  the  Incentive-Based  Compensation  award  is  attained,  even  if  the 
payment  or  grant  of  the  applicable  award  occurs  after  the  end  of  that  period.  Notwithstanding 
anything to the contrary contained herein, the only compensation subject to this Policy is Incentive-
Based Compensation “received” by Covered Individuals on or after October 2, 2023 and while the 
Company had a class of securities listed on a national securities exchange or a national securities 
association.

Section  8.  Incentive-Based  Compensation  Subject  to  Recovery.  Any  compensation  that  is 
granted,  earned,  or  vested  based  wholly  or  in  part  upon  the  attainment  of  a  Financial  Reporting 
Measure (“Incentive-Based Compensation”) will be subject to this Policy. A “Financial Reporting 
Measure”  is  a  measure  that  is  determined  and  presented  in  accordance  with  the  accounting 
principles used in preparing the Company’s financial statements and any measures that are derived 
wholly  or  in  part  from  such  measures.  Stock  price  and  total  shareholder  return  are  also  Financial 
Reporting  Measures.  A  Financial  Reporting  Measure  need  not  be  presented  within  the  financial 
statements  or  included  in  a  filing  with  the  SEC.  Incentive-Based  Compensation  is  subject  to 
recovery under this Policy even if the Accounting Restatement was not due to any misconduct or 
failure of oversight on the part a Covered Individual.

Section  9.  Recovery  of  Recoverable  Compensation.  In  the  event  of  a  Recovery  Trigger,  the 
Company  will  seek  to  recover  from  any  applicable  Covered  Individual  an  amount  of  Incentive-
Based  Compensation  “received”  (see  Section  7  above)  that  exceeds  the  amount  that  otherwise 
would  have  been  “received”  (see  Section  7  above)  by  such  Covered  Individual  had  it  been 
determined based on the restated amounts, computed without regard to any taxes paid (such excess 
amount,  the  “Recoverable  Compensation”).  For  Incentive-Based  Compensation  based  on  stock 
price or total shareholder return, where the amount of Recoverable Compensation is not subject to 
mathematical  recalculation  directly  from  the  information  in  an  Accounting  Restatement  (A)  the 
amount must be based on a reasonable estimate of the effect of the Accounting Restatement on the 
stock  price  or  total  shareholder  return  upon  which  the  Incentive-Based  Compensation  was 
“received”  (see  Section  7  above)  and  (B)  the  Company  will  maintain  documentation  of  that 
reasonable estimate and, if required by the NYSE, provide such documentation to the NYSE. 

Section  10.  Limited  Exceptions  to  Recovery.  The  Company  must  recover  Recoverable 
Compensation in compliance with this Policy, except to the extent that the conditions of paragraphs 
(c)(1)(iv)(A), (B) or (C) of Section 303A.14 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual are met and the 
Committee, or in the absence of such a committee, a majority of the independent directors serving 
on the Board, has made a determination that recovery would be impracticable.

Section 11. Method of Recovery. The Board and/or Committee, as applicable, will determine in its 
sole discretion how the Company will effect any reimbursement or recovery pursuant to this Policy, 
including,  but  not  limited  to  the  following  (in  each  case  subject  to  applicable  law):  (1)  seeking 
repayment from the Covered Individual; (2) reducing the amount that would otherwise be payable 
to the Covered Individual under any compensatory plan, program, agreement, policy or arrangement 
maintained by the Company or any of its affiliates; (3) canceling any outstanding vested or unvested 
award  (whether  cash-  or  equity-based)  previously  granted  to  the  Covered  Individual;  or  (4)  any 
combination of the foregoing.

2

Section  12.  Policy  Relationship  to  other  Recoupment  or  Clawback  Provisions.  This  Policy 
supplements any requirements imposed pursuant to applicable law or regulations, any clawback or 
recovery  provision  in  the  Company’s  other  policies,  plans,  awards  and  individual  employment  or 
other  agreements  (including  any  recovery  provisions  in  the  Company’s  equity  incentive  plans  or 
award  agreements),  and  any  other  rights  or  remedies  available  to  the  Company,  including 
termination of employment. 

In the event that a recovery is initiated under this Policy, amounts of Incentive-Based Compensation 
previously recovered by the Company from a Covered Individual pursuant to the Company’s other 
policies, plans, awards and individual employment or other agreements shall be considered so that 
recovery is not duplicative, provided that in the event of a conflict between any applicable clawback 
or  recoupment  provision,  including  this  Policy,  the  right  to  clawback  or  recoupment  shall  be 
interpreted to result in the greatest clawback or recoupment from the Covered Individual.

Section 13. Amendment or Termination of Policy. The Board may amend or terminate this Policy 
at any time, and from time to time, in its discretion, so long as the Company remains in compliance 
with applicable SEC and NYSE listing rules.

Section 14. Disclosure. The Company is required to file this Policy as an exhibit to its Form 10-K 
filed with the SEC and is also subject to the disclosure requirements of Item 402(w) of Regulation 
S-K, SEC Rule 10D-1 and Section 303A.14 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual, as applicable.

Section  15.  Indemnification.  The  Company  is  prohibited  from  indemnifying  any  Covered 
Individual against the loss of Recoverable Compensation, including any payment or reimbursement 
for  the  cost  of  third-party  insurance  purchased  by  any  Covered  Individual  to  fund  potential 
obligations to the Company under this Policy.

Section  16.  Successors.  This  Policy  shall  be  binding  and  enforceable  against  all  Covered 
Individuals  and  their  successors,  heirs,  beneficiaries,  executors,  administrators  or  other  legal  or 
personal representatives.

Section 17. Validity and Enforceability. To the extent that any provision of this Policy is found to 
be  unenforceable  or  invalid  under  any  applicable  law,  such  provision  will  be  applied  to  the 
maximum  extent  permitted,  and  shall  automatically  be  deemed  amended  in  a  manner  consistent 
with  its  objectives  to  the  extent  necessary  to  conform  to  applicable  law.  The  invalidity  or 
unenforceability of any provision of this Policy shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any 
other provision of this Policy. This Policy is intended to comply with, shall be interpreted to comply 
with,  and  shall  be  deemed  automatically  amended  to  comply  with  Section  303A.14  of  the  NYSE 
Listed Company Manual, and any related rules or regulations promulgated by the SEC or the NYSE 
including any additional or new requirements that become effective after October 2, 2023. 

Adopted by the Board of Directors on November 9, 2023

3